Annual report
Page 3
Contents 2 7 16 17 61 78 97 138 144 149 163 167 531 538 738 741 835 836 1.069 1.078 1. Key figures and milestones in 2025 2. Letters from the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer 3. Consolidated directors’ report 1. Banco Sabadell Group 2. Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment 3. Financial information 4. Businesses 5. Risks 6. Other material disclosures 7. Performance measures and reconciliation with management indicators 8. Glossary of acronyms and abbreviations 9. Consolidated Non-Financial and Sustainability Disclosures Report of Banco de Sabadell, Sociedad Anónima and subsidiaries (Sustainability Report) — Limited Assurance Report Issued by an Assurance Provider on the Consolidated Non-Financial Information Statement (NFIS) and Sustainability Reporting 10. Annual Coporate Governance Report — Auditor’s Report on the “Internal Control over Financial Reporting (ICOFR) Information” 11. Annual Report on Director Remuneration 4. Consolidated Annual Financial Statements and Independent auditor’s report Consolidated Annual Financial Statements — Independent auditor’s report Contact Banco Sabadell Annual Report 2025 144nd Year
Page 4
Key figures and milestones in 2025
Page 5
3Key figures and milestones in 2025 YoY (year on year): annual growth. / bp: basis points. * See definition in Performance measures and reconciliation with management indicators. 1 Extraordinary revenue amounted to 109 million euro in 2024. There was a -2.8% decrease in the group’s net profit from 2024 to 2025, excluding this extraordinary revenue. 2 The CET1 ratio excludes the buyback programmes already authorised by the European Central Bank (ECB). 3 Capital generation excluding the cash dividend payable out of 2025 profit and the share buyback programmes already authorised by the ECB. 4 Data at 31 December 2025. 5 Having obtained prior authorisation from the ECB, the Board of Directors has agreed to establish two share buyback programmes for the purpose of cancelling shares. The first programme was for a maximum amount of 435 million euro, equivalent to excess capital above the 13% CET1 fully-loaded ratio, applying the regulatory timetable for the output floor on a consolidated basis (the implementation of which began on 9 February 2026). The second programme was for a maximum amount of 365 million euro, equivalent to the difference between 60% of the net profit attributable to the group for 2025—the maximum level of the pay-out range established in the shareholder remuneration policy—and the cash dividends paid out of profit (this programme will commence once the previous one has concluded). 6 Including cash dividends and potential share buyback programmes. Subject to compliance with the Business Plan. Additionally, part of this may be subject to shareholder approval and prior clearance by the competent authority. Total shareholder remuneration in 2025 amounted to 1,500 million euro (9% market capitalisation4). Share buyback Total projected remuneration in 2026-2027 Cash 1, 4 5 8 M€ Profit (Ex-TSB) 1,775 M€ Group net profit +3.4% Ex-extraordinaries from 20241 YoY ROTE* +14.3% CET1 Fully-loaded 13.11%2 196 bp Capital generation in 2025 3 Extraordinary Dividend (2026) Divestment of TSB 50€ c t s Per share 13.65% CET1 Pre-excess capital distribution Total projected remuneration in 2025-2027 M€ Cash dividend payable out of 2025 profits 700 Share buyback programme 5 365 Share buyback Programme 5 - excess capital 435 Total projected remuneration in 2026-2027 6 2,500 Total projected remuneration in 2025-2027 6,450 Extraordinary dividend from TSB sale (2026) 50€ cts per share Total remuneration in 20253 1,500 800 700 Pay-out 60% Key figures and milestones in 2025
Page 6
4 YoY (year on year): annual growth / bp: basis points. * See definition in Performance measures and reconciliation with management indicators. 7 Administrative expenses + depreciation and amortisation. 8 Ratings updated as of 6 May 2026. 9 Excess capital over maximum distributable amount. Performance aligned with annual objectives. Key figures and milestones in 2025 Capacity to generate capital alongside growth. Capital performance Fully loaded capital ratio of 18.16% MDA buffer9 of 390 bp CET1 Fully-loaded 13.03% Dec. 24 13.11% Dec. 25 13.65% Dec.25 CET1 Pre-excess capital distribution Capital generation +196 bp 60% Pay-out -134 bp -54 bp Distribution of excess capital (share buyback) 2025Objectives Net interest income Ex-TSB 3.6 B€ Net fees & commissions Ex-TSB (YoY) +3.6% Total costs Ex-TSB7 (YoY) +2.5% Total cost of risk Ex-TSB* 37 bp ROTE* 14.3% Shareholder remuneration 1,500 M€ 3.6 B€ Mid single-digit Low single-digit ~40 bp 14.5% 1,450 M€ +96% Dividend-adjusted share price Long-term ratings outlook8 Standard & Poor’s Moody’s Investors Service Fitch Ratings Morningstar DBRS A- / Positive Baa1 / Stable BBB+ / Stable A (low) / Stable Share performance 1.88€ Share price Dec. 2024 3.37€ Share price Dec. 2025 +79%
Page 7
5 Card turnover +6% YoY Stock of savings and investment products12 +6% YoY New mortgage production +17% YoY New consumer loan production +16% YoY New production, revenue and stock by product in Spain YoY (year on year): annual growth. / bp: basis points. * See definition in Performance measures and reconciliation with management indicators. 10 In Spain, includes overseas branches and representative offices. 11 Includes loans, credit facilities and working capital (invoice discounting, factoring, confirming, forfaiting and import/export financing). 12 Includes on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet customer funds. Key figures and milestones in 2025 Gross performing loans, by geography (%) +4.9%YoY 115 B€ 71% Gross performing loans Dec.2025 161B€ +2.4% YoY Spain10 41 B€ 26% -5.3%YoY -0.3%YoY at constant FX at constant FX United Kingdom 5 B€ 3% +16.6%YoY +23.5%YoY Mexico Bank Credit has performed well in the year. Asset quality continues its positive trend. -15% YoY 4.803M€ Non-performing assets +203bp YoY 64% Stage 3 coverage ratio, with total provisions* +12 9 bp YoY 60% Non-performing asset coverage -47bp YoY 2.37% NPL ratio* -11bp YoY 31bp Total cost of risk* Group New business financing11 -2% YoY PoS turnover +2% YoY
Page 8
6 Financial data bp: basis points. * See definition in Performance measures and reconciliation with management indicators. 13 Taking into account only outstanding shares. 14 Does not include TSB's contribution in 2026. 15 Recurring ROTE. 16 Administrative expenses + depreciation and amortisation. Key figures and milestones in 2025 M€ % (group) M€ % (Ex-TSB) 2025 / 2024 % chg. 2025 / 2024 % chg. Total assets (M€) Gross performing loans (M€) Funds under management and third-party funds (M€) Shareholders’ equity (M€) 245,392 197,0122.4 4.7 2.4 5.4 4.2 5.6 -4.9 — 160,708 119,615 253,563 208,381 14,631 — Balance sheet Net interest income (M€) Gross income (M€) Pre-provisions income (M€) Group net profit (M€) -3.7 -6.6 -0.8 -2.1 -2.8 -2.0 -5.4 -7.4 4,837 3,604 6,284 3,184 1,775 4,951 2,699 1,458 Results -15.4 -16.7Non-performing assets (M€) Non-performing asset coverage ratio (%) 4,803 4,176 NPL ratio* (%) 2.37 59.9 64.1 2.65 Risk 13.11 — 18.16 — CET1 fully-loaded (%) Total capital ratio fully-loaded (%) Solvency — — — 3.365Share price (€) 16,818 10,64 Market capitalisation13 (M€) Price to Earnings Ratio (PER)* (share price/EPS) Shares Loan to deposits (LTD) ratio* (%) 93.5 90.5Liquidity 2026 Objectives14 Projected shareholder remuneration in 2026-2027: 2,500M€ Total costs16 Growth ~3% Total cost of risk ~40 bp * Net interest income Increase >1% Net fees & commissions Mid single-digit growth ROTE*15 14.5% ~12M Customers >1,300 Branches >18,000 Employees
Page 9
Letters from the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer
Page 10
Josep Oliu, Chairman
Page 11
9Letters from the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer Dear shareholders, 2025 was a momentous year for Banco Sabadell, for a number of reasons. The most significant development was unquestionably the outcome of the takeover bid launched by BBVA on 9 May 2024, which was overwhelmingly rejected by our shareholders. There were a number of other milestones, such as the amendment of the Articles of Association to establish the registered office in Sabadell, the presentation of a new strategic plan for 2025–2027, and the agreement to sell TSB to Banco Santander (the completion of which will allow the distribution of an extraordinary dividend of 50 euro cents per share, in cash, in the second quarter of 2026). 2026 heralds the start of a new chapter for the bank, as César González- Bueno steps down as Chief Executive Officer, having overseen a far-reaching transformation of the bank and delivered outstanding leadership, achieving excellent levels of profitability and solvency alongside a sharp rise in the share price; achievements for which the Board of Directors has expressed its thanks. He will be succeeded by Marc Armengol Dulcet, who until now has been CEO of TSB, and whose appointment as Chief Executive Officer is to be ratified at this year's Annual General Meeting. His selection as the new CEO was grounded upon his extensive knowledge of the banking sector in general, and its technological and organisational aspects in particular, especially within the Banco Sabadell Group itself, where he has held various senior positions across different regions for almost 25 years. Another motion to be submitted for approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting is the appointment of Carlos Ventura Santamans as a new executive director, in recognition of the growing importance of the group's business in Spain, as well as his personal track record of exceptional experience and professionalism. With regard to results, 2025 was a very positive year for Banco Sabadell, which posted an attributable net profit of 1,775 million euro, a ROTE of 14.3%, capital generation of 196 basis points over the year, and a fully-loaded CET1 ratio of 13.11% at year end, after taking into account the distribution of excess capital. These results enabled us to distribute two cash dividends out of 2025 profit, each amounting to 7 euro cents per share, paid on 29 August and 29 December last year. In addition, the bank has launched a new share buyback programme for 2026 worth up to 800 million euro, which began on 9 February. This figure comprises an initial programme worth 435 million (already underway), corresponding to the excess capital generated above the 13% threshold, plus a second share buyback programme worth 365 million euro to be funded by 2025 results, which will commence once the first buyback programme has been completed and following the shareholders' meeting. The bank's strong capital position enables it to implement this formula, which increases shareholder remuneration while, at the same time, attaining capital ratios that improve the return on capital. This has all been achieved despite the uncertainty that has plagued the international macroeconomic and geopolitical landscape. Foreign trade relations have been hit especially hard due to protectionist policies and the imposition of tariffs between countries, as well as the escalating rivalry between the United
Page 12
Letters from the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer 10 States and China over technological and logistical leadership. The armed conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, as well as threats and acts of sabotage against critical infrastructure in Europe, have also continued to be sources of instability for the world at large. Nevertheless, the global economic climate has been positive, with growth slightly above 3%, similar to the previous year, and the Eurozone logging 1.4%. In 2025, the Spanish economy continued to exceed expectations, growing by 2.8%, mainly driven by private consumption and investment. Inflation figures in developed economies continued to soften, reaching 2.1% in the Eurozone. With regard to monetary policy, official interest rates continued to fall, ending the year at 3.50–3.75% in the United States and 2% in the Eurozone. Against this backdrop, the Spanish banking sector proved to be very solid in 2025. Key performance indicators have improved in recent years, and the sector continues to outperform the Eurozone in terms of profitability and liquidity. This positive trend has been driven largely by vigorous lending activity, improved risk management and prudent provisioning and capital policies. 2025 was also a year of meaningful regulatory developments. European authorities have begun promoting a simplification agenda to maintain the soundness of the system, reduce administrative burdens, and improve harmonisation between countries. The aim is to boost the competitiveness of European banks in the global market. In connection with corporate governance, there were a number of appointments and resignations to and from the Board of Directors in 2025. Margarita Salvans Puigbò and María Gloria Hernández García joined the Board, while Laura González Molero, Alicia Reyes Revuelta and David Martínez Guzmán stepped down. Furthermore, the re-election of Pedro Fontana García, George Donald Johnston III and Luis Deulofeu Fuguet as independent directors will be put forward for approval at the next meeting. The bank has also reasserted its commitment to compliance with all the applicable recommendations of the Code of Good Governance of the CNMV, Spain's securities market regulator. Note that the Board continues to comply with Recommendation 15, which refers to the number of women directors, as the current composition of the Board meets the established target of 40%. Similarly, there has been a notable increase (to 35%) in the number of women currently in management roles at the bank. At the same time, Banco Sabadell continues to progress towards its sustainability goals as part of its Sustainable Commitment. The framework established for 2021–2025 has been a great success, driving over 76 billion euro in sustainable business (17% above the target) while progress has been made on decarbonisation pathways with specific targets in 11 emission- intensive sectors. These figures are a testament to Banco Sabadell's ongoing commitment to society, its customers and the market to fully embed ESG values across all its practices and relationships, both now and in the future. This strategy has been rewarded through milestones such as the bank's continued inclusion in the Dow Jones Best-in-Class World Index, recognition as one of the World’s Best Companies for Sustainable Growth 2026 (TIME and Statista), Top Employer 2025 certification in Spain, and the highest accolade for fiscal transparency: “three-star T for transparency” certification awarded by Fundación Haz.
Page 13
Letters from the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer 11 In terms of social responsibility, we have improved accessibility across our digital channels, telephone support services and physical premises. We continue to promote community funding for micro-enterprises, focusing on job creation and business development. In addition, over the past year, more than 3,100 bank employees have participated in volunteering schemes and charitable activities, while more than 9,500 people have benefited from the bank's financial education programmes. The Banco Sabadell Foundation has also continued to carry out activities to promote culture, the arts, research and education. Specifically, in 2025 the institution supported 140 projects, reaching around 17,000 beneficiaries and awarding 715 prizes and grants. In closing, I would like to highlight that this year Banco Sabadell is celebrating its 145th anniversary, a milestone achieved thanks to the resilience and capacity for transformation and innovation that are the hallmarks of the bank’s culture. Over the course of its history, the bank has navigated periods of crisis and uncertainty, from which it has always managed to recover and emerge stronger. 2026 will bring new challenges, but Banco Sabadell is well- placed to address them thanks to its strong capital position and profitability. The bank remains focused on continuing to implement its strategic plan and fulfilling its mission of helping businesses and families to bring their projects to fruition, creating value and contributing to the economic and social development of the regions where it operates. Josep Oliu Chairman
Page 14
César González-Bueno, CEO
Page 15
13Letters from the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer Dear shareholders, The results in 2025 are a further testament to Banco Sabadell’s excellent form: high profitability, strong business momentum, a sound risk profile, solid capital levels and a proven track record of generating substantial returns for shareholders. And that's not the end of it. Following the transformation of all our business lines in recent years, and with the way forward as an independent entity now clear following our shareholders' rejection of BBVA's takeover bid, our bank is well placed to drive further growth in a sound and profitable manner, continuing to deliver attractive returns to shareholders. Looking at the financial results in more detail, the group's net profit reached 1,775 million euro, bringing the return on tangible equity (ROTE) to 14.3%. Profit is up 3.4% year-on-year, excluding the 109 million euro in positive extraordinary items recorded in 2024. Net interest income fell by 3.7% year-on-year, in keeping with forecasts and driven mainly by lower interest rates; while net fee and commission income rose by 2%, primarily on the back of increased asset management and insurance activity. Costs, meanwhile, have held broadly stable, edging up by 0.5% year-on-year. The risk profile continued to improve, and provisions are down 23% with respect to the previous year. As a result, the cost of risk improved to 31 basis points, while the non-performing loan ratio dropped to 2.37%. With regard to solvency, Banco Sabadell showed its solid capital position again this year. The fully-loaded CET1 ratio came in at 13.11% after deducting the distribution of excess capital to shareholders, having generated 196 basis points of capital prior to the dividend being accrued. The bank has built a solid buffer of 390 basis points above regulatory minimum levels. Shareholder remuneration was also particularly noteworthy this year. Total remuneration for 2025 amounted to 1,500 million euro, between cash dividends and share buyback programmes. This represents a return of around 9% on the bank's market capitalisation as of 31 December 2025, the highest return among listed Spanish banks. Meanwhile, strong commercial momentum boosted revenue sharply. Gross lending rose by 2.4% year-on-year, with a notable 4.9% increase in Spain, our core market. Meanwhile, customer deposits climbed by 4.3%, driven by strong growth in off-balance-sheet deposits, which increased by 14%. All of the bank's businesses performed strongly in 2025. The retail banking business continued to transform over the course of 2025. The expert advisory model developed for complex products has continued to operate successfully. For example, in mortgages, more than 200 specialist advisors provide support to the entire retail network. Meanwhile, the digital model developed for products where customers require independence and immediacy has become firmly grounded, with sustainable growth in digital sign-ups. For example, more than half of new customers have joined online, whereas in 2021 this functionality did not even exist.
Page 16
Letters from the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer 14 The bank further strengthened its acknowledged franchise in the business banking segment in 2025, driving growth and enhancing risk quality. A key milestone in 2025 has been the development and strengthening of sector- specific products aimed at businesses and the self-employed, with 36 such products currently available. Since its introduction in 2024, the model has firmly established itself in the business segment, when the more specialised management model used in large companies was extended to the SME sector. This model involves building a stable and trusting personal relationship with an expert contact person, facilitating prompt and professional communication. Banco Sabadell remains a leading bank for businesses. For example, one in two SMEs is a customer of the bank, and, with regard to means of payment, the bank has a market share of around 20%. Building on this foundation, business banking will continue to fuel growth in its customer base and future profitability. To improve returns in Corporate Banking in Spain, we focused on managing profitability on a customer-by-customer basis. In 2025, around 80% of customers had a risk-adjusted return on capital (RAROC) above 10%, whereas only 40% exceeded this level in 2021. We also continued to enhance the capabilities of specialist business units, particularly those in investment banking and structured finance. With regard to our international businesses, Sabadell Mexico posted a profit of 64 million euro, 12.8% more than in 2024. TSB contributed 318 million euro in earnings, its highest contribution to the Group's earnings since its acquisition. On 6 August 2025, the sale of TSB to Banco Santander was approved. TSB was acquired by Banco Sabadell in 2015, and we have since developed the brand, expanding its business, boosting efficiency and increasing profitability. Following expressions of interest from third parties, the Board decided that it was the right time to divest. The TSB sale is an excellent transaction, both in terms of its strategic significance and because it benefits shareholders by creating value. Furthermore, it allows for the return of excess capital generated, via an extraordinary cash dividend of 50 euro cents per share. Once the sale of TSB has been completed, as announced during the presentation of the Strategic Plan in July, Banco Sabadell will concentrate its activities in Spain. The bank will continue to prioritise growth without compromising on risk quality, retaining its strong capacity to generate capital and offer attractive returns to shareholders. In sum, Banco Sabadell is in excellent shape having enjoyed spectacular growth in recent years, and, following the unsuccessful takeover bid, it looks forward to an exciting future. As you know, following the Annual General Meeting, I will be stepping down as Chief Executive Officer of Banco Sabadell. This will bring an exciting and successful chapter to a close. A new era is now set to begin, with Marc Armengol as the group's new Chief Executive Officer. Marc is the ideal person to lead the bank in this upcoming phase, and I have no doubt that our bank can look forward to a very successful future.
Page 17
Letters from the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer César González-Bueno CEO 15 I will leave with a deep sense of gratitude. It has been just over five years of incredible intensity and, quite frankly, of successes that have made us all proud. Needless to say, my gratitude goes to you, our shareholders, for supporting the ongoing success of this century-old enterprise. I would also like to thank the Board of Directors, especially the Chairman, for his unwavering support, as well as the Management Committee, who are a model of unity, commitment and dedication. Finally, I would like to thank our exceptional workforce, who have consistently gone above and beyond to serve our customers. It has been an honour to be a part of this project. Many, many thanks, and goodbye.
Page 18
17 Banco Sabadell Group 61 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment 78 Financial information 97 Businesses 138 Risks 144 Other material disclosures 149 Performance measures and reconciliation with management indicators 163 Glossary of acronyms and abbreviations 167 Consolidated Non-Financial and Sustainability Disclosures Report of Banco de Sabadell, Sociedad Anónima and subsidiaries(Sustainability Report) 538 Annual Coporate Governance Report 741 Annual Report on Director Remuneration
Page 19
22 Mission, values and business model 24 Strategic Plan 2025-2027 27 Banco Sabadell share performance 33 Corporate governance 46 The customer
Page 20
Banco Sabadell Group Banco de Sabadell, S.A. (hereinafter also referred to as Banco Sabadell, the Bank, the Company, or the Institution), with registered office1 in Sabadell, Plaça de Sant Roc, 20, engages in banking business and is subject to the standards and regulations governing banking institutions operating in Spain. It has been subject to prudential supervision on a consolidated basis by the European Central Bank (ECB) since November 2014. The Bank is the parent company of a group of entities whose activity it controls directly and indirectly and which comprise, together with the Bank, Banco Sabadell Group. Banco Sabadell is formed of different financial institutions, brands, subsidiaries and investees that cover all aspects of financial business. It operates mainly in Spain, the United Kingdom and Mexico. Consolidated Directors’ Report 18 Banco Sabadell Group 1 At its meeting held on 22 January 2025, the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell resolved to amend Article 2 of the Articles of Association to establish the registered office in Sabadell, at Plaça de Sant Roc, no. 20. The registered office was previously located in Alicante, at Avenida Óscar Esplá, 37.
Page 21
In 2025, the Group’s organisation was structured around the following businesses: — Banking Business Spain groups together the Retail Banking, Business Banking and Corporate Banking business units, with Retail Banking and Business Banking managed under the same branch network: — Retail Banking: offers financial products and services to individuals for personal use. These include investment products and medium- and long-term finance, such as consumer loans, mortgages, leasing and rental services, as well as other short- term finance. Funds come mainly from customers’ term and demand deposits, savings insurance, mutual funds and pension plans. The main services also include payment methods such as cards and various kinds of insurance products. — Business Banking: offers financial products and services to companies and self-employed persons. These include investment and financing products, such as working capital products, revolving loans and medium- and long-term finance. It also offers custom structured finance and capital market solutions, as well as specialised advice for businesses. Funds mainly come from customers’ term and demand deposits and mutual funds. The main services also include collection and payment methods, such as cards and Point-of-Sale (PoS) terminals, as well as import and export services. This business unit further includes Private Banking, which offers personalised expert advice, backed by specialised and high-value product capabilities for customers. — Corporate Banking: through its presence in Spain and in a further 11 countries, it offers financial and advisory solutions to large Spanish and international corporations and financial institutions. It structures its activity around two pillars, the first of which is the customer. It aims to serve its customers who are natural persons to meet the full range of their financial needs. This pillar is determined by the nature of those customers and includes large corporations classed under the Corporate Banking umbrella, financial institutions, Private Banking clients in the United States and the venture capital business carried out through BSCapital. The second pillar is specialised business, which encompasses the activities of Structured Finance, Treasury, Investment Banking, and Trading, Custody & Research. Its goal is to advise, design and execute custom operations that anticipate the specific financial needs of its customers, be they companies or individuals, with its scope of activity ranging from large corporations to smaller companies and customers, insofar as its solutions are the best way to meet their increasingly complex financial needs. — Banking Business UK: the TSB franchise covers business conducted in the United Kingdom, which includes current and savings accounts, loans, credit cards and mortgages. — Banking Business Mexico: offers banking and financial services for Corporate Banking, Commercial Banking and Retail Banking. As described in Note 2, following receipt of a binding offer from Banco Santander to acquire TSB, the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell, at its meeting of 1 July 2025, agreed to submit the offer for approval at an Extraordinary General Meeting at which, on 6 August 2025, shareholders approved the sale of all shares representing the share capital of TSB to Banco Santander. The closing of the transaction, which is expected to take place during the second quarter of 2026, is subject to obtaining regulatory authorisations from the competent authorities. Consolidated Directors’ Report 19 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 22
Banco Sabadell is the parent undertaking of a group of companies that, as at 31 December 2025, numbered a total of 79. Of these, aside from the parent company, 57 are considered subsidiaries and 21 are considered associates (as at 31 December 2024, there were 84 companies: the parent company, 61 subsidiaries and 22 associates). Consolidated Directors’ Report 20 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 23
Consolidated Directors’ Report 21 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 24
1.1 Mission, values and business model Mission and values Banco Sabadell helps people and businesses bring their projects to life, anticipating their needs and helping them make the best economic decisions. It does this through environmentally and socially responsible management. This is Banco Sabadell’s raison d'être: to help its customers make the best economic decisions so that they may see their personal and/or business projects take shape. To that end, it gives customers the benefit of the opportunities offered by big data, digital capabilities and the expertise of its specialists. The Bank and those who form part of it share the values that help to accomplish this mission, however, wherever and whenever that may be. Banco Sabadell accomplishes its mission while staying true to its values: — Commitment and Non-Conformism, values that define its way of being. — Professionalism and Effectiveness, values that define its way of working. — Empathy and Openness, values that define its way of interacting. Business model, main objectives achieved and actions taken The Institution’s business model is geared towards profitable growth that generates value for shareholders. This is achieved through a strategy of business diversification based on criteria related to profitability, sustainability, efficiency and quality of service, together with a conservative risk profile, while maintaining high standards of ethics and professional conduct combined with sensitivity to stakeholders’ interests. The Bank’s management model focuses on a long-term vision of customers, through constant efforts to promote customer loyalty by adopting an initiative-based and proactive approach to the relationship through the various channels that the customers of the Bank have at their disposal. The Bank offers a comprehensive range of products and services, qualified personnel, an IT platform with ample capacity to support future growth, and a relentless focus on quality. The organic growth seen in recent years has brought the Bank’s domestic market share to 8% in loans and 7% in deposits. Banco Sabadell also has a good market share in other products, such as financing granted to non-financial corporations at 9%, mutual funds at 5% and PoS turnover at 16%. With regard to international business, Banco Sabadell has always been a benchmark. This has not changed in 2025 and Banco Sabadell continues to be present in strategic areas, supporting companies in their international activity. It should be noted that, as indicated previously, the sale of the British subsidiary TSB was approved on 6 August 2025. This is a transaction that benefits the Institution and its shareholders as it makes it possible to return excess capital and focus on Sabadell’s development in the Spanish market. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2026. Consolidated Directors' Report 22 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 25
With these developments, the Group has become one of the largest institutions in Spain’s financial system, having multiplied its customer base six-fold since 2008, all whilst safeguarding its solvency and liquidity. Trump’s return to the United States’ presidency has shaped the course of events on a global scale in 2025. One of the key aspects to draw attention has been the tariff war, which has led to substantially higher tariffs imposed by the United States on the rest of the world. Beyond trade, the Trump administration’s agenda has also led to institutional changes, both internally (greater influence over autonomous agencies) and externally (loss of support for multilateral agreements and/ or institutions). In addition, the state of the public finances continued to be a cause for concern, not only in the United States but also in countries such as France and the United Kingdom. In the geopolitical arena, Trump did not achieve his goal of quickly bringing the conflict in Ukraine to an end, while instability remained the keynote in the Middle East, albeit with a limited impact on oil prices. Despite the prevailing geostrategic confrontation and fiscal vulnerabilities, economic growth remained resilient, buoyed by cuts to official interest rates and by the widespread deployment of artificial intelligence. In relation to the financial markets, 2025 was once again a very positive year, particularly for risk assets. Lastly, the Spanish economy has continued to record strong economic growth of around 3% year-on-year. The growth of the economy has been driven by domestic demand, with good performance recorded in both household consumption and investment. Consumption was supported by the favourable evolution of the labour market and significant migration flows, while investment benefited from the rollout of the NGEU funds. In this respect, in year-on-year terms, the Bank’s results are in line with the annual targets. It is worth noting the reduced cost of risk, the active and growing commercial momentum, and the contained increase in costs. On the other hand, the tender offer announced by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (BBVA) for all shares issued by Banco Sabadell was authorised by the CNMV on 5 September 2025. Following the end of the acceptance period, on 16 October 2025 the CNMV announced that the tender offer had failed after a sufficient number of Banco Sabadell shareholders chose not to accept it, thereby rendering the offer null and void (for further details, see Note 1.5 to the 2025 consolidated annual financial statements). Additionally, Banco Sabadell and Nexi. S.p.A. terminated the strategic agreement signed by both parties on 27 February 2023, thereby extinguishing the commitments undertaken by the parties (for further details, see Note 2 to the 2025 consolidated annual financial statements). Banco Sabadell conducts its business in an ethical and responsible manner, gearing its commitment to society in a way that ensures its activities have a positive impact on people and the environment. Each and every person in the organisation plays their part in applying the principles and policies of corporate social responsibility, ensuring high- quality and transparent customer service. In addition to complying with the applicable regulations and standards, Banco Sabadell has a set of policies, internal rules and codes of conduct that guarantee ethical and responsible behaviour at all levels of the organisation and in all Group activities. Consolidated Directors' Report 23 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 26
1.2 Strategic Plan 2025-2027 On 24 July 2025, Banco Sabadell unveiled its Strategic Plan 2025-2027, outlining the Group’s strategic direction and providing an outlook on its key financial figures. The new plan concentrates on the Group’s activity in Spain, taking advantage of its good macroeconomic outlooks, with a clear focus on growth, whilst preserving risk quality and maintaining ample capacity to generate capital, thus enabling an attractive return for shareholders. Looking ahead to 2027, Banco Sabadell expects a return of 16% and shareholder remuneration of 6.45 billion euros over the period 2025-2027. To achieve this, the Bank expects the growth of its commercial activity in Spain to outpace the market in most business segments, whilst improving its risk profile, increasing revenues and maintaining efficient cost management. A domestic Spanish bank, where decisive execution drives growth, capital generation and attractive shareholder remuneration. Focus on Spain Following the sale of TSB, Banco Sabadell will focus its strategy on Spain – a predictable and stable market with one of the most positive macroeconomic outlooks in the European Union in the coming years: — Private debt to Gross Domestic Product (GDP), which is below the Eurozone average, is at its lowest level in the last 20 years and is expected to remain at that level. — Economic unemployment is at its lowest level since 2008, maintaining a good outlook going forward. — The expected average annual growth of Spanish GDP for the period 2026-2028 (1.8%) exceeds that of the Eurozone (1.3%). — Inflation in the Spanish economy (2.2%) will remain in line with that of the European Union (2.1%) over the period 2026-2026. With regard to growth of lending in Spain, the Plan anticipates compound annual growth of more than 4% in household loans and around 4% in business loans over its time horizon. For deposits, a positive performance is also expected, with an annual growth rate of around 4%. Focus on growth Since 2021, Banco Sabadell has been carrying out an in-depth transformation process, paving the way for the future growth of the Institution. The transformation undertaken up to now has focused on three key areas: — In risks, the focus has been on transforming risk models and processes across all credit portfolios, as well as increasing sectoral specialisation. Consolidated Directors' Report 24 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 27
— In pricing, the transformation has concentrated on increasing price segmentation based on customers’ risk profile and their price sensitivity. — In processes, emphasis has been placed on (i) redesigning the customer journey, with particular focus on the customer experience and on improving the conversion ratio, (ii) improving the Bank- customer relationship model (for example, by deploying specialists in mortgages, insurance and savings & investment products, and by improving the value proposition for Private Banking and SMEs), and (iii) developing the necessary capacity to make a qualitative leap in digitalisation. This transformation has placed the Bank in a good position to accelerate its future growth, both in terms of credit volume, whilst preserving risk quality, and in terms of fee income and the customer base, with the goal of increasing the size of the franchise: — Credit (single-digit average annual growth between 2024 and 2027): with most of the transformation process completed, credit volume growth will accelerate between 2025 and 2027, with expectations of an increase above the market average in the business segment, well above the market average in consumer credit and in line with the market average in mortgages. Alongside the growth in credit volume, risk quality has improved significantly in recent years and is expected to continue to grow stronger (cost of risk of around 40 basis points is estimated in 2027). — Fees and commissions (single-digit average annual growth between 2024 and 2027): future growth will be driven, roughly 70%, by the transformation of the three key business lines that generate fee income: savings & investment, insurance, and payment services. — Customer base (gross acquisition of retail customers between 2025 and 2027 is expected to be 15% higher compared to the period from 2022 to 2024): the transformation carried out between 2021 and 2024 has allowed the development of new direct banking capabilities, with the aim of focusing on digital customer acquisition going forward, without relinquishing branch-based customer acquisition. Technology, people and performance metrics are key elements that will support the future growth of the business. This growth has already materialised in the results for 2025. Track record Banco Sabadell has built a solid track record of execution since 2021, having met the targets initially set for each year. This trend was maintained in 2025, with the results obtained for the year being in line with guidance. Shareholder remuneration Following the trend demonstrated in recent years, Banco Sabadell expects to continue growing recurrently and sustainably. Over the time horizon of the Plan, profitability as measured by ROTE is expected to reach 16% in 2027, generating an annual average of 175 basis points of capital (pre-dividend accrual). All this, combined with the extraordinary dividend stemming from the sale of TSB, will allow a distribution to shareholders in the amount of 6.45 billion euros in the period 2025-2027, which equates to around 40% of the Bank’s stock market value2. Consolidated Directors' Report 25 Banco Sabadell Group 2 Closing share price on 17 February 2026 (€3.196).
Page 28
Sabadell has a strong commitment to shareholder remuneration. The guidance set out in the Group’s Strategic Plan was reflected in the income statement for this year as follows: Net interest income has been maintained albeit under pressure, amounting to 4,837 million euros at the Group level and 3,604 million euros excluding TSB in 2025, in line with the year-end target of 3,600 million euros ex-TSB. This evolution reflects the impact of the narrowing customer spread, which, excluding TSB, fell from 3.3% to 2.9% in the year, partly offset by larger loan and deposit volumes, as well as a lower cost of wholesale funding. At TSB, net interest income has made a steady recovery, ending the year with a high single-digit increase, as expected, mainly due to the contribution of structural balance sheet hedging. Fees and commissions increased by 2.0% in the year at the Group level and by 3.6% excluding TSB, mainly as a result of higher asset management and insurance fees. This means that this line item has grown at levels close to the year-end target of mid-single-digit growth excluding TSB. With regard to costs, the year-on-year increase at the Group level was 0.5%, as a result of higher staff expenses, which were partially offset by other general administrative expenses. Excluding TSB, this line item increased by 2.5%, mainly due to higher staff expenses. Total costs excluding TSB have evolved in line with the year-end target of a low single-digit increase, despite the share-based extraordinary remuneration paid to all employees related to the end of the takeover bid, and a reclassification related to the termination of the agreement on the sale of the merchant acquiring business, which impacted the depreciation line. Both of these impacts were recorded in the last quarter of the year. With a total cost of risk of 31 basis points, equivalent to 546 million euros of provisions and impairments in 2025 at the Group level and 37 basis points ex- TSB, the year-end target of 40 basis points ex-TSB has been met, thanks to a diversified balance sheet, risk management actions and the positive evolution of asset quality. In addition, the profitability reported for 2025, measured in terms of Return On Tangible Equity (ROTE), was 14.3%, close to the targeted ROTE of 14.5%, which improved (from 14%) in the second quarter of the year, when targets were set in the Strategic Plan 2025-2027. In addition, it is expected that in 2026 the resilience of the Group’s income statement will allow it to attain recurrent profitability, excluding TSB and its impacts, of 14.5%, measured in terms of tangible equity. Lastly, in relation to shareholder remuneration, on 5 February 2026, the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell raised shareholder remuneration against earnings for 2025 to 1.5 billion euros, consisting of a 60% payout plus a distribution of 435 million euros of excess capital above the fully-loaded CET1 ratio of 13% applying the regulatory implementation timeline of the output floor on a consolidated basis. Consolidated Directors' Report 26 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 29
1.3 Banco Sabadell share performance The Bank’s share capital as at 31 December 2025 amounted to 627,959,716.50 euros, represented by 5,023,677,732 registered shares with a par value of 0.125 euros each (as at 31 December 2024, it amounted to 680,027,680.875 euros, represented by 5,440,221,447 registered shares, each with a par value of 0.125 euros). The agenda of the United States administration shaped the economic and financial environment in 2025. Specifically, in the area of international trade, the US raised tariffs, which were subsequently eased by trade agreements. On the other hand, the sustainability of the public finances continued to provoke concern in the United States and in some European economies, such as France. At the geopolitical level, there was continued instability generated by the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. Nevertheless, the economy and the financial markets demonstrated resilience thanks to the thrust of artificial intelligence, expectations of rate cuts and a raft of solid corporate earnings. Spain stood out among the main Eurozone countries once again and saw strong economic growth of around 3% year-on-year. Once again, Spain’s economic growth was higher than the consensus had expected at the beginning of the year. The economy was underpinned by, among other things, migration flows and the NGEU funds. Lastly, Spain has been relatively well protected from the US tariffs due to its limited trade exposure with that country. Labour market data has also been positive, with employment at record highs and unemployment at its lowest rate since 2008. With regard to the central banks, the year was marked by the ongoing normalisation of monetary policy, although progress was uneven across regions. The main monetary authorities implemented cuts to their benchmark interest rates, in a context of inflation closer to or around the monetary policy targets and slowing economic growth. In the Eurozone, the ECB reduced the deposit facility rate to 2.00% and, subsequently, maintained a prudent stance in relation to further adjustments. The Federal Reserve’s rate cuts were more restrained (down to 3.50-3.75%) in a context of moderated job creation and upward pressure on inflation as a result of the new tariffs. In the United Kingdom, the Bank of England continued with incremental cuts to the base rate, bringing it down to 3.75%. In the bond markets, geopolitical tensions and, in particular, the announcement of ‘Liberation Day’, brought on increased volatility affecting yield curves. Nevertheless, with the exception of this episode, interest rates have been quite stable over the course of the year, with long-dated bonds trading at historically high levels. The countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB) of 0.5%, set by the Bank of Spain, was applied as from October 2025 with plans to raise it to 1% from October 2026 if the cyclical systemic risks persist. All in all, profitability in the banking sector has been solid over the year, exceeding the cost of capital demanded by the market, thanks to sustained profits in an interest rate environment favourable to financial intermediation, despite the gradual monetary normalisation. As regards Banco Sabadell’s share price performance, it has kept the good tone of recent years, with a dividend-adjusted revaluation of +96% in the year. On a like-for-like basis, the market revaluation was above the European banking industry benchmark (STOXX Europe 600 Banks), which rose by +67%, and also above general indices such as EURO STOXX 50 and IBEX 35, which cumulatively increased by +14% and +49%, respectively, over the year. Consolidated Directors' Report 27 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 30
In this respect, the factors pertaining to the economic and financial environment mentioned above significantly influenced the share price performance. Similarly, in relation to Banco Sabadell’s idiosyncratic factors, certain influencing elements worth noting include, on one hand, the Institution’s improved financial position and profit estimates, validated in July during the presentation of the new Strategic Plan 2025-27, and, on the other hand, the events surrounding the takeover bid put forward by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and the outcome of that bid, which ultimately served to reinforce the Institution’s standalone strategy. As at the end of 2025, the average target price among equity analysts covering Banco Sabadell was 3.7 euros, all with Buy or Hold recommendations on the stock. Banco Sabadell’s market capitalisation stood at around 16,818 million euros as at year-end, with a Price/Tangible Book Value (P/TBV) ratio of 1.40x. Over the year, the main rating agencies also improved their credit ratings for Banco Sabadell. SABADELL EURO STOXX 50 STOXX Europe 600 BanksIBEX 35 31/12/2024 1/4/2025 1/7/2025 30/9/2025 30/12/2025 100 125 150 175 200 Million Million euro Euro Million euro Euro Average number of shares (*) Profit attributed to the Group Profit attributed to the Group, per share Own funds Book value per share 2022 (**) 5,594 889 0.140 13,635 2.43 2023 5,401 1,332 0.225 14,344 2.65 2024 5,376 1,827 0.322 15,389 2.87 2025 5,152 1,775 0.316 14,631 2.93 (*) The average number of shares is shown net of the treasury stock position. (**) The data corresponding to 2022 was restated to take into account the entry into force of IFRS 17 (see Note 1.4 to the consolidated annual financial statements for 2023). Consolidated Directors' Report 28 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 31
Share performance Below are a number of indicators of the Bank’s share performance: 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Shareholders and trading Number of shares outstanding (million) (*) 4,998 5,361 (6.8) Average daily trading (million euro) 45 38 16.7 Share price (euro) Opening 1.877 1.113 — High 3.482 2.050 — Low 1.795 1.105 — Closing 3.365 1.877 — Market capitalisation (million euro) 16,818 10,063 — Market ratios Earnings Per Share (EPS) (euro) 0.32 0.32 — Book value per share (euro) 2.93 2.87 — P/TBV (price/tangible book value per share) 1.40 0.78 — Price/Earnings ratio (share price/EPS) 10.64 5.84 — (*) Total number of shares minus final treasury stock position (including shares in buyback programmes, where applicable). Shareholder remuneration in the amount of 1.5 billion euros against earnings for 2025. The Bank’s shareholder remuneration commitment, in accordance with its Articles of Association, is proposed by the Board of Directors and submitted to shareholders for approval every year at the Annual General Meeting. In addition, Banco Sabadell has a Shareholder Remuneration Policy that lays down the principles that determine the shareholder remuneration framework. The percentage of profits to be paid out as remuneration to shareholders, that is, the Group’s payout, was set at 60% of net profit attributed to the Group. In addition, the Banco Sabadell Shareholder Remuneration Policy makes provision for the possible distribution of excess capital above a minimum threshold predetermined by the Board of Directors. Currently, regulatory capital above the threshold of 13%3 can be considered excess capital and can therefore be paid out as remuneration to shareholders, in the absence of any alternative use for that capital. On 10 April 2024, shareholders at the Annual General Meeting approved a share buyback programme in the amount of 340 million euros, as part of shareholder remuneration against earnings for 2023. This programme, which had been temporarily suspended at the request of the CNMV due to the publication of the announcement of the tender offer put forward by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., was reactivated on 31 March 2025 following approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and was completed on 8 May 2025, having Consolidated Directors' Report 29 Banco Sabadell Group 3 Fully-loaded CET1, applying the output floor's regulatory implementation timeline.
Page 32
reached the maximum pecuniary amount outstanding of 247 million euros envisaged in the Buyback Programme. Following completion of the aforesaid reactivated share buyback programme, and in accordance with the approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of 20 March 2025, another share buyback programme was launched on 9 May 2025 in the amount of 755 million euros, which was completed on 1 August 2025. At Board meetings held on 29 May 2025 and 5 August 2025, the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell agreed, pursuant to the authorisation received from the European Central Bank, to carry out reductions in the share capital of Banco Sabadell by redeeming all of the treasury shares acquired under the aforementioned share buyback programmes. That reduction was approved as per the powers conferred on the Board of Directors in the share capital reduction resolution approved by shareholders during the aforesaid Annual General Meeting of 20 March 2025. The resulting share capital stood at 627,959,716.50 euros represented by 5,023,677,732 registered shares with a par value of 0.125 euros each. At a meeting held on 1 July 2025, the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell agreed to submit a proposal for consideration by shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting concerning the payment of an extraordinary cash dividend of 50 euro cents (gross) per share, conditional on closing the sale of TSB. This dividend distribution proposal was submitted to shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting of 6 August 2025, with a favourable result. At its meeting of 23 July 2025, in compliance with the Group’s shareholder remuneration policy and in the context of the update of the Strategic Plan 2025-2027, which was published on 24 July 2025, Banco Sabadell’s Board of Directors agreed to distribute an interim cash dividend against 2025 earnings in the amount of 7 euro cents (gross) per share, which was paid on 29 August. Additionally, at the aforesaid meeting of 23 July 2025, the Board of Directors also produced a preliminary estimate of potential total shareholder remuneration for the period 2025-2027 in the amount of 6.3 billion euros, including the extraordinary dividend from the sale of TSB, bringing the estimated remuneration for 2025 to 1.3 billion euros. At its meeting of 30 September 2025, based on the positive trend of the business, earnings and capital generation, the Board of Directors updated its estimate of total shareholder remuneration for the period 2025-2027 to 6.45 billion euros, setting shareholder remuneration for 2025 at 1.45 billion euros. In addition, at that same meeting, the Board of Directors approved a second interim cash dividend for 2025 of 7 euro cents (gross) per share, which was paid on 29 December 2025. At the meeting held on 5 February 2026 and in accordance with Banco Sabadell’s shareholder remuneration policy, the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell, after obtaining prior authorisation from the European Central Bank, agreed to set up two share buyback programmes to repurchase treasury shares for their subsequent redemption, up to a maximum aggregate amount of 800 million euros. To that end, the Board of Directors approved the allocation of a maximum of 435 million euros to the first share buyback programme, equivalent to excess capital above the fully-loaded CET1 ratio of 13% applying the regulatory implementation timeline of the output floor on a consolidated basis. Furthermore, the Board of Directors decided to allocate a maximum of 365 million euros to the second share buyback programme, equivalent to the difference between 60% of the net profit attributed to the Group for 2025 (the payout ratio at the top end of the range established in the shareholder remuneration policy) and the cash dividends paid out of 2025 earnings. Consolidated Directors' Report 30 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 33
Credit ratings In 2025, the four agencies that assessed Banco Sabadell’s credit quality were S&P Global Ratings, Moody’s Ratings, Fitch Ratings and Morningstar DBRS. On 27 March, S&P Global Ratings upgraded Banco Sabadell’s long- term issuer credit rating to A- from BBB+, with a stable outlook. The rating upgrade was the result of Sabadell’s improved credit profile, which the agency sees as commensurate with its peers, as well as easing industry risks in the Spanish banking system. The short-term rating was kept at A-2. Later, on 11 August, the agency affirmed the Bank’s rating following the approval of the sale of TSB Banking Group plc. Lastly, on 16 December, the agency upgraded the outlook from stable to positive, affirming the issuer’s long-term and short-term credit ratings of A- and A-2, respectively. The upgraded outlook reflects the possibility that S&P Global Ratings could raise Banco Sabadell’s ratings if it manages to build up and sustain a buffer of bail-inable subordinated instruments large enough (i.e. more than 6%) to provide enhanced protection to senior debtholders in a resolution scenario. On 3 October, Moody’s Ratings upgraded Banco Sabadell’s long- term deposit rating to A3 from Baa1 and its senior unsecured debt rating to Baa1 from Baa2, with a stable outlook in both ratings. It also upgraded the rating of the Bank’s mortgage covered bonds to Aaa from Aa1. These upgrades reflect the Bank’s improved solvency, supported by the continuous enhancement of its asset quality and the improved profitability. The short-term rating was kept at P-2. On 18 November, Moody’s Ratings affirmed those ratings, following the publication of its new methodology. On 10 January, Fitch Ratings upgraded Banco Sabadell’s long-term rating to BBB+ from BBB and maintained the stable outlook. The upgrade was driven by the strengthening of the Bank’s asset quality, profitability and capitalisation, as well as the improved assessment of the operating environment for Spanish banks. The short-term rating was kept at F2. In addition, on 9 May, the agency placed Banco Sabadell on rating watch positive, subsequently reversing it on 27 October after the unsuccessful takeover bid put forward by BBVA, affirming the long- and short-term ratings on that same date and assigning them both a stable outlook. On 18 February, Morningstar DBRS affirmed Banco Sabadell’s long- term issuer rating at A (low) with a stable outlook, highlighting the Institution’s improved profitability and its significant reduction of non- performing loans. The agency also expects that the Bank will continue to report solid profitability despite the lower interest rate environment, largely supported by the lending volume growth and the materialisation of cost savings implemented in TSB. The short-term rating remained at R-1 (low). During 2025, Banco Sabadell has been in continuous contact with the four rating agencies. In its meetings with analysts from those agencies, aspects such as progress with results, capital, liquidity, risks, credit quality, and management of NPAs were discussed and debated. Consolidated Directors' Report 31 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 34
The table below details the current ratings and the most recent date of publication of an update or affirmation of those ratings. Long-term Short-term Outlook Last updated S&P Global Ratings A- A-2 Positive 16/12/2025 Moody's Ratings Baa1 P-2 Stable 18/11/2025 Fitch Ratings BBB+ F2 Stable 27/10/2025 Morningstar DBRS A (low) R-1 (low) Stable 18/02/2025 Consolidated Directors' Report 32 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 35
1.4 Corporate governance Banco Sabadell has a solid corporate governance structure that ensures effective and prudent management of the Bank, in which it prioritises ethical, sound and transparent governance, taking into account the interests of shareholders, customers, employees and the general public in the geographies in which it operates. The internal governance framework, which gives details, among other aspects, about its shareholding structure, the governing bodies, the Group’s structure, the composition and operation of corporate governance, the internal control functions, key governance matters, the risk management framework, the internal procedure for the approval of credit transactions granted to directors and their related parties and the Group’s policies, is published on the corporate website: www.grupbancsabadell.com (see section “Corporate Governance and Remuneration Policy – Internal Governance Framework”). As required by Article 540 of the Spanish Capital Companies Act, Banco Sabadell Group has prepared the Annual Corporate Governance Report for the year 2025, which, in accordance with Article 49 of the Spanish Commercial Code, forms part of the consolidated Directors’ Report for 2025. It includes a section on the extent to which the Bank follows recommendations on corporate governance currently in existence in Spain. As it has done on previous occasions, Banco Sabadell has opted to prepare the Annual Corporate Governance Report in free PDF format, in accordance with CNMV Circular 2/2018 of 12 June, in order to explain and publicise, with maximum transparency, the main aspects contained therein. Consolidated Directors' Report 33 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 36
Annual General Meeting 2025 The Bank’s main governing body is the Annual General Meeting, in which shareholders decide on matters attributed to the Meeting by law, the Articles of Association (available on the corporate website under "Corporate Governance and Remuneration Policy – Articles of Association”) and its own Regulation, as well as any business decisions that the Board of Directors considers to be of vital importance for the Bank’s future and corporate interests. The Annual General Meeting has approved its own Regulation, which sets out the principles and basic rules of action (see corporate website under “Shareholders’ General Meeting – Regulations of the Shareholders’ Meeting”), safeguarding the rights of shareholders and transparency of information. At the Annual General Meeting, shareholders may cast one vote for every thousand shares that they own or represent. The Policy for communication and contact with shareholders, institutional investors and proxy advisors, approved by the Board of Directors and compliant with the Good Governance Code of Listed Companies of June 2020, aims to promote the transparency of public information and build trust while safeguarding, at all times, the legitimate interests of institutional investors, shareholders and proxy advisors and of all other stakeholders of Banco Sabadell. The Bank has maintained the highest standards of transparency and participation to improve and promote the participation of shareholders at both the Ordinary Annual General Meeting of 20 March 2025 and at the two Extraordinary General Meetings held on 6 August 2025, so that they were able to attend these events not only in person but also, (as made possible by the Bank since 2022), remotely through a live broadcast, as well as being able to vote on motions on the agenda and speak during question time. To that end, the Bank reiterated that it has set up electronic channels through Banco Sabadell’s websites (corporate website and BSOnline) and its mobile app (BSMovil) so that shareholders can delegate and cast their vote in advance of the General Meetings. Those channels are embedded on the Bank’s website and they provide a fast and straightforward experience to customers who are shareholders and to shareholders in general, in addition to making interactions easier. The 2025 Annual General Meeting, convened on 6 February 2025, took place on 20 March 2025, on second call. At the Annual General Meeting held on 20 March 2025, shareholders approved all items on the agenda, among them the annual financial statements and the corporate management of the financial year 2024 and, in relation to appointments, they approved the re-election to the Board of César González-Bueno Mayer Wittgenstein, in the capacity of Executive Director, and of Manuel Valls Morató, in the capacity of Independent Director. On 6 February 2025, Laura González Molero tendered her resignation as an Independent Director of Banco Sabadell, effective from the date of the Annual General Meeting. On that same date, Alicia Reyes Revuelta communicated her decision not to stand for re-election as an Independent Director of Banco Sabadell due to her professional commitments, thus resigning from the position with effect from the date of the next Annual General Meeting. To fill these vacancies, during the aforesaid Annual General Meeting, at the proposal of the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee, shareholders agreed to appoint María Gloria Hernández García and Margarita Salvans Puigbò as Independent Directors. They joined the Board for the first time at the Board meetings held on 29 May 2025 and 26 June 2025, respectively, having received the corresponding regulatory authorisations. Consolidated Directors' Report 34 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 37
In light of the analysis of best practices observed in the market when defining the amount, format, frequency and recurrence of shareholder remuneration, the Board of Directors submitted a new Banco Sabadell Shareholder Remuneration Policy to the 2025 Annual General Meeting for consideration by shareholders, obtaining 99.86% votes in favour. At the aforesaid Annual General Meeting shareholders approved, under point 5 of the agenda and with 99.18% votes in favour, the reactivation of the share buyback programme (originally approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with point 4 of the agenda for the Annual General Meeting of 10 April 2024 and subsequently temporarily suspended on 13 May 2024, at the request of the CNMV received on that same date in light of the publication of the prior announcement of the voluntary tender offer put forward by BBVA for the acquisition of Banco Sabadell shares representing its total share capital), along with the consequent reduction in share capital by the par value of treasury shares that could be acquired by the Institution under the aforesaid reactivated share buyback programme for a maximum pecuniary amount of 247 million euros. Shareholders at the Annual General Meeting also approved, under point 6 of the agenda and with 99.11% votes in favour, the establishment of a new share buyback programme with the consequent reduction in share capital by the par value of treasury shares that could be acquired by the Institution under said share buyback programme for a maximum pecuniary amount of 755 million euros. Both share buyback programmes were fully executed, as were the respective capital reductions through the redemption of the treasury shares acquired under those programmes. For more information on the terms and timeframes of the above programmes, please see Notes 3 and 22 to the 2025 consolidated annual financial statements. The Banco Sabadell Annual General Meeting has once again been certified as a ‘Sustainable Event’, having satisfactorily met the sustainability criteria for certification and having passed the preliminary assessment process and the in-person audit conducted by Eventsost, a comprehensive sustainability certification platform for events. The certification is based on the event sustainability standards considered in the Eventsost certification scheme for sustainable events, and on alignment with the Sustainable Development Goals of the UN’s 2030 Agenda applied to event production. In addition, an external consultant verified the procedures established for preparing and holding the 2025 Annual General Meeting. The external consultant carried out an individual analysis of each of the phases into which the review was divided (phase I: pre-Meeting, phase II: Meeting, and phase III: post-Meeting), concluding that, from a technical, procedural and legal point of view, all requirements, internal procedures and applicable regulations had been complied with in the three phases analysed. Consolidated Directors' Report 35 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 38
Extraordinary General Meetings At its meeting of 3 July 2025, under the provisions of the Articles of Association and the Regulation of the General Meeting of Shareholders, the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell approved the convening of two Extraordinary General Meetings on 6 August 2025, at second call, the first held at 10am and the second at 1pm. At the first of the aforesaid General Meetings, shareholders were asked to vote on whether to authorise the disposal of the entire share capital of Banco Sabadell’s subsidiary TSB Banking Group plc and other equity instruments and securities issued by the latter. At the second General Meeting, shareholders were asked to vote on whether to approve an extraordinary cash dividend of 50 euro cents (gross) per share charged against unrestricted voluntary reserves, subject to the sale of TSB Banking Group plc and payable on the last business day of the month following the receipt of the sale price. Both items were approved by a very large majority of shareholders: 99.578% voted in favour of the disposal of TSB Banking Group plc and 99.656% voted to approve the extraordinary dividend. At both General Meetings, as occurred at the Annual General Meeting of 20 March 2025, it was agreed that voting and representation could be carried out and delegated, respectively, remotely prior to the General Meeting. The Board of Directors also agreed to put the necessary systems and procedures in place to enable shareholders and their proxies to attend using electronic means that allow real-time connection with the venue where the General Meeting is held, and to enable them to participate and vote using the systems and procedures put in place for that purpose. The two Extraordinary General Meetings were also certified as ‘Sustainable Events’, in accordance with the same aforementioned sustainability standards and criteria applicable to the 2025 Annual General Meeting, and successfully passed the assessment and in-person audit conducted by Eventsost. Information regarding the 2025 General Meetings is published on the corporate website: www.grupbancsabadell.com (see section “Shareholders and Investors - Shareholders’ General Meeting”). Consolidated Directors' Report 36 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 39
Composition of the Board of Directors With the exception of matters reserved to the Annual General Meeting, Banco Sabadell’s Board of Directors is the most senior decision-making body of the Company and its consolidated Group, as it is responsible, under the law and the Articles of Association, for the management and representation of the Bank. The Board of Directors acts mainly as an instrument of supervision and control, delegating the management of ordinary business matters to the Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors is subject to well-defined and transparent rules of governance, in particular to the Articles of Association and the Regulation of the Board of Directors (available on the corporate website under “Corporate Governance and Remuneration Policy – Regulation of the Board of Directors”), and it conforms to best practices in the area of corporate governance. As at 31 December 2025, the Board of Directors was formed of 14 members: its Chairman (in the capacity of Other External Director), ten Independent Directors, two Executive Directors and one Other External Director. The composition of the Board keeps an adequate balance between the different director categories that comprise it. The Board of Directors has a diverse and efficient composition. It is of the appropriate size to perform its duties effectively by drawing on a depth and diversity of opinions, enabling it to operate with a good level of quality and effectiveness and in a participatory way. Its members are suitably diverse in terms of skill sets, professional background, origin and gender, and they have extensive experience in banking, finance, anti- money laundering & counter-terrorist financing, digital transformation & IT, insurance, risk & auditing, in regulatory affairs and the law, in academia, human resources & consultancy, responsible business practices & sustainability, as well as in international business. The Board’s Matrix of Competences and Diversity can be consulted on the website in Banco Sabadell’s Internal Governance Framework (see corporate website section “Corporate governance and Remuneration Policy – Internal Governance Framework”). Banco Sabadell has had this competences and diversity matrix in place since 2019, which is reviewed annually by the Board of Directors, following a favourable report from the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee, and which was last reviewed on 27 March 2025, as a result of the most recent Board appointments of María Gloria Hernández García and Margarita Salvans Puigbò. As at 2025 year-end, there were six female Directors, including five female Independent Directors out of a total of ten Independent Directors and one female Other External Director. As of 2024, women represented 40% of the Board of Directors, based on a total of 15 Board members. Based on the current Board composition, which comprises a total of 14 members, female representation has risen to 43% and women account for 50% of Independent Directors, thereby complying with the Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on improving the gender balance among directors of listed companies and related measures, and doing so ahead of the timeframes established in Organic Law 2/2024 of 1 August on equal representation and the balanced presence of women and men. As indicated above, at the Annual General Meeting of 20 March 2025, shareholders agreed to appoint two female Independent Directors to replace two other departing female Independent Directors, Laura González Molero and Alicia Reyes Revuelta, who ceased to be members of the Board with effect from the date of the Annual General Meeting. The incorporation of María Gloria Hernández García and Margarita Salvans Puigbò has increased and reinforced the diversity of knowledge and financial experience on the Board. María Gloria Hernández García has an outstanding profile as an economist with executive experience and as an Consolidated Directors' Report 37 Banco Sabadell Group Board of Directors 31 December 2025 Chairman Josep Oliu Creus Deputy Chairman Pedro Fontana García Chief Executive Officer César González-Bueno Mayer Female directors Aurora Catá Sala Ana Colonques García-Planas María José García Beato Mireya Giné Torrens María Gloria Hernández García Margarita Salvans Puigbò Male directors Lluís Deulofeu Fuguet Manuel Valls Morató Pedro Viñolas Serra Lead Independent Director George Donald Johnston III Director-General Manager David Vegara Figueras Non-Director Secretary Miquel Roca i Junyent Non-Director Deputy Secretary Gonzalo Barettino Coloma
Page 40
Independent Director with knowledge of the financial sector, capital markets, retail and corporate banking, in addition to her experience in planning and strategy, risk management and control, accounting and auditing, and in corporate governance and sustainability. For her part, Independent Director Margarita Salvans Puigbò has an excellent financial profile with executive and business experience; her financial sector knowledge and experience encompasses retail banking, planning and strategy, risk management and control, and accounting. The new Directors have full capacity to apply their knowledge and skill to the banking business. All of that, combined with the multi-disciplinary and executive capabilities of the new female Directors, has helped to consolidate the collective suitability of the Board of Directors and to maintain its collective ability to challenge the Bank’s executives and to perform its overarching supervisory and control functions. On 27 November 2025, an Other Relevant Information filing addressed to the CNMV was published, indicating that David Martínez Guzmán, Proprietary Director of Banco Sabadell, had tendered his resignation as a member of the Board of Directors by means of a letter addressed to the Chairman, which was conveyed to all members of the Board of Directors at their meeting of the same date. In the letter, Mr Martínez Guzmán states that during these 12 years of tenure on the Board, he has witnessed a transformation of the Bank and expresses his deep gratitude for the resounding success achieved by both the Chairman and the competent teams who have worked for the Bank. The Banco Sabadell Director Selection Policy of 25 February 2016 (last amended on 12 November 2025) establishes the principles and criteria that should be taken into account in selection processes and also, therefore, in the initial fit and proper assessment and ongoing assessments of the members of the Board of Directors, as well as in the re-election of members of the management body in order to ensure their smooth succession, the continuity of the Board of Directors and the suitability of all its members. The process for selecting candidates to sit on the Board of Directors and for re-electing existing Directors is governed, among other things, by the diversity principle, fostering the diversity of the Board of Directors in order to promote a diverse pool of members, and ensuring that a broad set of qualities and competences is engaged when recruiting members, to achieve a variety of views and experiences and to facilitate independent opinions and sound decision-making within the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors should ensure that the procedures for selecting its members apply the diversity principle and favour diversity in relation to aspects such as age, gender, disability, geographical provenance and educational and professional background, as well as any other aspects deemed appropriate to ensure the suitability and diversity of its pool of members. Furthermore, it should ensure that such procedures are free from implicit bias that may entail any degree of discrimination and, in particular, that they facilitate the selection of female directors in the number required to achieve a balanced composition of women and men, in compliance with the percentages set forth in Organic Law 2/2024, of 1 August, on equal representation and balanced presence of women and men. At its meeting of 12 November 2025 following a favourable report from the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee, the Board of Directors approved a new plan for the renewal of the Bank’s Board of Directors, which establishes the foundations and principles to plan appropriately for the renewal of mandates and the succession of the Bank’s directors. The new plan covers the period from 2026 to 2029. The previous plan, which covered the period from 2021 to 2024, approved in September 2021, was extended by one year, pursuant to the provision set out in the plan itself. Consolidated Directors' Report 38 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 41
The Board of Directors has a Lead Independent Director who, in accordance with the Articles of Association, may ask the Board of Directors to call a meeting, request the inclusion of new items on the agenda, coordinate and convene Non-Executive Directors, voice the opinions of External Directors and lead, where applicable, the regular appraisal of the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Lead Independent Director also coordinates the Succession Plan for the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, approved in 2016 and revised in January 2025, while compliance therewith is verified each year by the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee, and most recently in January 2026. In practice, the Lead Independent Director also leads meetings with investors and proxy advisors. To ensure better and more diligent performance of its general supervisory duties, the Board of Directors undertakes to directly perform the responsibilities provided by law. These include: — those deriving from generally applicable rules on corporate governance; — approving the Company’s general strategies; — appointing and, where necessary, removing directors of subsidiaries; — identifying the Company’s main risks and implementing and monitoring the appropriate internal control and reporting systems; — drawing up policies on the disclosure of information and communication with shareholders, markets and the general public; — setting policy on treasury stock in accordance with any guidelines laid down at the Annual General Meeting; — approving the Annual Corporate Governance Report; — authorising the Company’s transactions with directors and significant shareholders that may lead to conflicts of interest; and — generally deciding on business or financial transactions that are of particular importance for the Company. Board Committees In accordance with the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors has set up the following Board Committees: — The Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee. — The Delegated Credit Committee. — The Board Audit and Control Committee. — The Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee. — The Board Remuneration Committee. — The Board Risk Committee. The organisation and structure of the Board Committees are set out in the Articles of Association, in the Regulation of the Board of Directors and in the respective Regulations of the Board Committees, which set forth rules for their composition, operation and responsibilities (see corporate website section “Corporate Governance and Remuneration Policy – Regulations of the Committees”), and also develop and supplement the rules of operation and basic functions set forth in the Articles of Association and in the Regulation of the Board of Directors. The Board Committees have sufficient resources to perform their duties and they may seek external professional advice and information on any aspect of the Institution, having unrestricted access both to Senior Management and Group executives and to all information and documentation, of any kind, held by the Institution on matters within their remit. With regard to the change in the composition of Board committees, on 20 March 2025, Laura González Molero ceased her role as part of the Board Audit and Control Committee and of the Board Remuneration Committee as a result of her resignation from the position of Director, and Alicia Reyes Revuelta ceased her role as part of the Delegated Credit Committee and of the Board Risk Committee. Consolidated Directors' Report 39 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 42
At its meeting of 28 April 2025, the Board of Directors agreed, following a report from the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee, to change the composition of the Board Committees. Mireya Giné Torrens was appointed a voting member of the Delegated Credit Committee and ceased her role as part of the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee; Ana Colonques García-Planas was appointed a voting member of the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee; and Pedro Viñolas Serra was appointed a voting member of the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee. In the interests of the continuous improvement of the Institution’s corporate governance, following the incorporation in the Board of Directors of María Gloria Hernández García as Independent Director and pursuant to the assessment carried out by the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee to analyse the composition of the Board Committees, at its meeting of 29 May 2025 the Board of Directors, agreed to appoint María Gloria Hernández García as voting member of the Board Audit and Control Committee and voting member of the Board Risk Committee, in view of her skills and experience in accounting and auditing and in risk management and control. On the same date, Pedro Viñolas Serra ceased his role as part of the Board Audit and Control Committee. At the Board meeting held on 26 June 2025, following the incorporation of Margarita Salvans Puigbò as an Independent Director, she was appointed a voting member of the Board Audit and Control Committee and voting member of the Board Remuneration Committee, in view of her skills and experience in accounting & auditing, human resources, culture, talent and remuneration. The Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee also appreciated the valuable contribution of business experience of both Directors on these Board Committees. With these appointments a high percentage of women, as the under-represented sex, has been maintained on the Board Committees, and the age diversity of those occupying roles has been reinforced. Consolidated Directors' Report 40 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 43
The composition and number of meetings of these Board Committees as at 31 December 2025 are shown in the table below: Composition of the Board Committees Position Strategy and Sustainability Delegated Credit Audit and Control Appointments and Corporate Governance Remuneration Risk Chair Josep Oliu Pedro Fontana Manuel Valls Pedro Fontana Mireya George Donald Creus García Morató García Giné Torrens Johnston III Voting member Lluís Deulofeu Lluís Deulofeu Ana Colonques Aurora Catá Ana Colonques Aurora Catá Fuguet Fuguet García-Planas Sala García-Planas Sala Voting member Pedro Fontana Mireya María Gloria Ana Colonques Margarita Salvans María Gloria García Giné Torrens Hernández García García-Planas Puigbò Hernández García Voting member María José César González- Margarita Salvans María José Manuel Valls García Beato Bueno Mayer Puigbò García Beato Morató Voting member César González- Pedro Viñolas Pedro Viñolas Bueno Mayer (*) Serra Serra Voting member George Donald Johnston III Secretary Miquel Roca Gonzalo Barettino Miquel Roca Miquel Roca Gonzalo Barettino Gonzalo Barettino Non-voting member i Junyent Coloma i Junyent i Junyent Coloma Coloma Meetings in 2025 14 38 13 16 11 16 (*) Member for matters of strategy only. Consolidated Directors' Report 41 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 44
Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee The Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee was set up in 2021 and is formed of five Directors: three Independent, one Other External and its Chair (in the capacity of Other External Director), who is the Chairman of the Board of Directors. On matters of strategy, the Chief Executive Officer takes part in the meetings, with rights to speak and vote, meaning that on such matters this Board Committee has six members. With regard to strategy, the Board Committee’s main responsibilities are to evaluate and propose strategies to the Board of Directors for the Company’s business growth, development, diversification and/or transformation, and to report to and advise the Board of Directors on matters related to the Company’s long-term strategy, identifying new opportunities to create value and bringing corporate strategy proposals to the Board’s attention in relation to new investment or divestment opportunities, financial transactions with a material accounting impact, and significant technological transformations. It is also responsible for studying and putting forward recommendations and improvements to the strategic plans and their updates which may be brought before the Board at any time, and for issuing and submitting a report to the Board on an annual basis containing the proposals, assessments, studies and work carried out during the year. With regard to sustainability, the Board Committee has the following responsibilities: review the Institution’s sustainability and environmental policies; report to the Board of Directors on potential modifications and regular updates of the sustainability strategy; review the definition and amendment of the policies on diversity and inclusion, human rights, equal opportunities and work-life balance and periodically evaluate the level of compliance therewith; review the Bank’s strategy for social action and its sponsorship and patronage plans; review and give status reports on the Consolidated Non-Financial and Sustainability Disclosures Report of Banco de Sabadell, S.A. and subsidiaries (Sustainability Report), prior to its review and related reporting by the Board Audit and Control Committee and before its subsequent submission to the Board of Directors; and receive information related to reports, documents or communications from external supervisory bodies with regard to the responsibilities of this Board Committee. Delegated Credit Committee The Delegated Credit Committee is formed of five Directors: one Executive and four Independent (one of whom is its Chair). Its main duties are to analyse and, where appropriate, approve credit operations, in accordance with the assumptions and limits established by express delegation of the Board of Directors, and to prepare reports on matters within its area of activity that may be required of it by the Board of Directors. Furthermore, it shall have all the responsibilities ascribed to it by law, the Articles of Association and the Regulation of the Board of Directors. Consolidated Directors' Report 42 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 45
Board Audit and Control Committee The Board Audit and Control Committee is formed of four Independent Directors, its Chair being an audit expert. It aims to oversee the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control, internal audit and risk management systems, supervise the process for preparing and disclosing regulated financial information, report on the Bank’s annual accounts and interim financial statements, manage relations with statutory auditors, and ensure that appropriate measures are taken in the event of any improper conduct or methods. It also ensures that the measures, policies and strategies defined by the Board of Directors are duly implemented. Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee The Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee is formed of four Independent Directors (one of whom is its Chair) and one Other External Director. Its main duties are to exercise vigilance to ensure a compliant qualitative composition of the Board of Directors, evaluating the suitability and necessary skills and experience of the members of the Board of Directors; escalate proposals for the appointment of Independent Directors and report on proposals for the appointment of the remaining Directors; report on proposals for the appointment and removal of senior executives and members of the Identified Staff; report on the basic terms of the contracts of Executive Directors and senior executives; and examine and organise the succession of the Bank’s Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and, where appropriate, put forward proposals to the Board so that the aforesaid succession may take place in an orderly and planned manner. It should also establish a goal for representation of the under-represented sex on the Board of Directors and develop guidance on how to achieve that goal. In matters related to corporate governance, it is responsible for informing the Board of Directors of the Company’s corporate policies and internal regulations, unless they fall within the remit of other Board Committees; supervising compliance with the Company’s corporate governance rules, except for those that fall within the remit of other Board Committees; submitting the Annual Corporate Governance Report to the Board of Directors for its approval and annual publication; supervising, within its sphere of competence, the Company’s communications with shareholders and investors, proxy advisors and other stakeholders and reporting to the Board of Directors on these communications; and any other actions that may be necessary to ensure good corporate governance in all of the Company’s activities. Board Remuneration Committee The Board Remuneration Committee is formed of three Independent Directors. Its main responsibilities are to put forward proposals to the Board of Directors on the remuneration policy for Directors and General Managers, as well as on individual remuneration and other contractual terms of Executive Directors, and to ensure compliance therewith. Additionally, it provides information for the Annual Report on Director Remuneration and reviews the general principles concerning remuneration and the remuneration schemes applicable to all employees, ensuring transparency in remuneration matters. Consolidated Directors' Report 43 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 46
Board Risk Committee The Board Risk Committee is formed of four Independent Directors. Its main responsibilities are to supervise and ensure that all risks of the Institution and its consolidated Group are appropriately taken, controlled and managed, and to report to the full Board on the performance of its duties, in accordance with the law, the Articles of Association, the Regulation of the Board of Directors and that of the Board Committee itself. Chairmanship of the Bank Article 55 of the Articles of Association stipulates that the Chairman shall perform his duties as a Non-Executive Director. The Chairman is the most senior representative of the Bank and has the rights and obligations inherent in that representation. The Chairman, through the performance of his duties, is ultimately responsible for the effective operation of the Board of Directors and, as such, he represents the Bank in all matters and signs on its behalf, convenes and chairs meetings of the Board of Directors, sets the meeting agenda, leads discussions and deliberations during Board meetings and ensures the fulfilment of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Article 56 of the Articles of Association, the Chief Executive Officer is ultimately responsible for managing and directing the business and will be the Bank’s representative in the absence of the Chairman. The Board of Directors shall also delegate to the Chief Executive Officer, on a permanent basis, all the powers that it sees fit from among those that may be legally delegated. Consolidated Directors' Report 44 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 47
Control units The Internal Audit unit and the Risk Control & Regulation unit have access and report directly to the Board of Directors and its Committees, specifically, to the Board Audit and Control Committee and the Board Risk Committee, respectively. The Bank publishes the Annual Corporate Governance Report (which includes detailed information on the Bank’s corporate governance arrangements), the Annual Report on Director Remuneration and the Consolidated Non-Financial and Sustainability Disclosures Report of Banco de Sabadell, S.A. and subsidiaries (Sustainability Report), which form part of this Directors’ Report, on the website of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV) and on Banco Sabadell's corporate website www.grupbancsabadell.com. Consolidated Directors' Report 45 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 48
1.5 Customers The customer experience at Banco Sabadell has grown for the third consecutive year in Retail Banking and across all segments in Business Banking. 2025 has been a year of many challenges for the Spanish banking industry, which was faced with an unprecedented socio-political environment that has generated high financial volatility. The return of protectionist policies in the United States and the persistent conflict in Eastern Europe have altered supply chains, raising import costs and therefore affecting investor confidence. In 2025, Spanish banks faced a scenario in which interest rate cuts reinvigorated the economy and consequently improved the cost of credit for most banking products. In this context, Banco Sabadell has succeeded in providing the Spanish economy with credit capacity, having increased consumer credit by 16% and mortgage lending by 17% in the year. In addition, card turnover and PoS turnover increased by 6% and 2%, respectively, thereby consolidating the Bank’s position in payment services. Year after year, Banco Sabadell remains committed to integrating the values that define its brand, such as professionalism and empathy, into customer relationships, either directly through each of its contact channels or by adapting its products to its customers’ needs. Banco Sabadell has improved its Net Promoter Score (NPS) for the third consecutive year in Retail Banking and in Business Banking where it grew across all segments, improving its position in the SME ranking. Banco Sabadell has made the customer experience a subject tackled at each of the company’s strategic forums, incorporating it in the design of both the products and the services offered to customers. The objective is clear: to offer products and services that can be adapted to customers’ needs, combining a wide range of products for each type of customer with an omni-channel experience spanning physical and digital channels. Knowing customers at every stage of their relationship with Banco Sabadell is crucial, which is why new methodologies have been developed using artificial intelligence, allowing the Bank to listen to what customers are saying, to measure and determine the main reasons for customer satisfaction and dissatisfaction, and to ascertain how near or far it is from meeting customers’ expectations. The ultimate goal is to implement courses of action that make it possible not only to improve customers’ experience but to also try to surpass their expectations. These methodologies enable processes to be transformed and adapted to customers’ needs, thereby improving their experience. Consolidated Directors' Report 46 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 49
Measuring customer experience Understanding the behaviours and needs of customers through their opinions is key for Banco Sabadell. Measuring customer experience involves understanding the market, consumers and customers, using a number of different qualitative and quantitative analytical methodologies to that end. Qualitative analysis In order to better understand the environment and the customers within it, different qualitative studies and research projects are undertaken using different methodologies. The aims pursued include: — Listening carefully, actively and constantly to what customers have to say, so as to ascertain how they experience their relationship with the Bank at different touchpoints. — Understanding the concerns, worries and attitudes of consumers and their current and future needs. — Identifying the more emotional and less obvious side of consumer decision-making. — Defining ad hoc value propositions for each type of customer. A variety of techniques are used, ranging from conventional in-depth interviews and segment-specific focus groups to more innovative methodologies based on behavioural economics and the detection of the deepest emotions and motivations of consumers. Currently, various artificial intelligence tools help to address customer opinion from a broader perspective, allowing real-time analysis of their opinions on products and services and, therefore, enabling a very rapid response capacity as these tools help to identify customer needs. This makes it possible to respond to potential problems and, at the same time, helps to identify relevant solutions, enabling the Bank to offer products and services that meet customers’ current expectations. Quantitative analysis Banco Sabadell also analyses the experience of its customers through quantitative studies. Some of these are more closely related to the traditional concept of customer satisfaction, while others incorporate more emotional aspects of customers, to make the organisation more aware of the importance of considering customers in its decision-making, so as to make meaningful improvements. 1. Net Promoter Score (NPS) The NPS, considered to be the benchmark indicator in the market used to measure customer experience, allows Banco Sabadell to be compared against its peers and even against companies in other sectors, both nationally and internationally. Banco Sabadell Spain’s position in the ranking Consolidated Directors' Report 47 Banco Sabadell Group Retail customers 5th Source: Accenture benchmarking of major Spanish financial institutions (2025 data). Small businesses 3rd Corporates 3rd SMEs 2nd
Page 50
In light of the digital transformation, the measurement of customer satisfaction in digital channels has become more important. In this respect, it is worth noting the NPS for the telephony channel, which increased to 31% (an increase of 12 percentage points compared to 2024). TSB data Source: TSB internal NPS tracking studies. The measurement methodology has been changed from a 13-week rolling score in 2024 to weekly measurement with an annual cumulative score in 2025. The results obtained during 2025 confirm that Banco Sabadell is on the right track. Stemming from the focus on always offering the best possible experience to each customer group, one of the Bank’s objectives is to continuously improve its NPS, both in terms of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and in terms of its position compared to other banks. 2. Satisfaction surveys The overall customer experience measurement and management model of Banco Sabadell Spain is based on different indicators obtained from more than 1 million surveys and at more than 20 touchpoints. The results of the various surveys allow it to ascertain the level of satisfaction of its customers and to identify areas where specific processes and contact channels could be improved. For each of these surveys and studies, the Bank sets itself improvement targets and continuously monitors progress. In a multichannel environment, the surveys related to specialised customer service, both in branches and in the digital sphere, are becoming increasingly relevant. For Banco Sabadell, the use of digital channels is a moment of truth, so it has focused its efforts on measuring customer satisfaction and the improvement of the customer experience with, among other things, online banking for individuals (BSOnline Particulares) and for businesses (BSOnline Empresas), as well as the mobile app. The excellent results of the internal NPS survey are particularly noteworthy, with the NPS in the retail segment improving by 5 percentage points. 3. Branch quality surveys In addition to analysing customer perceptions, Banco Sabadell also carries out objective studies using approaches such as the mystery shopping technique, where an independent consultant poses as a buyer to assess the quality of service and the commercial approach to potential customers followed by the sales team. EQUOS RCB (Stiga) is the market benchmark survey that evaluates the quality of service offered by Spanish financial institutions through the mystery shopping technique. Banco Sabadell ranks among the leading players and continues to stand out in terms of quality with respect to the sector. Consolidated Directors' Report 48 Banco Sabadell Group 58.3% 49.3% 38.8%69.7%17.0% Bank NPS Mobile NPS Telephony NPS Internet banking NPS Branch NPS 51.3% Conversational banking NPS
Page 51
Level of service quality 8.21 8.27 8.22 8.16 8.00 7.61 7.70 7.74 7.87 7.84 Sabadell Sector 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Customer Care Service (Servicio de Atención al Cliente, or SAC) The Customer Care Service of Banco de Sabadell, S.A. conforms to the provisions of Ministry of the Economy Order 734/2004 of 11 March, the guidelines issued by the European Banking Authority (EBA) and the European Securities Market Authority (ESMA), and the Banco Sabadell regulation for the protection of customers and users of financial services. The most recent update of that regulation was verified by the Bank of Spain on 14 April 2025. In accordance with its Terms of Reference, Banco Sabadell’s SAC handles and resolves complaints and claims received from customers and users of Banco Sabadell’s financial services and those of the institutions associated with it: Sabadell Asset Management, S.A., S.G.I.I.C. Sociedad Unipersonal, Urquijo Gestión, S.G.I.I.C, S.A. and Sabadell Consumer Finance, S.A.U. In addition, the SAC can issue recommendations or suggestions derived from the analysis of complaints and claims received by the SAC. In order to ensure its decision-making autonomy, the SAC is independent of the Bank’s operational and business lines and it has the necessary resources to deal appropriately with complaints and claims, under the principles of transparency, independence, effectiveness, coordination, speed and security. The SAC also has sufficient authority to access all the necessary information and documentation in order to analyse each case, and the operational and business units are obliged to cooperate diligently in this regard. Banco Sabadell’s regulation on the protection of customers and users of financial services ensures compliance with the above-mentioned requirements. In 2025, 63,164 complaints and claims were received: 62,203 processed in the first instance by the SAC, 216 through the Customer Ombudsman (which, since 31 January 2025, is no longer designated by the Institution), 712 through the Bank of Spain and 33 through the CNMV. This year, 62,966 complaints were managed, of which 51,953 complaints were accepted for processing and resolved, 10,834 complaints were not accepted for processing as they did not meet the requirements set out in the Terms of Reference, and 179 complaints were pending resolution by the regulator. See Note 42 to the consolidated annual financial statements for further details. Consolidated Directors' Report 49 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 52
Multichannel strategy During 2025, Banco Sabadell has consolidated its multichannel strategy, mainly thanks to the development of new capabilities in digital and remote channels, while various actions have been taken to improve the current digital customer onboarding process. This has cemented Banco Sabadell’s position as one of the lead players in terms of onboarding at the domestic level, in a highly competitive environment. All of this has made it possible to meet the targets for newly onboarded customers set by the Group at the start of the year. In parallel, customer-focused actions have been intensified, encouraging early account activation to fast-track their engagement with the Institution. These actions are very much focused on covering the customer’s needs in the early stages of their relationship with the Bank, by offering them assistance from the very beginning, whether digitally or remotely. In addition, commercial actions aimed at attracting direct salary deposits and activation of the Bizum payment system were launched, which have substantially increased the proportion of domiciled salaries among newly acquired customers, as well as the number of customers using Bizum. This was supported by the consolidation of several teams that provide support and advise customers in matters that may require greater specialisation and expertise, thus enabling customers to make the best decisions in personal finance matters. Branch network The Group ended 2025 with a network of 1,336 branches, representing a reduction of 14 branches with respect to 31 December 2024. Of the total number of branches and offices in Spain of Banco Sabadell and its Group, 841 operate under the Sabadell brand (including 26 Business Banking branches and 2 Corporate Banking branches), 62 operate as SabadellGallego (3 Business Banking branches), 61 as SabadellGuipuzcoano (5 Business Banking branches), 85 as SabadellHerrero in Asturias and León (3 Business Banking branches), 80 operate as Solbank, 7 as SabadellUrquijo, and 200 branches make up the international branch network, including 175 corresponding to TSB and 12 to Mexico. Consolidated Directors' Report 50 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 53
Number of branches and offices, by autonomous community Banco Sabadell in the world Consolidated Directors' Report 51 Banco Sabadell Group Subsidiaries and investees Mexico City (Mexico) London (UK) Representative offices Algiers (Algeria) Beijing (China) Shanghai (China) Dubai (UAE) Branches Miami (USA) Paris (France) Casablanca (Morocco) Lisbon (Portugal) London (UK) New York (USA) New Delhi (India) Santo Domingo (Dom. Rep.) Istanbul (Turkey) Andalusia 87 Aragon 24 Asturias 67 Balearic Islands 36 Canary Islands 22 Cantabria 4 Castilla-La Mancha 17 Castilla y Leon 36 Catalonia 337 Valencia 209 Extremadura 4 Galicia 62 La Rioja 6 Madrid 99 Murcia 68 Navarra 7 Basque Country 49 Ceuta and Melilla 2 67 4 49 62 7 6 337 36 24 99 17 209 36 4 68 87 2 22
Page 54
ATM network Banco Sabadell ended the year with a fleet of 2,346 ATMs in Spain, of which 1,736 are in-branch and 610 are out-of-branch. Compared to 2024, the number of ATMs has decreased by 0.2%, mainly due to branch closures. In terms of ATM transactions carried out in 2025, the downward trend observed during the previous year continued, with approximately 66 million transactions carried out with a value of 22 billion euros, which is a decrease of approximately 9.3% in the total number of transactions and a drop of 5% in the value of those transactions. Deposits and withdrawals were the most commonly used types of transactions and, in both cases, there was a slight decrease compared to the previous year. The main goals for 2025 were to improve the overall availability of the fleet, modernise the technology by upgrading around 580 ATMs and by developing software adapted to the European Accessibility Act (Law 11/2023 on the transposition of EU Directives, which transposed Directive 2019/882), enhance the customer experience and review the appearance and cleanliness of ATMs. Companies Hub (Hub Empresa) Companies Hub is Banco Sabadell’s business networking centre, an initiative aimed at customer and non-customer businesses alike, which seeks to offer them high-value content and connections to help them deal with the challenges they may face, now and in the future, and to explore opportunities for their business ventures. This platform reinforces Banco Sabadell’s position as the financial institution that best understands the challenges of transformation faced by businesses today, and as the financial partner that is best equipped to support them in their business journey. The Companies Hub comprises: — A digital environment with activities organised by the Bank’s experts and external professionals. In 2025, 117 activities took place (41 webinars, 63 in-person events live-streamed from the Companies Hub in Valencia, and 13 in-person events streamed from other regions), in which over 18,000 professionals took part. The recordings also had more than 28,000 post-event viewings. — An important physical space for companies in the heart of Valencia, with workspaces for business meetings. In 2025, 210 events took place there (the key events that were live-streamed, as mentioned above, plus other collaborative events and instances where the space was leased out to business entities), in which more than 11,000 people took part in face-to-face encounters and were able to enjoy some excellent networking opportunities. In addition, customer businesses made 1,026 reservations of meeting rooms at the Hub (with 3,972 participants using them). 2025 saw consolidation of the strategy of holding face-to-face Companies Hub events in other territories, with a total of 13 sessions taking place: 6 in Madrid, 6 in Barcelona and 1 in Oviedo. In terms of communications, 15 articles and press items and 62 short videos for social media were produced, generating 312 news items in the media, including 290 online and 22 in the print media, reaching a wide audience in the press and on social media. Consolidated Directors' Report 52 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 55
A new space on the Companies Hub website has been created, incorporating information about awards and events held as part of the Banco Sabadell Company of the Year Awards (Premios Empresa del Año). These award ceremonies are held annually throughout the territory and are supported through dissemination in the press media by Prensa Ibérica. All of the activities are designed based on the key thematic areas agreed on by the Editorial Committee which meets at the start of the year. This year, the “Inspiring stories” (Historias inspiradoras) cycle of conferences was particularly interesting, with the participation of Taxus Medio Ambiente, Veritas, Logifruit and Port Hotels. New topic-based series of sessions have been launched, including one on Business Financing, one on the Family Business and another on Franchises, which add to the established ongoing series on Artificial Intelligence, Internationalisation, and Sustainability in the Business. Additionally, non-series sessions have been organised to address current topics, such as the macroeconomic and geopolitical environment, ICO MRR credit lines, and new developments in electronic invoicing. Meetings have also been held to focus on specific sectors, such as tourism and the third sector. The overall number of participants this year was 29,579 (58,205 if video views and events available to companies via the internet are added). Professionals from the Bank have participated as speakers at 66% of these events. Participants at these events continue to rate the activities very highly, with an average overall rating of 9.21 out of 10 (3,559 surveys answered). Direct Branch Telephone helpline In 2025, efforts were focused on ensuring that the telephone service is accessible and on the customer experience offered, pursuing two key goals: firstly, to resolve issues on the first call, and secondly, to obtain the customer’s recommendation of the customer care service. This year, 3.36 million calls were received, of which 3.18 million were handled, indicating a Service Level Agreement (SLA) fulfilment rate of 95%. In terms of the perceived customer experience, actions were taken to improve the First Call Resolution (FCR) indicator, as a result of which the resolution rate at year-end was 83%, having improved by two percentage points compared to the previous year. With regard to customer recommendations of the telephone service, these have remained at very good levels over the year, ending with an annual cumulative percentage of 60% (CXI), seven percentage points higher than the previous year. Text-based customer care Banco Sabadell is active on five social media channels: X, Facebook, LinkedIn, YouTube and Instagram, with 20 different profiles at the national level, positioning itself as one of the financial institutions with the best digital reputations in the sector. One of the most prominent KPIs in global social media ranking reports is the SLA fulfilment rate, which reached 99% in 2025. Another text-based customer care service that Banco Sabadell offers is its web chat service, which this year recorded increased usage of 27% in the number of chats and 14% in the number of customers compared to 2024. This is further proof of the growing importance of this service as the Consolidated Directors' Report 53 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 56
preferred channel of interaction among our digital customers, a group whose number continues to steadily grow with each passing year. Some of the most notable improvements introduced in the chat channel include the simplification of processes, quality responses, personalised attention and the incorporation of new chatbot autonomy features, to avoid having to divert customers to other channels such as the telephony channel or their local branch. All these actions have resulted in an improved query resolution rate (100% increase compared to 2024) and an improved NPS (10 percentage points increase compared to 2024). The resolution capacity is expected to continue improving throughout 2026. Business customer care and direct channels Following the segmentation of the telephony channel, carried out in October 2024, which differentiated customer care for retail and business banking customers, in 2025, the customer care unit for self-employed persons, small businesses and SMEs (Atención a Autónomos, Negocios y Pymes, or ANA) was consolidated as the specialist unit in this segment. The volume of calls received levelled out at an average of 77,000 calls per month, with enquiries related to files and reverse factoring services being the most frequently asked questions (43%), followed by requests for help with BSOnline (18%). The Customer Care Level (Nivel De Atención, or NDA) is one of the service’s main KPIs, reaching 94% in 2025, having increased by 2 percentage points compared to 2024. One of the priorities in 2025 was to improve the NPS of the telephony channel. In this respect, the Bank successfully positioned itself among the top players compared to its peers and was ranked in first place by self-employed customers in the first two editions of the survey. This improvement is also reflected in internal indicators: the Customer Experience Index (CXI) increased by more than 20 percentage points compared to 2024 and the resolution of queries improved by 8 percentage points, reducing the number of referrals to branches. These outcomes are a direct result of various initiatives implemented over the year, the most notable among them being: — Application of the development, listening, growth and opportunity (Desarrollo, Escucha, Crecimiento y Oportunidad, or DECO) programme. — An intensive and product-specialised training plan, aimed at segment specialisation. — Increased autonomy and improvements in processes, which have led to greater management efficiency. The Customer Care Space, launched in November 2024, was consolidated in 2025 as the written-format channel for self-employed customers, small businesses, SMEs and corporates (841,000 customers) with around 500,000 visits. From January, the monthly volume of tickets grew from 1,800 to 14,000 and remained stable throughout the year, with issue resolution in excess of 96%. In the preferential services (SAP for Private Banking and SAPE for companies with turnover of more than 2 million euros), activity increased by 59% and 15%, respectively, in 2025 compared with 2024. The Customer Care Level (NDA) reached 94% for SAPE services and 95% for SAP services in 2025. The NPS improved by more than 14 percentage points among companies with turnover of 2-10 million euros (2nd place in the sector) and by more than 11 percentage points among companies with turnover above 10 million euros (3rd place). These improvements are reflected in the CXI, which is above 61% in both services. Consolidated Directors' Report 54 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 57
The growth in call volumes is due to: — Segmentation of telephone activity by customer target, which means that calls from customers in the Private Banking, Wealth Management, SMEs and Large Corporates segments are now managed by preferential teams, thereby freeing up the branches from service tasks. — The promotion and dissemination of the service by branches and units, thanks to the team’s high level of expertise and resolution capacity, particularly in time-critical and high-value cases. — Another significant factor was the redirection of calls from bankers’ mobile phones to SAP, in order to free bankers from operational or service tasks. In SAPE services, aside from the telephone channel, the following services are managed: — The digital support mailbox, which provides support and assistance to companies with queries regarding their online operations and procedures or with incidental issues relating to files, with 100% SLA achieved in the resolution of issues within a maximum of 72 hours. — Email support for Corporate Banking customers. — Support provided to business operations centres regarding customer requests for assistance with online banking or file management. Direct channels This service manages files via four communication channels: Editran, SFTP, EBICS and Swiftnet. These channels make it possible to perform secure and standardised operations, optimising customer management time without need for direct access to electronic banking. The rules and processes are automatically sent in a protected environment, in compliance with security and confidentiality requirements. The KPIs for this service are excellent, in terms of both query resolution (95%) and customer care (99%). In 2025, more than 20 improvement projects were put in place, including automated contract fulfilment, which has enabled a significant reduction of time spent on in-branch management. Digital transformation and customer experience The digitalisation of consumer habits continues to transform the banking sector. Interactions that previously took place in-branch are increasingly moving over to digital channels. Banco Sabadell is committed to offering its customers an end-to-end experience: fast and secure digital solutions for day-to-day banking and face-to-face customer care at important times. In recent years, the Group has reinforced its technological infrastructure and created Sabadell Digital, combining talent and capabilities to accelerate technological transformation and the implementation of artificial intelligence. On the strength of this, some key developments were consolidated in 2025, including: — Digital onboarding: now accounts for more than 53% of retail customer acquisition. — Digital customers: the number of customers active on digital channels in the last three months reached 68% of the total retail customer base. In addition, around half of the retail customer base have their banking needs met using the digital customer service model. — Digital loans: approximately 90% of loans to retail customers are arranged via remote channels, maintaining the rate and efficacy achieved in the previous year. Consolidated Directors' Report 55 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 58
These initiatives reinforce the Group’s strategy of offering a more flexible, secure and customer-focused service, contributing to efficiency and the creation of sustainable value. Sabadell Digital Sabadell Digital has been consolidated as a key asset in Banco Sabadell Group’s technological strategy, combining specialised human resources with the intangible assets that underpin the Bank’s digital transformation. Its mission is to develop advanced technological solutions to accelerate digitalisation and guarantee competitiveness in an increasingly demanding financial environment. Sabadell Digital’s contribution hinges on three key strategic pillars. Firstly, the management of technological talent, which ensures the attraction and retention of highly specialised profiles, whilst promoting innovation through a culture and conditions geared towards digital development. Secondly, the provision of technological services across the entire Group, pooling technological capabilities and ensuring efficiency and scalability in the delivery of solutions. Lastly, the management of technological assets, optimising their use and ensuring their alignment with strategic objectives. Since its creation in 2023, Sabadell Digital has driven forward initiatives to strengthen its talent base and technological capacities. In 2025, developments included the hiring of critical profiles for innovation and the consolidation of an operating model that reinforces the Group’s technological resilience and flexibility, thus contributing decisively to the digital transformation and the creation of sustainable value. Main deliveries in 2025 Digital onboarding In 2025, Banco Sabadell reinforced its digital customer acquisition strategy through the development of its online onboarding process, consolidating it as a key pillar underpinning commercial efficiency and the customer experience. The main improvements introduced include: — Incorporation of the self-employed customer segment, enabling online account and loan applications and digital operations for this customer group. — Activation of the companies profile directly from the website and from the app, integrating retail and business banking operations in a single digital access point. — Preparation for the onboarding of credit cards, scheduled for rollout in the first half of 2026, thus broadening the scope of the digital process. Thus, Banco Sabadell is consolidating the digital channel as a strategic lever to increase efficiency, reduce operating costs and improve the value proposition, contributing to the Group’s competitiveness and its sustainable growth. Transformation of the mortgage model Another decisive step was taken in 2025 in the digitalisation of the mortgage lending business, reinforcing the Group’s value proposition in a segment that is key to its profitability. The strategy focused on two critical areas: improving the customer experience and optimising operational efficiency. To that end, the mortgage processing service has been redesigned with new agreements that incorporate more demanding service levels and additional obligations, ensuring higher quality and Consolidated Directors' Report 56 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 59
proactive continuous improvement, underpinned by advanced technological capabilities and sectoral best practice. In addition, a mortgage management tool was rolled out, designed to enhance the specialised team’s productivity and increase its conversion rate, reducing wait times and operating costs. In parallel, preparation began for integration of the mortgage application process with BSOnline and with the new mobile app, which will make it possible to offer an omni- channel experience that is more fluid and closely aligned with customers’ digital expectations. These initiatives allow the Group to digitalise critical processes, improve efficiency and strengthen its competitiveness in mortgage products, with a direct impact on the sustainability of growth and future profitability. Digital loans Digital loans are one of the main pillars of the sales model transformation in the retail banking customer segment. In recent years, the Bank has made huge efforts to turn digital channels into the main source of consumer loan sales. In 2025, retail loans taken out using remote channels represented 90% of total loans taken out. This year, the Bank continued to improve the process to increase conversions: — Optimising the pre-approved loan application process to increase the conversion rate through an improved customer experience. — Improving the reactive lending stream, simplifying the process and improving the design. Service programme The aim of the service programme is to offer customers the best experience, allowing them to perform banking operations wherever and whenever needed, thereby reinforcing the efficiency and resilience of the operating model. The transformation carried out in 2025 has had a significant impact on the optimisation of processes and on the improvement of the digital experience. Previous years’ efforts to free up capacity in the branch network continue, to allow greater focus on higher value-added operations. Similarly, calls to Direct Branch have been reduced by 12%, thanks to the broader scope of digital self-service functionalities and the incorporation of intelligent tools that facilitate the resolution of queries in real time. The operating model has been bolstered with improvements to customers’ day-to-day operations, including functionalities such as the new semantic search feature and improvements in the identification of purchases via geolocation, which increase transparency and enhance customers’ control over their finances. The digital experience has also developed to maintain positive results. The Banco Sabadell app has incorporated improvements that have boosted customer satisfaction, reflected in the sustained NPS indicator, with average scores of 50%. These actions consolidate the Group’s strategy of offering a more flexible, secure and customer-focused service, contributing to efficiency and the creation of sustainable value. Marketing tools in digital processes Content personalisation on the digital channels has been consolidated as a key element for improving the conversion rate and increasing the volume of digital sales. In 2025, Banco Sabadell further developed the integration of marketing tools on its digital platforms, especially in the Banco Sabadell app, with the aim of offering products and services Consolidated Directors' Report 57 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 60
tailored to the profile and needs of each customer. This development allows content to be segmented by target group and optimises the customer experience, boosting commercial efficiency and user satisfaction. The Group has also boosted the use of these capabilities for the continuous improvement of commercial and service-led processes, reinforcing research methodologies such as A/B testing and personalisation tools that enable changes in usability and navigation to be validated before they go live. This approach reduces timeframes and costs, ensuring that the improvements implemented bring real value to the customer and contribute to the profitability of the business. With these improvements, Banco Sabadell consolidates a strategy that combines technology and marketing to maximise digital conversion and strengthen its competitive position. Evolution of the design system: Galatea The evolution of the Galatea design system was a key component of the digital transformation strategy in 2025. This structure allows design criteria and experience to be unified across all of the digital channels, ensuring consistency, scalability and speed in the development of new functionalities. During the year, Galatea was applied in critical processes such as applications for pre-approved loans and the optimisation of reactive lending streams, reducing process friction and improving usability. This evolution reinforces the Group’s capacity to accelerate the delivery of digital solutions, improve the customer experience and reduce development costs, consolidating a technological base that supports future growth and competitiveness in an increasingly digital environment. File management File management is an essential element in the day-to-day management of companies and it forms a critical point in the Group’s digitalisation strategy. Improvements were carried out in 2025 with the aim of optimising the customer experience and enhancing file management efficiency, both in BSOnline and in BSMovil. These improvements have made it possible to simplify queries and file generation, reducing issues and increasing the speed and flow of digital operations. The development of these capabilities reinforces the strategic objective of boosting transactionality through digital channels in the business banking segment, reducing dependency on manual processes and improving traceability and security. By doing so, Banco Sabadell moves towards a more scalable and efficient business model, which contributes to its competitiveness and to the creation of value for customers and shareholders. Customer Care Space In 2025, the Customer Care Space has become a key channel to improve digital interactions between the Bank and its customers in the self- employed, small businesses and SMEs & corporates segments. This space enables secure and fluid communication, integrating functionalities that facilitate the management of commercial relationships in digital environments. Through BSOnline, BSMovil and WhatsApp, customers can chat with the customer care teams, exchange documentation, find their branch or relationship manager’s contact details, and request appointments without having to make a trip. Consolidated Directors' Report 58 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 61
The development of the Customer Care Space reflects the Group’s strategy of offering an omnichannel experience that combines efficiency and proximity, reducing process friction and improving commercial productivity. This model contributes to strengthening the value proposition for business customers, whilst optimising operating costs and increasing the Bank’s capacity to provide personalised customer assistance in an increasingly digital environment. Digital applications and services for business banking customers This year, Banco Sabadell has consolidated the digitalisation of loan applications and services for companies, self-employed professionals and small businesses, extending remote access to key products such as business financing, corporate cards, factoring, reverse factoring, and savings and investment solutions. This development allows customers to manage their banking business independently and securely, reducing dependence on face-to-face channels and improving the Bank’s operating efficiency. In this way, an omnichannel experience is offered that combines speed and personalised interactions, boosting the Bank’s competitiveness and profitability in the business segment. Consolidated Directors' Report 59 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 62
Consolidated Directors’ Report 60 Banco Sabadell Group
Page 63
62 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment 72 Financial sector environment 76 Outlook for 2026
Page 64
Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment 2.1 Economic and financial environment The Trump administration’s agenda was a major factor behind the main events that took place in the economic and financial environment during 2025. In 2025, the economic and regulatory agenda of the US administration went a considerable way in shaping the global environment. In terms of trade, the United States significantly raised its effective tariffs imposed on the rest of the world. Tariff pressures eased somewhat after bilateral agreements were signed with various regions. On the institutional plane, the decisions made by the United States pointed towards a reconfiguration of the rules of the game, with more government interference in traditionally independent bodies and, externally, with less support for multilateral agreements and institutions. In the financial markets, this framework raised occasional doubts about the role of US government bonds as a safe haven asset and of the US dollar as the world’s primary reserve currency. At the same time, the sustainability of the public finances continued to be a cause for concern, not only in the United States, but also in certain European economies such as France. On the geopolitical front, instability persisted, with the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East no closer to being resolved. In addition, the publication of the new United States National Security Strategy in December revealed the country’s desire to have more influence in the Western hemisphere. Despite this backdrop, economic activity and the markets showed remarkable resilience. Contributing factors included the boost associated with the deployment of artificial intelligence, expectations of interest rate cuts, as well as sound corporate earnings, all of which helped risk assets to perform well. The Spanish economy continued to post robust growth of 2.8% per annum, amply outperforming the wider Eurozone. This performance was underpinned by population growth, low exposure to US tariffs, progress made in rolling out NGEU funds, and the pass-through of lower interest rates to households and firms. Consolidated Directors’ Report 62 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 65
Political and geopolitical environment Geopolitical instability continued to rise in 2025, although its direct impact on economic activity and the financial markets was limited. The main sources of tension were the Middle East, Ukraine, and relations between China and Taiwan, whilst the United States exerted more influence in the Western hemisphere. In the Middle East, Israel launched direct and sweeping attacks on Iranian nuclear installations, with support from the United States. The episode caused an initial rebound in oil prices, which was quickly corrected once it became clear that Iran’s response was one of moderation. This conflict, combined with weakened pro-Iranian militia in the region, reduced Iran’s geopolitical influence. In the meantime, Israel continued to attack Gaza, increasing its military occupation of the Strip and gaining further control of the West Bank. Although Trump and the Israeli Prime Minister agreed on a peace plan for Gaza, its implementation soon stalled, with no definitive cease-fire and with no agreements with Hamas. Israel’s gains in the region sounded alarm bells for states in the Persian Gulf, above all because it caused them to question whether the United States will be able to continue guaranteeing their security. Against this backdrop, Saudi Arabia signed a mutual defence pact with nuclear-armed Pakistan as a preventive measure. Geopolitical instability was still very much present in 2025, with the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East no closer to being resolved. In Ukraine, the US administration failed to make any significant progress to resolve the conflict. Russia intensified its attacks to levels not seen since the start of the war, while Ukraine built up its capacity to damage critical Russian infrastructures. Russia’s struggles to make front- line gains and the country’s depleted economy resulted in more intensive use of hybrid warfare tactics, including cyberattacks and drone incursions in Europe, which increased the risk to the security of Europe and NATO. In response, NATO agreed to increase its defence spending target from 2% to 5% of GDP within the next ten years. The European Union, for its part, came closer to defining a common defence strategy to make it easier to fund and implement strategic investments. The United States imposed new sanctions on Russia’s energy sector and introduced additional tariffs on India, as this country is one of the biggest buyers of Russian oil. Aside from these conflicts, there were also ongoing tensions between China and Taiwan, with multiple military drills launched around the island and measures designed to exert economic pressure. At the end of the year, the US administration also took military action against Venezuela, allegedly to combat drug trafficking. In terms of domestic policy, the United States took measures that raised concerns about the country’s institutional quality and the separation of powers, and which affected universities, the media and the judiciary. Troops from the National Guard were also deployed to Democrat-controlled cities in order to contain protests linked to migration policies and matters of security. As for foreign policy, the Trump administration focused on scaling back its contribution to international agreements and international development programmes. Consolidated Directors’ Report 63 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 66
In Europe, decisive progress was made on strategic matters, such as those related to defence, which eased concerns over the impact of far- right conservative governments, such as Italy’s, and which arguably helped to build bridges with the United States. Despite voting intention pools showing a surge of support for far-right parties, no changes of government took place in either Germany or France. Germany held snap elections that returned the Conservatives to power in coalition with the Social Democrats, while France continued to have a fragmented parliament that struggled to push through structural reforms. After the State Budget for 2026 failed to secure approval, the country had no choice but to extend its existing Budget set for 2025. Economic activity and inflation In 2025, the uncertainty generated by the US trade policy and by rising geopolitical tensions shaped the course of global economic activity. Even so, the direct impact of the new tariffs was more moderate than anticipated, thanks to the bringing forward of trade flows, the contained response to the tariffs adopted by the rest of the world, the boost associated with artificial intelligence, and the resilience of trade between emerging economies. The United States raised the effective tariff to over 10%, from the previous year’s rate of below 2.5%. The tariff structure combined a baseline global tariff of 10%, tariffs of 15% for the EU, Japan and South Korea, and tariffs ranging from 20% to 50% for the remaining countries, although with exemptions on certain products of strategic importance to the United States. The United States also set sector-specific tariffs of 25% on the automotive industry (15% in the case of the EU), 50% on steel, aluminium and copper, and of 10-20% on timber, lumber and their derivative products. Lastly, investigations began into the possible imposition of tariffs on sectors such as semiconductors and pharmaceuticals. Trump also imposed politically- driven tariffs, as in the case of Brazil and India. In terms of technology, the tech war between United States and China intensified. The United States introduced new export controls on advanced AI chips to China, while China in turn threatened to set export controls on critical mineral shipments. Although tensions eased off after the two powers agreed a truce in November, the structural confrontation in relation to technology continues. The increase in tariffs imposed by the United States had a limited impact on the economy in 2025. In the Eurozone, the heightened trade uncertainty affected GDP performance. GDP spiked in the first quarter as exports to the United States were brought forward, before subsequently posting more moderate growth when those trade flows normalised. Germany stood out after it approved a huge fiscal stimulus package that boosted growth, allowing the country to record economic growth for the first time since 2022. In the United Kingdom, economic activity showed some resilience in the first half of the year. Lower interest rates revitalised the real estate market and reinvigorated borrowing, although the tax situation remained a cause for concern. In the United States, the economy continued to post solid growth thanks to the sharp increase in investment linked to artificial intelligence and to resilient levels of private consumption, despite the labour market gradually cooling. Consolidated Directors’ Report 64 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 67
GDP growth in Eurozone, US and UK (quarter-on-quarter change, %) Sources: Eurostat, BEA and ONS. 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.1 0.3 0.8 0.5 -0.2 0.9 1.1 0.2 0.3 0.7 0.2 0.1 Eurozone United States United Kingdom Q3 2024 Q4 2024 Q1 2025 Q2 2025 Q3 2025 Spain’s economic growth once again surprised to the upside. The Spanish economy outperformed the Eurozone average yet again. Growth in Spain was driven by several factors, such as flows of immigration, which did become more moderate but nevertheless remained a factor that spurred growth, together with the NGEU funds and the pass-through of lower interest rates to the economy. Domestic demand performed well, particularly in terms of private consumption and investment, both in machinery and equipment and in construction. Although exports were affected by the US tariffs, the impact was limited given the small relative weight of this market. The job market remained strong, with the unemployment rate falling to its lowest since 2008, although signs of tension did emerge associated with labour shortages in certain specific sectors. GDP growth in Spain vs consensus at start of year (annual variation, %) Sources: INE and Consensus Economics. 5.6 0.9 1.3 2.3 6.4 2.5 3.5 2.8 Consensus at start of yearActual figure 2022 2023 2024 2025 Consolidated Directors’ Report 65 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 68
In fiscal terms, Spain’s credit rating was revised upwards by the three major credit rating agencies, as they recognised the country’s improved public finances and its progress in implementing European funds. As for Spain’s economic policy, other than the aid package approved to cushion the impacts of the US tariffs, it is worth noting the approval, at year-end, of a revised Recovery Plan, which was agreed with the European Commission. The updated Plan aims to facilitate the disbursement of NGEU funds transfers and confirms that only 25% of the total loans available will be used, given that interest rates in the EU are less attractive than Spanish government bond yields and because there is limited time in which to spend the funds. In relation to other economic policy initiatives, such as the automatic debt write-off and the creation of a singular financing system for Catalonia, only scant progress was made In addition, the government failed to approve the General State Budget for 2026, marking the third consecutive year without a new spending plan. Unemployment rate in Spain (%) Source: INE. Dec-2019Sep-2020Jun-2021Mar-2022Dec-2022Sep-2023Jun-2024Mar-2025Dec-2025 7.5 10 12.5 15 17.5 In China, economic activity proved resilient despite a still-sluggish real estate market and the strategic clash with the United States. Exports continued to post robust performance, offsetting the slump in sales to the United States, as shipments to other regions increased. The authorities introduced measures to boost consumption and combat the ongoing deflation, a move that was welcomed by the markets. In Mexico, economic growth continued to lose traction due to a restrictive monetary policy, fiscal consolidation, and the uncertainty regarding relations with the United States, although the impact was less negative than initially expected. As for other emerging economies, these benefited from greater trade fragmentation, a dynamic tech industry (particularly in Asia), and more favourable financial conditions. In terms of global inflation, this was generally less of a concern than it had been in previous years. Although the new tariffs did have some impact on the United States, inflationary pressures remained in check in most economies. In the Eurozone, inflation converged towards the ECB’s target, with service inflation still sticky. In the United Kingdom, inflation rebounded slightly, due to higher utilities and food prices. Consolidated Directors’ Report 66 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 69
Inflation ceased to be a cause for concern. In Spain, inflation was lower than in the previous year, although it rebounded in the last few months due to the energy effect and the resilience of tourism-linked services. The pace of house price growth picked up once more, as demand outstripped supply. In the United States, inflation remained above target, with core inflation still pressured by utilities and housing. In Mexico, inflation stabilised at around 4%, at the top end of the target range of the central bank, as a result of sticky services inflation and isolated climate-related events. HICP in Spain vs Eurozone (year-on-year change in %) Source: Eurostat. Spain Eurozone Sep-21Dec-21Mar-22Jun-22Sep-22Dec-22Mar-23Jun-23Sep-23Dec-23Mar-24Jun-24Sep-24Dec-24Mar-25Jun-25Sep-25Dec-25 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Monetary policy In 2025, the main central banks acted with caution in the face of the considerable uncertainty surrounding the global environment, characterised by geopolitical tensions, trade policy shifts and mixed signals in terms of economic activity. Central banks cut interest rates, exercising caution given the highly uncertain global landscape. The ECB cut the deposit facility rate by a total of 100 basis points to 2.00%. That signalled an end to the cycle of rate cuts, as inflation was steadily converging towards the target. The ECB also continued to shrink its balance sheet by ceasing to reinvest the proceeds of its maturing bond holdings. Consolidated Directors’ Report 67 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 70
12M Euribor (%) Source: Refinitiv. Jan 23 Aug 23 Mar 24 Oct 24 May 25 Dec 25 1 2 3 4 5 In the United States, the Federal Reserve (Fed) cut its Fed funds rate target by 75 basis points to 3.50–3.75%, after keeping it stable during the first half of the year. The gradually deteriorating labour market was the trigger behind the decision to resume rate cuts. In addition, the Fed announced that it would be ending its quantitative tightening on 1 December 2025 and it began making additional short-term debt purchases to maintain ample reserves and ensure the smooth operation of the repos market. The Bank of England continued with its rate cut cycle, introducing four 25 basis point cuts to bring its base rate down to 3.75%. The central bank insisted on the need to maintain a restrictive stance for long enough to mitigate inflationary risks, although its latest decisions were not unanimous. As for its balance sheet, it announced that it would be reducing its gilt holdings by 70 billion pounds in 2026. In Japan, the Bank of Japan forged ahead with its monetary policy normalisation and raised its policy rate by 50 basis points to 0.75%. However, it slowed the pace of its sovereign bond tapering to avoid market dislocation, especially given the impact of the trade war on the Japanese economy. In Mexico, the central bank continued with its monetary easing, cutting its official interest rate by 300 basis points over the year to 7.0%, encouraged by an environment of controlled inflation and a resilient Mexican peso. Other central banks in Latin America adopted more prudent stances in the face of the fiscal and political uncertainty, whilst Brazil extended its cycle of rate hikes given the ongoing inflationary pressures. Turkey, for its part, temporarily reversed some of its rate cuts, after an episode of financial volatility, later resuming its cuts even though inflation remained at very high levels. Financial markets In 2025, the financial markets posted good performance overall, despite episodes of high volatility associated with the so-called ‘Liberation Day’ and the uncertainty stemming from the geopolitical and commercial environment. After some initial corrections, risk assets made a strong recovery, driven by fiscal stimulus measures, the tariff truce, economic resilience, solid corporate earnings, and the enthusiasm surrounding artificial intelligence. Consolidated Directors’ Report 68 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 71
Financial markets performed well in 2025, despite isolated episodes of high volatility. The main stock market indices either reached all-time highs or posted significant gains. The Stoxx 600 gained 17%, while the IBEX 35 posted an impressive 49% increase, the largest among the main European indices. Stock market increases were also noteworthy in the United States, especially in the tech sector, where S&P 500 gained 16% and Nasdaq 100 gained 20%. In the fixed-income market, short-term government yields dropped in most jurisdictions, in line with the monetary easing. However, long-term yields remained high, with certain divergence between regions. In the United States, long-term yields dipped due to expectations of cuts to official interest rates, while in Germany they rose against a backdrop of increased tax expenditure. US and German 10-year government bond yields (%) Source: Refinitiv. Germany United States Jan-23 Jun-23 Dec-23 Jun-24 Dec-24 Jun-25 Dec-25 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 In Japan, yields rebounded sharply due to expectations of a more restrictive monetary policy and the arrival of its new political leadership, which is embracing an expansionary fiscal approach. In the European periphery, risk premiums were reduced thanks to positive revisions by rating agencies, good economic performance and the progress made in rolling out the NGEU funds. France’s risk premium, despite being lower than at the end of 2024, remained at high levels given the considerable political uncertainty, the poor shape of its public finances and the negative actions taken by credit rating agencies. The US dollar depreciated sharply after Liberation Day, driven by a recalibration of expectations regarding the Fed’s monetary policy and by the perception of heightened political risk in the country. The currency later stabilised, ending the year at around 1.17 dollars per euro. The pound sterling depreciated against the euro, weighed down by tax risk in the United Kingdom. Consolidated Directors’ Report 69 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 72
USD to EUR exchange rate Source: Refinitiv. Jan 23 Jun 23 Dec 23 Jun 24 Dec 24 Jun 25 Dec 25 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 In the commodities market, the Brent price fell by around 20%, due to a surplus of global supply, despite the occasional spike linked to geopolitical tensions. Precious metals benefited from the surge in risk aversion: gold recorded its biggest rally since 1979, jumping by 65% to reach a new all-time high, driven by central bank purchasing and international fiscal concerns. Gold prices (USD per ounce) Source: Refinitiv. Jan 23 Aug 23 Mar 24 Oct 24 May 25 Dec 25 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 Corporate bond spreads ended the year at historically low levels, in both the high yield and investment grade segments. After Liberation Day, there were significant rebounds, but the market quickly recovered its positive tone. Nevertheless, the collapse of two firms in the automotive industry, both of which had borrowed from private credit funds, raised some concerns about the health of the sector and the interconnectedness between traditional banks and non-bank financial institutions. In the emerging markets, risk premiums fell throughout the year thanks to contained inflation, resilient economies, currencies that were posting strong performance, and portfolios that were diversifying internationally beyond the US dollar. However, premiums did encounter occasional bouts of upward pressure, at the time of Liberation Day and due to issues related to tax risks in Brazil and political uncertainty in Turkey. Long-term domestic government bond yields, for their part, generally dropped throughout the year. Crypto-asset markets surged thanks to the open support from the US administration. Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) that invest in over- Consolidated Directors’ Report 70 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 73
the-counter crypto-assets recorded considerable inflows. Several firms in the sector filed initial public offerings and saw a jump in their stock prices. Bitcoin touched a record price of just over 125,000 dollars before correcting in November. The market’s total market capitalisation reached over 4 trillion dollars in October, the highest level to date. Consolidated Directors’ Report 71 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 74
2.2 Financial sector environment Banking sector In 2025, the global banking sector was influenced by the effects stemming from the deregulatory agenda pursued by the United States and by rising geopolitical tensions. From the beginning of the presidential term, measures were taken to reduce the size and scope of the regulatory agencies, including restructuring, dismissals and increased political influence over supervisory bodies. These decisions came alongside regulatory easing and incentives for banks to engage in crypto- related activities. In the regulatory plane, the US authorities unveiled proposals designed to make the prudential framework more flexible, in order to adapt it to the size, business model and risk profile of each institution. Implementation of Basel III was postponed to 2026. In parallel to this, greater emphasis was placed on the search for a balance between financial innovation and stability, although the market saw these measures as a significant shift towards deregulation. In contrast, the European Union kept a more prudent stance. The SSM adopted a package for regulatory simplification, but without going as far as deregulation and ensuring the financial stability and solidity of the banking sector. The proposals included adjustments to capital requirements and specific measures for small banks, and the conclusions of the evaluation will be included in the banking sector report, due to be published in 2026. The situation in the European banking industry continued to improve in 2025, with Spanish banks standing out in a positive light. The United Kingdom adopted a position more in sync with the US strategy. The Leeds Reforms made regulations considerably more flexible, delaying implementation of a portion of Basel III to 2028 and promoting incentives for channelling retail savings into financial markets. It was argued that these measures were necessary to make the UK financial sector more competitive. Geopolitical risks were explicitly included in the activities of European supervisors. The 2025 stress test included an adverse scenario in which geopolitical tensions disrupted trade channels, lowered economic growth and affected the banking sector. A thematic stress test for 2026 was also announced, which will focus on geopolitical risks as part of the ICAAP. Supervisors also asked banks to increase their provisions to prepare for a potential deterioration as a result of the new wave of tariffs. The European and Spanish banking sectors showed resilience despite the challenging environment. Spanish banks stood out due to their profitability, efficiency and credit quality, although their CET1 capital ratios remained below the European average. Nonetheless, their other solvency metrics and the positive development of their business put them in a comparatively good position. Towards the end of the year, a new development rekindled concerns about regional banks in the United States, after several of them revealed Consolidated Directors’ Report 72 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 75
exposures to two bankrupt firms associated with the automotive industry and involved in allegations of fraud, namely Tricolor and First Brands. Both firms also had links to private credit, which gave rise to unease regarding the interconnectedness between the bank and non-bank sectors. Major banks also publicly disclosed that they had exposures to those bankrupt firms. Over the year, bank consolidation processes intensified both in the United States and in Europe. In Italy, various takeover attempts were scuppered by the complexity of the shareholding structure and the government’s intervention in strategic deals. Portugal and Greece saw some major takeovers by international banks go ahead, while in Germany corporate movements involving systemic banks continued, although with no definitive resolution. In parallel to this, some countries introduced new tax measures applicable to the sector. Italy revised its treatment of tax credits used by banks, while the United Kingdom debated on whether to increase the taxes on the sector, although ultimately the proposals were not featured in the country’s budget. Financial stability and macroprudential policy In 2025, the risks for financial stability skyrocketed against a backdrop of geopolitical uncertainty, trade tensions and extremely volatile markets. The main sources of risk identified include the possibility of disorderly asset price adjustments, potential credit impairment in sectors exposed to geopolitical tensions, increased volatility in sovereign debt markets, and a fragile non-bank financial sector, especially in the private credit sector. It was also made clear that new emerging risks need to be monitored, such as those linked to crypto-assets, dollar-backed stablecoins, and the increase in cyberattacks and fake news. The non-bank financial sector, in particular the private credit market, raised considerable concerns over the year. Episodes of stress together with the collapse of various firms with complex financing revealed the sector’s vulnerabilities and the risk of these spilling over to banks. The Bank of England responded by announcing its very first stress test, which will cover banks, insurers, private credit funds and other non-bank institutions; it plans to release the results in 2026. In Europe, macroprudential policy remained restrictive. The Bank of Spain raised the countercyclical capital buffer from 0.5% to 1%, applicable as from October 2026. According to the central bank, the voluntary capital buffers of Spanish banks allow them to comfortably cover this increase, without compromising their funding capability. Progress was also made in preparing to implement borrower-based measures, following in the footsteps of the other Eurozone countries. Consolidated Directors’ Report 73 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 76
Savings and Investments Union (SIU) In 2025, the European Commission unveiled the Savings and Investments Union (SIU), a strategy designed to increase the financial integration of the European Union and to strengthen both the Banking Union and the Capital Markets Union. The main goal pursued by the SIU is to channel European consumer savings towards productive investments that can be used to address the major structural challenges facing the continent, such as climate change, technological transformation and the needs stemming from a more demanding geopolitical environment. According to the Letta report, the European Union will need between 750 billion and 800 billion euros per year until 2030 to finance these priorities. Over the year, various initiatives were presented, designed to raise retail investor participation in capital markets, rewire the securitisations market and support the role of institutional investors in financing the European economy. These included the creation of a savings account with tax incentives, the launch of a new label for financial products that invest in Europe, and a lower risk weight for certain equity exposures to banks. Under the SIU, the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) will also be given more powers to oversee significant institutions operating in the markets and the conversion of certain directives into regulations in order to simplify bank rules and reduce fragmentation. Both the European Central Bank and several national governments publicly supported this agenda, pointing out the need for greater financial integration to ensure Europe’s strategic autonomy and its global competitiveness. Challenges for the banking industry In 2025, the banking industry faced a major change in the sustainability agenda, influenced by the United States’ withdrawal from key climate agreements and by the country’s supervisors ending their membership of the Network of central banks and supervisors for Greening the Financial System (NGFS). This shift had a domino effect on the banks and asset managers of other jurisdictions, weakening global climate partnerships such as the Net-Zero Banking Alliance, which ended up transitioning to a non-binding framework of recommendations. Climate deregulation in the United States expedited the planned review of the ESG framework in Europe, leading to the Omnibus I proposal, which aims to simplify reporting obligations of firms, particularly for SMEs. Although this change sought to reduce administrative burdens, various banking associations argued that the reduced availability of data could make risk assessments harder and drive up costs. Throughout the year, there was a surge of the phenomenon known as greenhushing, whereby some firms opted to remove all specific mentions of sustainability from their communications to reduce litigation and reputational risks, even though they were still pursuing initiatives aligned with the climate transition. Supervisors from across the globe, including the ECB, continued to develop frameworks to embed climate risks into financial asset valuations. The ECB announced the introduction of a climate factor from 2026 onwards, which will reduce the recognised value of assets issued by carbon-intensive firms when those assets are used as collateral in liquidity operations. Digitalisation processes continued at an increasingly fast pace, especially in connection with tokenisation, crypto-assets and artificial intelligence. In the United States, the administration pushed through a Consolidated Directors’ Report 74 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 77
regulatory framework designed to support the development of crypto- asset markets (including the approval of the GENIUS Act to regulate stablecoins), to ease supervision and to withdraw previous restrictions. These initiatives were posited as a strategy to keep the US dollar as the dominant reserve currency in the digital financial system, against a backdrop in which the issuance of a digital currency by the Federal Reserve had been ruled out. All this led to a major trend shift with regard to cryptocurrency markets, with a far more favourable and enabling approach to these activities. In Europe, with regard to digitalisation regulations, MiCA was gradually phased in, although some countries chose to extend the transitional periods. The strong growth of dollar-backed stablecoins and their potential to become a mainstream currency for payments in the EU ignited debates on the need to revise certain aspects of MiCA to mitigate risks to financial stability. The European Systemic Risk Board warned that stablecoins issued jointly by EU and non-EU entities could result in market-wide exposure. Progress continued to be made with the digital currencies of central banks. The digital euro project concluded the preparation phase, with expectations for a regulatory framework in 2026, pilot testing in 2027 and potentially its first issuance in 2029. In parallel to this, a complementary infrastructure was explored, consisting of interconnecting instant payment systems (‘landing zone’). China, for its part, also showed a slightly more open attitude towards stablecoins, and it could take advantage of Hong Kong’s regulatory impetus for stablecoins and other digital asset initiatives to adopt a somewhat more flexible approach to the threat posed by the potential flood of dollar-backed stablecoins. The United Kingdom continued to work on a potential digital pound, although progress was slower and there were more doubts as to whether the project will ultimately be necessary. The United States began pushing through a law to prohibit the digital dollar, responding to an executive order by Trump banning the Fed from issuing it. More intensive work was made on initiatives designed to achieve interoperability between digital currencies and tokenised deposits, including Project Agora, led by BIS, and other similar projects promoted by BRICS countries (Brazil, Russia, India and China). These developments reflect the transition towards a more digital and interconnected financial system, with new risk models that banks will need to embed into their future strategies. Consolidated Directors’ Report 75 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 78
2.3 Outlook for 2026 In 2026, there is likely to be more evidence of the impacts stemming from the economic agenda pursued by the Trump administration. However, these impacts are not expected to generate any severe economic and/or financial disruptions. Global economic growth will tend to grow more steadily, with the European Union and China capable of finding internal levers to boost domestic demand and largely offset the effects of the US economic policy. It is thought that growth in the United States will slow down as a result of the imposition of tariffs and restrictions on immigration. In Mexico, economic activity could gradually recover following the successful renegotiation of the USMCA trade deal. In terms of geopolitics, it is thought that all of the current conflicts will continue, but that they will not escalate or have any far-reaching economic ramifications. In Ukraine, it is unlikely that a definitive solution to the conflict will be reached, although there will be no additional Russian pressure on NATO. In the Middle East, the confrontation between Israel and Iran is not expected to translate into critical disruptions in oil and gas flows. As for trade, the level of tariffs imposed by the United States is expected to be manageable for all other countries, as these are capable of absorbing their impacts. That said, international trade relations are not expected to be evenly balanced or long-lasting. In terms of inflation, headline inflation is likely to remain close to the targets pursued by central banks, except in the case of the United States, where it could climb to slightly higher levels in the near term. After the tariff shock, inflation could remain at around 2% in the Eurozone, underpinned by the strength of the euro and the absence of retaliatory measures. In general, inflation will continue to be volatile and erratic, due to various supply shocks (tariffs, reconfiguration of production chains, redirection of trade flows, geopolitical tensions, and adverse climatic events). Although trade-related issues will be a key source of uncertainty, attention is likely to also turn to fiscal matters. In this respect, the United States is a cause for concern, given the deterioration of its public finances and the approval of a new fiscal stimulus package. In Europe, the main tax-related concerns will remain centred on the United Kingdom, France and Italy, in a context in which the markets will have to absorb the increased supply of government debt associated with the shift in Germany’s tax policy. As for monetary policy, central banks will probably keep interest rates at levels close to neutrality. In the United States, it is thought that the Federal Reserve will retain its independence, despite political pressures and Powell’s replacement planned for 2026. This, together with inflationary pressures related to the tariff war, will limit the scope for rate cuts. In Europe, the ECB will likely keep the deposit facility rate at its current levels for several years, in a context of economic activity stifled by tariff increases, the appreciation of the euro and China’s manufacturing overcapacity. In the financial markets, yields on long-term government bonds are expected to remain at relatively high levels, driven by a higher term premium linked to volatility in growth and inflation figures and high sovereign financing needs. Risk premiums on European periphery countries’ debt will remain at contained levels and in line with their credit ratings. In the currency market, the dollar is expected to depreciate against the euro, in line with the trend of short-term interest rate differentials and a higher uncertainty premium associated with the US economic policy. Consolidated Directors’ Report 76 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 79
In Spain, economic growth will be driven by population increases, NGEU funds and low interest rates. The country is relatively well positioned within the global context: (i) its limited trade relations with the United States make it less sensitive to tariffs, (ii) Spain is not among the countries most exposed to tax risks, and (iii) the sound financial situation of households and companies helps to protect them against potential tensions. The economy is therefore likely to continue to outgrow the Eurozone, gradually coming closer to growth rates more in keeping with its potential. In the financial landscape, the banking industry proves robust and resilient. The trade war is expected to have a limited impact on delinquency levels in the sectors represented on the balance sheet. In the European Union, banks start off from a strong position that will likely continue as profitability and capital levels remain high. As for the regulatory landscape, new phases of Basel III are due to come into force, according to the established calendar, while progress made towards European integration will focus on initiatives linked to the Savings and Investments Union. Consolidated Directors’ Report 77 Economic, sectoral and regulatory environment
Page 80
79 Key figures in 2025 81 Income statement 85 Balance sheet 90 Liquidity management 93 Capital management
Page 81
Financial information 3.1 Key figures in 2025 The Group’s main figures, which include financial and non-financial indicators that are key to determine the direction in which the Group is moving, are set out here below: 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Income statement (million euro) (A) Net interest income 4,837 5,021 (3.7) Gross income 6,284 6,337 (0.8) Pre-provisions income 3,184 3,254 (2.1) Profit attributed to the Group 1,775 1,827 (2.8) Balance sheet (million euro) (B) Total assets 245,392 239,598 2.4 Gross performing loans 160,708 156,913 2.4 Gross loans to customers 164,864 161,717 1.9 On-balance sheet customer funds 172,265 169,557 1.6 Off-balance sheet funds 52,656 46,171 14.0 Total customer funds 224,921 215,729 4.3 Funds under management and third-party funds 253,563 243,431 4.2 Equity 14,082 15,033 (6.3) Shareholders’ equity 14,631 15,389 (4.9) Profitability and efficiency (%) (C) ROA 0.7 0.8 RORWA 2.2 2.3 ROE 11.9 12.4 ROTE 14.3 14.9 Cost-to-income 49.3 48.7 Risk management (D) Non-performing assets (million euro) 4,803 5,680 (15.4) NPL ratio (%) 2.37 2.84 Credit cost of risk (bps) 21 26 Total cost of risk (bps) 31 42 Capital management (E) Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs) (million euro) 80,111 80,485 Common Equity Tier 1, phase-in (%) (1) 13.16 13.03 Tier 1, phase-in (%) (2) 16.59 15.20 Total Capital ratio, phase-in (%) (3) 18.23 17.62 Leverage ratio, phase-in (%) 5.40 5.20 Liquidity management (%) (F) Loan-to-deposit ratio 93.5 93.2 LCR 186 210 NSFR 139 142 Shareholders and shares (as at reporting date) (G) Number of shares outstanding (million) (*) 4,998 5,361 Share price (euro) 3.365 1.877 Market capitalisation (million euro) 16,818 10,063 Earnings Per Share (EPS) (euro) 0.32 0.32 Book value per share (euro) 2.93 2.87 P/TBV (price/tangible book value per share) 1.40 0.78 Price/Earnings ratio (share price/EPS) 10.64 5.84 Other data Branches and offices 1,336 1,350 Employees 18,736 18,769 (*) Total number of shares minus final treasury stock position (including shares in the buyback programme, where applicable). (A) This section sets out the margins of the income statement that are thought to be the most significant over the last two years. (B) These key figures are presented in order to provide a concise overview of the year-on-year changes in the main items of the Group’s consolidated balance sheet, focusing particularly on items related to lending and customer funds. (C) These ratios have been provided to give a meaningful picture of profitability and efficiency over the past two years. (D) This section shows the key balances related to risk management in the Group, as well as the most significant ratios related to risk. (E) These ratios have been provided to give a meaningful picture of solvency over the past two years. (F) The aim of this section is to give a meaningful insight into liquidity over the past two years. (G) The purpose is to provide information regarding the share price and other indicators and ratios related to the stock market. (1) Common equity capital / Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs). (2) Tier one capital / Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs). (3) Capital base / Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs). Consolidated Directors’ Report 79 Financial information
Page 82
In the Group’s management reporting figures, the results of TSB and its subsidiary undertakings are disclosed in disaggregate form and line by line, just as they had been in previous years, whereas in the Group’s consolidated income statement used for statutory reporting, the results linked to those companies are disclosed in aggregate under the heading “Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations”. In addition, in connection with the termination of the agreement to sell Paycomet, S.L.U. and the start of the strategic partnership for the merchant acquiring service signed between the Bank and Nexi S.p.A. for the sale of Banco Sabadell’s merchant acquiring business, the management reporting figures for 2024 have not been restated, unlike the statutory reporting figures shown in the Group’s consolidated income statement for that year, shown for the purpose of comparison in the consolidated notes to the accounts, which have been. The accounting treatment of both operations is described in Note 1.4 to the consolidated annual financial statements for 2025. The section “Performance measures and reconciliation with management indicators” contained in this Directors’ Report includes a reconciliation between the Group’s consolidated income statement and the profit and loss account used for management reporting. Consolidated Directors’ Report 80 Financial information
Page 83
3.2 Income statement The Group’s net profit amounted to 1,775 million euros as at the end of 2025, bringing its ROTE to 14.3%. Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Net interest income 4,837 5,021 (3.7) Net fees and commissions 1,384 1,357 2.0 Core revenue 6,221 6,378 (2.5) Profit or loss on financial operations and exchange differences 4 87 (95.0) Equity-accounted income and dividends 181 166 8.9 Other operating income and expenses (122) (294) (58.4) Gross income 6,284 6,337 (0.8) Operating expenses (2,600) (2,583) 0.7 Staff expenses (1,576) (1,531) 2.9 Other general administrative expenses (1,025) (1,051) (2.6) Depreciation and amortisation (500) (501) (0.2) Total costs (3,100) (3,084) 0.5 Memorandum item: Recurrent costs (3,100) (3,062) 1.2 Non-recurrent costs — (21) (100.0) Pre-provisions income 3,184 3,254 (2.1) Total provisions and impairments (546) (714) (23.5) Provisions for loan losses (481) (567) (15.2) Provisions for other financial assets (39) (69) (43.2) Other provisions and impairments (27) (78) (65.8) Capital gains on asset sales and other revenue (37) (26) 40.7 Profit or loss before tax 2,601 2,514 3.5 Corporation tax (824) (685) 20.2 Profit or loss attributed to minority interests 2 2 (0.9) Profit attributed to the Group 1,775 1,827 (2.8) The average exchange rate used for the cumulative balance of TSB’s income statement is GBP 0.8566 (GBP 0.8463 in 2024). Net interest income Net interest income amounted to 4,837 million euros as at the end of 2025, falling by 3.7% year-on-year, mainly as a result of the performance of the business excluding TSB, which fell by -6.6%, essentially due to a reduced credit yield and a smaller contribution by credit institutions, both impacted by lower interest rates, although this was partially offset by the good performance of volumes and by the growth of TSB, in turn driven by the impact of the structural balance sheet hedge. Consequently, the net interest margin as a percentage of average total assets stood at 1.97% in 2025 (2.07% in 2024). Consolidated Directors’ Report 81 Financial information
Page 84
The breakdown of net interest income for the years 2025 and 2024, as well as the different components of the total amounts of investments and funds, is as follows: Thousand euro 2025 2024 Variation Effect Average balance Profit/(loss) Rate % Average balance Profit/(loss) Rate % Average balance Profit/(loss) Rate Volume Days Cash, central banks and credit institutions 31,980,241 921,245 2.88 37,770,825 1,496,204 3.96 (5,790,584) (574,959) (396,003) (174,831) (4,125) Loans and advances to customers 159,198,277 6,335,889 3.98 154,131,178 6,726,169 4.36 5,067,099 (390,280) (590,224) 211,224 (11,280) Fixed-income portfolio 35,840,571 1,097,469 3.06 30,756,499 1,053,155 3.42 5,084,072 44,314 (81,117) 127,413 (1,982) Subtotal 227,019,089 8,354,603 3.68 222,658,502 9,275,528 4.17 4,360,587 (920,925) (1,067,344) 163,806 (17,387) Equity portfolio 1,366,939 — — 1,000,799 — — 366,140 — — — — Tangible and intangible assets 4,289,507 — — 4,497,961 — — (208,454) — — — — Other assets 12,545,724 224,076 1.79 13,987,412 436,450 3.12 (1,441,688) (212,374) (212,374) — Total investments 245,221,259 8,578,679 3.50 242,144,674 9,711,978 4.01 3,076,585 (1,133,299) (1,067,344) (48,568) (17,387) Central banks and credit institutions 25,278,379 (697,275) (2.76) 26,372,582 (1,045,965) (3.97) (1,094,203) 348,690 260,312 85,409 2,969 Customer deposits 167,305,431 (1,692,547) (1.01) 162,250,211 (1,997,041) (1.23) 5,055,220 304,494 331,522 (32,430) 5,402 Capital markets 27,212,740 (955,523) (3.51) 26,668,161 (1,105,456) (4.15) 544,579 149,933 168,316 (21,393) 3,010 Subtotal 219,796,550 (3,345,345) (1.52) 215,290,954 (4,148,462) (1.93) 4,505,596 803,117 760,150 31,586 11,381 Other liabilities 10,914,939 (396,628) (3.63) 12,485,224 (542,181) (4.34) (1,570,285) 145,553 — 145,553 — Own funds 14,509,770 — — 14,368,496 — — 141,274 — — — — Total funds 245,221,259 (3,741,973) (1.53) 242,144,674 (4,690,643) (1.94) 3,076,585 948,670 760,150 177,139 11,381 Average total assets 245,221,259 4,836,706 1.97 242,144,674 5,021,335 2.07 3,076,585 (184,629) (307,194) 128,571 (6,006) Financial income or expenses arising from the application of negative interest rates are recorded in line with the nature of the associated asset or liability. Quarterly evolution of net interest income (%) 3.16 3.05 2.98 2.92 2.93 2.06 2.02 1.97 1.93 1.98 Customer margin Net interest margin as % of ATAs Q4 2024 Q1 2025 Q2 2025 Q3 2025 Q4 2025 Consolidated Directors’ Report 82 Financial information
Page 85
Quarterly evolution of customer margin (%) 4.37 4.17 4.06 3.86 3.84 1.21 1.12 1.08 0.94 0.91 Return on customer loansCost of customer deposits Q4 2024 Q1 2025 Q2 2025 Q3 2025 Q4 2025 Gross income Net fees and commissions came to 1,384 million euros as at the end of 2025, representing an increase of 2.0% year-on-year, which was mainly due to higher asset management and insurance fees, driven by the sharp growth of off-balance sheet customer funds. Profit or loss on financial operations and exchange differences came to a total of 4 million euros, representing a decrease compared to the end of 2024, mainly due to the impact of the currency hedge in sterling to cover the sale price of TSB, and due to an offer to buy back subordinated bonds. Dividends received and earnings of companies consolidated under the equity method amounted to 181 million euros, compared with 166 million euros in the previous year, mainly due to higher earnings from the insurance business. Other operating income and expenses amounted to a total of -122 million euros, compared to -294 million euros in 2024. The positive year- on-year variation is mainly attributable to the bank levy, whose last year of validity was 2024, and which generated an expense of 192 million euros in that year. In 2025, the tax on net interest and commission income of certain financial institutions came into effect, amounting to 123 million euros, which was recognised under the Corporation tax line item. Pre-provisions income Total costs stood at 3,100 million euros as at the end of 2025, representing an increase of 0.5% year-on-year, where it is worth calling attention to the increase in staff expenses. In addition, after the strategic deal signed between Nexi S.p.A. and Banco Sabadell (see Note 2 to the consolidated annual financial statements for 2025) came to an end in October 2025, certain expenses related to the assets of the subsidiary Paycomet, which in 2024 were recognised under provisions, were instead recognised as depreciation expenses in 2025. Consolidated Directors’ Report 83 Financial information
Page 86
It is worth noting the improvement in asset quality, which has made it possible to reduce the Group’s provisions. Total provisions and impairments amounted to 546 million euros as at the end of 2025, compared to 714 million euros as at the end of the previous year, representing a reduction of 23%, due to an improvement in both credit provisions and real estate provisions. Capital gains on asset sales and other revenue amounted to -37 million euros as at the end of 2025. The negative year-on-year change is due to the recognition of greater losses on asset write-offs. Profit attributed to the Group After deducting corporation tax, the tax on net interest and commission income and the portion of profit or loss corresponding to minority interests, net profit attributed to the Group amounted to 1,775 million euros as at the end of 2025, falling by 2.8% year-on-year. In 2024, 109 million euros (net) of extraordinary impacts were recognised; if we exclude these impacts, the Group’s net profit was actually up by 3.4%. Consolidated Directors’ Report 84 Financial information
Page 87
3.3 Balance sheet Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits 17,206 18,382 (6.4) Financial assets held for trading 3,609 3,439 5.0 Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 194 168 15.6 Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 6,320 6,370 (0.8) Financial assets at amortised cost 204,104 196,520 3.9 Debt securities 29,346 24,876 18.0 Loans and advances 174,759 171,644 1.8 Investments in joint ventures and associates 482 525 (8.2) Tangible assets 1,978 2,078 (4.8) Intangible assets 2,642 2,549 3.6 Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale 667 718 (7.1) Other assets 8,188 8,848 (7.5) Total assets 245,392 239,598 2.4 Financial liabilities held for trading 2,252 2,381 (5.4) Financial liabilities at amortised cost 227,444 220,228 3.3 Deposits 195,385 186,341 4.9 Central banks 686 1,697 (59.6) Credit institutions 19,845 14,822 33.9 Customers 174,853 169,823 3.0 Debt securities issued 26,054 27,437 (5.0) Other financial liabilities 6,005 6,450 (6.9) Provisions 370 478 (22.6) Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale — 30 (99.9) Other liabilities 1,244 1,447 (14.1) Total liabilities 231,310 224,565 3.0 Shareholders’ equity 14,631 15,389 (4.9) Accumulated other comprehensive income (584) (391) 49.2 Minority interests [non-controlling interests] 35 34 0.5 Equity 14,082 15,033 (6.3) Total equity and total liabilities 245,392 239,598 2.4 Loan commitments given 27,316 28,775 (5.1) Financial guarantees given 1,835 1,980 (7.3) Other commitments given 9,714 9,366 3.7 Total memorandum accounts 38,864 40,121 (3.1) The EUR/GBP exchange rate applied to the balance sheet is 0.8726 as at 31 December 2025 and 0.8292 as at 31 December 2024. Gross performing loans to customers ended the year 2025 with a balance of 160,708 million euros, growing by 2.4% year-on-year, driven both by good performance in Spain, which recorded growth across all segments, but particularly in the mortgage book, and by the businesses abroad. Consolidated Directors’ Report 85 Financial information
Page 88
Home equity loans formed the largest single component of gross loans and receivables, amounting to 89,844 million euros as at 31 December 2025 and representing 55.9% of total gross performing loans to customers. Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Loans and credit secured with mortgages 89,844 89,185 0.7 Loans and credit secured with other collateral 6,771 5,924 14.3 Trade credit 8,605 8,356 3.0 Finance leases 2,527 2,376 6.4 Bank overdrafts and other short-term borrowings 52,961 51,071 3.7 Gross performing loans to customers 160,708 156,913 2.4 Stage 3 assets (customers) 3,909 4,595 (14.9) Accrual/deferral adjustments 247 208 18.7 Gross loans to customers, excluding reverse repos 164,864 161,717 1.9 Reverse repos 71 — -- Gross loans to customers 164,935 161,717 2.0 Reserve for loan losses and country risk (2,498) (2,844) (12.2) Loans and advances to customers 162,437 158,872 2.2 The EUR/GBP exchange rate applied to the balance sheet is 0.8726 as at 31 December 2025 and 0.8292 as at 31 December 2024. The composition of loans and advances to customers by type of product is shown in the following chart (not including stage 3 assets or accrual/deferral adjustments): 56%33% 4% 5%2% Loans and credit secured with mortgages Bank overdrafts and other short-term borrowings Loans and credit secured with other collateral Trade credit Finance leases Consolidated Directors’ Report 86 Financial information
Page 89
As at the end of 2025, on-balance sheet customer funds amounted to 172,265 million euros, compared to 169,557 million euros as at the end of 2024, increasing by 1.6% due to a larger volume of demand deposits. Demand deposit balances amounted to 143,400 million euros, representing an increase of 3.7% compared to 2024. Term deposits came to a total of 28,476 million euros, representing a decrease of 8.3% year-on-year, affected by the shift of funds towards off- balance sheet products. On-balance sheet customer funds 169,557 168,751 168,229 167,780 172,265 Q4 2024 Q1 2025 Q2 2025 Q3 2025 Q4 2025 The breakdown of customer deposits as at 2025 year-end is shown below: 82% 16% 2% Demand deposits Term deposits Repos Total off-balance sheet customer funds came to 52,656 million euros as at the end of 2025, reflecting an increase of 14% in year-on-year terms, where it is particularly worth noting the good evolution of mutual funds, mainly explained by positive net subscriptions, as well as the increase in third-party insurance products and assets under management. Total funds under management as at 31 December 2025 amounted to 253,563 million euros, compared to 243,431 million euros as at 31 December 2024, representing a year-on-year increase of 4.2%, due to the growth of both on-balance sheet customer funds and off-balance sheet funds, as explained above. Consolidated Directors’ Report 87 Financial information
Page 90
Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) On-balance sheet customer funds (*) 172,265 169,557 1.6 Customer deposits 174,853 169,823 3.0 Current and savings accounts 143,400 138,347 3.7 Term deposits 28,476 31,047 (8.3) Repos 2,709 — -- Accrual/deferral adjustments and hedging derivatives 268 429 (37.5) Borrowings and other marketable securities 21,788 23,345 (6.7) Subordinated liabilities (**) 4,265 4,092 4.2 On-balance sheet funds 200,907 197,260 1.8 Collective investment undertakings 31,707 28,308 12.0 Managed 831 674 23.2 Sold but not managed 30,876 27,634 11.7 Assets under management 5,887 4,729 24.5 Pension funds 3,430 3,352 2.3 Personal schemes 2,195 2,166 1.4 Workplace schemes 1,231 1,183 4.1 Collective schemes 3 4 (9.1) Third-party insurance products 11,632 9,782 18.9 Off-balance sheet customer funds 52,656 46,171 14.0 Funds under management and third-party funds 253,563 243,431 4.2 (*) Includes customer deposits (excl. repos) and other liabilities placed via the branch network: straight bonds issued by Banco Sabadell, commercial paper and others. (**) Refers to subordinated debt securities issued. The EUR/GBP exchange rate applied to the balance sheet is 0.8726 as at 31 December 2025 and 0.8691 as at 31 December 2024. The balance of non-performing assets was reduced by 877 million euros over the year, while the coverage ratio considering total provisions rose to 59.9%. Throughout 2025, a reduction in non-performing assets was observed. The quarterly evolution of these assets in 2025 and 2024 is shown below: Million euro 2025 2024 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Ordinary net increase in stage 3 loans (102) (160) 82 (37) 40 (182) (27) (307) Real estate asset variation (25) (38) (44) (45) (32) (36) (31) (36) Ordinary net increase in stage 3 loans + real estate (126) (198) 38 (81) 8 (219) (58) (344) Write-offs 159 130 108 111 100 97 128 132 Ordinary QoQ change in balance of stage 3 loans and real estate (286) (329) (69) (193) (92) (316) (186) (476) Consolidated Directors’ Report 88 Financial information
Page 91
As a result of the reduction in exposures classified as stage 3, associated with an increase in the risk base, the NPL ratio reached 2.37% as at 2025 year-end, compared to 2.84% as at 2024 year-end (decrease of 47 basis points). The stage 3 coverage ratio with total provisions as at 31 December 2025 was 63.8% compared to 61.7% one year earlier, while the coverage ratio of non-performing real estate assets stood at 36.6% as at 31 December 2025, compared to 40.5% at the end of the previous year. As at 31 December 2025, the balance of exposures classified as stage 3 in the Group, including contingent exposures, amounted to 4,119 million euros, having declined by 725 million euros in 2025. NPL ratio (*) (%) 2.84 2.67 2.47 2.45 2.37 Q4 2024 Q1 2025 Q2 2025 Q3 2025 Q4 2025 (*) Calculated including contingent exposures. The trend followed by the Group’s coverage ratios is shown in the table below: Million euro 2025 2024 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Stage 3 exposures 4,583 4,292 4,267 4,119 5,718 5,439 5,283 4,844 Total provisions 2,874 2,730 2,722 2,626 3,346 3,247 3,213 2,990 Stage 3 coverage ratio, with total provisions (%) 62.7 63.6 63.8 63.8 58.5 59.7 60.8 61.7 Stage 3 provisions 2,147 2,034 2,035 1,936 2,433 2,399 2,365 2,245 Stage 3 coverage ratio (%) 46.8 47.4 47.7 47.0 42.5 44.1 44.8 46.3 Non-performing real estate assets 811 773 729 684 939 902 872 836 Provisions for non-performing real estate assets 327 306 272 251 370 356 352 338 Non-performing real estate coverage ratio (%) 40.3 39.5 37.3 36.6 39.4 39.5 40.3 40.5 Total non-performing assets 5,394 5,065 4,996 4,803 6,657 6,341 6,155 5,680 Provisions for non-performing assets 3,201 3,036 2,994 2,877 3,715 3,604 3,564 3,329 NPA coverage ratio (%) 59.3 59.9 59.9 59.9 55.8 56.8 57.9 58.6 Includes contingent exposures. Consolidated Directors’ Report 89 Financial information
Page 92
3.4 Liquidity management The Group’s liquidity position is sound, with a balanced funding structure. In 2025, the funding gap remained stable, recording similar growth in both lending volumes and customer funds. The outstanding nominal balance of instruments issued on capital markets declined compared to the end of 2024, as a portion of the maturities and early repayments on senior debt and senior non-preferred debt trades were not replaced by new issues. The issues of mortgage covered bonds, asset-backed securities, subordinated debt and preferred securities, in aggregate, showed an outstanding nominal balance slightly higher than in the previous year. In 2025, in order to keep an adequate level of instruments above regulatory requirements, specifically the Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL), several instruments were issued on capital markets (senior non-preferred debt and Additional Tier 1 (AT1)). The Group’s LtD ratio as at 31 December 2025 was 93.5% (93.2% as at 31 December 2024). The Institution has made use of the different issuance windows to access the capital markets at different times of the year, successfully completing the issuance plan, in an environment in which inflation has continued to cool and central banks have eased their monetary policies by cutting interest rates. Maturities and early repayments in capital markets over the year amounted to 4,375 million euros. In 2025, Banco Sabadell placed several issues on the market. On 28 March 2025, it conducted one private issuance of mortgage covered bonds under the non-equity securities prospectus, in the amount of 500 million euros with an 8-year maturity. Under the EMTN programme, it issued two senior non-preferred debt deals amounting to a total of 1 billion euros, specifically: on 18 February 2025, it issued one 500 million euro deal with an 8-year maturity and an option for Banco Sabadell to call early in the seventh year; and on 10 September 2025, it issued one 500 million euro deal with a 6.5-year maturity and an option for Banco Sabadell to call early after 5.5 years. Furthermore, on 20 May 2025, Banco Sabadell issued one trade of preferred securities contingently convertible into the Bank’s ordinary shares (Additional Tier 1), amounting to 1 billion euros with a fixed coupon rate of 6.5%. In addition, in 2025 Banco Sabadell, after obtaining the relevant authorisations, exercised the early redemption options on the following issues: (i) Subordinated Debt 1/2020 on 17 January 2025, for 300 million euros, (ii) Senior Non-Preferred Debt 1/2022 on 24 March 2025, for 750 million euros, (iii) Senior Non-Preferred Debt 2/2022 on 8 September 2025 for 500 million euros, and (iv) Subordinated Debt 1/2016 for 500 million euros. For the last of these issues, Banco Sabadell submitted a bid to buy back the full issuance amount, resulting in a repurchased amount of 311.5 million euros on 11 July 2025 and, subsequently, on 13 August 2025, it exercised the redemption option on the remaining outstanding amount (188.5 million euros) due to a capital event, as established in the issue's conditions (instrument released in 2016 under UK law with no contractual recognition of bail-in, meaning that it ceased to qualify as capital on 28 June 2025). Lastly, on 18 December, Banco Sabadell announced that, as it had obtained the corresponding authorisation, it would exercise the early redemption option to call the Subordinated Debt 1/2021 series, amounting to 500 million euros, on the first call date, 15 January 2026. Consolidated Directors’ Report 90 Financial information
Page 93
Lastly, TSB Bank issued one 600 million euro 5-year mortgage covered bonds trade on 18 February 2025. After the December closing, Banco Sabadell issued one mortgage covered bonds deal under the Fixed Income Programme amounting to 500 million euros, a 6.8-year maturity and a 2.875% coupon. Moreover, in 2026, after obtaining the corresponding authorisations, Banco Sabadell announced, (i) on 27 January 2026, that it would be exercising the early redemption option on the Senior Preferred Debt 2/2020 series, amounting to 500 million euros, on the first call date, 11 March 2026, and (ii) on 3 February 2026, that it would be exercising the early redemption option on the AT1 1/2021 series amounting to 500 million euros on the first call date, 15 March 2026. In relation to securitisation transactions, on 25 February 2025, the traditional securitisation fund TDA Sabadell RMBS 5, F.T. set up by Banco Sabadell was disbursed under its residential mortgage-backed securities programme for a total of 3.5 billion euros. The issuance consisted of two tranches, which were fully retained by Banco Sabadell, with the senior tranche, initially amounting to 3.43 billion euros, deemed eligible as collateral to raise liquidity through the Eurosystem monetary policy instruments. This transaction was combined with the early unwinding of the securitisation fund TDA Sabadell RMBS 4, F.T. on 14 February, whose securities had been retained in full. On 19 September 2025, the securitisation fund SCF Autos 2, F.T. was disbursed; this was the second operation carried out under the programme of auto loans granted by Sabadell Consumer Finance, amounting to 750 million euros. The fund issued six tranches of securities, all of which were placed on the market, with the exception of the tranche used to finance the reserve fund and initial expenses, which was retained by Sabadell Consumer Finance, and part of the senior tranche, which is eligible for use to raise liquidity through the Eurosystem monetary policy operations and which was subscribed by Banco Sabadell. The Institution has maintained a liquidity buffer in the form of liquid assets to meet potential liquidity needs. In terms of the LCR, since 1 January 2018, the regulatory required minimum LCR has been 100%, a level amply surpassed by all of the Institution’s Liquidity Management Units (LMUs). The TSB and Banco Sabadell Spain LMUs have a level of 205% and 209%, respectively, as at 31 December 2025. At the Group level, the LCR remained well above 100% on a stable basis at all times throughout the year, ending 2025 at 186%. As for the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), which came into force on 28 June 2021, the Institution has remained steadily above the minimum requirement of 100% in all LMUs. As at 31 December 2025, the NSFR stood at 151% for the TSB LMU, 133% for Banco Sabadell Spain and 139% at the Group level. Consolidated Directors’ Report 91 Financial information
Page 94
The key figures and basic liquidity ratios reached as at the end of 2025 and 2024 are shown below: Million euro 2025 2024 Gross loans to customers, excluding reverse repos 164,864 161,717 Impairment allowances (2,498) (2,844) Brokered loans (1,300) (884) Net loans and advances excluding ATAs, adjusted for brokered loans 161,066 157,988 On-balance sheet customer funds 172,265 169,557 Loan-to-deposit ratio (%) 93.5 93.2 The EUR/GBP exchange rate applied to the balance sheet is 0.8726 as at 31 December 2025 and 0.8292 as at 31 December 2024. The main sources of funding as at 2025 year-end are shown below, according to the type of instrument and counterparty (in percentages): Funding structure (*) 79% 9% 12% Deposits Repos Wholesale market (*) Without accrual/deferral adjustments or hedging derivatives. Details of institutional issues (*) 46% 29% 17% 8% Mortgage covered bonds Senior debt Subordinated and AT1 Securitisations (*) Without accrual/deferral adjustments or hedging derivatives. For further details about the Group’s liquidity management, liquidity strategy and liquidity performance during the year, see Note 4.4.3 to the 2025 consolidated annual financial statements. Consolidated Directors’ Report 92 Financial information
Page 95
3.5 Capital management Key capital figures and solvency ratios Thousand euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Fully-loaded (*) Phase-in Fully-loaded Phase-in Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital 10,547,426 10,542,780 10,485,795 10,485,795 Tier 1 (T1) capital 13,297,426 13,292,780 12,235,795 12,235,795 Tier 2 (T2) capital 1,310,691 1,310,691 1,945,475 1,945,475 Total capital (Tier 1 + Tier 2) 14,608,116 14,603,470 14,181,270 14,181,270 Risk-weighted assets 80,454,490 80,110,695 80,484,738 80,484,738 CET1 (%) 13.11 % 13.16 % 13.03 % 13.03 % Tier 1 (%) 16.53 % 16.59 % 15.20 % 15.20 % Tier 2 (%) 1.63 % 1.64 % 2.42 % 2.42 % Total capital ratio (%) 18.16 % 18.23 % 17.62 % 17.62 % Leverage ratio 5.41 % 5.40 % 5.20 % 5.20 % In 2025, following the entry into force of the new provisions of Regulation (EU) 575/2013, the Group applied the transitional arrangements established therein, which concern the calculation of Expected Loss (EL), equity RWAs, and the RWAs of commitments that can be unilaterally cancelled through the STD approach. In 2024, the transitional arrangements arising as a result of IFRS 9 and still in effect had no impact on the Institution’s solvency ratios. (*) Fully-loaded data applying the output floor's regulatory implementation timeline. During 2025, the Group increased its capital base by 427 million euros in fully-loaded terms. In 2025, Banco Sabadell issued preferred securities contingently convertible into ordinary shares (AT1 CoCos) for 1 billion euros, in a transaction executed on 20 May 2025. Similarly, in relation to Tier 2 capital, in December 2025, following the announcement to the market of the intention to exercise the early call option, the Institution ceased to recognise the Subordinated Debt 1/2021 series, for a nominal amount of 500 million euros and maturing in April 2031, as Tier 2 capital. Once the corresponding regulatory authorisation has been received, the outstanding amount was redeemed in January 2026, as per the conditions of the prospectus. Lastly, also with a negative impact, it is worth noting the loss of eligibility of the Subordinated Debt 1/2016 issuance from 28 June 2025 onwards, according to that set forth in Article 494b of the CRR, as this is an instrument issued prior to 27 June 2019. As at 31 December 2024, this issuance contributed 134 million euros to Tier 2. In terms of Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs), three securitisations were carried out during the year: one synthetic securitisation (Galera IV) carried out in May 2025 on a 1.3 billion euro portfolio of loans to SMEs and corporates; one traditional securitisation (Autos 2) carried out in September 2025 on a 758.5 million euro consumer loan portfolio; and one synthetic securitisation (Boreas III) carried out in December 2025 on a 1,443.1 million euro portfolio of project finance and loans to large corporates. Furthermore, the synthetic securitisation Galera II was fully unwound in March 2025. RWAs declined during the year, mainly due to the impact of the entry into force of CRR III on 1 January 2025. Excluding the impact of CRR III, credit RWAs remained practically stable, as improvements in portfolio density, the securitisations executed and currency movements helped Consolidated Directors’ Report 93 Financial information
Page 96
absorb the growth in lending and the impacts on RWAs stemming from planned future model updates that the Institution has decided to frontload. Lastly, the increase in operational RWAs due to the growth of net interest income over the period is worthy of note. As a result, the fully-loaded CET1 ratio stood at 13.11% as at the end of 2025. As at 31 December 2025, the Group had a phase-in CET1 capital ratio of 13.16%, well above the requirement established in the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), which for 2025 was 9.26%, meaning that the aforesaid ratio is 390 basis points above the minimum requirement. 13.75% 18.23% 18.16% 4.50% 13.16% 13.11% 1.27% 2.50% 1.00% 1.92% 3.43% 3.42% 2.56% 1.64% 1.63% Pillar 1 CET1 Pillar 2 requirements CET1 Capital conservation buffer Systemic and countercyclical buffer Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 requirements AT1 Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 requirements Tier 2 2025 requirements Phase-in, 2025 Fully-loaded, 2025 Minimum capital requirements have been calculated taking into account capital requirements in effect as at 2025 year-end for Pillar 1 (8.00%) and Pillar 2R (2.25%), as well as the capital conservation buffer (2.50%), countercyclical buffer (0.75%) and the buffer for other systemically important institutions (0.25%). In May 2024, the Single Resolution Board (SRB) published the MREL Policy under the Banking Package, which integrates the regulatory changes of the aforesaid resolution framework reform. The new requirements of the SRB are based on balance sheet data as at December 2023 and set the final MREL target, which is binding from 17 December 2024, the same day on which Banco Sabadell received a communication from the Bank of Spain regarding the decision made by the SRB concerning the Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) and the subordination requirement applicable to the Institution on a consolidated basis. The requirements that must be met from 17 December 2024 are as follows: — The MREL is 22.14% of the Total Risk Exposure Amount (TREA) and 6.39% of the Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE). Consolidated Directors’ Report 94 Financial information CET1 min 9.26% MDA MDA buffer 390 bps
Page 97
— The subordination requirement is 15.84% of the TREA and 6.39% of the LRE. The own funds used by the Institution to meet the Combined Buffer Requirement (CBR), comprising the capital conservation buffer, the systemic risk buffer and the countercyclical buffer, will not be eligible to meet the MREL and subordination requirements expressed in terms of the TREA. As at the end of 2025 and 2024, Banco Sabadell is compliant with the applicable requirements. Furthermore, the Institution’s Funding Plan anticipates that it will continue to comply, comfortably, with the current requirements. Group MREL 27.6% 9.0% 13.2% 4.3% 3.4% 1.1% 1.6% .5% 5.3% 1.7% 4.1% 1.4% CET1 PI AT1 PI Tier 2 PI and subordinated liabilities Senior non-preferred Senior preferred December 2025 (% RWAs)December 2025 (% LRE) The RWAs percentage includes the capital earmarked to meet the CBR. This serves as a mechanism to accumulate capital to protect against cyclical and structural systemic risks, in order to build up own funds during periods of prosperity and thus be able to protect the regulatory minimum during periods of adverse economic conditions. Consolidated Directors’ Report 95 Financial information
Page 98
Consolidated Directors’ Report 96 Financial information
Page 99
98 Banking Business Spain 131 Banking Business United Kingdom 135 Banking Business Mexico
Page 100
Businesses The key financial figures associated with the Group’s largest business units are shown below, in line with the segment information described in Note 38 to the consolidated annual financial statements for the financial year 2025. 4.1 Banking Business Spain 4.1.1. Key figures Net profit in 2025 amounted to 1,394 million euros, representing a year- on-year decrease of 8.1%, as 2024 included 115 million euros net of non- recurring impacts. Not including these impacts, net profit would be in line with the previous year. Net interest income amounted to 3,411 million euros as at the end of 2025, falling by 6.6% year-on-year, mainly as the result of a reduced credit yield and a smaller contribution by credit institutions, which were impacted by lower interest rates. Net fees and commissions stood at 1,268 million euros, 3.0% more than at the end of 2024, mainly due to the increase in asset management and insurance fees. Profit or loss on financial operations and exchange differences fell by 22 million euros, mainly due to an offer to buy back subordinated bonds and the currency hedge on the sale price of TSB. Equity-accounted income and dividends showed year-on-year growth of 8.9%, due mainly to the increased contribution of the insurance business. The positive year-on-year variation is mainly attributable to the bank levy, whose last year of validity was 2024, and which generated an expense of 192 million euros in that year. In 2025, the tax on net interest and commission income of certain financial institutions came into effect, amounting to 123 million euros, which was recognised under the Corporation tax line item. In addition, after the strategic deal signed between Nexi S.p.A. and Banco Sabadell (see Note 2 to the consolidated annual financial statements for 2025) came to an end in October 2025, certain expenses related to the assets of the subsidiary Paycomet, which in 2024 were recognised under provisions, were instead recognised as depreciation expenses as at the end of 2025. Provisions and impairments amounted to 472 million euros, down by 27.6% year-on-year, mainly due to the improvement in both credit provisions and real estate provisions. Consolidated Directors’ Report 98 Businesses
Page 101
Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Net interest income 3,411 3,652 (6.6) Net fees and commissions 1,268 1,231 3.0 Core revenue 4,679 4,883 (4.2) Profit or loss on financial operations and exchange differences (22) 36 (161.3) Equity-accounted income and dividends 181 166 8.9 Other operating income and expenses (82) (249) (67.0) Gross income 4,755 4,836 (1.7) Operating, depreciation and amortisation expenses (2,154) (2,071) 4.0 Pre-provisions income 2,601 2,765 (5.9) Provisions and impairments (472) (652) (27.6) Capital gains on asset sales and other revenue (34) (14) 137.7 Profit or loss before tax 2,096 2,098 (0.1) Corporation tax (700) (579) 20.8 Profit or loss attributed to minority interests 2 2 (0.9) Profit attributed to the Group 1,394 1,517 (8.1) Cumulative ratios ROTE (net return on tangible equity) 14.4 % 15.9 % Cost-to-income (administrative expenses / gross income) 45.3 % 35.1 % NPL ratio 2.7 % 3.3 % Stage 3 coverage ratio, with total provisions 69.9 % 66.3 % Gross performing loans increased by 4.9%, growing across all segments, particularly the mortgage book. On-balance sheet customer funds increased by 3.5% year-on-year, while off-balance sheet funds grew by 14.0%, mainly due to mutual funds and third-party insurance products. Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Assets 186,300 177,348 5.0 Gross performing loans to customers 114,669 109,291 4.9 Non-performing real estate assets, net 434 497 (12.8) Liabilities and equity 186,300 177,348 5.0 On-balance sheet customer funds 128,598 124,235 3.5 Wholesale funding in capital markets 19,531 21,135 (7.6) Allocated own funds 11,375 12,161 (6.5) Off-balance sheet customer funds 52,656 46,171 14.0 Other indicators Employees 13,617 13,525 0.7 Branches and offices 1,149 1,152 (0.3) Details of the main business lines within Banking Business Spain are given here below. Consolidated Directors’ Report 99 Businesses
Page 102
4.1.2. Retail Banking 4.1.2.1. Business overview Retail Banking is Banco Sabadell’s business unit that offers financial products and services to individuals for personal use. The business is based on a banking model that combines processes typical of a digital bank for interactions that require the autonomy, immediacy and simplicity that only digital channels can offer with specialised and personalised commercial management for those interactions where expert support is needed, provided through the branch network, both in brick-and-mortar branches and remotely. Among the main products offered, it is worth noting investment and financing products in the short, medium and long term, such as consumer loans and mortgages. As for funds, the main products on offer are customer term and demand deposits, savings insurance, mutual funds and pension plans. In addition, the value proposition is supplemented with essential services such as payment methods, particularly cards, and a comprehensive suite of various kinds of insurance products. Consolidated Directors’ Report 100 Businesses
Page 103
4.1.2.2. Management milestones in 2025 and priorities for 2026 Retail Banking bases its activity on the following pillars that contribute to the objective of increasing the base of transactional customers, gaining market share in key products and providing first-class services to customers: — Product-based organisation, which makes it possible to focus on customers’ needs and to offer specialised and personalised products and services, enabling greater autonomy, immediacy, agility and simplicity. — The specialised sales force, supported by the branch network, allows a superior customer support model to be offered for products where customers require more advice or support from experts, such as mortgages, protection insurance and savings/investment. — The development of digital capabilities in relation to servicing, the attraction of digital demand, and the generation of digital sales in self-service and remote channels. In that regard, in 2025 the Retail Banking business has continued with its transformation, moving forward in the following areas: — Continue to expand the customer base, focusing on digital onboarding whilst also improving customer experience across all channels. — Consolidate the new direct banking capabilities, with a value proposition adapted to new customer habits and an increase in scalability and efficiency. — Serve the Bank’s customers through their preferred channel. On this point, it is worth noting the popularity of the mobile app, which has consolidated itself as the primary interaction channel for serving customers. — A remarkable improvement in customer experience rankings, enhancing the quality of interactions with them, which forges long- lasting and quality relationships whilst promoting the brand, increasing its visibility and awareness to gain market share. It is clear that the transformation has been consolidated in 2025, with Retail Banking now undeniably a profitable business, with improved customer perception and a solid foundation from which to grow steadily going forward. In 2026, the business priorities centre around continuing to grow in a profitable way, leveraging the transformation to that end and with a larger number of engaged customers during the first few months of the relationship. In addition, the focus will remain on continuing to improve brand appeal and customer experience in all channels. 4.1.2.3. Main products The main Retail Banking products are described here below: Mortgages In 2025, the mortgage market was characterised by expansion, with the amount granted through new mortgage loans growing by a cumulative 17%. This growth was driven by lower interest rates, in terms of both the 12-month Euribor and the mortgage rates offered by financial institutions. This development helped to ease the burden of monthly loan instalments, thus enabling the growth of the real estate market. Against this backdrop, fixed-rate mortgages in Banco Sabadell cemented their position as the preferred product of its customers, accounting for 90% of total new mortgage contracts as at the end of 2025. This preference is explained by customers’ search for stable Consolidated Directors’ Report 101 Businesses
Page 104
borrowing conditions, given the uncertain economic environment, as well as protection against future hikes in benchmark rates. Similarly, discount mortgages, including both fixed-rate and floating-rate, represented 86% of the total as at the end of 2025. Banco Sabadell has continued to strengthen its competitive position in the mortgage market by adopting several key initiatives: — Larger market share: the Institution has managed to increase its market share, thanks to competitive mortgage deals adapted to the needs of customers and backed by an effective commercial strategy. — Specialised distribution model: all of the Bank’s branches have been brought into the model of mortgage specialists, firmly committing to remote management. At present, 234 specialists operate remotely, covering 100% of the branch network, which allows for greater capillarity and operating efficiency. — Overhauled mortgage process: progress has been made in digitalising and simplifying the mortgage application process, shortening processing times and improving customer experience, providing greater agility to the management of demand and help to optimise internal resources. — Enhanced digital experience: new technological and business intelligence capabilities have been added to the initial phase of customers’ digital journey, intended to optimise customer onboarding and increase lead conversion rates, thereby making the customer experience more efficient and personalised. Consumer Loans In terms of consumer loans, 2025 was characterised by a 20% increase in volume in the Retail Banking segment, driven by the expansion and improvement of digital product arrangement capabilities, particularly in reactive products, and the adaptation of the product range to the needs of the end-consumer through the use of advanced intelligence models, always ensuring adequate risk management and segmentation. At present, 87% of origination takes place through remote channels (58% in digital self-service), while pre-approved loans account for 84% of total origination in euros. Payment Services 2025 has been a good year in terms of the growth of payment card activity, with a 6% year-on-year increase in net turnover, reaching 21,846 million euros. In 2025, the instant card issuance process was further consolidated, allowing customers who apply for a new card to have it immediately available for use in e-commerce and mobile payment transactions. Furthermore, in July the possibility of immediate card activation was introduced across all in-branch channels, thereby enhancing the agile and digital experience. The percentage of card activations executed via digital channels already accounts for 56% of total activations, while 25% of purchases are made with mobile payments. With regard to the Bizum payment system, Banco Sabadell has more than 1.7 million registered users. Demand Deposits In 2025, Banco Sabadell consolidated its position in the demand deposits market, strengthening its ability to attract new customers and create engaged customers, thanks to a competitive proposition both in the digital channel and in its network of branches. After launching the digital onboarding process in 2023, which improved its business productivity and customer experience, the Sabadell Consolidated Directors’ Report 102 Businesses
Page 105
Online Account was revamped in 2024, expanding its scope to also cover the self-employed segment. This helped turn the account into a comprehensive solution for customers looking for their main bank to cater to both their personal and professional needs. This strategy was consolidated in 2025, with sustained growth in digital applications for products and improved levels of customer engagement, thanks to an offer that combines simplicity, accessibility and added value. The proposal was reinforced with specific campaigns and improved user experience in digital channels, remote channels, and in- person channels. The main demand deposit accounts offered are the following: — Sabadell Online Account: aimed at new retail customers and self- employed professionals, with a 100% digital opening process. — Sabadell Account: for retail customers, available through all channels. — Key Account: designed for non-resident foreign customers. There is also still a complementary offer for groups with specific needs, such as minors, non-residents and people at risk of financial exclusion, through the Basic Payment Account. Savings and Investment The market volatility brought about by the announcement of further tariff increases in the international context, together with the actions taken by the main central banks, in turn closely linked to the publication of economic data, have shaped asset performance and, by extension, the profitability of investment funds. In mutual funds, the main milestones during the year were the following: — The mutual funds range was adapted to the market situation and to customer demand by incorporating the following types of products: — Guaranteed products: in 2025, the guaranteed funds programme centred on the Sabadell 12M Garantizado guaranteed product range, comprising daily-liquidity funds. This range was supplemented with the launch of two new vehicles, Sabadell 12M Garantizado Marzo and Sabadell 12M Garantizado Octubre, and the guarantees on Sabadell 12M Garantizado and Sabadell 12M Garantizado Diciembre were renewed for another year. — Discretionary fund portfolio management: a key service for the funds on offer. The revitalised portfolio management service, Cartera Sabadell, is now even more important for customers wishing to delegate their investment decisions to specialists, according to their risk profile and objectives. Three different types of portfolios are available to start investing, with the option to choose between five strategies with different levels of risk: — Sabadell Portfolio (Cartera Sabadell): with a percentage of equities of 25%, 50% and 75%. — Sabadell Plus Portfolio (Cartera Sabadell Plus): with a percentage of equities of 10%, 25%, 50% and 75%. — Sabadell Private Portfolio (Cartera Sabadell Privada): with a percentage of equities of 10%, 25%, 50%, 75% and 90%. An exclusive investment option for Sabadell Private portfolios (profiles: 50, 70 and 90) and Sabadell Plus portfolios is also now available. — Charitable products: in order to boost the Sabadell Inversión Ética y Solidaria charitable fund, given the growing interest in this type of fund, its contribution to charitable causes has been increased and the management fee percentage has been reduced, at the same time expanding the opportunities available to customers to increase their returns. Consolidated Directors’ Report 103 Businesses
Page 106
— Workflows have continued to be worked on, in order to enhance customer experience in the digital channel. In relation to savings insurance products, these saw an increase in 2025, especially insurance products with a guaranteed interest rate, mainly the Sabadell Savings Insurance (Seguro de Ahorro Sabadell) product, thanks to promotional campaigns. This insurance product guarantees a net interest rate that is revised every six months, with full and partial availability, flexible contributions, and zero costs or fees. Promotional campaigns have also been launched to encourage applications via remote channels and combinations with protection insurance. With regard to the pensions business, as well as guaranteed return insurance plans, the trend followed by interest rates has boosted demand for Insured Retirement Plans (IRPs) with longer payback periods. To sell individual pension plans, campaigns have been continued, offering very competitive incentives to acquire pension plans from other institutions. This year saw the consolidation of sales of simplified occupational pension plans for the self-employed, first brought to market in 2024, which permit higher contributions than individual plans and are promoted by the Professional Union of Self-Employed Workers (Unión Profesional de Trabajadores Autónomos, or UPTA) and the General Council of Economists (Consejo General de Economistas). With regard to deposits, this year Banco Sabadell has consolidated its value proposition, maintaining a stable range of products adapted to the needs of customers, both in the branch network and on the digital channel. The Bank offers products that combine profitability, simplicity and easy access. The strategy has focused on offering term savings, especially to customers with a digital profile, strengthening the online channel as the preferred means of applying for these products, thanks to its agility and the continuously improving user experience. The key products during the year include the Depósito Crecimiento and Depósito Líder deposits, which offer flexible options for different savings horizons. The offer is completed with the Depósito Sabadell Bonificado product, a deposit that pays more interest the higher the level of customer engagement, measured by the products that they hold either at the time of opening the deposit or that they acquire thereafter. Similarly, the range of online deposits has been expanded, with new terms to maturity now available, consolidating the digital channel as a key lever in the Bank’s commercial transformation strategy. Lastly, throughout the year, the range of structured deposits has been kept in line with the target levels of both deposits gathered and deposits retained. Protection Insurance The products offered by the insurance business are designed to meet various protection needs, in relation to both personal liability and assets, always seeking to adapt each type of product to the profile of each Retail Banking customer. The insurance business also focuses on obtaining the highest levels of customer satisfaction every time a product is used. Customers mainly subscribe to the insurance products distributed by the Group through the insurers in which the Group holds a 50% stake thanks to the agreement between Zurich Group, BanSabadell Vida and BanSabadell Seguros Generales. The first of these insurers, which has the largest business volume, occupies the top spots of insurance firm rankings, based on premiums issued and technical provisions. In addition, BanSabadell Seguros Generales has entered into co-insurance agreements with Sanitas and Meridiano Seguros for health insurance and funeral insurance, respectively. Consolidated Directors’ Report 104 Businesses
Page 107
These products are marketed by various qualified figures, notably by insurance specialists, and through various channels, both on-site and remote. In 2025, the business has continued to grow steadily in protection premiums (which are up 10% on the previous year), the main products that contribute to this business being life insurance, home insurance and health insurance, which recorded growth rates compared to the previous year of 10%, 10% and 18%, respectively. In addition, in order to keep offering customers high-quality products and services, towards the end of the year a new range of life and home insurance products was launched, offering various options and premium payment formulas in order to offer the best coverage according to the existing needs of each customer. Within this new product range, it is worth mentioning Zenit, which allows customers to keep the same premium during the first three years, without it increasing. Sabadell Consumer Finance Sabadell Consumer Finance is the Group’s company specialising in consumer finance at the point of sale. It carries out its activity through various channels and lines of business via cooperation agreements. In 2025, activity in the automotive business continued to record growth in the region of 7%, and the alliances with big dealer groups were also reinforced. Progress continues to be made in the realm of digital transformation, consolidating the levels of finance granted directly through the Institution’s point-of-sale devices through Instant Credit. In 2025, Sabadell Consumer Finance executed more than 245,000 new transactions through more than 18,000 points of sale located throughout Spain, which translated into an inflow of new investments amounting to 1,797 million euros. With this, the total outstanding exposure of Sabadell Consumer Finance comes to 2,860 million euros. Consolidated Directors’ Report 105 Businesses
Page 108
4.1.3. Business Banking 4.1.3.1. Business overview The Business Banking unit offers financial products and services to legal and natural persons for business purposes, serving all types of companies with turnover of up to 200 million euros, as well as the institutional sector. The products and services offered to companies are based on short- and long-term funding solutions, solutions to manage cash surpluses, products and services to guarantee the processing of day-to-day payments and collections through any channel and in any geographical area, as well as risk hedging and bancassurance products. Banco Sabadell has a clearly defined relationship model for each business segment, which is innovative and sets it apart from its peers and which allows it to be very close to its customers, acquiring in-depth knowledge of its customer base whilst at the same time offering a strong level of engagement. Companies with turnover in excess of 2 million euros are mainly managed by specialised branches. All other companies, which include SMEs, small businesses and self-employed persons, are managed by standard branches. All of these companies have relationship managers who specialise in their respective segments, as well as access to expert advice from product and/or sector specialists. This all enables Banco Sabadell to be a yardstick for all companies, as well as a leader in customer experience. Consolidated Directors’ Report 106 Businesses
Page 109
4.1.3.2. Management milestones in 2025 and priorities for 2026 In 2025, the Business Banking unit focused its management efforts on strengthening the strategic courses of action established for each segment, in accordance with the Strategic Plan. This approach is reflected in a significant improvement in the profitability and specialisation of the large corporates and SMEs segments, through specialised solutions tailored to customers, and in the framework’s enhancement and the risk function’s rapid optimisation of the portfolio’s credit profile. The branch network’s specialisation has helped to improve the business’s cost of risk and Return on Tangible Equity (ROTE). Furthermore, the development and enhancement of the sector’s commercial offering aimed at small businesses and self-employed persons constituted another key management milestone during 2025, successfully consolidating the Bank’s position as a leading specialist in the market for this segment. In 2026, Business Banking will face a series of key challenges that will set the course for its strategy in the coming years. Efforts will be made to boost the growth of the customer base and the profitability of the various segments, endeavouring to optimise operational efficiency and the range of specialised products and services so as to meet the specific needs of each customer. Particular emphasis will be placed on improving cost of risk, implementing proactive measures to mitigate risks and make the portfolio more robust. In addition, the Institution’s commitment to excellence in customer experience will be a core pillar. Significant initiatives will be undertaken, designed to improve customer interactions and satisfaction across all segments, from large corporates to self-employed persons. Lastly, the Institution aims to consolidate and cement its position as the leading bank for its business customers. This goal will be achieved with high-quality financial solutions, the cornerstones of the approach being innovation, specialisation, and customer centricity and proximity. The different segments, specialists and commercial products that fall within Business Banking are described here below. 4.1.3.3. Segments Corporates & SMEs 2025 has been the year in which the changes to the management model implemented in early 2024 have solidified. The main pillars of the management model are the following: — Branches for large corporates: 32 branches specialised in companies with turnover in excess of 10 million euros, staffed with 200 relationship managers, some of them with a portfolio specialised in companies from the most representative sectors within their area of activity. — Business teams: 31 teams with over 300 relationship managers dedicated to strengthening the management of companies with turnover between 2 and 10 million euros, with commercial strategies focused on their needs. These teams also include startup managers, who are specialists in this customer segment. — These managers and companies are also supported by more than 200 product specialists and experts on the agricultural and tourism sectors. — Business operation centres: a servicing model that fosters a stable, trustworthy personal relationship with each company through a dedicated expert, ensuring agile and professional communication. Consolidated Directors’ Report 107 Businesses
Page 110
— The Preferential Care Service for Business Banking Customers (Servicio de Atención Preferente Empresas, or SAPE): a centralised service that allows companies to reach team members specialised in their day-to-day transactions and operations, either by phone or through the Customer Care Space via BSOnline for text-based support. These managers respond to requests immediately. Most of these requests are regarding their online transactions and activities. — Risk acceptance models: designed so that managers can be proactive when offering solutions and are able to respond to loan applications more quickly and efficiently. This specialised management model is underpinned by a continuing education plan for relationship managers. This plan notably includes the Expert Programme for business banking managers, jointly developed and taught by the Business Institute, and the Sector Specialisation Programme. 2025 saw the launch of a new application designed to acquire companies in the 2-10 million euro turnover segment, leveraging artificial intelligence. The application generates a relationship manager sheet summarising key information on potential customers, making acquisition easier and more effective. This has boosted business customer acquisition in this segment by 50% compared to 2024. In an economic environment marked by the geopolitical situation, this comprehensive customer management service has made it possible to support companies by adapting to their circumstances. Banco Sabadell has offered customers with liquidity needs access to both basic financing solutions and complex solutions with 360° value propositions. In addition, it proactively managed companies with surplus cash. For customers that are growing, Banco Sabadell has remained by their side with specialised lending solutions typical of the middle market, acting either alone or in a pool with other credit institutions. In this respect, structured finance transactions have been boosted in the areas of corporate finance, property and commercial real estate finance, LBOs, and project finance for energy and infrastructure. Services in the Investment Banking area have also been expanded, offering advice on transactions involving direct lending, M&As, bonds and commercial paper, among others. All this has been reinforced with a communications and media plan to strengthen Banco Sabadell’s position and leadership as the bank for corporates. This leadership is widely acknowledged by the industry and the market. To that end, the brand has been featured repeatedly in national and regional economic media. This presence has been accompanied by the ceremony for the 2025 Banco Sabadell Business and Entrepreneur Awards, held in partnership with various editorial groups. Customers recognise the customer-driven approach and the value of the people who interact with corporates, as reflected by the internal satisfaction surveys. A testament to this is that, during 2025, customers rated both their relationship managers and branch servicing staff above 9 on average. Banco Sabadell has been by the side of corporates, managing the full gamut of needs of its customers to help them make the best financial decisions. In 2026, the sector-specific approach will be further enhanced, providing knowledge of the sector and of the market to customers, with a greater level of professionalism, adding more value for both parties. All these initiatives have been implemented with the aim of supporting companies in order to become their main financial partner. Consolidated Directors’ Report 108 Businesses
Page 111
Small Businesses Banco Sabadell continues to support self-employed persons, retailers and small businesses, assisting both during their daily activities and with their new projects. The Bank remains focused on enhancing the value proposition for customers, strengthening its position as a specialist in the minds of customers of this segment. This is underpinned by the promotion and consolidation of a business methodology whose key component is a differential offering specifically designed for each activity sector. The aim is to be able to offer each customer the solution that is best suited to them based on an understanding of the unique factors that shape their day-to-day activities, building a product offer by actively listening to customers and branch managers, professional groups and sector representatives, and ensuring that they really meet the identified needs. At present, the catalogue of specific solutions considers 36 different activity sectors, prioritising those that offer the greatest potential in the current economic environment. In accordance with this sector specialisation framework and in order to apply it to the market in a tangible way, the approach to both existing and potential customers was enhanced in 2025 with the launch of sector campaigns. These initiatives serve to galvanise the commercial activity of specialist managers and help to give a much clearer and more powerful message about the Bank’s value proposition for this segment, by specifically targeting an audience with common needs and interests. Clear examples of this have been the multi-sector campaign or the campaign aimed at the health and wellbeing sector, which delivered significant year-on-year increases in customer acquisition for these sectors. Both marketing campaigns had as a common denominator the concept of proximity and have been supported by the Smart PoS terminal and its wide range of solutions, such as the Smart Dual-Screen PoS or the Smart Mini PoS, the SoftPOS (an app that turns mobile phones into PoS terminals), as well as Instant Credit, a solution that makes it possible for merchants to finance their customers’ sales directly through the PoS terminal. In addition, during 2025, relationship managers specialised in assisting self-employed workers, retailers and small businesses were once again the most numerous and representative management figure of the entire branch network, thus demonstrating the Bank’s clear vocation for and commitment to a customer segment that attaches great value to proximity and personalised assistance. New features were added to the management support system available to these relationship managers, designed to help them better understand the key aspects of each sector, thus providing the best response to customers’ specific needs, including a university-accredited expert training programme on how to advise businesses and self-employed workers. In parallel, and in line with the development and consolidation of new financial service consumption habits, Banco Sabadell continued to drive the digitalisation of customers, responding to their needs to transact and apply for new products and services using self-service channels, for example, by offering them the option to set up and access an online credit line for instant payments, and enhancing the remote customer care service for self-employed persons and small businesses (known as ANA), with excellent service and query resolution indicators. On this topic, it is worth mentioning the consolidation of a digital channel to attract and engage self-employed customers launched during 2024, allowing the Bank not only to significantly increase its sources of customer acquisition but also to fill a gap in the market with a 100% online process for this segment, offering the best conditions in the market. It should also be noted that, during this year, customers were Consolidated Directors’ Report 109 Businesses
Page 112
able to arrange and draw funds from the LIPO credit line for instant payments via the Institution’s digital channels. In 2026, the main challenges in relation to this segment involve strengthening the specialisation of both the offering and managers; consolidating a digital model for the support, management and engagement of self-employed and small business customers that can guarantee the best customer experience by combining it with the capillarity of the Bank’s branch network; and continuing to drive forward the sophistication of the value proposition in collections and payments, positioning it as a key product for this segment. SabadellUrquijo Banca Privada 2025 marked the consolidation of the business model implemented in 2023. Banco Sabadell has set itself the objective of continuing to grow steadily in Private Banking and, to that end, it has undertaken an in-depth review of the value proposition, encompassing all products and services, making significant investments in technology, products, training and events, among other things. The main growth vector has been the acquisition of new clients. With regard to the review of the value proposition, special attention has been paid to differentiated Private Banking products, such as alternative investments and discretionary portfolio management. Amundi, the Bank’s strategic partner, has continued to play a key role, being instrumental in services such as Cartera Sabadell (Sabadell Portfolio), which continues to be extensively taken up by customers thanks to specialised management, adaptability to customers’ risk profiles and its diversification. Following the launch of the new Cartera Sabadell service in April 2024 this service has, in 2025, become a key component of the value proposition, underpinned by strong business momentum that has increased the number of customers that already have this service in their portfolios. At the same time, the Bank has continued to improve the service by launching new communication channels with customers and upgrading the reporting features of the self-service channels, to make professional portfolio management simpler for customers. With regard to the investment funds on offer, there are Sabadell Asset Management funds, with exclusive products for Banco Sabadell customers, and also Amundi Group funds, in addition to an extensive range of third-party funds. In 2025, the interest rate environment presented opportunities across the entire fixed-income spectrum. Money market funds and fixed-income funds with durations of up to three years, focused on investment-grade corporate bonds, have been the cornerstone of this offering. Because of this, the range of target return funds was expanded, offering different levels of risk. Additionally, a new range of 12-month guaranteed funds with daily availability of liquidity has been rolled out, which represents a novelty in the Spanish mutual fund market. In parallel, new equity funds have been added to the range of options to encompass all the investment ideas proposed by the Strategy division, including themes such as the space economy, gold and the near-shoring of supply chains to developed countries. In relation to savings insurance products, these saw an increase in 2025, especially insurance products with a guaranteed interest rate, selling more life annuities as part of a very competitive product range, supplemented with solutions for not paying capital gains tax on property transfers. In terms of the transactional offer, products such as accounts and cards exclusively for Private Banking clients have been maintained, combined with the best benefits on offer in the Bank’s product range. With regard to financing products, Private Banking clients have continued to have access to special prices, thus ensuring that these transactions Consolidated Directors’ Report 110 Businesses
Page 113
remain competitive for those clients, where financing transactions are a differentiating element and help to capture new funds from those clients. In addition, the specific risk management workflows created in 2023 for staff specialised in Private Banking have been operating efficiently and with excellent transaction approval times. Urquijo Gestión continued to solidify its business model in 2025. This marks the second anniversary of the implementation of the new organisational structure, which involves a clear-cut assignment of responsibilities between the investment team and the customer management team. This segregation of duties enables greater specialisation and efficiency, augmenting the value proposition for customers. With this new model, the custom discretionary portfolio management service consolidates its position as the core component of the product offer for high-net-worth Private Banking clients. These portfolios rest upon two fundamental pillars: active management, geared towards generating returns in the medium term; and a personalised premium service, led by an investment expert that adapts each portfolio to the specific profile of each customer. This approach makes offering truly individualised solutions possible. Currently, Urquijo Gestión manages over 1,450 unique portfolios, reflecting its commitment to personalisation and service excellence. Business in 2025 has been particularly intense, both as regards its evolution – with strong growth in the number of portfolios and assets under management – and in proactive customer support. It is worth noting that this proactive support has been especially meaningful during times of financial market instability, where the role of the portfolio manager has been pivotal to maintain trust. Being close to clients is key for SabadellUrquijo Banca Privada. In order to accompany them in their journeys, more than 160 events aimed at current and potential customers were organised in 2025. These activities included economic, cultural, sport and recreational experiences, reflecting its commitment to service excellence and personalised support and strengthening the relationship between client and banker. Furthermore, in 2025, the Bank has been recognised by prestigious international organisations such as the Global Private Banking Awards, which recognised the Bank’s work in the following categories: Private Banker of the Year – Europe, Best Private Bank for Multi-Asset Products, Best Discretionary & Advisory Service Offering, and Outstanding Client Experience in Wealth Management. These awards celebrate the outstanding work propelling Private Banking. The enhanced value proposition has been reflected in indicators assessing client satisfaction with both their banker, rated with 9.30, and the Private Banking service, achieving a seven-point improvement in its NPS compared with 2024. The Private Banking segment is a driver for Banco Sabadell’s growth, and the Bank continues to be a leading institution in Spain when it comes to Private Banking. Institutional Business The goal of the Institutional Business division is to develop and enhance business with public and private institutions, positioning Banco Sabadell as a leading institution in this market. Managing this line of business requires the specialisation of products and services in order to offer a comprehensive value proposition to government agencies, financial institutions, insurance firms and mutual insurance companies, as well as religious and third-sector organisations. 2025 was a very busy year for all institutional businesses. The high level of lending activity to government agencies and the management of customer funds in an environment of fierce price competition between the Consolidated Directors’ Report 111 Businesses
Page 114
main financial institutions were particularly noteworthy. The division had set itself the goal of increasing the volumes of lending and customer funds, improving the profitability of the various business lines. Banco Sabadell’s position in these segments was strengthened, with greater commercial activity, more proximity and a wider range of proposed solutions, which resulted in an increase in customer onboarding, in the volume of business and in the margin generated through the offering of products with more added value for customers and for the Institution. Public Institutions Public institutions’ economic activity in 2025 was marked by the growth of borrowing activity, driven by the growth in lending to the autonomous communities. It is also worth highlighting the increase in liquidity of the various general governments. As regards deposits, it should be noted that there was a moderate fall in market share due to fierce competition in the market. During 2025, the autonomous communities recovered credit thanks to the State’s restructuring of debt operations with financial institutions, thus improving the cost of funding of those operations, which increased the CIRBE quota (quota of outstanding risk, provided by the Bank of Spain Central Credit Register) of the autonomous communities participating in the Autonomous Liquidity Fund. Financial Institutions and Insurers The Financial Institutions and Insurers division channels Banco Sabadell’s range of value-added investment products aimed at this segment. In 2025, given the economic environment, the focus was placed on boosting the marketing of alternative products. Generally speaking, the division managed the accounts’ adjustment to lower interest rates, with a high percentage of conversions from fixed-rate accounts to indexed or variable- rate accounts. With regard to investment products, falls in interest rates have increased the appeal of long-duration bonds, especially in segments such as sovereign bonds, investment-grade credit and private debt. Similarly, illiquid assets – such as infrastructure, real estate and private equity – have gained weight in portfolios due to their long-term profile, diversification benefits and lower correlation with traditional markets. Consequently, this division promoted the marketing of direct investment in renewable infrastructure and private debt among customers of this segment. In terms of investments via alternative funds, it is worth noting the launch of the fund of venture capital funds, Necta, as well as the positioning in relevant operations of the CRISAE senior debt fund and of the AURICA IV private equity fund. Finally, there was a significant increase in investment in discretionally managed portfolios by customers of this segment. Religious Institutions and the Third Sector The Religious Institutions and Third Sector division offers customers a range of products and services adapted to the unique characteristics of these groups. They cover everything from transactions to specialist advice on financial assets. Uptake of the DONE system for collecting charity donations, which works with contactless technology, continued to grow throughout the territory, helping non-profit organisations to raise funds for their projects. As at the end of December 2025, there are more than 1,000 installed devices that have received over 10 million euros in donations since this service was launched in 2019. Consolidated Directors’ Report 112 Businesses
Page 115
The Religious Institutions and Third Sector division coordinated the delivery of financial aid for the charitable causes supported by the Sabadell Inversión Ética y Solidaria, FI fund, managed by Sabadell Asset Management, and it also managed the payments made together with beneficiary offices and entities. This year, for the 24 charitable projects of the 24 entities selected by the Ethics Committee in 2024, almost 342 thousand euros were delivered, bringing the cumulative figure since this Committee was established in 2008 to over 3.6 million euros. Furthermore, in 2025, the Ethics Committee selected a total of 22 humanitarian projects primarily focused on addressing risks of social and labour exclusion, improving the living conditions of people with disabilities and meeting their basic needs in terms of food, healthcare and education. Sabadell Asset Management will distribute this aid to these projects in 2026. 2025 also saw the completion of the network specialisation project for the Religious Institutions and Third Sector segment. Currently, there is a specialised branch in the Central Territorial division in Madrid with four specialists; a specialised branch in the Catalonia Territorial division in Barcelona with five specialists; and six specialists in the Eastern Territorial division, located across the Valencia, Castellon, Alicante, Murcia, Majorca and Ibiza branches. 4.1.3.4. Segment specialists BStartup Banco Sabadell’s BStartup, a pioneer in the Spanish banking industry, is a company specialised in financial services for startups and scaleups. Since this unique project was launched 12 years ago, it has offered a comprehensive service of specialised banking and equity investment and it plays a very active role in the country’s innovative entrepreneurial ecosystem. Specialising in banking has been BStartup’s mainstay from the outset. Its customers have a strong level of engagement; they are very international and their activities are often complex; they come from all segments and all sectors and have different business models, development pathways and financing needs. At present, specialisation is delivered by a team of 26 managers dedicated exclusively to startups and scaleups in the Territorial Divisions with the highest concentration of this type of company, in addition to13 mixed managers, as well as its own risk team of 5 members and a team of 4 specialists that drive the business throughout Spain. BStartup Hub Madrid, the first Banco Sabadell branch dedicated exclusively to startups, scaleups and their investors, celebrated its first year. A space of more than 600 square metres for entrepreneurs and technology, accommodating a team of 12 professionals who provide a comprehensive financial service specialised in startups. The space was also designed to serve as a meeting point for Madrid’s entrepreneurial ecosystem, featuring an auditorium, meeting rooms and hot desks for customers. In its first year, it hosted 59 events (both its own and those organised by the entrepreneurial ecosystem) with over 3,400 attendees. In terms of equity investment activity, BStartup is aimed mainly at early-stage tech-related companies with strong growth potential and with scalable and innovative business models. It invests in all types of sectors, above all in digital companies, and focuses on two specific verticals: BStartup Green, for startups which, through technology or digitalisation, contribute to the transition to a more sustainable world; and BStartup Health, already a firm leader in investment in early-stage healthcare industry startups. This year, the eighth call for proposals was launched and received support from the leading healthcare investment funds in the country, reaching a record 201 companies analysed. During this year, it has invested in 6 startups, increasing the total number of investments Consolidated Directors’ Report 113 Businesses
Page 116
made by BStartup10 to over 100. Its investment portfolio has been rated very positively and has already yielded significant returns, consolidating itself as one of the most active seed-stage investors in the country. During the year, BStartup exited its stakes in 6 portfolio companies. Over the year, BStartup’s team organised or actively participated in almost 130 entrepreneurship events in various Spanish cities, boosting Banco Sabadell’s renown and position as a leading financial institution for startups and scaleups. As an example of this position, attention is drawn to BStartup’s more than 1,000 mentions in different media outlets (offline and online press). The company has reached over 15,710 social media followers across X and LinkedIn (with a new LinkedIn profile launched in June 2025). Franchising Banco Sabadell was the first financial institution in Spain to adopt the franchise system. For 29 years, its Franchising division has supported both franchising brands and their franchisers, consolidating itself as a leader and standard-bearer in the sector. This sector, which is becoming increasingly professionalised, has seen constant growth in revenue, job creation and number of brands. Banco Sabadell currently has more than 11,500 franchising customers, working with more than 1,330 franchised brands, most of which have signed collaboration agreements. The Bank offers a wide range of products and services specifically designed for this sector. These collaboration agreements include preferential conditions in terms of financing, transactionality and security, managed through the branch network with the support of sector-specialised franchise managers. The Franchising division has morphed into a partnership model that is key to business generation and customer satisfaction, in order to achieve synergies, energise the commercial offer and increase business generation. This has entailed a radical change to boost collaborative work with other cross-cutting divisions of the Bank, identifying new business opportunities and creating global value propositions for customers. Banco Sabadell works closely with the Spanish Franchisors’ Association (Asociación Española de la Franquicia, or AEF) and was the first bank to secure a partnership with this association and together they drive this business model. In 2025, the Sabadell Franchising division took part in several important initiatives organised for the franchising sector: — Exclusive sponsor of Franquishop, an event held in various locations in Spain. — Participation in the second edition of the Franchise Innovation Summit. — Sponsorship of the National Franchise Awards in Spain. — Sponsorship and participation in the Entrepreneurs Forum. In addition, Sabadell Franchising has published articles in the press and in specialist magazines, collaborating with different franchising experts, and has carried out numerous activities disseminated through social networks. These initiatives reinforce Banco Sabadell’s renown and leadership in the franchising arena. Consolidated Directors’ Report 114 Businesses
Page 117
Agriculture Segment In 2025, Banco Sabadell’s Agriculture segment, which includes the agricultural, livestock, fishing and forestry subsectors, has more than 300 specialised branches and a team of 14 specialists located throughout the country. This team provides comprehensive support to the sector, having expanded its range of sector-specific financial products and services adapted to customer needs and demands. In this vein, Banco Sabadell was recognised in 2025 by the prestigious specialised publishing house Qcom.es as the most innovative bank for the producing sector. This distinction celebrates the effort, work and dedication of many Banco Sabadell professionals. Banco Sabadell’s strong commitment to the sector, especially its tailored customer support, has led to an increase in turnover of over 8.1% compared to 2024. This achievement is underpinned by customers’ trust. It should be mentioned that the customer base increased by over 6% compared to the previous year. During 2025, Banco Sabadell’s Agriculture Segment participated in 3 agrifood fairs and sponsored 44 events throughout the nation. Banco Sabadell’s Agriculture segment seeks to support its customers in their digitalisation and sustainability journeys. Hotel and Tourism Business Back in 2013, Banco Sabadell became the first Spanish financial institution to specialise in the tourism business in order to understand, identify and meet the needs of Spain’s top sector in terms of contribution to GDP, namely the tourism industry. The Bank has consolidated itself as one of the top banks, a leader in the sector, offering expert advice with the highest standards of quality. The value proposition is primarily based on offering specialised financial solutions to a group that is heterogeneous and highly fragmented. This value proposition is built on three basic pillars: expert advice, a specialised product range, and a rapid response. Since 2023, the tourism industry has performed remarkably well, beating previous records for international tourist arrivals year after year. In 2025, Spain welcomed approximately 100 million visitors, consolidating its position as the world’s second most popular tourist destination. Average daily spending is also on an upward trajectory, as is the number of overnight stays and occupancy rates, reflecting the strong performance of tourism indicators. Against this backdrop, in 2025 Banco Sabadell’s Tourism Business division achieved a figure close to 1.15 billion euros, and it will continue to support both the acquisition of hotels or new hotel projects and the upgrading and repositioning of the existing hotel sector stock. The Tourism Business division also has the institutional recognition and participation of leading entities in the industry, as a voting member on the board of Spain’s Tourism Council (Consejo Español de Turismo, or Conestur), the Tourism Commission of the Spanish Confederation of Business Organisations (Confederación Española de Organizaciones Empresariales, or CEOE) and the Tourism Commission of the Spanish Chamber of Commerce. As it is every year, Banco Sabadell was present at the main international tourism fair (FITUR) with its own stand. More than 70 Banco Sabadell employees took part in running the stand, which received its highest ever number of visitors. These visitors hailed from companies in the hotel sector, travel agencies, hospitality sector suppliers and consulting companies. Sustainability has been established as a core pillar for the development and transformation of the tourism industry. The Bank incentivises the sector to attain sustainability objectives by signing Consolidated Directors’ Report 115 Businesses
Page 118
agreements with companies, incorporating a set of commitments based on metrics linked to ASG targets by means of a document annexed to the loan agreement. Sabadell Professional The Bank’s unit specialised in supporting professional and business associations, along with their members, continues to solidify its position as a national standard-bearer in this field. With a track record spanning three decades, it develops and applies a relationship model built on proximity and specialisation. Its value proposition focuses on offering specific financial products and services tailored to the needs of both organisations and their member professionals and companies, simplifying day-to-day transactions and contributing to their economic development. Through regional specialists, the Bank maintains a direct, stable and qualified link to over 3,800 groups across the country, being a bridge of sorts between the Bank and the business fabric. This network makes it easier to spot opportunities, generate business, channel the Bank’s cross-cutting solutions, and build and reinforce long-lasting institutional relations, in line with the Institution’s global strategy. During this year, the division undertook a number of initiatives: — Signed more than 350 agreements with professional associations, general councils and business associations, both at the national and regional levels. — Participated in over 600 events, forums and conferences, organised together with groups from all sectors. — Increased the customer base acquired through the management of the various agreements. — Consolidated the growth in home renovations financing, with an increase in the amount arranged through the branch network compared to the previous year, reinforcing the Bank’s commitment to sustainability and the improvement of the Spanish housing stock. These indicators reflect the division’s qualitative and quantitative impact in terms of relationship, positioning and cross-business generation. As part of its 35th anniversary, Sabadell Professional has strengthened its visibility through its own initiatives and an active presence at key industry events. The Sabadell Professional Forums stand out, held across different regions, featuring leaders of professional associations and influential institutional figures. The “Profesiones y Futuro” (Professions and the Future) series of meetings was launched with a sector focus on the major challenges facing the professions. Additionally, it has been present at the main conferences of strategic groups such as economists, pharmacists, social science graduates, the hospitality industry, and the self-employed, among others. This visibility has been reinforced with content in the specialised press and an active presence on platforms such as LinkedIn, which contribute to positioning the Bank in the professional environment. Throughout the year, the relationship model has been in constant change to adapt it to professionals’ new habits, adding digital channels to acquire new customers, while keeping the division’s flagship approachable support intact. Sabadell Professional carries out its activities in coordination with the other divisions of the Bank, contributing to business generation and the reinvigoration of the business proposition across key segments. Through joint campaigns, it acts as a cross-cutting player capable of generating opportunities beyond its immediate area. Sabadell Professional will further solidify its role as one of the Bank’s strategic units in the professional and business association landscape, Consolidated Directors’ Report 116 Businesses
Page 119
expanding its network of alliances, evolving towards a more efficient hybrid model, and strengthening its collaboration with the branch network. The goal is to continue positioning the Bank as a leading partner for professionals and their associations across all regions of Spain. Real Estate Business The Real Estate division focuses on comprehensively developing the residential real estate development business through a specialised and highly consolidated management model. In 2025, the number of approved applications increased compared to 2024, surpassing the stock of this product in the previous year. The Investment Property division not only focuses its efforts on generating new business, but also monitors the success of the financed development projects. The main strategy is to maintain a market share above that in which the Bank would naturally stand, prioritising the best sales opportunities by pinpointing the most notable projects and most solid customers, minimising risk and maximising profit for Banco Sabadell. Sabadell Partners The activity of Sabadell Partners as a customer acquisition lever, through partnership agreements with referral agents, is focused on providing services to the branch network for Commercial Banking, Business Banking and Private Banking, offering value propositions to facilitate access to Banco Sabadell’s range of financial solutions, seeking customer satisfaction and referral agent satisfaction, at all times, as well as service excellence. The sustained growth over time of the Sabadell Partners division means that it played an essential part in the mortgage results generated in 2025, reaching 45.2% of the Bank’s total mortgage origination. Sabadell Partners’ top branches deserve special mention, due to the significance of their contribution to new transactions, stemming from their expert advisory services and their specialisation in managing relationships with key mortgage partners. 4.1.3.5. Commercial Products Business services Business Finance In short-term lending, there was a slight decrease in new credit facilities during 2025, although the balance recorded growth above that of 2024. With regard to other working capital financing products, the growth of reverse factoring seen during the previous year continued into 2025, with an increase in market share in a landscape in which the Bank is growing more than the market. On the other hand, there was a decrease in the need to finance receivables through specialised solutions such as factoring. By sector, manufacturing continues to make up the largest portion of the factoring and reverse factoring business – almost double the volume of the following industry. In terms of medium- and long-term financing, new lending items continued to perform positively compared to the previous year, with significant increases in both loans and mortgages for business purposes, including the public sector. Consolidated Directors’ Report 117 Businesses
Page 120
In relation to financing for purposes aligned with the Bank’s Sustainable Financing Framework, during 2025 the Institution had mobilised more than 4.6 billion euros for projects related to renewable energies, energy efficiency, sustainable transportation, and water & waste management in the corporates and SMEs segment. As part of its commitment to support businesses in their transition towards decarbonisation, Banco Sabadell also offers financing linked to the company’s sustainability goals, which encourages the inclusion of sustainability goals in their business strategy. In 2025, more than 3 billion euros in corporate financing of this kind was mobilised. Banco Sabadell works tirelessly so that its customers can make the most of the opportunities offered by sustainable financing and, in particular, the European funds. Consequently, these options are explained to companies through sessions at the Sabadell Companies Hub, with customers and specialists in attendance. International In 2025, the International Business division’s activities focused on three key areas. Firstly, capturing working capital transactions in the international segment, both in terms of the products most typically required by companies, import/export financing and international bill discounting, and in terms of the consolidation of working capital facilities and international guarantees covered by CESCE, which are more complex but offer more added value for businesses. This has allowed us to meet the most stringent needs of customers and to play an active part in the international payments and collections that are linked to the financing. Secondly, enhancing the customer experience of corporate digital services through the redesign mainly of international transfers made via BSOnline. This upgrade has enabled us to add new services such as the traceability of international transactions through GPI Tracking, which gives customers real-time visibility of the status of their transfers. In addition, the option for companies to finance international transfers has been automated and made simpler through BSOnline. This has clearly improved the customer experience. Thirdly, acknowledging the importance of specialisation and the constant geopolitical changes, the Bank honed in on training. For one thing, with the eighth edition of the Sabadell International Business Program, which continues to be an absolute success every year, providing technical and business training to companies to prepare an internationalisation plan. For another, training for international business managers continues to be important, ensuring high levels of expertise to support companies in their internationalisation processes. In terms of international business in documentary transactions, the Bank continues to have a very large market share in both export letters of credit and import letters of credit, demonstrating the high level of quality offered by the Institution in more complex transactions. In terms of markets, it should be noted that the Bank once again is well positioned in preferred markets for Spanish companies, such as Algeria, which after a temporary closure has now reopened for some sectors. The Bank reacted quickly to capture value operations in this market. Finally, in terms of visibility, reporting and training for companies, the Bank has carried on with the dynamic of the “International Business Wednesdays” sessions held at the Companies Hub, with discussion of matters including logistics, foreign markets and foreign trade products. All told, 13 activities were held with a high level of interest. Consolidated Directors’ Report 118 Businesses
Page 121
Payment Services In 2025, Banco Sabadell has reinforced its commitment to innovation in payment services, expanding its range of solutions for shops and stores with new smart devices. The range of Smart PoS devices has been enhanced with three different models: Smart PoS, Smart Mini PoS and Smart Dual-Screen PoS terminals. These devices not only process payments, but also integrate advanced features such as split payments, delivery of receipts through digital channels, passport scanning for duty- free purchases and inventory management. In addition, new features have been introduced, including transaction views by time slot, automatic emails with the day’s totals, faster return processing and payments via QR codes. One of the main new features has been the full deployment of the Instant Credit solution in the Smart PoS terminals. This tool, which was developed by Sabadell Consumer Finance, enables merchants to offer finance to any customer, regardless of whether they are a customer of the Bank or not. The entire application process is completely digital. This solution had a strong reception in sectors such as healthcare, training, home, opticians, orthopaedic shops and driving schools. During 2025, Banco Sabadell’s strategy has focused on improving profits and ensuring the long-term sustainability of the business. This focus on economic efficiency has aligned costs with actual service use and strengthened the overall profitability of the payment services business, in an environment of sustained and moderate growth of the transaction volume. The volume managed has increased slightly compared to the previous year, driven by the new range of devices and momentum in domestic consumption. Corporate Credit Cards The corporate credit cards business performed well, with year-on-year increases in turnover and profit margins. During 2025, in line with the commitment vis-à-vis customers to offer solutions that are more tailored to their needs, improvements were made in risk granting for credit cards, and digital functionalities were implemented for arranging and changing delivery addresses for company credit cards. In this regard: — The approval of credit cards for self-employed persons has been enhanced by anticipating the calculation of the credit limit for new customers. This led to an increase in the potential customer base and furnished relationship managers with a customer engagement and servicing tool. — Several new functionalities have been developed, most notably the fully online business credit card application service for the self- employed. Company Insurance In 2025, Banco Sabadell has strengthened its leadership position in the protection against insurable risks for companies, small businesses and self-employed persons, offering a comprehensive, competitive and high- quality value proposition. Noteworthy aspects during the year include: — Collective health cover: new dental insurance aimed at employees and executives of business customers, in the form of both fringe benefits and flexible benefits. — Sector specialisation: development of solutions adapted to the specific needs of each business or industry. Consolidated Directors’ Report 119 Businesses
Page 122
— Specialised team: building and strengthening of the team of managers specialised in company insurance throughout the nation, providing support to the branches within their area in the commercial management with value offers and processing of customer policies. — Asset protection: core products (multi-risk, civil liability and specialised solutions) remain the cornerstone for safeguarding assets and managing third-party liabilities. With these initiatives, Banco Sabadell takes another step toward its objective of offering insurance solutions that provide value, certainty and confidence for the benefit of its customers. Retirement Planning Through the Retirement Planning unit, Banco Sabadell Group offers solutions and responses to customers to help them better implement and manage their retirement plans. In 2025, the demand for these plans among small and medium-sized enterprises, in particular collective retirement insurance and joint pension plans, continued to grow. Life cycle-based investment policies, designed to complement its profiled investment funds, represent an innovative and distinctive solution in the market that deserves special mention. In addition, pension plans exclusively aimed at self-employed workers are marketed through agreements with professional associations, taking advantage of the higher contribution limits for these groups. It is also worth calling attention to the Sabadell Flex Empresa product, which consists of a fully digital platform for flexible benefit plans that allows companies to optimise their remuneration model and employees to increase their net disposable income through tax planning. Leasing and Rental of Capital Goods In terms of leases, during 2025 there was a slight increase in investment demand for both movable and immovable property. This growth contrasts with the sharp decline in transactions of big-ticket items, which tend to show high year-on-year variability. There was a slight decline in the Bank’s market share, partly due to customers shifting towards other financial products. To boost product reach, initiatives are being developed to strengthen the foothold in growing sectors and revamp the product offering, so as to improve agility and adaptability. As regards rentals of capital goods, the market experienced remarkable growth, primarily driven by the momentum in the automotive sector, although industrial equipment also performed well. From the Bank’s standpoint, there was a healthy increase in market share, driven both by increased demand for business finance and by customers moving away from traditional products to more innovative financing solutions that offer additional advantages. It is worth noting that sustainable financing, across both leasing and rental segments, continues to gain momentum and accounts for a growing share of total lending arranged. Vehicle Leasing The vehicle leasing market is still in its growth phase, with companies and individuals driving sustained demand. This momentum is creating new opportunities in the sector, especially in segments that value flexibility and operational efficiency. The Bank is successfully capturing part of this market buoyancy thanks to the work done in product development, which is already being reflected in an increase in new leases. Consolidated Directors’ Report 120 Businesses
Page 123
This has been possible thanks to a process of continuous improvement focused on service quality, with the aim of always offering a competitive value proposition, tailored to each segment, under good terms and conditions and with the flexibility that customers need. Official Agreements and Guarantees The Official Agreements and Guarantees division continues to manage agreements with various public bodies with which the Bank maintains a relationship. The Bank has signed new partnership agreements that enable it to meet the financing needs of its customers. In May 2025, the Bank joined the ICO Tariffs line, an initiative aimed at providing finance under advantageous terms to cover costs stemming from the tariff measures. This product offers customers a significant financial improvement by reducing the cost of funding associated with their import operations, thus strengthening their international competitiveness and their operational liquidity. The Bank’s agreements with Mutual Guarantee Societies (MGSs) were also revised. As part of this review, agreements with CREA SGR, Avalis de Catalunya, Avalmadrid, Aval Castilla-La Mancha, Afin and Elkargi, among others, were renewed. In 2025, a large number of applications for the various EIB facilities made available to customers was submitted. In September 2025, two new special agreements were signed with the EIB to allocate 500 million euros of new finance to SMEs and 270 million euros to ecological projects in Spain. One of the main goals for 2025 was to boost finance through the ICO MRR lines, which offer customers products with the best terms and conditions to fund their projects. Consolidated Directors’ Report 121 Businesses
Page 124
4.1.4. Corporate & Investment Banking 4.1.4.1. Business overview Corporate & Investment Banking is the business unit that offers financial solutions and advisory services to large corporates and financial institutions, both in Spain and internationally, with a presence in 11 countries. It is one of the Bank’s three core units, alongside Retail Banking and Business Banking. It is a division structured around the different needs of customers and the capabilities of each of these three distinct banking business lines to best meet those needs. It structures its activity around two pillars, the first of which is the customer. It aims to serve its customers to meet the full range of their financial needs. This pillar is determined by the nature of those customers and includes large corporations classed under the Corporate Banking umbrella, financial institutions, Private Banking clients in the United States. The second pillar is specialised businesses, which group together the venture capital business run through BSCapital, and the activities of Structured Finance, Treasury, Investment Banking, and Trading, Custody and Research. Its goal is to advise, design and execute custom operations that anticipate the specific financial needs of its customers, be they companies or individuals, with its scope of activity ranging from large corporations to smaller companies and customers, insofar as its solutions are the best way to meet their increasingly complex financial needs. Consolidated Directors’ Report 122 Businesses
Page 125
4.1.4.2. Management milestones in 2025 and priorities for 2026 Corporate & Investment Banking remains focused on prioritising the creation of value for its customers, thus contributing to their growth and future earnings. To do this, it has continued to innovate and promote its specialist capabilities, fundamentally in the areas of Investment Banking and Structured Finance, which are able to continue meeting 100% of their customers’ financial needs. In the same way, the international coverage of the teams is constantly being improved and expanded, always serving the markets in which their customers invest or where they have business interests. The key areas through which to create value for customers are the following: — Knowledge: the Corporate Banking teams, located in the different countries in which the Bank operates, have not only specialisation in the large corporations segment but also knowledge and penetration differentiated by activity sectors in order to better understand and serve customers according to their own and their sector’s singular characteristics. — Coordination: unique and specialised solutions are required to meet the needs of large corporations, and these can be provided as a result of the participation and collaboration of several areas within the Bank (specialist teams and even teams operating in different geographies). Coordination between all these teams is crucial for providing and bringing value to customers. — Specialisation: there are units that develop custom products for large corporations and financial institutions (corporate finance, project finance, project bonds, syndication, commercial paper programmes, debt issuance, M&A, asset finance, derivatives, risk hedging, etc.). The units responsible for developing this entire range of products do so for the entire Banco Sabadell Group, extending their capabilities to the Corporate and Institutional Banking segment. — Innovation: transitioning from idea to action is vital to grow in such a dynamic and demanding market as that of specialised lending and large corporations. The necessary spaces and mechanisms are created to allow teams to dedicate part of their time to innovation, understood in its broadest sense: innovation in products, in operations and also in the way of collaborating and interacting with others. — Sustainability: customers are offered support and advice to move towards a more sustainable economy, generating solutions through specialised products and services. As regards the measurement of the key figures regarding the performance of Corporate & Investment Banking, the focus is placed on monitoring the income statement (monitoring net profit in general and the main revenue items in particular), return on capital (ROTE and RAROC metrics), strict risk tracking and monitoring, as well as proactive action when faced with early signs of potential impairment. Lastly, the priorities for 2026 are set out in detail in the following sections of this report. Consolidated Directors’ Report 123 Businesses
Page 126
4.1.4.3. Customer pillar Corporate Banking Europe Corporate Banking Europe is the customer unit, within Corporate & Investment Banking, responsible for managing the business segment that caters to large corporations which, given their size, uniqueness and complexity, require a tailored service, complementing the range of the more traditional financial products and transaction banking products with services provided by specialised units, thereby offering an end-to-end solution to their needs. The business model is based on a close and strategic relationship with customers, providing them with end-to-end solutions adapted to their needs and requirements, taking into account the specific aspects of their economic activity sector and the markets in which they operate. This unit covers various branches, notably including the London, Paris, Casablanca and Lisbon foreign branches, which support and cater for the international activity of domestic customers and where the international Corporate Banking business is carried out. 2025 was a year marked by active support to customers focused on finding the best solutions, adapting them to their needs, in an environment of lower interest rates. As a result of this active support, volumes of lending in Corporate Banking Spain have increased by 10.36% compared to the previous year. Similarly, at the international level, at year-end lending had increased by 10.29% in comparison with the previous year. 2026 presents a series of opportunities in an environment of low interest rates, in which the Spanish economy is well positioned in a complex and uncertain global context. Corporate Banking is responding to this backdrop by supporting its customers with a range of products that covers 100% of their financing needs, in both the short and long term, to cope with the current macroeconomic situation. The contribution of value to customers in the large corporations segment and the improved profitability for shareholders are the two fundamental management pillars of this unit, which next year will continue to focus on optimising capital consumption, with the aim of increasing the return on capital employed. Corporate Banking and Private Banking USA 2025 marked Banco Sabadell’s thirty-second year operating in the United States through its branch in Miami and through Sabadell Securities USA, which was set up in 2008 and has been operational ever since. These units manage the financial business activities of Corporate Banking and international Private Banking in the United States and Latin America. The Banco Sabadell Miami Branch is the largest international branch in Florida. It is one of the few financial institutions in the area with the experience and capability to provide all types of banking and financial services, from the most complex and specialised services for large corporations to international Private Banking products, including the products and services required by professionals and businesses of all sizes. As a way of complementing its structure in Miami, through this branch the Bank manages representative offices in New York and in the Dominican Republic. Sabadell Securities USA, for its part, is a stockbroker and investment advisor in the securities market that complements and strengthens the business strategy aimed at Private Banking clients residing in the United States, meeting their needs by providing advice on investments in capital markets. Consolidated Directors’ Report 124 Businesses
Page 127
President Trump’s second term in office began in early 2025, and the measures taken in many areas added more uncertainty to the American macroeconomic environment. The Federal Reserve remained focused on inflation and employment. An improvement in inflation and a weakening job market made it possible to cut the official interest rate in the last quarter of the year. Despite assets already starting to reflect the interest rate cuts at the end of 2024, the branch was able to manage and improve its net interest margin throughout the year through strict discipline in deposit price control and by actively managing the banking book. Following on from previous years, the high level of interest paid in the banking market and the competitive rates of US treasury bills triggered a migration of balances from non-interest-bearing deposits to money market accounts, term deposits and to investments in securities that offered higher yields. This process led to a high cost of deposits, which was insufficient to fully offset the fall in interest rates. In the international Private Banking business, strong performance in the main US stock market indices, robust sales of structured products, proactive advisory services and effective transaction fee management more than offset the downward trend in average fees, driven by the change in composition of customers’ investment portfolios, which focused more on funds with greater exposure to US Treasury bonds and money market instruments. With regard to the key financial figures of the business in the USA, in an environment of uncertainty over the projected performance of the US economy, turnover increased at rates above 10% in US dollars. The Private Banking business was a mixed bag, with deposits remaining stable and portfolios of investments in securities recording double-digit growth. The Corporate Banking business continued to be impacted by the rise in loan prepayments, despite the fact that the average official interest rate for the year was slightly lower than in the previous year. Notwithstanding, this business unit has increased lending to double digits, growing in the target segments with adequate profit levels, which has also contributed to generating fees and commissions comparable to the previous year. In any event, net interest income in the year grew compared to the previous year, on the back of the increase in turnover and good liabilities management. Net fees and commissions also increased compared with the previous year, driven by the business’s solid performance. All of this benefited the gross income which, combined with a contained reduction of administrative, depreciation and amortisation expenses, had a positive impact on net profit, which grew around 7% in US dollars compared to the previous year. The process of operational improvements continued during 2025, with completion of the stages of the project to update the IT platform in order to improve the features available to customers and to the business and support units. Consolidated Directors’ Report 125 Businesses
Page 128
4.1.4.4. Specialised businesses Structured Finance The Structured Finance division encompasses the Structured Finance and Global Financial Institutions units. This division operates globally and has teams in Spain, the United States, the United Kingdom, Mexico and France. Structured Finance’s activity focuses on the study, design and origination of corporate finance products and transactions, leveraged buyouts (LBOs), project & asset finance, global trade finance and commercial real estate, with the capacity to underwrite and syndicate transactions at the national and international levels, as well as being active in the primary and secondary syndicated loan markets. The Global Financial Institutions unit manages the commercial and operational relationship with the international banks with which Banco Sabadell has collaboration and correspondent agreements (some 3,000 correspondent banks around the world), thus guaranteeing maximum coverage for Banco Sabadell Group customers in their international transactions. This allows it to ensure that it provides customers with optimal support in their internationalisation processes, in coordination with the Group’s international network of branches, subsidiaries and investees. In 2025, thanks to its policy of supporting customers and adapting to their needs so as to seek the best way to meet their credit requirements within the possibilities offered by the credit markets in the specific macroeconomic environment, Banco Sabadell has improved its leadership position in Spain, as well as in Mexico and the United States. In 2025, a new structure was created to concentrate the business in EMEA, particularly in operations in the United Kingdom, France and Portugal, with the aim of increasing activity in these geographies and taking a more active role in European one-off transactions. The Bank’s top priority continues to be supporting customers by designing long-term financing structures for new projects, acquisitions and internationalisation, among other things, as well as syndicated transactions that ensure stable and complete debt that can be restructured, where appropriate, assessing the positive potential of possible solutions combined with Investment Banking, Treasury or BSCapital products, to which end the development of a better commercial system, carried out jointly with Business Banking and Corporate Banking, is essential. BSCapital BSCapital carries out the Group’s venture capital and private equity activities. Its activity involves acquiring temporary stakes in companies and venture capital funds, with the aim of maximising the return on its investments. In addition, it offers support to companies through alternative financing (senior debt fund, venture debt and mezzanine loans). BSCapital actively managed its portfolio, engaging in its traditional capital and debt-related activities, with the materialisation of investment and disinvestment operations and portfolio revaluations. It has continued to follow a strategic approach to its investments in private equity funds, the divestment of some of the most significant Aurica III fund investees being particularly noteworthy. The Aurica IV fund, of which Banco Sabadell is anchor investor, continues to make new investments. In the area of venture capital, the launch of Necta, a venture capital fund of funds, stands out, with Banco Sabadell as co-manager and anchor investor. The project was developed in close collaboration with Consolidated Directors’ Report 126 Businesses
Page 129
Private Banking, enabling the delivery of a distinctive product that has been very well received by clients. BSCapital continues to carry out transactions guaranteed under the InvestEU programme for renewable loans, venture debt and mezzanine facilities granted by the European Investment Fund (EIF). In renewables, it continues to seek investment opportunities suited to the current action framework, focusing on Spain and Latin America, and it is analysing potential asset sales. It is also working on the definition of a new action framework for the next five years. The debt fund Crisae continues to originate and execute transactions to offer funding to companies in the Spanish midmarket. Crisae is owned by Banco Sabadell Group and institutional investors. Throughout 2026, BSCapital will continue to invest in capital and debt, with the support of international bodies such as the EIF, and it will continue to focus on optimising capital consumption. It will also keep managing the current portfolio to generate long-term value. Funding opportunities will continue to be sought, in accordance with the frameworks of investment in mezzanine debt and renewable energies, with the expansion of the latter. Focus will be placed on venture debt activity and the rotation of the venture capital portfolio through divestments that produce capital gains. Crisae will continue to originate and execute transactions aimed at increasing the size of the debt fund, in addition to managing the current portfolio. Treasury & Markets Treasury & Markets is responsible, on one hand, for structuring and selling treasury products to the Group’s customers, through the Group’s units assigned for this purpose, both from commercial networks and through specialists and, on the other hand, for managing the Bank’s short-term liquidity, as well as managing its regulatory ratios and ensuring they are compliant. It also manages the risk associated with the trading of interest-rate, forex and fixed-income products, which mainly arises due to flows of transactions originated by the activities of the structuring and distribution units with both internal and external customers, and by activities related to short-term liquidity management. In 2025, the Treasury & Markets division continued to work on the digitalisation and optimisation of its transactions with customers, seeking to expand its range of services and improving customer experience. Furthermore, the division continued to expand the range of products and solutions it has on offer, adapting it to new customer needs arising from a changing market. The focus was also placed on optimising costs and capital consumption associated with the unit’s activities. Looking ahead to 2026, the goal for the distribution business is to provide customers with a sufficiently broad range of product solutions to enable them to manage their risks as efficiently as possible. With regard to commercial segments, the focus will be placed on increasing capacity in order to provide services to large enterprises and corporates. In trading activity, the aim is to continue to build up the capacity to manage risk in the Bank’s own books, reducing hedging transactions with other institutions, and to continue to improve collateral management in order to obtain the highest possible returns. Investment Banking Investment Banking forms part of the Corporate & Investment Banking division, which offers the Bank’s customers value-added products and services that do not involve the Bank’s balance sheet. The activity of this division can be broken down into three different teams: Consolidated Directors’ Report 127 Businesses
Page 130
The Corporate Finance division, which combines the following activities: (i) Mergers & Acquisitions (M&As), (ii) Equity Capital Markets (ECM), and (iii) Alternative Financing. The M&A activity consists of offering advice on company acquisitions and sales, corporate mergers and the incorporation of new shareholders. In an environment in which buyers and sellers have delayed or ruled out transactions in light of economic and geopolitical uncertainties, the Bank has successfully advised on significant transactions in the Spanish education sector. The activities of the Equity Capital Markets division include, among others, activities related to corporate capital transactions and IPOs. In 2025, the number of transactions in the Spanish market continued to follow a downward trend, exacerbated by the unfavourable stock market performance of securities placed over the previous year, which dampened investor appetite. The Sabadell team, however, was able to participate in the successful capital increase of a technology company and issued the first convertible bond for a customer in France. Lastly, the Alternative Financing division coordinates the channelling of liquidity of institutional investors wishing to take on risk in situations where banking institutions typically do not. Investment Banking continues to focus on offering tailor-made financing solutions, in any format, in various sectors, from real estate to infrastructure, focusing particularly on renewable energy projects and corporate finance in the domestic mid- corporates segment. All the above activities were merged into one single division, Corporate Finance, to offer Banco Sabadell customers all of the value- added solutions available according to their corporate needs, in terms of both capital and debt. The second division, Debt Capital Markets (DCM), encompasses activities involving the origination and structuring of public instruments in trading markets. In terms of the Bank’s participation in transactions involving corporates, those involving public sector and financial issuers, in both long- and short-term financing operations, with a particular focus on sustainability-labelled issues, are considered particularly noteworthy. One of the markets in which the Bank is most active is that of commercial paper programmes, participating in the programmes of 50 different issuers. In 2025, this market was shaped by an environment in which financial institutions sought to offset interest rate cuts with more lending, which resulted in fierce competition for customers’ issuances in public capital markets. Despite this, the Debt Capital Markets unit had record activity, as it participated in the largest number of customer issuances in recent years. Also worthy of note is the Bank’s participation in issuances of the autonomous communities, which once again involved significant volumes, and lastly, its participation in 67 issuances by financial institutions. Furthermore, noteworthy activity in Spain’s alternative fixed-income market (MARF) included an upturn after the summer, during which the Institution led bond and commercial paper programmes. Lastly, the third division, Syndicate & Sales, encompasses the distribution of private debt originated by the Structured Finance teams among banking and institutional investors, both domestic and international. The division faced a year of stiff competition in this area of activity, as the appetite for funding bilateral transactions with corporates increased; in view of this, the division pivoted towards increasing its share of secondary market purchasing activity, thereby also increasing the credit exposure of the Bank’s balance sheet. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank underwrote transactions for 2 billion euros. It also completed its first underwriting of a renewable energy project finance transaction in the United States and achieved a record number of loan underwritings in Mexico, primarily in the hotel sector. Consolidated Directors’ Report 128 Businesses
Page 131
On a separate note, it has continued to seek alternative third-party financing for certain corporate customers’ investment projects, increasing the number of providers approached for this type of financing and reaching new agreements with funds to expand the range of situations in which this type of loan might be obtained (renewables, machinery, real estate, among others). Overall, Investment Banking continues to develop and expand its capacity to offer a broader range of value-added solutions, helping the Bank to position itself as the leading financial institution for companies seeking funding in all situations. Trading, Custody & Research Trading, Custody & Research is the unit responsible for the Group’s equity, as product manager. Its main services notably include the execution of transactions in organised markets, in both domestic markets, in which it acts as member, and international markets, in which it is an intermediary. It has a research department whose aim is to offer guidance and recommendations for investors to make informed decisions. Customers can access this service through a variety of means, including podcasts, webinars, videos, daily reports, sectoral reports, company factsheets, etc. In 2025, a number of initiatives and projects were implemented focused on improving the experience offered to customers, supplementing the range of brokerage products, and attracting new customers. Commercial activity with Private Banking clients who frequently trade in securities has continued, in order to boost the exclusive direct access service through the trading desk, for both execution services and recommendations. In 2025, Banco Sabadell maintained a brokerage share on the Spanish Stock Exchange (BME) similar to 2024, standing at 8.5% compared to 8.3% the previous year. A very high percentage of transactions carried out through self- service channels was observed, with over 90% of orders channelled directly by customers using tools provided by Banco Sabadell, the mobile app being the preferred channel for these transactions. The main objective for 2026 will be to maintain and increase brokerage volumes in equity markets, taking full advantage of the new Sabadell Broker platform that will provide greater research information, as well as better and more sophisticated brokering capabilities and services. In terms of income, 2025 built on the positive trend of the previous year, with fees and commissions recording double-digit growth. The outlook for 2026 is optimistic, although the potential for volatile market conditions cannot be ruled out, which could impact volumes and income. Consolidated Directors’ Report 129 Businesses
Page 132
Consolidated Directors’ Report 130 Businesses
Page 133
4.2 Banking Business United Kingdom 4.2.1. Business overview TSB (TSB Banking Group plc) offers a range of retail banking products and services to its customers in the United Kingdom. The entity has a multi-channel distribution model, including fully digital capabilities (internet, mobile and video) and telephony channels, in addition to a network of branches throughout Great Britain. This multi-channel offer creates an opportunity for TSB to serve customers better. Customers want a bank that gives them access to both skilled people and simple digital tools to meet their banking needs and this, in turn, improves confidence in managing their money. TSB continues to invest in digital products and services that meet current and future customer needs. To that end, the entity combines the best that digital banking has to offer with a high-street presence. This enables TSB to serve its customers in a personal way when it matters most. As described above, in relation to this investee, following receipt of a binding offer from Banco Santander to acquire TSB, the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell, at its meeting of 1 July 2025, agreed to submit the offer for approval at an Extraordinary General Meeting, at which, on 6 August 2025, shareholders approved the sale of all shares representing the share capital of TSB to Banco Santander. The closing of the transaction, which is expected to take place during the second quarter of 2026, is subject to obtaining regulatory authorisations from the competent authorities. 4.2.2. Management priorities in 2025 During 2025, TSB became a more competitive, confident and collaborative bank, guided by its purpose – Money Confidence. For everyone. Every day. The entity has become more attuned to its customers’ needs, offering improved products and services that give more people a reason to bank with TSB, and rewarding their loyalty when they do so. As a result of these strong actions, TSB has established a continued trend of record financial performance, reflecting continued cost management discipline and improved income while remaining focused on delivering for customers. 4.2.2.1. Executing the strategy TSB’s record performance was achieved through a relentless focus on delivering “Money Confidence. For everyone. Every day”. During the year, TSB has invested in improving its capability, upgrading its technology infrastructure, further improving its agile capability within teams, enhancing its approach to risk management, and progressing actions as a responsible business supporting customers, colleagues and communities. In 2025, TSB: — Reported a 9.5% increase in mortgage completions and won What Mortgage Award’s Best Direct Lender for the fifth year running, and Best Fixed-Rate Lender for the sixth year running. Consolidated Directors’ Report 131 Businesses
Page 134
— Improved the credit card application journey by introducing a new eligibility checker for customers, with lending increasing by 6%. — Provided more rewards for customers than ever before, with over 4.4 million pounds sterling paid in cashback. — Made over 1,300 improvements across its digital channels, including making it easier for customers to organise their accounts, manage transactions, and apply for new products. — Enhanced its fraud detection capability – preventing an additional 37% of fraudulent payments from taking place. — Helped more than 5,000 people through its Money Confident Communities Programme – with 23% of employees volunteering their skills. — Became an even more diverse business – including 43% of senior roles being held by women (against a 2025 target of 40%). — Supported more than 400 customers and employees to escape from an abusive situation through its industry-leading Emergency Flee Fund and its partnership with the Hollie Guard personal safety app. In an extraordinary year for TSB, it has continued to step up and deliver on its purpose, remaining highly relevant and attractive to customers, and its strength is underpinned by its robust capital and liquidity position. 4.2.3. Key figures TSB’s contribution to net profit came to 318 million euros as at 2025 year- end, representing strong year-on-year growth on the back of improved net interest income, lower costs, and a positive impact of 35 million euros related to a netting arrangement negotiated with Lloyds Banking Group plc. Net interest income came to a total of 1,232 million euros, growing by 5.9% year-on-year, as a result of a higher credit yield and underpinned by the contribution of the structural balance sheet hedge. Net fees and commissions amounted to 90 million euros as at the end of 2025, representing a year-on-year reduction of 16.0% due to a decline in card fees. Other operating income and expenses improved by 47.3% year-on- year due to the recognition of the aforementioned 35 million euros. Total costs amounted to 849 million euros, falling by 4.3% compared to the previous year due to an improvement across all items, particularly general expenses. Recurrent costs also decreased, by 2.0%. Provisions and impairments came to 55 million euros, thereby increasing by 18 million euros year-on-year, as 2024 included a positive impact as a result of updated macroeconomic scenarios. Consolidated Directors’ Report 132 Businesses
Page 135
Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Net interest income 1,232 1,163 5.9 Net fees and commissions 90 107 (16.0) Core revenue 1,322 1,270 4.1 Profit or loss on financial operations and exchange differences 24 39 (37.7) Equity-accounted income and dividends — — — Other operating income and expenses (12) (23) (47.3) Gross income 1,334 1,286 3.7 Operating, depreciation and amortisation expenses (849) (887) (4.3) Pre-provisions income 485 399 21.6 Provisions and impairments (55) (37) 46.9 Capital gains on asset sales and other revenue 1 (8) — Profit or loss before tax 431 353 22.0 Corporation tax (112) (100) 11.7 Profit or loss attributed to minority interests 1 — — Profit attributed to the Group 318 253 25.7 ROTE (net return on tangible equity) 15.3 % 12.0 % Cost-to-income (administrative expenses / gross income) 63.7 % 59.5 % NPL ratio 1.5 % 1.5 % Stage 3 coverage ratio, with total provisions 32.1 % 34.3 % (*) The exchange rates applied to the income statement are EUR/GBP 0.8566 (average) and EUR/GBP 0.8463 (average) in 2025 and 2024, respectively. Gross performing loans were down by 5.3% year-on-year, impacted by the depreciation of the pound sterling. At constant exchange rates, this reduction was 0.3%. On-balance sheet customer funds fell by 4.5% compared to 2024, while at constant exchange rates they increased by 0.5%, with the growth in term deposits being particularly noteworthy. Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Assets 51,884 55,604 (6.7) Gross performing loans to customers 41,093 43,380 (5.3) Liabilities and equity 51,884 55,604 (6.7) On-balance sheet customer funds 40,229 42,123 (4.5) Wholesale funding in capital markets 5,884 5,859 0.4 Allocated own funds 2,488 2,543 (2.2) Off-balance sheet customer funds — — — Other indicators Employees 4,619 4,729 (2.3) Branches and offices 175 186 (5.9) (*) The EUR/GBP exchange rate applied to the balance sheet is 0.8726 as at 31 December 2025 and 0.8292 as at 31 December 2024. Consolidated Directors’ Report 133 Businesses
Page 136
Consolidated Directors’ Report 134 Businesses
Page 137
4.3 Banking Business Mexico 4.3.1. Business overview The business was established in Mexico through an organic project with the creation of two financial vehicles: first, a SOFOM (multi-purpose financial company), which commenced operations in 2014, and subsequently a bank. The banking licence was obtained in 2015 and the Bank began operating in Mexico at the beginning of 2016. On 1 January 2025, through a unanimous resolution of the shareholders, the merger of the two entities was approved, with the SOFOM being dissolved by merger with effect from 1 January 2025. This transaction was approved by the National Banking and Securities Commission (CNBV), the regulator in Mexico, on 17 December 2024. The main objective of the merger was to streamline administrative and corporate governance processes, optimise technology investment, reduce operational risk, minimise duplication, and strengthen capital and liquidity indicators. Banco Sabadell operates under a customer-centric model, with agile processes, digital channels and with no branches. Business capabilities have been rolled out across ten entities in Mexico. The business in this country encompasses the following business lines: — Corporate Banking, aimed at corporates and large enterprises, with specialisation in different sectors. — Business Banking, which mimics the Group’s original business banking relationship model. — Retail Banking, with an entirely digital product for customer acquisition, which pays interest with no minimum balance, has zero fees, and offers 24/7 availability of funds. Consolidated Directors’ Report 135 Businesses
Page 138
4.3.2. Management priorities in 2025 The Mexican subsidiary delivered positive performance over the year, driven primarily by close monitoring of the impaired portfolio, which had a favourable impact on the estimation of provisions for loan losses. It also achieved savings in administrative expenses. During 2025, the Mexican subsidiary continued to focus on growth, financial self-sufficiency and profitability. It is worth noting the following initiatives implemented during the year: — In Corporate Banking, the Fiduciary division was strengthened, and activity in derivative financial instruments was also expanded by introducing new products, such as options or currency forward transactions, leading to a more comprehensive service offering for structured finance transactions and reinforcing customer relationships. — In Business Banking, the improvement in transactional capabilities was consolidated, maintaining a high-quality service, which has set it apart since the segment was first launched. — During 2025, the Bank continued to work on the Retail Banking project to attract new customers, offering attractive interest rates and the ability to access funds at any time. In 2025, in order to enhance value creation, the entity undertook financial planning aligned with the Group to better define Banco Sabadell’s strategic courses of action in Mexico. The main pillars were to (a) increase income generation without consuming capital by boosting fee and commission income with greater loan book placement while promoting products such as derivatives, currency trading and fiduciary services, and (b) develop new treasury strategies to obtain a better return on investments and repo transactions. On 17 June 2025, HR Ratings ratified the credit rating of Banco Sabadell Mexico of HR AAA long term and HR+1 short term with a stable outlook, based on the operational and financial support that it receives from the parent company in Spain, its sound solvency position, and the improved cost-to-income ratio due to lower administrative expenses. It also underscores the entity’s performance on environmental, social and corporate governance factors. On 1 September 2025, Standard & Poor's upgraded the long-term rating to mxAA+ with the short-term rating remaining at mxA-1+, both with a stable outlook. The credit rating is based on the entity’s strategy of focusing on profitability, which is expected to lead to a growing trend in operating income and stable capitalisation levels derived from the gradual improvement in profitability indicators and a conservative dividend policy. 4.3.3. Key figures The contribution to the Group’s net profit as at 2025 year-end amounted to 64 million euros, representing a year-on-year increase of 13% (22.9% at a constant exchange rate), due to reduced costs and lower provisions. Net interest income stood at 193 million euros, falling by 6% year-on- year, affected by the depreciation of the Mexican peso. At constant exchange rates, this item increased by 2.9%, mainly driven by the lower cost of liabilities. Net fees and commissions amounted to 27 million euros as at the end of 2025, showing strong growth due to increased business activity. Total costs stood at 97 million euros, representing a year-on-year decrease of 15.2% at a constant exchange rate, mainly driven by lower general expenses, particularly advertising costs. Consolidated Directors’ Report 136 Businesses
Page 139
Provisions and impairments amounted to -18 million euros as at the end of 2025, reflecting a decline over the year driven by lower provisions for single-name borrowers. Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Net interest income 193 206 (6.1) Net fees and commissions 27 18 46.2 Core revenue 220 224 (1.8) Profit or loss on financial operations and exchange differences 2 13 (80.9) Equity-accounted income and dividends — — — Other operating income and expenses (27) (21) 27.9 Gross income 195 216 (9.4) Operating, depreciation and amortisation expenses (97) (126) (22.6) Pre-provisions income 98 90 9.1 Provisions and impairments (18) (24) (23.1) Capital gains on asset sales and other revenue (4) (4) (2.0) Profit or loss before tax 76 62 22.0 Corporation tax (12) (6) 110.4 Profit or loss attributed to minority interests — — — Profit attributed to the Group 64 57 12.8 ROTE (net return on tangible equity) 10.0 % 9.7 % Cost-to-income (administrative expenses / gross income) 49.8 % 51.2 % NPL ratio 2.7 % 2.8 % Stage 3 coverage ratio, with total provisions 59.8 % 59.5 % (*) The exchange rates applied to the income statement are EUR/MXN 21.6668 (average) and EUR/MXN 19.7732 (average) in 2025 and 2024, respectively. Gross performing loans rose by 16.6% year-on-year, impacted by the depreciation of the US dollar, the increase at constant exchange rates standing at 23.5%. On-balance sheet customer funds rose by 7.5% year-on-year, mainly due to an increase in demand deposits. Million euro 2025 2024 Year-on-year change (%) Assets 7,208 6,646 8.4 Gross performing loans to customers 4,946 4,242 16.6 Liabilities and equity 7,208 6,646 8.5 On-balance sheet customer funds 3,439 3,199 7.5 Allocated own funds 768 686 12.0 Off-balance sheet customer funds — — — Other indicators Employees 500 515 (2.9) Branches and offices 12 12 — (*) The EUR/MXN exchange rate applied to the balance sheet is 21.118 as at 31 December 2025 and 21.5504 as at 31 December 2024. Consolidated Directors’ Report 137 Businesses
Page 140
139 Strategic risk management and control processes 140 Main milestones achieved in 2025 in relation to risk management and control
Page 141
Risks During 2025, Banco Sabadell Group has continued to strengthen its global risk framework by making improvements to bring it in line with best practice in the financial sector. The Group continues to have a medium-low risk profile, in accordance with the risk appetite defined by the Board of Directors. The Group’s risk strategy is fully implemented and linked to the Strategic Plan and the Group’s risk-taking capacity, articulated through the Risk Appetite Statement (RAS), under which all material risks are monitored, tracked and reported, and the necessary control and remediation systems are in place to ensure compliance therewith. 5.1 Strategic risk management and control processes Consolidated Directors’ Report 139 Risks Communication 2 Articulation of Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) 4 Control and alignment 3 Monitoring and reporting 1 Risk strategy linked to Strategic Plan and risk-taking capacity Strategic Planning ICAAP ILAAP Recovery Plan Remuneration
Page 142
5.2 Main milestones achieved in 2025 in relation to risk management and control The most salient aspects concerning the management of the first-tier risks identified in Banco Sabadell Group’s risk taxonomy and concerning the actions taken in this regard in 2025 are set out below: Strategic risk Definition: the risk of losses (or negative impacts in general) materialising as a result of making strategic decisions or of their subsequent implementation. It also includes the inability to adapt the Group’s business model to changes in the environment in which it operates. Key milestones in 2025: (1) Strategy and reputation — On 23 July 2025, the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell approved the new 2025-2027 Strategic Plan. The Plan outlines the strategic direction of the Group and provides an outlook on its key financial figures. This Plan is structured around four pillars: (i) focus on Spain as the main market, taking advantage of its favourable macroeconomic outlooks, (ii) profitable growth with above-market acceleration in volumes (lending and fees and commissions) while preserving asset quality, (iii) ability to implement mature transformation initiatives to improve efficiency and cost of risk, and (iv) attractive shareholder remuneration underpinned by high levels of recurrent organic capital generation and a policy for returning excess capital above the 13% fully-loaded CET1 ratio, supplemented by the extraordinary dividend linked to the sale of TSB. Overall, the plan centres on business growth and improved profitability, enhancing the value of the strategic initiatives implemented in recent years. — Although 2025 saw the unfolding of several macroeconomic and geopolitical events that were initially feared to negatively impact the Bank’s profit levels, these effects did not materialise. Despite heightened global uncertainty and a deteriorating geopolitical context, the economic environment has evolved more favourably than expected, supported by robust growth in Spain and the ongoing monetary normalisation in the Eurozone. Similarly, the hostile takeover bid, which ended in October, did not adversely affect commercial activity or the Institution’s operations in a sustained or significant manner. — Against this backdrop, the positive performance of the business – both in terms of lending and funds – together with growth in fees and commissions, cost discipline and a sustained improvement in the risk profile, have enabled the Group to exceed its initial forecasts. All in all, these factors have contributed positively and are allowing the Group to achieve its profitability targets. — The Group is exposed to reputational risk inherent in the sector in which it operates, characterised by significant visibility among customers and the general public, as explained in Note 4.4.1.3 to the annual financial statements. Consolidated Directors’ Report 140 Risks
Page 143
(2) Capital position — The phase-in CET1 ratio stood at 13.16% as at 2025 year-end, particularly driven by organic capital generation. Regulatory requirements in relation to capital are generally being met. — The phase-in Total Capital ratio has improved, ending 2025 at 18.23%. — As at the end of 2025, the phase-in leverage ratio stood at 5.40%, representing an increase of 21 basis points compared to 2024. Credit risk Definition: risk of incurring losses as a result of borrowers failing to fulfil their payment obligations, or of losses in value materialising due simply to the deterioration of borrowers’ credit quality. Key milestones in 2025: (1) Non-performing assets — During 2025, non-performing assets were reduced by 877 million euros. The NPL ratio for the year stood at 2.37%. (2) Concentration — From a sectoral point of view, the loan portfolio is diversified and has limited exposure to the sectors most sensitive to the current economic environment. — Similarly, in terms of individual concentration, the risk metrics relating to concentrations of large exposures show a largely stable trend and remain within the appetite level. The sectoral credit scores have also remained stable and within the appetite level. — Geographically speaking, the portfolio is positioned in the most dynamic regions, both in Spain and worldwide. International exposures account for 36% of the loan book. (3) Lending performance — Gross performing loans ended the year 2025 with a balance of 160,708 million euros, increasing by 2.4% year-on-year. — In Spain, gross performing loans increased by 4.9% year-on-year, growing across all segments, but particularly in the mortgage book. (4) TSB lending performance — In TSB, at a constant exchange rate, gross performing loans remained stable. Consolidated Directors’ Report 141 Risks
Page 144
Financial risk Definition: possibility of obtaining inadequate returns or having insufficient levels of liquidity that prevent an institution from meeting future requirements and expectations. Key milestones in 2025: (1) Sound liquidity position — Sound liquidity position where the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) stood at 186% for the Group (205% for the TSB LMU and 209% for Banco Sabadell Spain) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) stood at 139% for the Group (151% for the TSB LMU and 133% for Banco Sabadell Spain) as at 2025 year-end. — The Loan-to-Deposit (LtD) ratio as at the end of 2025 was 93.5%, with a balanced retail funding structure. — Moreover, Banco Sabadell has fulfilled the capital markets issuance plan that it had set itself for 2025, with strong investor appetite, allowing it to optimise the associated funding costs. (2) Structural interest rate risk — In 2025, the Bank’s loan book has continued to see a growing proportion of fixed-rate transactions (mainly mortgages and business loans), while in terms of liabilities, there has been an increase in demand deposit balances, with larger balances held in interest- bearing accounts and with the cost falling in line with the interest rate cuts made throughout the year (mainly in the 12-month Euribor). In addition, other balance sheet variations in 2025 include the increase in the fixed-income portfolio on the asset side, which acts as a management lever and natural hedge for the balance sheet, and the implementation of management actions to defend and optimise net interest income. Operational risk Definition: risk of incurring losses due to inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or due to external events. This definition includes but is not limited to compliance risk, model risk and Information and Communication Technology (ICT) risk, and excludes strategic risk and reputational risk. Operational risk remains a significant risk for the Group, although its impact measured in terms of operational losses can be absorbed during the normal course of the business. Key milestones in 2025: (1) Conduct risk — The current situation of high awareness and increased regulatory pressure, aimed especially at providing greater protection for consumers and vulnerable customers, requires conduct risks to be the main focus of attention. The current materiality and the expectation that this situation will likely continue requires the focus to remain fixed on these risks, tracking their evolution and adequately monitoring the planned mitigation measures. Consolidated Directors’ Report 142 Risks
Page 145
— The focus remains on complaints related to floor clauses, mortgage application and arrangement fees, interest associated with revolving credit cards, and appropriate assistance for vulnerable customers. (2) Compliance risk In accordance with Banco Sabadell’s Compliance Policy and observing the EBA’s Guidelines on Internal Governance, a Compliance Programme is drawn up, applying the principle of proportionality according to the size, complexity of activities and materiality of the risks taken, containing a detailed schedule of activities, including, among other aspects, the review of policies and procedures, risk assessment, the definition and execution of control plans and staff training in relation to compliance. This programme covers all services provided and activities carried out by Compliance and defines its priorities based on the risk assessment, in coordination with the Risk Control function. Monitoring exercises are conducted and regular reports on them are made to the Group’s governing bodies in order to identify any deviations and resolve them quickly and effectively. In 2025, efforts continued to be made to promote a culture of ethics and compliance among employees, interacting on an ongoing basis with the main supervisory authorities in connection with the Bank’s compliance activity. Main priorities for 2026: — Align the organisation and its AML/CFT control model with the EU’s AML/CFT reform package, as part of the establishment of the new European AML Authority (AMLA). — Strengthen control metrics, monitor commercial activity and enhance reporting to governing bodies to prevent conduct risk in customer interactions. — Promote a corporate plan to reinforce a Compliance Plus Culture. Consolidated Directors’ Report 143 Risks
Page 146
145 R&D and innovation 146 Acquisition and sale of treasury shares 146 Days payable outstanding 147 Material post-closing events 148 Other reports related to the consolidated Directors’ Report
Page 147
Other material disclosures 6.1 R&D and innovation In the area of technology, Banco Sabadell Group is deepening its approach of providing each geography with the functionalities that best adapt to the needs of the market in question, supported by enhanced capabilities and standards aligned with industry best practices. In 2025, the digitalisation of processes and products accelerated across all segments in Spain, with significant developments such as the expansion of the digital catalogue, the development of the new mobile app and the incorporation of AI-driven technology enablers. In parallel, the resilience of the IT platform was strengthened by the consolidation of the journey to cloud, the upgrade of critical infrastructures and improvements in cyber defence capabilities. At the international level, TSB upgraded its mainframe and core banking services, while Banco Sabadell Mexico migrated customers to the new online platform and optimised key services such as tax payments, further supplemented by the digitalisation of foreign branches and global services in Corporate Banking. In the domestic context In 2025, the Institution continued to leverage technological innovation as a strategic lever for competitiveness and improved customer experience. The development of new products for each business line was set as a priority, introducing solutions that expand the digital catalogue and enhance the value proposition. In Retail Banking, the digital product offer was revamped with new products for insurance, mortgages and payment services, including cards and Bizum. In Business Banking, processes were further digitalised for the segment comprised of self-employed workers and small businesses, improving onboarding and product arrangement systems, and marketing new card products. Private Banking developed solutions tailored to high- net-worth individuals, while Corporate Banking initiated projects for treasury products scheduled for distribution in 2026. Another important milestone was the development of the new mobile app to be launched in 2026, alongside the implementation of AI-driven technology enablers to facilitate future innovations. In parallel, the resilience of the IT platform was strengthened through actions to reduce application obsolescence, consolidate the journey to cloud and upgrade critical infrastructures such as ATMs and devices. In the area of information security, cyber defence and fraud & scam prevention capabilities have been bolstered, with the introduction of smart systems to improve productivity and service quality. These initiatives are also supported by improvements in data management and the IT infrastructure, geared towards facilitating the Institution’s digital growth. In 2025, these investments in technology at the national level (including technology investments in the foreign branches) amounted to 329 million euros, which were invested in different companies, notably including 303 million euros in Sabadell Digital, S.A.U. Consolidated Directors’ Report 145 Other material disclosures
Page 148
In the international context In TSB (the UK subsidiary), most activities in the first half of the year focused on upgrading its mainframe and core banking systems. These initiatives strengthened its technological resilience and operational continuity in a critical environment. Banco Sabadell Mexico made progress on migrating customers to the new online banking platform, improving the digital experience and ensuring regulatory compliance. Furthermore, the tax payment service was optimised, increasing the efficiency and speed of these transactions. In the area of Corporate Banking, the digitalisation of foreign branches and the enhancement of global services such as factoring and guarantee systems have been advanced, consolidating the Group’s international offering. Technology investments on an international scale during 2025 (booked in the accounts under “Other intangible assets”) amounted to 58.1 million euros at TSB Banking Group plc, and 17.3 million euros invested by the Mexican entity Institución Banca Múltiple (IBM). 6.2 Acquisition and sale of treasury shares See Note 23 to the consolidated annual financial statements. 6.3 Days payable outstanding The average time taken to pay suppliers (days payable outstanding) by consolidated entities located in Spain was 25.48 days (26.82 days in the case of the Bank). Consolidated Directors’ Report 146 Other material disclosures
Page 149
6.4 Material post-closing events Since 31 December 2025, there have been no significant events worthy of mention, with the exception of those described below: At its meeting held on 5 February 2026, the Board of Directors, in agreement with César González-Bueno Mayer, approved his replacement as Chief Executive Officer of Banco Sabadell and accepted his resignation as a Director of the Institution, effective as of the upcoming Annual General Meeting. The Board of Directors also approved the appointment of Marc Armengol Dulcet as a new Executive Director with the status of Chief Executive Officer to fill the vacancy that will arise from César González-Bueno Mayer’s resignation. With a view to ensuring continuity in the performance of the duties associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer and promoting an orderly transition, the resignation and appointment will take effect at the end of the Bank's upcoming Annual General Meeting, provided that the European Central Bank's fit and proper assessment for the appointment of Marc Armengol Dulcet has been received by that time. If received after the aforementioned General Meeting, the handover will take place on the date on which such fit and proper assessment is received. Moreover, at the aforementioned meeting of 5 February 2026, the Board of Directors approved the appointment of Carlos Ventura Santamans as Executive Director of this body, with responsibility for the business in Spain, encompassing Business Banking, Retail Banking, Private Banking and the branch network. Consolidated Directors’ Report 147 Other material disclosures
Page 150
6.5 Other reports related to the consolidated Directors’ Report Consolidated Non-Financial and Sustainability Disclosures Report of Banco de Sabadell, S.A. and subsidiaries (Sustainability Report) In accordance with prevailing business regulations on non-financial disclosures and in line with the provisions of Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2022 as regards corporate sustainability reporting (CSRD) and with the recommendations of the joint statement issued by the CNMV and Spain’s Accounting and Audit Institute (Instituto de Contabilidad y Auditoría de Cuentas, or ICAC) on 19 November 2025, Banco Sabadell Group has prepared the consolidated Non-Financial and Sustainability Disclosures Report of Banco de Sabadell, S.A. and subsidiaries (Sustainability Report) for 2025, which, as established in Article 44 of Spain’s Commercial Code, forms part of this consolidated Directors’ Report and is included as a separate accompanying document.. Annual Corporate Governance Report The Annual Corporate Governance Report corresponding to the 2025 financial year forms an integral part of the consolidated Directors’ Report in accordance with the provisions of the Spanish Capital Companies Act. This report is signed off by the Board of Directors on the same date as the consolidated annual financial statements and consolidated Directors’ report and is sent separately to the CNMV. From the date of publication of the consolidated annual financial statements and consolidated Directors’ report, it is available on the CNMV’s website (www.cnmv.es) and on the corporate website of Banco Sabadell Group (www.grupbancsabadell.com). Annual Report on Director Remuneration The Annual Report on Director Remuneration corresponding to the 2025 financial year forms an integral part of the consolidated Directors’ Report in accordance with the provisions of the Spanish Capital Companies Act. This report is signed off by the Board of Directors on the same date as the consolidated annual financial statements and consolidated Directors’ report and is sent separately to the CNMV. From the date of publication of the consolidated annual financial statements and consolidated Directors’ report, it is available on the CNMV’s website (www.cnmv.es) and on the corporate website of Banco Sabadell Group (www.grupbancsabadell.com). Consolidated Directors’ Report 148 Other material disclosures www.grupbancsabadell.com
Page 151
Consolidated Directors’ Report 149 Performance measures and reconciliation with management indicators 151 Alternative performance measures in the Group 159 Reconciliation between the income statements used for statutory reporting and those used for management reporting 161 Equivalence of balance sheet and income statement line items in segment reporting and management reporting with those set out in the published consolidated balance sheet and income statement
Page 152
Performance measures and reconciliation with management indicators In the presentation of its results to the market, and for the purpose of business monitoring and decision-making processes, the Group uses performance indicators pursuant to the generally accepted accounting regulations (EU-IFRS), and also uses other unaudited measures commonly used in the banking industry (Alternative Performance Measures, or APMs) as indicators to monitor the management of the Group’s assets and liabilities, as well as its financial and economic situation, which facilitates its comparison with other institutions. Following the ESMA guidelines on APMs (ESMA/2015/1415 of October 2015), the purpose of which is to promote the use and transparency of information for the protection of investors in the European Union, the Group indicates below the definition, calculation and reconciliation for each APM. Following the recommendations of the aforesaid guidelines, details of the APMs used are set out below, as well as the reconciliation of certain management indicators with those contained in the consolidated financial statements as at 2025 year-end. Figures are expressed in millions of euros unless otherwise indicated. The reconciliation between the public consolidated profit and loss account and the income statement used for management reporting, as shown in this Directors’ Report for the years 2025 and 2024, is set out below. The main difference between both is the treatment of the profit and loss generated by TSB and its subsidiary undertakings, following the agreement for its sale to Banco Santander. As explained in Note 1.4 to the consolidated annual financial statements, that sale agreement requires the profit and loss generated by those companies in 2025 and 2024 to be disclosed under the heading “Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations”. In the Group’s income statement used for management reporting, on the other hand, the profit and loss of TSB and its subsidiary undertakings is still disclosed in disaggregated form, as it has been in previous years. Similarly, in October 2025, the Bank and Nexi S.p.A. terminated the agreement for the sale of Paycomet, S.L.U., severing the strategic partnership for the merchant acquiring service signed by both parties in 2023 (see Note 2 to the consolidated annual financial statements for 2025). As a result, the consolidated income statement for 2024, which is included for the purposes of comparison in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for 2025, has been restated, and is thus shown as though no agreement to sell this business had ever been reached. In the income statements used for management reporting, on the other hand, the profit and loss figures for 2024 have not been restated. Consolidated Directors’ Report 150 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 153
Alternative performance measures in the Group 1. Profitability and efficiency 1.1 Return On Assets (ROA) Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Consolidated profit or loss 1,777 1,829 Denominator (+) Average total assets 245,221 242,145 Ratio (=) ROA 0.7% 0.8% This ratio comprises the following items: — Consolidated profit or loss: corresponds to the profit or loss for the financial year. — Average total assets: the arithmetic mean of the Group’s daily asset balance over the past twelve months. Relevance of use: measure commonly used in the financial sector to determine the accounting return on the Group’s assets. 1.2 Return On Equity (ROE) Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Profit attributed to the Group 1,775 1,827 Denominator (+) Average shareholders’ equity 14,952 14,738 Ratio (=) ROE 11.9% 12.4% This ratio comprises the following items: — Profit attributed to the Group: corresponds to the profit during the financial year attributable to owners of the parent. — Average shareholders’ equity: the arithmetic mean of shareholders’ equity on the last day of each month over the past twelve months. Relevance of use: measure commonly used in the financial sector to determine the accounting return on shareholders’ equity. 1.3 Return on Risk-Weighted Assets (RORWA) Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Consolidated profit or loss 1,777 1,829 Denominator (+) Average risk-weighted assets 79,512 79,687 Ratio (=) RORWA 2.2% 2.3% This ratio comprises the following items: — Consolidated profit or loss: corresponds to the profit or loss for the financial year. — Average risk-weighted assets: the arithmetic mean of the Group’s balance of assets weighted according to their respective risk factors on the last day of each month over the past twelve months. Risk factors reflect the perceived level of risk of a particular asset class. Relevance of use: this is a more sophisticated ROA metric that indicates the accounting return obtained on risk-weighted assets, thereby introducing a correction factor to profitability figures according to the level of risk taken. Consolidated Directors’ Report 151 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 154
1.4 Return On Tangible Equity (ROTE) Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Profit attributed to the Group 1,775 1,827 Denominator (+) Average shareholders’ equity excl. intangibles 12,422 12,235 (+) Average shareholders’ equity 14,952 14,738 (-) Average intangible assets 2,530 2,503 Ratio (=) ROTE 14.3% 14.9% This ratio comprises the following items: — Profit attributed to the Group: corresponds to the profit during the financial year attributable to owners of the parent. — Average shareholders’ equity excluding intangible assets: the arithmetic mean of shareholders’ equity on the last day of each month over the past twelve months, minus the amount of intangible assets. Relevance of use: measure commonly used in the financial sector to determine the accounting return on shareholders’ equity after deducting intangible assets. 1.5 Cost-to-income ratio Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Total operating costs 3,100 3,084 (+) Total operating costs from continuing operations 2,288 2,234 (+) Total operating costs from discontinued operations 812 850 Denominator (+) Gross income 6,284 6,337 (+) Gross income from continuing operations 4,896 4,958 (+) Gross income from discontinued operations 1,388 1,379 Ratio (=) Cost-to-income ratio 49.3% 48.7% This ratio comprises the following items: — Total operating costs: found by taking the sum of administrative, depreciation and amortisation expenses from the consolidated income statement for the financial year. — Gross income: taken directly from the Gross income line item of the consolidated income statement for the financial year. Relevance of use: this is one of the main indicators used to measure the productivity of banking activity. 1.6 Customer spread Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Return on customer loans 6,336 6,726 Denominator (+) Average balance of customer loans 159,198 154,131 (A) (=) Average annual rate on customer loans 3.98% 4.36% Numerator (+) Return on customer deposits 1,693 1,997 Denominator (+) Average balance of customer deposits 167,305 162,250 (B) (=) Average annual rate on customer deposits 1.01% 1.23% (A) - (B) (=) Customer spread 2.97% 3.13% The ratio is calculated as the difference between: — Average annual rate on customer loans: obtained by finding the ratio of annualised interest revenue from customer loans relative to the average daily balance of customer loans. The average balance is the arithmetic mean, calculated by taking the sum of the daily balances for the reference period divided by the number of days in said period. Consolidated Directors’ Report 152 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 155
— Average annual rate on customer deposits: obtained by finding the ratio of annualised interest expense on customer deposits relative to the average daily balance of customer funds. The average balance is the arithmetic mean, calculated by taking the sum of the daily balances for the reference period divided by the number of days in said period. Relevance of use: reflects the profitability of solely banking activity. It makes it possible to track the spread generated between the average yield on customer loans and the average cost of customer deposits. 2. Risk management 2.1 Credit cost of risk In million euro and basis points 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Provisions for loan losses 481 567 (+) Provisions for loan losses from continuing operations 426 531 (+) Provisions for loan losses from discontinued operations 55 36 Numerator (-) Expenses on NPLs 109 118 Denominator (+) Gross loans, excl. reverse repos 164,906 161,717 Denominator (+) Financial guarantees and other guarantees given 8,540 8,699 Ratio (=) Credit cost of risk 21 26 This ratio comprises the following items: — Provisions for loan losses: this comprises the Provisions for loan losses heading in the consolidated income statement used for management reporting. — Expenses on NPLs: costs associated with the management of loans classified in stage 3 (Non-Performing Loans, or NPLs). — Gross loans, excluding reverse repos: obtained by taking customer loans and advances from the consolidated balance sheet and then (i) adding impairment allowances, (ii) subtracting reverse repos, and (iii) adding stage 3 exposures of credit institutions. — Financial guarantees and other guarantees given: consists of financial guarantees and other guarantees given under off-balance sheet exposures. Relevance of use: this is one of the main indicators used in the banking industry to measure the credit risk performance of institutions, by giving the ratio of credit risk provisions booked over the past twelve months relative to the total loan book. Consolidated Directors’ Report 153 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 156
2.2 Total cost of risk In million euro and basis points 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Total provisions and impairments 546 714 (+) Total provisions and impairments from continuing operations 491 676 (+) Total provisions and impairments from discontinued operations 55 37 Denominator (+) Gross loans, excl. reverse repos 164,906 161,717 Denominator (+) Financial guarantees and other guarantees given 8,540 8,699 Denominator (+) Non-performing real estate assets 684 836 Ratio (=) Total cost of risk 31 42 This ratio comprises the following items: — Total provisions and impairments: comprises the following line items included in the consolidated income statement used for management reporting: (i) Provisions for loan losses, (ii) Provisions for other financial assets, and (iii) Other provisions and impairments. — Gross loans, excluding reverse repos: obtained by taking customer loans and advances from the consolidated balance sheet and then (i) adding impairment allowances, (ii) subtracting reverse repos, and (iii) adding stage 3 exposures of credit institutions. — Financial guarantees and other guarantees given: consists of financial guarantees and other guarantees given under off-balance sheet exposures. — Non-performing real estate assets: consists of real estate assets foreclosed or received in lieu of debt and real estate assets classified in the portfolio of non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale, except for investment properties with significant unrealised capital gains and those under lease for which there is a final agreement for a sale to take place following refurbishment. Relevance of use: risk metric used to measure the credit risk performance of institutions by giving the ratio of total provisions and impairments booked relative to the total amount of the credit book and non-performing real estate assets. 2.3 Stage 3 coverage ratio, with total provisions Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Total hedging 2,626 2,990 (+) Impairment allowances 2,551 2,848 (+) Provisions recognised under liabilities on balance sheet 75 142 Denominator (+) Stage 3 exposures 4,119 4,844 (+) Stage 3 assets 3,988 4,637 (+) Stage 3 financial guarantees and other guarantees given 131 207 Ratio (=) Stage 3 coverage ratio, with total provisions 63.8% 61.7% This ratio comprises the following items: — Total hedging: formed of the sum of (i) all impairment allowances for assets on the consolidated balance sheet, and (ii) provisions recognised under liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet associated with off-balance sheet exposures. — Stage 3 exposures: formed of (i) assets classified as stage 3 including other valuation adjustments (accrued interest, fees and commissions, and others) of debt securities and of loans and advances to credit institutions and to customers, and (ii) financial guarantees and other guarantees given classified as stage 3 under exposures off the consolidated balance sheet. Consolidated Directors’ Report 154 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 157
Relevance of use: key ratio used in the banking industry to monitor the status and performance of institutions’ credit risk. It shows the level of accounting provisions that the Institution has allocated for assets classified as stage 3. 2.4 NPL ratio Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Stage 3 exposures 4,119 4,844 (+) Stage 3 assets 3,988 4,637 (+) Stage 3 financial guarantees and other guarantees given 131 207 Denominator (+) Gross loans, excl. reverse repos 164,906 161,717 (+) Financial guarantees and other guarantees given 8,540 8,699 Ratio (=) NPL ratio 2.37% 2.84% This ratio comprises the following items: — Stage 3 exposures: comprised of (i) assets classified as stage 3 including other valuation adjustments (accrued interest, fees and commissions, and others) of debt securities and of loans and advances to credit institutions and to customers, and (ii) financial guarantees and other guarantees given classified as stage 3 under exposures off the consolidated balance sheet. — Gross loans, excluding reverse repos: obtained by taking customer loans and advances from the consolidated balance sheet and then (i) adding impairment allowances, (ii) subtracting reverse repos, and (iii) adding stage 3 exposures of credit institutions. — Financial guarantees and other guarantees given: consists of financial guarantees and other guarantees given under exposures off the consolidated balance sheet. Relevance of use: a key indicator used in the banking industry to monitor the status and performance of the quality of credit risk undertaken with customers. This metric shows balances classified as impaired (stage 3) relative to the total loan book. Consolidated Directors’ Report 155 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 158
3. Liquidity management 3.1 Loan-to-Deposit (LTD) ratio Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Loans and advances to customers, excl. reverse repos and brokered loans 161,066 157,988 (+) Loans and advances to customers, excl. reverse repos 162,366 158,872 (-) Brokered loans 1,300 884 Denominator (+) On-balance sheet customer funds 172,265 169,557 Ratio (=) LTD 93.5% 93.2% This ratio comprises the following items: — Loans and advances to customers, excluding reverse repos and brokered loans: taken from the consolidated balance sheet line item Loans and advances to customers, not including reverse repos and brokered loans. — On-balance sheet customer funds: comprised of financial liabilities at amortised cost on the consolidated balance sheet, excluding non- retail liabilities, such as deposits from central banks, deposits from credit institutions, institutional issues and other financial liabilities. Relevance of use: measures the liquidity of a bank by showing the total volume of customer loans relative to funds available in customer deposits. Liquidity is one of the key aspects that define the structure of an institution. 4. Share price indicators 4.1 Earnings Per Share (EPS) Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Adjusted profit attributed to the Group 1,630 1,729 (+) Profit attributed to the Group 1,775 1,827 (-) Remuneration on Additional Tier 1(AT1) instruments 146 98 Denominator Million shares (+) Weighted average number of total ordinary shares minus average number of treasury shares 5,152 5,376 Ratio (=) EPS 0.32 0.32 This ratio comprises the following items: — Adjusted profit attributed to the Group: corresponds to the profit during the financial year attributable to owners of the parent, adjusted by the amount of remuneration paid on Additional Tier 1 (AT1) instruments. — Weighted average number of total ordinary shares minus average number of treasury shares: formed of the average number of shares outstanding (average number of total shares minus the average number of treasury shares, including share buyback programmes, where applicable). Relevance of use: an economic measurement or market ratio that indicates a company’s profitability, and it is one of the measurements used most frequently to assess institutions’ performance. Consolidated Directors’ Report 156 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 159
4.2 Book value per share Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Shareholders’ equity 14,631 15,389 Denominator Million shares (+) Number of total shares minus treasury shares as at closing date 4,998 5,361 Ratio (=) Book value per share 2.93 2.87 This ratio comprises the following items: — Shareholders’ equity: corresponds to the shareholders’ equity stated on the consolidated balance sheet. — Number of total shares minus treasury shares: formed of the total number of shares minus treasury shares including share buyback programmes, where applicable, as at the closing date. Relevance of use: this is an economic market measurement or market ratio that indicates the book value per share issued. 4.3 Tangible Book Value (TBV) per share Million euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Tangible book value 11,988 12,840 (+) Shareholders’ equity 14,631 15,389 (-) Intangible assets 2,642 2,549 Denominator Million shares (+) Number of total shares minus treasury shares as at closing date 4,998 5,361 Ratio (=) TBV per share 2.40 2.39 This ratio comprises the following items: — Tangible book value: formed of the consolidated balance sheet line item Shareholders’ equity excluding intangible assets. — Number of total shares minus treasury shares: formed of the total number of shares minus treasury shares including share buyback programmes, where applicable, as at the closing date. Relevance of use: this is an economic market measurement or market ratio that indicates the book value, after deducting intangible assets, per share issued. 4.4 Price to Tangible Book Value (P/TBV) Euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Share price 3.365 1.877 Denominator (+) TBV per share 2.40 2.39 Ratio (=) P/TBV 1.40 0.78 This ratio comprises the following items: — Share price: formed of the price or market value of the share as at the closing date. — TBV per share: consists of the tangible value per share as at the closing date. Relevance of use: an economic measurement or market ratio commonly used by the market to value listed entities; it represents the share price of a listed entity relative to its book value per share. Consolidated Directors’ Report 157 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 160
4.5 Price to Earnings Ratio (PER) Euro 31/12/2025 31/12/2024 Numerator (+) Share price 3.365 1.877 Denominator (+) Earnings Per Share (EPS) 0.32 0.32 Ratio (=) PER 10.64 5.84 This ratio comprises the following items: — Share price: formed of the price or market value of the share as at the closing date. — Earnings Per Share (EPS): formed of the attributable earnings per share. Relevance of use: an economic measurement or market ratio commonly used by the market to determine a company’s ability to generate future earnings. Consolidated Directors’ Report 158 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 161
Reconciliation between the income statements used for statutory reporting and those used for management reporting Million euro Public consolidated income statement 31/12/2025 Adjustments related to the sale of TSB Other management adjustments 31/12/2025 Income statement used for segment reporting and management reporting Net interest income 3,537 1,300 — 4,837 Net interest income Fee and commission income 1,614 90 — 1,384 Net fees and commissions Fee and commission expenses (320) 4,831 1,390 — 6,221 Core revenue Dividend income 4 — — 181 Equity-accounted income and dividendsProfit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method 177 Net profit or net loss on financial operations 680 11 — 4 Profit or loss on financial operations and exchange differencesExchange differences [gain or loss], net (687) Other operating income 51 (12) — (122) Other operating income and expenses Other operating expenses (160) Gross income 4,896 1,388 — 6,284 Gross income Administrative expenses (1,867) (733) — (2,600) Operating expenses Depreciation and amortisation (421) (79) — (500) Depreciation and amortisation 2,608 576 — 3,184 Pre-provisions income Provisions or reversal of provisions 22 4 (65) (39) Provisions for other financial assets Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net modification losses or gains (486) (60) 65 (481) Provisions for loan losses Profit or loss on operating activities 2,143 521 — 2,664 Impairment or reversal of impairment on investments in joint ventures and associates — — 3 (27) Other provisions and impairments Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets (28) Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations (1) Gains or losses on derecognition of non-financial assets, net (34) 1 (3) (37) Capital gains on asset sales and other revenue Profit or loss before tax from continuing operations 2,080 522 — 2,601 Profit or loss before tax Tax expense or income related to profit or loss from continuing operations (685) (138) — (824) Corporation tax Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations 383 (383) — — Profit or loss for the year 1,777 — — 1,777 Attributable to minority interest [non-controlling interests] 2 — — 2 Profit or loss attributed to minority interests Attributable to owners of the parent 1,775 — — 1,775 Profit attributed to the Group Consolidated Directors’ Report 159 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 162
Million euro Public consolidated income statement 31/12/2024 Adjustment s related to the sale of TSB Other managem ent adjustmen ts (*) 31/12/2024 Income statement used for segment reporting and management reporting Net interest income 3,761 1,260 — 5,021 Net interest income Fee and commission income 1,561 107 — 1,357 Net fees and commissions Fee and commission expenses (311) 5,011 1,367 6,378 Core revenue Dividend income 6 — — 166 Equity-accounted income and dividendsProfit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method 160 Net profit or net loss on financial operations (276) 35 — 87 Profit or loss on financial operations and exchange differencesExchange differences [gain or loss], net 328 Other operating income 68 (23) — (294) Other operating income and expenses Other operating expenses (339) Gross income 4,958 1,379 — 6,337 Gross income Administrative expenses (1,826) (765) 8 (2,583) Operating expenses Depreciation and amortisation (436) (85) 20 (501) Depreciation and amortisation 2,696 529 28 3,254 Pre-provisions income (*) Provisions or reversal of provisions (44) — (25) (69) Provisions for other financial assets Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net modification losses or gains (554) (38) 25 (567) Provisions for loan losses Profit or loss on operating activities 2,098 492 28 2,618 Impairment or reversal of impairment on investments in joint ventures and associates — — (24) (78) Other provisions and impairments Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets (40) Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations (14) Gains or losses on derecognition of non-financial assets, net (14) (8) (4) (26) Capital gains on asset sales and other revenue Profit or loss before tax from continuing operations 2,030 484 — 2,514 Profit or loss before tax Tax expense or income related to profit or loss from continuing operations (559) (127) — (685) Corporation tax Profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations 357 (357) — — Profit or loss for the year 1,829 — — 1,829 Attributable to minority interest [non-controlling interests] 2 — — 2 Profit or loss attributed to minority interests Attributable to owners of the parent 1,827 — — 1,827 Profit attributed to the Group (*) Management adjustments mainly include the restatement of the consolidated income statement used for statutory reporting following the termination of the strategic agreement between the Bank and Nexi S.p.A. for the sale of Banco Sabadell’s merchant acquiring business, resulting in the reclassification of 20 million euros from the heading “Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations” to the heading “Depreciation and amortisation”. Consolidated Directors’ Report 160 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 163
Equivalence of balance sheet and income statement line items in segment reporting and management reporting with those set out in the published consolidated balance sheet and income statement Balance sheet Other assets: — Derivatives – Hedge accounting. — Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedge of interest rate risk. — Tax assets. — Other assets. Other liabilities: — Derivatives – Hedge accounting. — Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedge of interest rate risk. — Tax liabilities. — Other liabilities. Income statement Net fees and commissions: — Fee and commission income. — Fee and commission expenses. Core revenue: — Net interest income. — Fee and commission income. — Fee and commission expenses. Profit or loss on financial operations and exchange differences: — Net profit or net loss on financial operations. — Exchange differences [gain or loss], net. Equity-accounted income and dividends: — Dividend income. — Profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method. Other operating income and expenses: — Other operating income. — Other operating expenses. Operating, depreciation and amortisation expenses: — Administrative expenses. — Depreciation and amortisation. Pre-provisions income: — Gross income. — Administrative expenses. — Depreciation and amortisation. Consolidated Directors’ Report 161 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 164
Total provisions and impairments: Provisions for loan losses: — Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss and net modification losses or gains. — Provisions or reversal of provisions (including only commitments and guarantees given). Provisions for other financial assets: — Provisions or reversal of provisions (excluding commitments and guarantees given). Other provisions and impairments: — Impairment or reversal of impairment on investments in joint ventures and associates. — Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets. — Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations (excluding gains or losses on the sale of interests and other items). — Gains or losses on derecognition of non-financial assets and interests, net (including only gains or losses on sale of investment properties). Capital gains on asset sales and other revenue: — Gains or losses on derecognition of non-financial assets and interests, net (excluding gains or losses on sale of investment properties). — Profit or loss from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations (including only gains or losses on the sale of interests and other items). Corporation tax: — Tax expense or income related to profit or loss from continuing operations. Profit or loss attributed to minority interests: — Profit or loss attributable to minority interests [non-controlling interests]. Profit attributed to the Group: — Profit or loss attributable to owners of the parent. Consolidated Directors’ Report 162 ���������������������������������������� ��������������������������
Page 165
Consolidated Directors’ Report 163 Glossary of acronyms and abbreviations
Page 166
Glossary of acronyms and abbreviations AEAT Administración Estatal de Administración Tributaria (State agency for tax administration) ALCO Asset and Liability Committee AML/CFT Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism AMLA Anti-Money Laundering Authority ANA Atención a Autónomos, Negocios y Pymes (customer care for self-employed persons, small businesses and SMEs) APM Alternative Performance Measure AT1 Additional Tier 1 ATA Average Total Assets BIS Bank for International Settlements BME Bolsas y Mercados Españoles (Spanish stock market operator) BoE Bank of England BoS Bank of Spain BRICS Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa BRRD Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive BSEPP Banco Sabadell Employee Pension Plan BSMU Balance Sheet Management Unit CAPM Capital Asset Pricing Model CBR Combined Buffer Requirement CCF Credit Conversion Factor CCIRS Cross Currency Interest Rate Swap CCM Market Confidence Charge CCP Central Counterparty CCyB Countercyclical Capital Buffer CDS Credit Default Swap CEO Chief Executive Officer CEOE Confederación Española de Organizaciones Empresariales (Spanish confederation of employers’ organisations) CESCE Compañía Española de Crédito a la Exportación (Spanish export credit company) CET1 Common Equity Tier 1 CGU Cash Generating Unit CIRBE Central de Información de Riesgos del Banco de España (Bank of Spain central credit register) CMDI Crisis Management and Deposit Insurance CME Chicago Mercantile Exchange CMOF Contrato Marco de Operaciones Financieras (Spanish master agreement for financial transactions) CMU Capital Markets Union CNAE Clasificación Nacional de Actividades Económicas (Spanish national classification of economic activities) CNMC Comisión Nacional de los Mercados y la Competencia (Spanish national markets and competition commission) CNMV Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores (Spanish national securities market commission) CONESTUR Consejo Español de Turismo (Spanish tourism council) CRD Capital Requirements Directive CRE Commercial Real Estate CRR Capital Requirements Regulation CSA Credit Support Annex CSRBB Credit Spread Risk in the Banking Book CSRD Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive CTA Collateral Transfer Agreement CVA Credit Valuation Adjustment CXI Customer Experience Indicator DANA Depresión Aislada en Niveles Altos (isolated high altitude depression phenomenon) DGF Deposit Guarantee Fund DGS Deposit Guarantee Scheme DIF Deposit Insurance Fund DLT Distributed Ledger Technology DORA Digital and Operational Resilience Act DVA Debt Valuation Adjustment EAD Exposure At Default EBA European Banking Authority EBICS Electronic Banking Internet Communication Standard EBITDA Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortisation ECB European Central Bank ECL Expected Credit Loss ECP Euro Commercial Paper EDIS I European Deposit Insurance Scheme (Phase I) EIB European Investment Bank EIF European Investment Fund EIR Effective Interest Rate EL Expected Loss EMIR European Market Infrastructure Regulation EMTN Euro Medium Term Note EPS Earnings Per Share ESG Environmental, Social and Governance ESMA European Securities and Markets Authority ESRB European Systemic Risk Board ETF Exchange Traded Fund EU European Union EU-IFRS IFRS as adopted by the European Union EWI Early Warning Indicator FCR First Call Resolution Fed Federal Reserve (USA) FIFO First In First Out FPC Financial Policy Committee FSB Financial Stability Board FVA Funding Value Adjustment GDP Gross Domestic Product GHG Greenhouse Gas GMRA Global Master Repurchase Agreement GMSLA Global Master Securities Lending Agreement HAT Herramienta de Alertas Tempranas (early warnings tool for companies) HQLA High Quality Liquid Asset I.R.U.S. Identificador Registral Único de la Sociedad (unique company identifier) IAS International Accounting Standard Consolidated Directors’ Report 164 ��������������������������������������
Page 167
IASB International Accounting Standards Board IBEX Índice Bursátil Español (Spanish stock market index) ICAAP Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process ICAC Instituto de Contabilidad y Auditoría de Cuentas (Spanish accounting and auditing institute) ICO Instituto de Crédito Oficial (Spanish official credit institute) ICT Information and Communication Technology IDD Insurance Distribution Directive IDEC Impuesto sobre Depósitos de Entidades de Crédito (Spanish tax on deposits of credit institutions) IFRIC International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee IFRS International Financial Reporting Standard ILAAP Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process IMF International Monetary Fund IMIC Impuesto sobre el Margen de Intereses y Comisiones (tax on net interest and commission income) INE Instituto Nacional de Estadística (Spanish office for national statistics) IRB Internal Ratings-Based IRCA Indicador de Riesgo Climático y Ambiental (climate-related and environmental risk indicator) IRP Insured Retirement Plan IRRBB Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book IRS Interest Rate Swap ISDA International Swaps and Derivatives Association IT Information Technology KPI Key Performance Indicator LBO Leveraged Buy Out LCP Liquidity Contingency Plan LCR Liquidity Coverage Ratio LEI Legal Entity Identifier LGD Loss Given Default LMU Liquidity Management Unit LRE Leverage Ratio Exposure LSE London Stock Exchange LTD Loan-to-Deposit ratio LTV Loan To Value M&A Mergers and Acquisitions MDA Maximum Distributable Amount MiCA Markets in Crypto Assets MiFID Markets in Financial Instruments Directive MPM Management Performance Measure MREL Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities MRR Mecanismo de Recuperación y Resiliencia (recovery and resilience mechanism) MtM Mark to Market NBCA New Basel Capital Accord NFDR Non-Financial Disclosures Report NGEU Next Generation European Union NGFS Network of central banks and supervisors for Greening the Financial System NIF Número de Identificación Fiscal (Spanish tax identification number) NIM Net Interest Margin NPL Non-Performing Loan NPS Net Promoter Score NSFR Net Stable Funding Ratio NYCB New York Community Bancorp NYSE New York Stock Exchange OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development OM Organised Market OTC Over The Counter P/BV Price to Book Value P/TBV Price to Tangible Book Value PD Probability of Default PEPP Pandemic Emergency Purchase Programme PER Price to Earnings Ratio PERTE Proyectos Estratégicos para la Recuperación y Transformación Económica (strategic projects for economic recovery and transformation) PMA Post Model Adjustment POCI Purchased or Originated Credit Impaired POS Point Of Sale PRA Prudential Regulation Authority PRIIP Packaged Retail and Insurance-based Investment Product QT Quantitative Tightening RAF Risk Appetite Framework RaRoC Risk-adjusted Return on Capital RAS Risk Appetite Statement RIC Reglamento Interno de Conducta (internal code of conduct relating to the securities market) RICS Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors RO Representative Office ROA Return On Assets ROE Return On Equity RoRAC Return on Risk-Adjusted Capital RORWA Return on Risk Weighted Assets ROTE Return On Tangible Equity RRP Reverse Repurchase Agreement RWA Risk Weighted Asset SA Standardised Approach SAC Servicio de Atención al Cliente (customer care service) SAP/SAPE Servicio Atención Preferente / Servicio Atención Preferente Empresas (preferential care service / preferential care service for business banking customers) SAT Servicio de Administración Tributaria (tax administration service) SDG Sustainable Development Goal SGIIC Sociedad Gestora de Instituciones de Inversión Colectiva (UCITS management company) SICAV Société d'Investissement à Capital Variable (open- ended investment company) SICR Significant Increase in Credit Risk SIP Share Incentive Plan SIU Savings and Investments Union SLA Service Level Agreement SME Small and Medium-sized Enterprise SPPI Solely Payments of Principal and Interest SRB Single Resolution Board SREP Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process SRF Single Resolution Fund T1 Tier 1 capital T2 Tier 2 capital TBV Tangible Book Value TCFD Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures TEAC Tribunal Económico-Administrativo Central (Spanish central tax appeal board) Consolidated Directors’ Report 165 ��������������������������������������
Page 168
TFSME Bank of England Term Funding Scheme for Small and Medium-sized Enterprises TLAC Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity TLTRO Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations TREA Total Risk Exposure Amount TSB TSB Banking Group plc UN United Nations USMCA United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement VaR Value at Risk VAT Value Added Tax Consolidated Directors’ Report 166 ��������������������������������������
Page 169
Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures and Sustainability Disclosures Report of Banco de Sabadell, Sociedad Anónima and subsidiaries (Sustainability Report)
Page 170
Consolidated Non-Financial and Sustainability Disclosures Report of Banco de Sabadell, S.A. and subsidiaries (Sustainability Report) for 2025 Table of contents 1. General information 170 1.1 Introduction 170 1.2 Double materiality analysis 172 1.3 Governance 195 1.3.1. Sustainability governance 195 1.3.2 Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes 206 1.3.3 Framework of policies, principles and declarations in the area of sustainability 209 1.3.4 Due diligence procedures in relation to human rights 217 1.3.5 Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting 219 1.4 Sustainability strategy and business model 221 1.4.1 Sustainable financing solutions for Corporate & Investment Banking 224 1.4.2 Sustainable financing solutions for Business Banking 227 1.4.3 Sustainable financing solutions for Retail Banking 229 1.4.4 Sustainable savings and responsible investment solutions 230 1.4.5 Issuance of Banco Sabadell sustainability instruments 234 1.4.6 Sinia Renovables 235 1.4.7 BStartup 236 1.4.8 Green financing and lines of credit with multilateral development banks in Mexico 237 2. Environmental information 240 Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation) 240 Taxonomy indicators 248 2.1 Climate change 361 2.1.1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation 362 2.1.2 Managing and monitoring the risks associated with climate change 387 2.1.3 Energy consumption and carbon footprint 407 3. Social information 417 3.1 Own workforce 417 3.1.1 Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees 418 3.1.2 Talent 423 3.1.3 Training 429 3.1.4 Diversity 432 3.1.5 Remuneration policy 438 3.1.6 Workplace environment and organisation 446 3.1.6.1 Work-life balance 446 3.1.6.2 Health and safety 448 3.1.6.3 Trade union rights and right of association 450 3.1.7 Dialogue with employees 452 3.2 Consumers and end-users 454 3.2.1 Customer experience and customer care 455 3.2.2 Information transparency 460
Page 171
3.2.3 Data protection 462 3.2.4 Cybersecurity 466 3.2.5 Financial inclusion and access to products and services 468 3.2.5.1 Vulnerable customers 468 3.2.5.2 Sogeviso 470 3.2.5.3 Code of Good Practice 472 3.2.5.4 Social and volunteering activities 473 4. Governance information 482 4.1 Business conduct 482 4.1.1 Code of Conduct 482 4.1.2 Corruption and bribery 485 4.1.3 Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism 487 4.1.4 Business conduct training 488 4.1.5 Internal Reporting System - Whistleblowing channel 489 4.2 Management of relationships with suppliers 493 4.3 Tax responsibility 498 5. Annexes 509 5.1 Initiatives and alliances 509 5.2 Principles for Responsible Banking: Responsible Banking Progress Statement 514 5.3 Equator Principles 518 5.4 List of disclosure requirements fulfilled 519 5.5 Table of datapoints associated with other European regulations 523 5.6 Correlation table with the CSRD 526
Page 172
1. General information 1.1 Introduction This document sets out the Consolidated Non-Financial and Sustainability Disclosures Report of Banco de Sabadell, S.A. and subsidiaries, hereinafter referred to as the Sustainability Report. The scope of the Sustainability Report includes the entire Banco Sabadell Group, as it does in the financial statements. When the reported information does not cover the entire perimeter, this will be specifically indicated. TSB, the Banco Sabadell subsidiary that has managed its retail banking business in the United Kingdom since 2015 and offers services to more than five million customers, is included within this perimeter. In 2025, however, Banco Sabadell agreed to sell this UK arm to Banco Santander. This transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2026, subject to regulatory approvals. The regulatory framework under which this report is presented is Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of 14 December 2022 as regards corporate sustainability reporting (the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, or CSRD). This directive, which amends Directive 2014/95/EU of 22 October 2014 as regards disclosure of non-financial and diversity information (NFRD), transposed into Spanish law by Law 11/2018 on non-financial and diversity disclosures, seeks to increase the transparency and comparability of reporting by companies on their Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) performance. The CSRD establishes that companies falling under its scope should disclose their non-financial information in accordance with common standards. In this context, the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) was designated as the European Commission’s technical advisor, with responsibility for developing and issuing this new framework of standards: the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). EFRAG defined a total of 12 standards which encompass environmental, social and governance matters. Section 1.2 Double materiality analysis sets out details of how Banco Sabadell addresses and meets those standards. The Institution has applied the transitional arrangements provided by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/1416 of 11 July 2025, known as ‘Quick Fix’, which amends the Delegated Regulation adopting the ESRS and extends the application of the transitional arrangements by a further two years. Specifically, the Institution has applied the transitional arrangements relating to quantitative information on anticipated financial effects, both at a general level (SBM-3) and in relation to physical risk and transition risk (E1-9), and to the breakdown of revenue by significant sector, as well as the disclosure of entity-specific information. In addition, the Sustainability Report remains compliant with the general provisions published in Law 11/2018 in relation to non-financial and diversity disclosures. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 170 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 173
This report also includes information relating to Taxonomy-eligible exposures and/or exposures aligned with the Taxonomy Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2021/2178), which entered into force in January 2022. In relation to this regulation and in the context of the aforementioned “Quick Fix”, Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73 was published in the Official Journal of the European Union on 8 January 2026. This regulation simplifies the content and information required under the Taxonomy Regulation. By virtue of Article 4 of said simplifying regulation, the Bank has decided to apply the Taxonomy Regulation in the version applicable as at 31 December 2025. Where appropriate, the Sustainability Report will contain information related to the upstream and downstream value chain. Specifically, for the topical ESRS, details are given of policies and actions related to suppliers and consumers or end-users. Both ESRS E1 related to Climate Change, which provides disclosure of the decarbonisation pathways of the financed portfolio, and ESRS S4 related to Consumers and End-Users, which sets out information related to customers, are related to the above- mentioned value chain. Similarly, ESRS G1 related to Business Conduct contains information about the management of relationships with suppliers. In addition, where the reported information refers to a stage of the value chain, this will be specifically indicated. Lastly, Annex 5.1 Initiatives and alliances sets out other disclosure standards and alliances to which the Bank is adhered. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 171 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 174
1.2 Double materiality analysis Banco Sabadell Group is firmly committed to ensuring sustainability across all its dimensions and, as a financial institution, it is aware of the important role that it plays in its economic, social and environmental surroundings, fostering care for the environment, supporting social progress and upholding a model of good corporate governance, aligned with international best practice. The Group, in keeping with its commitment, has been conducting materiality assessments of sustainability-related aspects, aligning with best practice in relation to sustainability and transparency. Specifically, in 2022, the double materiality approach was included for the first time, and the concept of impact included in the 2021 review of GRI standards was introduced. In line with this development and with the entry into force of the new European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), a double materiality exercise has been carried out in order to identify the material impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustainability. To that end, the guidelines set out in the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) created by the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG) and adopted by the European Commission have been taken into account. This analysis, as established in the aforesaid standards, serves as a basis for determining the Institution’s material topics and, consequently, those that should be included in the Group’s Sustainability Report. Under the double materiality approach, this exercise includes assessing the effect of different sustainability topics from two points of view: Impact materiality Financial materiality Referring to the Bank’s effects on the environment and society through its activities, both directly and indirectly. Referring to the effects of the environment and society on the Bank’s financial position. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 172 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 175
Results of the double materiality analysis The table below shows the results of the double materiality analysis, indicating the sustainability topics analysed (ESRS) with their relative weight or importance in terms of materiality. ESRS Impact materiality Financial materiality Double materiality Impact Risk Opportunity Result ESRS E1 - Climate change ESRS E2 - Pollution ESRS E3 - Water and marine resources ESRS E4 - Biodiversity and ecosystems ESRS E5 - Circular economy ESRS S1 - Own workforce ESRS S2 - Workers in the value chain ESRS S3 - Affected communities ESRS S4 - Consumers and end-users ESRS G1 - Business conduct Tax responsibility1 Scale Very significant Significant Material Non-material Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 173 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 1 Entity-specific sustainability matter not covered by any of the topical ESRS.
Page 176
As a result of the double materiality exercise, the following material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities (IROs) have been identified: Sustainability topic Sub-topic Material impacts Value chain Nature and time horizon Climate change Climate change mitigation Reduction of the effects of climate change through the provision of finance for projects that promote the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and/or the capture of CO2. Downstream Actual Positive Granting of finance to companies involved in GHG emissions- intensive industries and which have no plans to transition to a sustainable economy, which contributes to global warming. Own operations Actual Positive Contribution to the mitigation of the effects of climate change through digital management of services, such as encouraging the use of digital channels in order to avoid customers having to travel to branches, promoting teleworking by employees, and optimising the transportation of office materials (e.g. paper, plastic). Own operations Actual Positive Climate change adaptation Contribution to reducing global warming due to the Institution’s goal to have carbon-neutral operations. Own operations/ Downstream Actual Positive Energy Contribution to a more sustainable economy by consuming electricity from renewable sources. Own operations Actual Positive Own workforce Equal treatment and opportunities for all Existence of a pay gap due to insufficient development of initiatives to promote gender equality. Own operations Potential Negative / Short term Integration of different groups through a diverse workforce achieved by defining and implementing specific initiatives. Own operations Actual Positive Improvement in the quality of life of the workforce thanks to the implementation of fair working hours, a safe work environment and the development of work-life balance policies. Own operations Actual Positive Working conditions Professional development of the workforce thanks to the implementation of a training plan. Own operations Actual Positive Establishment of competitive salaries for people in the organisation. Own operations Actual Positive Consumers and end-users Social inclusion of consumers and end-users Improvements in the economic, social and cultural rights of communities by offering finance so that they may access housing. Downstream Actual Positive Contribution to a robust business fabric, by offering finance to startups and SMEs in the geographies in which the Bank operates. Downstream Actual Positive Access for vulnerable groups in society to basic financial services, fostering equality and reducing the economic divide. Downstream Actual Positive Potential negative impact on the finances of vulnerable groups due to their over-indebtedness, as a result of taking out certain financial products that are not suited to their profiles. Downstream Potential Negative / Short term Access to financial resources through financial education programmes to help people manage their finances, set up small businesses and improve their living conditions. Downstream Actual Positive Business conduct Ethics, integrity and good corporate governance Improved levels of customer trust thanks to the Bank’s ethical and transparent conduct. Own operations Actual Positive Contribution to the stability of the financial system, by exercising good corporate governance, taking ethical actions that benefit society and other players. Own operations Actual Positive Improved levels of confidence among investors, shareholders and the market in general, due to transparent disclosure of the Institution’s financial and non-financial information. Own operations Actual Positive Tax responsibility Tax contribution to the economic development and sustainable growth of all jurisdictions in which the Group operates, adjusting the fiscal approach accordingly, continuously promoting responsible and transparent tax management, in accordance with the concerns and requirements of its customers, shareholders, tax authorities and other stakeholder groups. Own operations Actual Positive Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 174 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 177
Sustainability topic Sub-topic Material risks and opportunities Value chain Relevant time horizon Climate change Climate change adaptation / Climate change mitigation Opportunity to build customer loyalty by offering advisory services for the climate transition. Downstream ST/MT/LT Opportunity to improve the position in the market by offering sustainable finance solutions (green & social loans and sustainability-linked loans). Downstream ST/MT/LT Credit risk for the Institution caused by physical climate risks affecting its customers, ultimately reducing their creditworthiness. Downstream MT/LT Risk of a loss of business and higher costs for customers who fail to transition. Downstream ST/MT/LT Consumers and end-users Customer satisfaction Opportunity to increase turnover by cross-selling financial products. Downstream ST/MT/LT Social inclusion of consumers and end-users Risk of increased costs to adapt solutions for vulnerable groups. Downstream MT/LT Information- related impacts for consumers and/or end-users Risk of higher costs and investments in cybersecurity to tackle increasingly sophisticated attacks. Own operations MT/LT Opportunity to increase income by attracting new customers through digital channels. Own operations MT/LT Risk of digital fraud for the Bank. Own operations MT/LT Following the analysis, Banco Sabadell concluded that the current risks identified in the double materiality analysis (which include the risk of digital fraud, higher costs to adapt solutions to vulnerable groups and credit risk caused by climate-related physical risks to which customers are exposed and which reduce their creditworthiness) currently produce no significant effects. This conclusion was reached after evaluating the impact that they currently have on the Bank’s financial statements, such as the income statement and the balance sheet, having verified that they have no material significance. Assuming that these impacts may be following a growing trend, risks are being managed in order to minimise the potential extent of those impacts in the future. In relation to current opportunities, including those related to a wider range of sustainable finance solutions and improved advice for the climate transition, as well as those related to the attraction of new customers through digital channels and increased cross-selling, it was concluded that they have material significance and the Institution is working to benefit from them and to continue developing the sustainable solutions that it offers to its customers. The Group promotes sustainable financing and investment to drive forward the transition towards a more sustainable model and a low- carbon economy, offering customers and investors the best possible solutions. The Bank committed to mobilise €65bn in sustainable finance between 2021 and 2025. The Bank mobilised over €76bn over the 2021-2025 period, surpassing the established target by more than 17%. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 175 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 178
The way in which the Institution’s strategy has embedded material topics for its stakeholder groups is described in detail in the sections included for that purpose in the material disclosures: — 2.1 Climate change describes the climate strategy in relation to finance for projects that promote the transition, the reduction and offsetting of the Institution’s carbon footprint, support for the transition for GHG emissions-intensive sectors, and the management of physical and transition risks, among other topics. — 3.1 Own workforce describes the strategy in relation to managing the gender pay gap, staff development, workforce diversity, competitive salaries and the quality of life of employees. — 3.2 Consumers and end-users describes the strategy in relation to finance for housing, the contribution to a robust business fabric, the management of customer vulnerability, customer satisfaction, digitalisation and cybersecurity. — 4.1 Business conduct describes the strategy in relation to contributions to the stability of the financial system and the trust of investors and customers through ethical and transparent conduct. — 4.3 Tax responsibility describes the strategy in relation to the Bank’s contribution to the development of the companies in which it operates. Double materiality analysis evolution During 2025, the double materiality analysis conducted in 2024 was updated. This update focused on reassessing certain impacts, risks and opportunities arising from changes in the public documents consulted to evaluate the opinions of stakeholder groups, with particular emphasis on sustainability reports published by “first-wave” entities subject to the CSRD. Accordingly, although there are no changes compared to the master document published the year before, the Institution has decided to include as material impacts “Integration of different groups through a diverse workforce achieved by defining and implementing specific initiatives” and “Access to financial resources through financial education programmes to help people manage their finances, set up small businesses and improve their living conditions”. Following the aforementioned update, the impacts have been incorporated into the materiality thresholds established by the Institution. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 176 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 179
Methodology for the double materiality analysis The methodological performance of the double materiality analysis carried out comprises four key phases: 1 Definition of the perimeter under analysis 2 Identification and assessment of impact materiality 3 Identification and assessment of financial materiality 4 Definition of materiality thresholds Phase 1: Definition of the perimeter under analysis: The aim of this first phase is to outline the double materiality analytical framework. This phase involved determining: a. The key sustainability topics for the Institution: To identify the possible material topics to be evaluated in the double materiality exercise, an analysis was carried out to identify those topics that are, in principle, more important for the Institution from an ESG perspective. The topics referred to in the ESRS were comprehensively analysed, in addition to the topics deemed to be material in previous materiality exercises and the Principles for Responsible Banking2, among others. Based on these priority topics, a process then took place to rule out or discard the less material topics, applying expert criteria, merging those with synergies between them and keeping those that were thought to have priority. To perform this discarding process, the following analyses were taken into consideration: (i) other regulatory references and questionnaires from ESG rating agencies, (ii) analyses of other stakeholder groups (internal information about the opinions of investors, customers and NGOs), and (iii) comparative analyses of the sector’s ESG disclosures. b. Stakeholder groups to be involved in the exercise and definition of channels to listen to what they have to say: The Bank’s main stakeholder groups were identified by reviewing previous exercises, analysing recommendations included in the CSRD, and examining peer group entities. The groups identified for the double materiality exercise were the following: — Financial Community: investors, shareholders and rating agencies — Employees: Banco Sabadell Group workforce — Suppliers: main suppliers that might be more affected by ESG topics — Customers: retail and business customers — Bodies and Institutions: regulators of the domestic and European framework — Society: citizens, communities and organised civil society — Peers: comparable institutions in the sector After identifying the stakeholder groups, channels to listen to what they had to say were determined. To that end, priority was given to direct contact and, where that was not possible, indirect contacts were made by Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 177 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 2 Results obtained from the Portfolio Impact Analysis.
Page 180
analysing the documentation related to the corresponding stakeholder group. In the case of suppliers, employees, retail banking customers and business banking customers, surveys were conducted in order to ascertain their opinions about the topics under consideration. To determine the number of responses needed to be considered statistically significant, the smallest representative sample of each sample universe was calculated to estimate how many surveys needed to be sent, considering a confidence interval of 95%. In the case of the group of Employees, their views have been analysed through questionnaires, which asked them about sustainability- related topics that directly affected them. Furthermore, Customers (Banco Sabadell Group’s retail and business customers) and Society (citizens, communities and organised civil society) are two stakeholder groups identified in the double materiality exercise carried out, whose opinions and interests were taken into account when carrying out the double materiality analysis. To do this, the group of Customers (both retail and business) has been analysed through questionnaires, which asked them about sustainability-related topics that directly concerned them. To determine the interests of Society, the Group’s internal documentation, as well as reports and public documentation, has been analysed (notably the Sustainability Regulations, non-financial regulations, reports on global trends, ESG indices and ratings, and sector trends). In the case of the Financial Community, Bodies and Institutions, Society, and Peers, the Group’s internal documentation was used, as well as reports and public documents to complement the analysis. For the General Management stakeholder subgroup, a total of 20 interviews were held with managers from different areas and units of the Bank. It is worth noting that the managers considered in the sample came from a wide range of units, so most areas of the Bank were taken into consideration. Phase 2: Identification and assessment of impact materiality The double materiality analysis identified the main positive and negative impacts associated with each sustainability-related topic that the Bank has or could have on society and the environment. Each of them were assessed according to their characteristics through the scale, scope, irremediable character and likelihood, the scale being the severity or benefit of the impacts on the environment and society, as well as the time horizon of potential negative impacts. In the case of a potential negative impact assessed as affecting human rights, severity prevails over likelihood. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 178 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 181
During the assessment exercise carried out, 1,612 participants, broken down according to the chart below, were actively involved through ad hoc questionnaires and interviews with General Management: Involvement of stakeholder groups 1% 36% 26% 4% 33% General Management Retail customers Business customers Suppliers Employees The Bank’s General Management has been involved in both the assessment of impact materiality (scale, irremediable character and likelihood, since the scope of the impact is set by means of an internal analysis) and of financial materiality (financial effects, likelihood and trend over time). On the other hand, retail customers, business customers, employees and suppliers took part in the impact materiality assessment through an analysis of the scale. In that regard, 56 impacts were identified, which were assessed under the impact materiality perspective. Phase 3: Identification and assessment of financial materiality First, the main risks and opportunities of each sustainability-related topic that affects or could affect the Bank’s financial statements were identified. These risks and opportunities were assessed in the short, medium and long term through their financial effects and likelihood of occurrence. This assessment identified 42 ESG risks and 21 ESG opportunities, which were assessed under the financial materiality perspective. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 179 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 182
Phase 4: Definition of materiality thresholds and results Finally, materiality thresholds were defined, understood as the value from which an IRO is deemed material. These thresholds were established on the basis of a chart analysis of the normal distribution of the results obtained in the assessments of impact materiality and financial materiality. The Impacts, Risks and Opportunities (IROs) that stand out from the entire sample have thus been identified. The IROs belonging to the group of scores that are above the rest are classified as “material impacts, risks and opportunities”. Once the results of the impact materiality assessment for all IROs, scored on a scale from 0 to 5, have been extracted, they are arranged in descending order to identify the cut-off point that determines the impact materiality threshold. For impacts, the entire sample together with their respective scores was used to generate a normal distribution, from which those that stand out from the rest have been identified. The threshold was subsequently established at impacts scoring above 3.45 points. Applying this threshold, a total of 19 material impacts were identified, which are described in the subsection “Results of the double materiality analysis” of this chapter of the Sustainability Report. In the same way, once the financial materiality results were obtained, the entire ensemble of risks and opportunities with their respective scores was used to generate a normal distribution for the sample, from which those that stand out were identified. The threshold was subsequently established at 2.10 points. Using the threshold of >2.10, a total of 4 material opportunities and 5 material risks have been obtained, which are described in the subsection “Results of the double materiality analysis” of this chapter of the Sustainability Report. The decision to apply different thresholds for financial materiality and impact materiality is explained by the fact that the formulae applied in the impact materiality and financial materiality assessments are not equivalent. Evidence of this is that, when analysing the entire impact materiality sample, the normal distribution of impacts is 3.1, whereas impact materiality is 1.1. By setting two different thresholds, it is ensured that impacts are not overrepresented to the detriment of risks and opportunities. Subsequently, the results of this exercise were verified through expert judgement. This review was carried out with the team responsible for the double materiality analysis and the Sustainability Report, as well as with the first-level managers responsible for each IRO. In this way, each Bank division comprehensively reviewed the results obtained for the IROs within their remit, evaluating their relevance, consistency and adequacy against the operational and strategic reality. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 180 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 183
Internal control processes for the double materiality analysis As indicated in subsection 1.3.5 Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting, the Internal Controls over Sustainability Reporting (ICSR) have identified risks and designed controls over the new double materiality exercise in order to ensure that this exercise is carried out correctly and completely. The Board of Directors delegates the supervisory function regarding the internal control systems to the Board Audit and Control Committee. At least once a year, the situation of the ICSR as a result of new applicable regulatory requirements is reported to the Board Audit and Control Committee and to the Sustainability Committee. In addition, every year at the end of the tax year, the result of the assessment of the controls and the conclusions derived from it are escalated to the Board Audit and Control Committee. Governance of the double materiality analysis The results of the double materiality analysis, as well as the process and methodology applied, were reported to the Sustainability Committee, the Management Committee and to the Board Audit and Control Committee of the Institution. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 181 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 184
Disclosure requirements addressed in the Sustainability Report Once the material topics for the Bank have been identified, the sustainability information that is to be disclosed in the annual Sustainability Report is compiled and organised. Based on these material topics and the structure of the ESRS, this report covers environmental information first, followed by information on social aspects to finally conclude with information related to governance. ESRS E1 - Climate change ESRS 2 GOV-3: Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes E1-1: Transition plan for climate change mitigation ESRS 2 SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model ESRS 2 IRO-1: Description of the processes to identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities E1-2: Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation E1-3: Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies E1-4: Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation E1-5: Energy consumption and mix E1-6: Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions E1-7: GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through carbon credits E1-8: Internal carbon pricing scheme ESRS S1 - Own workforce ESRS 2 SBM-2: Interests and views of stakeholders ESRS 2 SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model S1-1: Policies related to own workforce S1-2: Processes for engaging with own workers and workers’ representatives about impacts S1-3: Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workers to raise concerns S1-4: Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions S1-5: Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities S1-6: Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees S1-8: Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue S1-10: Adequate wages S1-12: Persons with disabilities S1-13: Training and skills development S1-14: Health and safety metrics S1-15: Work-life balance metrics S1-16: Compensation metrics (pay gap and total compensation) S1-17: Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts Topical standard Disclosure requirement Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 182 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 185
ESRS S4 - Consumers and end- users ESRS 2 SBM-2: Interests and views of stakeholders ESRS 2 SBM-3: Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model S4-1: Policies related to consumers and end-users S4-2: Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts S4-3: Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumers and end-users to raise concerns S4-4: Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users, and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end-users, and effectiveness of those actions S4-5: Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities ESRS G1 - Business conduct ESRS GOV-1: The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies ESRS 2 IRO-1: Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities G1-1: Corporate culture and business conduct policies and corporate culture G1-2: Management of relationships with suppliers G1-3: Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery G1-4: Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery Entity-specific disclosures Tax responsibility Topical standard Disclosure requirement The sections of the Sustainability Report in which information regarding these disclosure requirements can be found are provided in Annex 5.6 Correlation table with the CSRD. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 183 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 186
Assessment of environmental degradation, social and governance risks In addition to climate risk, which comprises physical and transition risks that are material for the Institution, environmental degradation, social and governance risks are also assessed and monitored. The processes through which these risks are integrated in the Institution’s risk management model are described below. The Institution, through its own operations, does not cause any negative impacts worthy of mention in the areas of biodiversity, ecosystems or natural resources. Furthermore, its stock of physical assets, which includes, among others, corporate buildings, offices, other facilities and ATMs, is located in urban hubs, away from ecosystems and biodiversity-sensitive areas. The quantitative assessment of environmental risk materiality that the Institution carries out on a regular basis considers that banking activity has a “Low” impact on the various vectors (air, soil, biodiversity and water) and a very limited impact on waste. This analysis is based on the sector mapping tool of the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI), which quantifies the impact on the environment of a banking institution (according to its CNAE code) and which the Institution also uses to assess the Environmental Degradation Risk (EDR) of its loan book. The lack of noteworthy impacts in these areas is reinforced by the Bank’s Environmental Management System (EMS) certification in accordance with ISO 14001:2015, which includes annual audits describing and analysing the plan of initiatives or improvements in relation to the EMS and covering aspects such as environmental performance, energy performance, waste reduction, disposal of hazardous materials, etc. Despite that, the Institution is indeed exposed to potential non- climate-related environmental risks through its suppliers that deliver goods and services to the Bank. These are players located in its upstream value chain. Therefore, and in order to identify, manage and, where appropriate, minimise these potential risks, the Institution has several policies and procedures in place, such as the Procurement Policy and the Supplier Code of Conduct. Together, these documents cover the entire supplier relationship process, from the prior assessment, accreditation and procurement phase through to service delivery and its management and oversight. Throughout this entire procurement, service outsourcing and supplier management process, the Group has included the sustainability principle in its outsourcing and procurement policies to ensure that suppliers apply the best ESG practices and to incentivise this conduct. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 184 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 187
Moreover, the Institution carries out an assessment of the various environmental aspects with tools that provide relevant information to decide whether or not to engage certain suppliers, through questionnaires based on the “statement of responsibility” of the supplier, who declares their acceptance of various statements in relation to each aspect. By way of example and for illustrative purposes only: — General ESG: whether the supplier has an EMS or a publicly disclosed environmental policy, whether it has received complaints of an environmental nature, whether it identifies and manages ESG aspects and risks, whether it adheres to various environmental initiatives or commitments, whether it prepares an annual and public sustainability/CSR report, whether it has a sustainable procurement policy and if this policy is applied to its value chain, etc. — Biodiversity and climate: whether it promotes actions that minimise the impact on biodiversity, whether it identifies and assesses climate risks, whether it complies with legal requirements on environmental matters, etc. — Waste and circularity: whether it quantifies its waste and has improvement objectives, whether it has a circularity strategy for its activities, whether it integrates circularity criteria in its decisions or whether it takes actions to reduce the use of materials in the manufacturing of its products and services (metals, minerals, plastics, etc.). — Water resources: whether it calculates a water footprint indicator in its production process and carries out regular monitoring of water consumption, whether it has targets for reducing water consumption, whether it carries out a water risk assessment, etc. This analysis is carried out for various types of suppliers (essential outsourcing, non-essential outsourcing and critical outsourcing). Afterwards, they must satisfactorily complete the accreditation process and undergo continuous monitoring by the Institution to ensure compliance with their contract. Thus, the Institution focuses its attention on the sustainability and environmental resilience of its suppliers and has established a dual objective to prevent and adequately manage environmental risk and to minimise possible negative effects (and amplify the positive ones) that these suppliers may generate. These objectives are, on one hand, for 80% of its relevant suppliers to have an ESG score and, on the other hand, for 90% of billing with these suppliers to be with those that have the highest scores (A+, A or B). Both objectives have been successfully met in 2025. Environmental degradation risk of the loan book The Bank conducts an assessment of its exposure3 to the risk associated with environmental degradation of the business risk portfolio, based on the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI) methodology. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 185 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 3 Exposure means the amount drawn down and contingent risks in the business loan book.
Page 188
This methodology assigns an environmental impact to each CNAE code, obtained by consolidating these five non-climate-related environmental factors: 1. Management of water resources: risk of water resources becoming contaminated, and their management. 2. Impact on biodiversity: negative effects on species and natural spaces. 3. Pollution and use of land: risk of land becoming contaminated or degraded, as well as the use associated therewith. 4. Air quality: risk of air being polluted with gases other than greenhouse gases, which could potentially affect ecosystems and people’s health. 5. Management of resources and waste: generation of waste (hazardous or otherwise) in large quantities and with intensive use of natural resources. It is worth noting that an exhaustive review of the environmental degradation risk associated with each CNAE code has been carried out, to obtain more granular data for each activity and to standardise the risk of certain similar activities (e.g. manufacturing activities, transport activities, etc.). The overall environmental degradation risk score consolidates the risk associated with each of these factors. It is worth noting that, at present, environmental degradation risk (as well as the five factors) is not broken down by drivers (transition and physical). In this way, the impacts on the business portfolio are classified in four risk categories: “Low”, “Medium”, “High” or “Very High”. Overall, 1.3% of the business exposure is classified as having “Very High” environmental degradation risk and 10.1% as “High” risk4; the portfolio classified as having “High” and ”Very High” risk remained stable compared to 2024. At a sectoral level, environmental degradation risk is concentrated in certain sectors, such as Electricity and gas, Transport, Food and beverages, Chemical, and Paper and timber. Lastly, to ensure that the measurement of the evolution of these risks is supervised, the portfolio’s exposure to climate-related and environmental risk is monitored on a quarterly basis and reported to the Bank’s Sustainability Committee5. Biodiversity risk Biodiversity risk, as a subcategory of environmental degradation risk, affects the financial sector in a similar way as climate risk does, as both have associated ecosystem services that can be translated as an economic value for society. The potential deterioration of these services could affect the economy’s production capacity. Banco Sabadell’s regulatory framework includes different guidelines for the protection of biodiversity. At the top level of this framework is the Group’s Sustainability Policy, which includes the main guidelines for social, environmental and governance actions. This document sets out the principle of ‘environmental protection’, which includes the management of biodiversity. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 186 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 4 Part of the portfolio could in turn also be affected by climate-related transition risk, therefore the percentages of each one cannot be added together directly. 5 Details of the attributions of management bodies in climate-related matters are provided in chapter 1.3.1 Sustainability governance.
Page 189
The Bank defined the Environmental and Social Risk Framework, which also lays down measures to protect biodiversity, either through restrictions of certain activities or through general restrictions. Based on this policy principle, the Bank defined the Environmental and Social Risk Framework, which also lays down measures to protect biodiversity, either through restrictions of certain activities or through general restrictions. As the management of climate change and the management of biodiversity are intricately linked, most of these restrictions help to mitigate both risks. However, there are certain exclusions where the Bank has established that it will not take credit risk if it finds sufficient evidence that one or more of the following circumstances associated with biodiversity exist: General exclusions: — Companies that pose a threat to UNESCO World Heritage Sites, to any of the wetlands included in the Ramsar list, locations appearing on the map of the Alliance for Zero Extinction, and Category I-IV areas of the International Union for Conservation of Nature. — Companies for which Banco Sabadell has sufficient reasons to believe that they are in material breach of applicable laws and regulations in relation to human rights and the environment, even if the circumstances in question do not constitute a breach of the local legislation of each country. Sector-specific exclusions: — Farms involved in controversies related to the production or trade of products regulated by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). — Farming projects that involve the burning of natural ecosystems in order to clear land for agricultural activities. — Farming projects that involve the destruction of High Conservation Value Forests. — Vessels operating with drift nets of more than 2.5 km in USA or EU waters, or those which use drift nets to capture any of the species listed in Annex VIII of EU Regulation (EC) No 1239/98 or those listed in the Mexican National Fishing Charter and Official Standard NOM059-SEMARNAT-2010. — Bottom trawling in USA or EU waters more than 800 metres below sea level. — Mountain Top Removal (MTR6) mining methods. — Mines that fail to produce evidence of a closure and site recovery plan. — Mines with tailing dams that are not managed according to the best practices of the industry. — Mining projects that involve the discharge of tailings into river systems or shallow waters. — Desalination plants that lack adequate measures to mitigate the impact of the disposal of brine and/or the extraction of seawater. 6 In addition to establishing restrictions on activities with a high impact on biodiversity, the Bank monitors the impact generated by activities of companies included in its loan book. Although these are companies that fulfil the Environmental and Social Risk Framework, due to their activity they could inherently have an impact on biodiversity. This aspect is considered from two points of view: Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 187 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 6 On an exceptional basis, the Institution may grant them finance where they are located in countries with high energy dependence (more than 65% of imported energy) on coal or where they have no other viable alternative energy sources.
Page 190
1. The quarterly monitoring of environmental degradation risk: this risk includes biodiversity risk, where it is clear that the sectors to which the Bank has exposure and which have the greatest impact are Electricity, Road transportation, Agriculture and fishing, Oil and gas, and Shipping. 2. The classification of borrowers according to the climate-related and environmental risk indicator (hereinafter, IRCA, by its Spanish acronym) (see section Climate-related and environmental performance of the loan book under 2.1.2 Managing and monitoring the risks associated with climate change). Companies with “High” or “Very High” environmental degradation risk, which includes biodiversity risk, are given a worse rating. Social risk The Institution attaches great importance to the assessment of social and/or governance risks of its counterparties. Social risk takes into account various social factors such as those related to rights, wellbeing, and the interests of people and communities. The risk of loss arising from any negative financial impact on counterparties stemming from the current or prospective impacts of social factors is also included. To that end, a series of actions linked to the process for identifying, measuring and managing social risk for both retail and business customers have been implemented. Although it is true that many of these actions apply to both types of customers, the Due Diligence Policy as regards the granting of loans is geared towards retail customers, while the Defence Sector Policy, the Eligibility Guide and the IRCA are actions mostly aimed at corporates. Additional aspects assessed as part of the social risk of counterparties: In addition to the Environmental and Social Risk Framework itself, the Institution has strengthened the process for capturing, identifying and reporting the social risk of counterparties. This process is mainly executed at two different levels: 1. The advanced IRCA has a specific module enabled to capture KRIs7 or quantitative social indicators of counterparties. This makes it possible to capture aspects linked to respect for human rights, quality employment, equality, fair and equitable compensation, talent management, occupational safety, supplier or customer management, among others. 2. During risk acceptance, Corporate Banking operations with a Group Risk Operations Committee (ROC) level of autonomy require an ESG Annex that includes the assessment of potential relevant disputes and controversies of the counterparty in relation to social aspects. To that end, potential significant disputes and controversies associated with aspects such as human rights, labour and minority rights, diversity and equality, among others, are assessed. 7 Lastly, to ensure that the measurement of the evolution of social risks is supervised, the above-mentioned quantitative indicators are monitored on a quarterly basis and reported to the Bank’s Sustainability Committee8. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 188 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 7 Key Risk Indicators. 8 Details of the attributions of management bodies in relation to climate-related matters are provided in subsection 1.3 Governance.
Page 191
Governance risk The Institution considers different governance factors of counterparties, such as those related to the management and operation of a company, for example, anti-bribery and anti-corruption practices and compliance with relevant laws and regulations. The risk of loss arising from any negative financial impact on counterparties stemming from the current or prospective impacts of governance factors is also included. Actions in relation to this risk focus on business risk. Additional aspects assessed as part of the governance risk of counterparties: In addition to the Environmental and Social Risk Framework itself, the Institution has strengthened the process for capturing, identifying and reporting the governance risk of counterparties. This process is mainly executed at two different levels, similar to the approach taken for social risk: 1. The advanced IRCA has a specific module enabled to capture KRIs or quantitative governance indicators of counterparties. This makes it possible to capture aspects related to the composition of the Board of Directors and the existence of policies on conflict of interests, the whistleblowing channel, tax responsibility, contributions to foundations, among others. 2. During risk acceptance, operations with a Group ROC level of autonomy require an ESG Annex that includes the assessment of potential relevant disputes and controversies of the counterparty in relation to governance aspects. To that end, potential significant disputes and controversies associated with aspects such as their structure, corporate governance, culture, business ethics, fight against corruption, conflicts of interest, breaches of laws, inclusiveness, among others. Lastly, to ensure that the measurement of the evolution of governance risks is supervised, the above-mentioned quantitative indicators are monitored on a quarterly basis and reported to the Bank’s Sustainability Committee. Environmental and Social Risk Framework As mentioned above in biodiversity risk, this Framework consolidates the set of applicable criteria (sectoral rules) that are intended to limit the financing of customers or projects that the Institution considers to be contrary to the transition to a sustainable economy or that lack alignment with international regulations or best practices in the industry. The Framework also integrates compliance with the rules and standards at the level of social risk, some sector-specific (e.g. in the energy and agricultural sectors, special consideration is given to the negative impact they may have on society and local communities), and others of general application, such as the International Labour Organization (ILO) Conventions and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. In this regard, the Framework has the same thresholds and scopes of application and the same mechanisms for effective implementation described above, including the dispute screening tool of a reputable third-party supplier. Specifically, the general exclusions limiting the financing of companies with a high level of social risk, regardless of the sector to which the borrower belongs, are: Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 189 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 192
— Companies for which Banco Sabadell has sufficient reason to believe that they employ child labour or forced labour, as defined in the ILO conventions, or that have participated in human rights violations and/or that do not follow the principles of our human rights policy. — Companies involved in the resettlement of indigenous or vulnerable groups without their free, prior and informed consent, or that otherwise infringe the rights of those groups. — Companies for which Banco Sabadell has sufficient reasons to believe that they are in material breach of applicable laws and regulations in relation to human rights and the environment, even if the circumstances in question do not constitute a breach of the local legislation of each country. — Companies that do not have health and safety policies in place to protect their workers, such as OHSAS 18001 or ISO 45001. The other aspects, beyond social risk, assessed as part of the framework and details of their application and integration in policies are described in subsection 2.1. Climate change. Specific qualitative analysis of the financial materiality of environmental risks The Institution views environmental risk as a risk of a cross-cutting nature, which may affect the Institution as another risk factor on top of traditional banking risks. Environmental risk can produce negative impacts through two types of risk drivers: physical risks and transition risks. — Physical risks are those produced by the physical effects of climate change (resulting from adverse climate-related and geological events or changes in weather patterns) and by environmental degradation (consequence of changes in, and severe effects on, the balance of ecosystems); they are classified as either acute risks or chronic risks. — Transition risks are those that occur due to the uncertainty associated with the timing and speed of the process of adjusting to an environmentally sustainable and resilient economy. This process can be affected by four risk drivers broken down into regulatory, technological, market and reputational, according to the classification of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD). The qualitative analysis covers the risks directly affected by environmental risk, namely, credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and operational risk, as it is thought that in other risks (such as reputational risk and business model risk), the effect is indirect as it stems from the impact and management of the four risks mentioned. In terms of the annual qualitative analysis of the materiality of impacts stemming from environmental risk, the exercise starts off with a “climate-related and environmental overview” that includes recent developments and the main trends observed over the past year and which can be consolidated or further explored or have the potential to impact the Institution now or in the future. In keeping with that overview, a qualitative assessment is made of the impact of physical and transition risks, as well as environmental degradation risks, on both customers/ counterparties and on the Bank, based on an impact intensity scale that goes from none to high and taking into account different time horizons. These time horizons (short term: <5 years; medium term: 5-10 years; long term: >10 years) are based on the ESG risk management guidelines published by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in January 2025. From the perspective of physical risk, the analysis of the “climate- related and environmental overview” concludes that in 2025 acute climate events continued to occur and chronic climate trends continued to get Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 190 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 193
worse (e.g. cold snaps, heatwaves, storms, flooding, fires, etc.), in keeping with previous years. Emissions remain at record highs and climate action continues to be inadequate, foreshadowing increasing prospective impacts stemming from climate-related physical risks and further ecosystem deterioration, including rising economic losses, additional adverse effects (e.g. health-related) and insufficient investment in climate adaptation. The trends analysed point to transition risks in the United States being notably milder than in 2023/24, stemming from the Trump administration’s publicly stated opposition to ESG matters and the activation of multiple levers to revert or roll back the green agenda, amid an environment of increasing attention on geopolitical risk drivers. This contrasts with the approach taken by the European Union, which continues to place decarbonisation among its strategic priorities, including through the publication in February 2025 of the Clean Industrial Deal, reaffirming its commitment to climate targets and setting out economic priorities and incentives. It also established decarbonisation targets for 2040, adopted at the end of the year, which are consistent with the objective of net-zero emissions by 2050. However, throughout 2025, EU institutions also scaled back climate ambitions in other areas in order to safeguard the international competitiveness of the European economy, such as the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM), the Emissions Trading System (EU ETS) and regulations relating to deforestation, pesticides and ocean protection. The results of the qualitative analysis showed that, in terms of inherent risk, the risk with the biggest effect continued to be credit risk (see tables). In terms of physical risks, as events are expected to become more frequent and severe, it is thought that this will increase the impact intensity of credit risk over the time horizon considered, with acute risks materialising abruptly and chronic risks emerging gradually. In terms of transition risks, these are estimated to have a gradually increasing overall impact on counterparties (customers), affecting them to a greater or lesser extent depending on their activity sector and the efforts made to decarbonise, driven primarily by policy & legal and technology drivers. On the other hand, for the other risks analysed (market, liquidity and operational), the impact intensity of inherent environmental risks is low. In the case of market risk, investors are not yet clearly pricing these types of risk drivers into the prices of financial assets (particularly sovereign debt, where the Bank has most of its market risk), nor have they yet changed their general requirements to require issuers to submit plans for their transition that show their trajectory towards a decarbonised economy. In terms of liquidity risk, the limited impact reflects the expectation that any inherent risk among the Bank’s customers will be isolated or localised in specific sectors and locations, given its diversified customer base and adequate capital buffers. As for operational risk, extreme weather events are expected to have localised and uneven impacts across the territory, while new regulations on sustainable financial products remain under development and implementation. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 191 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 194
Physical risks materiality matrix Short term Medium term Long term Acute Physical Risk Credit Market Liquidity Operational Chronic Physical Risk Credit Market Liquidity Operational Transition risks materiality matrix Short term Medium term Long term Policy & Legal Transition Risk Credit Market Liquidity Operational Technology Transition Risk Credit Market Liquidity Operational Market Transition Risk Credit Market Liquidity Operational Reputational Transition Risk Credit Market Liquidity Operational Environmental degradation risk materiality matrix Short term Medium term Long term Environmental degradation risk Credit Market Liquidity Operational Short term: 1-5 years Medium term: 5-10 years Long term: >10 years No impact Low Medium-Low Medium Medium-High High Note: The qualitative materiality assessment of environmental risk considers an impact in different impact categories (“No impact”, “Low”, “Medium-Low”, “Medium”, “Medium-High” and “High”). In the case of physical risks, this range of impacts varies according to the intensity and frequency of the climate-related and environmental events that could materialise, as well as the capacity to neutralise any disruptions or adverse impacts that emerge. In the case of transition risks, the scale of impact varies according to the level of investment made in climate change mitigation, climate change adaptation and environmental degradation. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 192 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 195
These are the results of an inherent risk assessment, without considering the application of the mitigating factors that the Institution has in place or which are in the process of being implemented under the Sustainable Finance Plan (SFP). Credit risk mitigating factors notably include ESG regulations governing risk granting, the profiling of sectoral decarbonisation pathways, counterparty IRCA assessments, the monitoring of risk and exposure indicators, and the existence of different forms of insurance. After considering the rollout of mitigating factors, the residual environmental risk is concluded to be low for all of the risks under analysis. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 193 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 196
Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 194 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 197
1.3 Governance 1.3.1. Sustainability governance The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies The governance system and the organisation of the different decision-making levels are both being continuously improved and adapted to the needs that are emerging from the new sustainability environment. Board of Directors With the exception of matters reserved to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, Banco Sabadell’s Board of Directors is the most senior decision-making body of the company and its consolidated Group as it is responsible, by law and pursuant to the Articles of Association, for the management and representation of the Bank. The Board of Directors acts mainly as an instrument of supervision and control, delegating the management of the Institution’s ordinary business matters to the Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors is subject to well-defined and transparent rules of governance, in particular to the Articles of Association and the Regulation of the Board of Directors, and it conforms to best practice in the area of corporate governance. To ensure better and more diligent performance of its general supervisory duties, the Board is directly responsible for approving the Institution’s general strategies. It also approves its policies and is therefore responsible for establishing principles, commitments and objectives in the area of sustainability, and for including them in the Institution’s strategy. As at 31 December 2025, the Board of Directors is made up of fourteen members. Of these, two are Executive Directors (14.28% of the total Board) and twelve are Non-Executive Directors, ten of them Independent Directors (71.42% of the total Board) and two Other External Directors (14.28% of the total Board). There is no trade union representation on the Board. As at 2025 year-end, there were six female directors, including five female Independent Directors out of a total of ten Independent Directors and one female Other External Director. As of 2024, women represented 40% of the full Board of Directors, which comprised 15 members. Currently, the Board is made up of 14 members, and female representation has increased to 43%, thereby bringing forward the fulfilment of the Bank’s commitment stated in Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability and achieving early compliance with the provisions of Organic Law 2/2024 of 1 August on equal representation and balanced presence of women and men. This level of representation remained unchanged in 2025. The matrix of competences and diversity of members of the Board of Directors set out below shows the horizontal and sectoral skills found in the Board of Directors. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 195 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 198
Competencias sectoriales Chair Deputy Chair Chief Executive Officer Board Member Josep Oliu Creus Pedro Fontana García César González- Bueno Mayer Aurora Catá Sala Ext. Dir. Ind. Dir. Exec. Dir Ind. Dir. Retail Banking ● ● ● Corporate Banking ● ● ● ● Financial and capital markets ● ● ● ● Insurance ● ● ● Other financial skills ● ● ● ● Accounting and auditing ● ● ● ● Risk management ● ● ● Planning and strategy ● ● ● ● Governance ● ● ● ● Risk control ● ● ● Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism ● ● Legal ● ● Digital and ICT (digital transformation) ● ● ● Human resources, culture, talent and remuneration ● ● ● Responsible business and sustainability ● ● International experience: Spain ● ● ● ● United Kingdom ● ● Mexico ● ● Other ● ● ● Horizontal skills Governing bodies ● ● ● ● Organisational management and leadership ● ● ● ● Business experience ● ● ● ● Governance and public policy ● ● Consultancy ● ● Regulatory and supervisory bodies ● ● Academic ● ● Communication and institutional relations ● ● Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 196 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 199
Sectoral skills Ana Colonques García- Planas Lluís Deulofeu Fuguet María José García- Beato Mireya Giné Torrens María Gloria Hernández García George Donald Johnston III Margarita Salvans Puigbò Manuel Valls Morató David Vegara Figueras Pedro Viñolas Serra Ind. Dir. Ind. Dir. Ext. Dir. Ind. Dir. Ind. Dir. Lead Ind. Dir. Ind. Dir. Ind. Dir. Exec. Dir Ind. Dir. Retail Banking ● ● ● ● ● ● Corporate Banking ● ● ● ● Financial and capital markets ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Insurance ● ● Other financial skills ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Accounting and auditing ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Risk management ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Planning and strategy ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Governance ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Risk control ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism ● ● ● ● ● ● Legal ● Digital and ICT (digital transformation) ● ● ● Human resources, culture, talent and remuneration ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Responsible business and sustainability ● ● ● ● ● International experience: Spain ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● United Kingdom ● ● ● Mexico ● ● Other ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Horizontal skills Governing bodies ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Organisational management and leadership ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Business experience ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Governance and public policy ● ● ● ● ● Consultancy ● ● ● ● Regulatory and supervisory bodies ● ● ● ● Academic ● ● ● ● ● Communication and institutional relations ● ● ● ● ● Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 197 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 200
When defining the general strategy, the business objectives and the risk management framework of the Institution, the Board of Directors considers aspects related to sustainability, including climate-related, environmental, social and governance risks, and it also effectively oversees them. In 2025, the Board of Directors revised the Group’s Sustainability Policy, which integrates ESG criteria into business activities and the organisation, and strengthens Senior Management’s involvement by linking ESG targets and objectives to variable remuneration. In addition, progress was made during the year in the measurement and management of climate-related, social and governance risks, including the development of internal models for double materiality. In relation to the management and control of environmental risk, the Board is ultimately responsible for embedding it into the general strategy and for establishing the necessary mechanisms for its review. Its duties range from monitoring environmental risk to approving and reviewing the organisational and functional framework for managing, controlling and reporting on this risk, approving the associated policies and reviewing them on an annual basis. Lastly, it is worth noting that the Board of Directors has received specific training on climate risk management, the impact deriving from those risks, policies and regulations in that regard, as well as measurement metrics such as the carbon footprint and decarbonisation pathways. Board Committees Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee The Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee was set up in 2021 and is chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, in the capacity of Other External Director. It is formed of five directors: three Independent, one Other External and its Chair. This Board Committee met 14 times in 2025. This Board Committee is responsible for analysing and reporting to the Board of Directors on environmental risk policies and for reporting to the Board of Directors on any amendments or periodic updates of the environmental risk strategy. It is also responsible for overseeing the model for identifying, controlling and managing risks and opportunities in relation to sustainability including, where appropriate, environmental risks. Banco Sabadell continues to move forward with its activities and organisation to support and accelerate the important economic and social transformations that contribute to sustainable development and the fight against climate change. The Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee carries out regular monitoring of the Institution’s progress in ESG matters through the review of the Corporate Sustainability Report, which contains information about the overall ESG environment in the context of the macroeconomic and regulatory environment, and about the Institution’s ESG outlook, the integration of ESG risks into management arrangements, and about the recognition the Bank has received for its disclosures and from rating agencies, among other aspects. With regard to the above-mentioned regular monitoring of the Corporate Sustainability Report, the Board Committee was informed of the Institution’s progress as a sustainable institution through, among other things, the Sustainability Indicator and compliance with the objectives set forth in Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability. It was also kept abreast of key aspects relating to the Group’s sustainable financed portfolio, ESG risk management and other ESG milestones, such as its inclusion among the world’s 500 most sustainable companies Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 198 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 201
by Time magazine and its recognition by S&P Global as a leading bank in terms of ESG performance. Lastly, the Board Committee issues and submits to the Board of Directors, on a monthly basis, all information concerning proposals, assessments, research and work carried out by the Board Committee in relation to matters within its sphere of competence discussed at its meetings each month. On matters of strategy, the Chief Executive Officer takes part in the meetings, with rights to speak and vote, meaning that on such matters this Board Committee has six members. With regard to sustainability, the Board Committee has the following duties: — Analyse and inform the Board of Directors about the Institution’s sustainability and environmental policies. — Inform the Board of Directors of any modifications or regular updates of the sustainability strategy. — Analyse the definition and, where applicable, amendment of policies on diversity and inclusion, human rights, equal opportunities and work-life balance and evaluate the level of compliance therewith on a regular basis. — Review the Bank’s social action strategy and its sponsorship and patronage plans. — Review and report on the Sustainability Report prior to its review and reporting by the Board Audit and Control Committee and its subsequent sign-off by the Board of Directors. — Receive information in connection with reports, documents or communications from external supervisory bodies within the scope of responsibility of this Board Committee. Other Board Committees are involved to varying degrees in the sustainability governance arrangements: Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee In 2021, the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee took on duties in relation to the disclosure of internal corporate policies and regulations, the oversight of rules on corporate governance, and the relationship with shareholders and investors, proxy advisers and other stakeholders. This Board Committee is formed of four Independent Directors and one Other External Director. Board Audit and Control Committee The Board Audit and Control Committee oversees the process to prepare and submit regulated financial and non-financial information and escalates recommendations or proposals intended to safeguard its integrity to the Board of Directors. It is also in charge of reporting to the Board of Directors, prior to publication, on the financial information and the Directors’ Report, which include mandatory non-financial information that the Institution is required to disclose on a regular basis. Where necessary and in coordination with the Board Risk Committee, it oversees and assesses the effectiveness of internal policies and systems for the control and management of all risks, encompassing the Institution’s financial and non-financial risks, including operational, ICT, social, environmental, policy and reputational risks or those related to corruption, and it provides oversight to ensure that the main direct or indirect risks are reasonably identified, measured and controlled. This Board Committee is formed of four Independent Directors, its Chair being an audit expert. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 199 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 202
Board Risk Committee The Board Risk Committee oversees the implementation of the Institution’s Global Risk Framework Policy and is responsible for advising and supporting the Board of Directors with regard to the monitoring of the Bank’s risk appetite and general risk strategy, taking into account all types of risks, to ensure that they are in line with the Institution’s business strategy, objectives, corporate culture and values. This Board Committee is responsible for supervising and ensuring that all of the Group’s risks are properly taken, controlled and managed, in accordance with the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement, and for reporting to the Board of Directors on the performance of its duties. This Board Committee is formed of four Independent Directors. Internal Committees Management Committee The Management Committee develops the Bank’s strategic plan, making all necessary decisions for its fulfilment, including those related to sustainability, within the parameters set by the Board of Directors and the Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee. In addition, it regularly monitors the Institution’s ESG Activities Plan and updates to the regulatory and supervisory framework; it also carries out a comprehensive review of the aforesaid plan and, if necessary, resolves any incidents. Sustainability Committee The Sustainability Committee, chaired by the General Manager and People & Sustainability Director, is the body in charge of establishing the Bank’s Sustainability Programme and monitoring its execution, as well as defining and disclosing the general principles of action in the area of sustainability and promoting the development of projects and initiatives. It is made up of 11 members (ensuring the representation of several areas, including Sustainability, Risk, Finance, Business, Communication, Research Service and Regulation), covering all functional areas to ensure cross-cutting coordination in the implementation of the Sustainability Programme and, therefore, in the execution of the Institution’s ESG strategy. It meets on a monthly basis (11 times during 2025). Organisation In January 2025, the Sustainability division merged with the People division, creating the People & Sustainability division. This is the area responsible for the definition and management of Banco Sabadell Group’s responsible banking strategy, including the cross-cutting implementation of ESG criteria across all the Bank’s business units, affiliates and subsidiaries. The People & Sustainability Director is a General Manager who forms part of the Institution’s Management Committee and reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Sustainability division, which reports directly to the People & Sustainability Director, is a cross-cutting structure that has an overview of all new initiatives to be implemented in the Bank, collaborating in their definition, promoting them and taking charge of their monitoring. As new sustainability functions are added and expanded, the Institution’s structure is being adapted to include the necessary Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 200 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 203
knowledge and skills in all the divisions responsible for ESG matters. The Bank is organised according to the system of the three lines of defence, and each line has teams dedicated to sustainability-related matters. With regard to the first line of defence, the business areas have been reinforced by setting up specific units that coordinate with the commercial teams to create sustainable financing solutions for customers, identifying trends and new social and environmental products and services. The Business Banking and Corporate Banking portfolio management teams have expanded their staff to ensure closer monitoring of sustainable transactions. In addition, the risk teams have been expanded to perform their own ESG functions in portfolio risk management. Other teams have introduced new sustainability-related functions, such as the Financial division, where additional staff members now focus on building and analysing sustainability data. In this respect, the Sustainability division has developed in the area of strategy and the Purchasing division now includes supplier sustainability analysis for relevant procurement items. In order to meet the growing regulatory and supervisory demands, the Research and Models teams have also been strengthened. These are the teams that add climate scenarios to the stress testing models and the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). Similarly, new members have been added to the Compliance, Credit Risk Control, Internal Control and Models Validation teams to reinforce the second line of defence and guarantee the quality of 1LoD systems in relation to risk management and the governance of sustainability processes. Teams of the third line of defence were also enlarged to take on audit functions related to governance processes, risk management activities and internal control in the area of sustainability. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 201 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 204
Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking’s administrative, management and supervisory bodies The material Impacts, Risks and Opportunities (hereinafter, IROs) have been identified using the double materiality analysis, which is explained in detail in section 1.2 Double materiality analysis. In this respect, the material IROs have been grouped into a total of six topics: Climate change mitigation and adaptation, Energy, Own workforce, Access to products and services and non-discrimination, Cybersecurity and data protection, and Business conduct. In this vein, the Management Committee is the highest-level executive committee and is regularly informed of material impacts, risks and opportunities at top-level committee meetings. The governance process for each of the above-mentioned topics is described below: 1. Climate change mitigation and adaptation All matters related to climate change (mitigation and adaptation) are regularly reviewed by the Sustainability Committee. The Management Committee, for its part, engages in regular monitoring of the ESG Activities Plan and updates to the regulatory framework. In addition, the matters that concern customer lending are submitted to the relevant Business Committees of the Institution, while those that relate to the measurement of borrowers’ climate-related and environmental risks are relayed to the Technical Risk Committee. As for the Board Committees, in relation to that to which each topic refers: — Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee: Carries out regular monitoring of the Institution’s progress in ESG matters through the review of the Corporate Sustainability Report, which contains information about the overall ESG environment in the context of the macroeconomic and regulatory landscape, about the Institution’s ESG outlook, the integration of ESG risks into management arrangements, and about the accolades received by the Bank for its disclosures and from rating agencies. With regard to the above- mentioned regular monitoring of the Corporate Sustainability Report, the Board Committee was informed of the Institution’s progress as a sustainable institution through, among other things, the Sustainability Indicator and compliance with the objectives set forth in Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability. It was also kept abreast of key aspects relating to the Group’s sustainable financed portfolio, ESG risk management and other ESG milestones, such as its inclusion among the world’s 500 most sustainable companies by Time magazine and its recognition by S&P Global as a leading bank in terms of ESG performance. — Board Risk Committee: One of the main responsibilities of the Board Risk Committee is that of putting forward the proposed Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) to the Board of Directors for approval. It is Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 202 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 205
worth noting that, in relation to sustainability, new metrics and indicators relating to environmental risks associated with credit risk have been incorporated. Information on decarbonisation pathways for new portfolios has continued to be provided, with this data sent regularly to the Board Risk Committee. — Delegated Credit Committee: Approves or reports favourably to the Board of Directors, as applicable, on decisions concerning credit risk acceptance, credit risk refinancing and restructuring, and sales of foreclosed assets, according to the assumptions and limits established by the Board of Directors, having reviewed risk limits granted to large groups on 210 occasions and assessed the approval of more than 103 transactions involving enterprises and public sector entities. The prior analysis conducted by the Board Committee of the companies within its remit takes sustainability indicators into account. In this respect, it reports on the company’s classification and alignment with ESG guidelines through its compliance with those guidelines; its alignment with the sectoral pathway, as applicable; and its compliance with sectoral rules. It also reports on the company’s ranking given by the climate-related and environmental risk indicator (IRCA). This indicator aims to objectively rank companies that are obliged to produce a Sustainability Report, based on their exposure to climate-related and environmental risks, and according to their maturity in terms of managing those risks. — Board Audit and Control Committee: During the year, in accordance with the duties incumbent upon it, the Board Committee has monitored and analysed the sufficiency, clarity and integrity of all financial and related non-financial disclosures published by the Bank, corresponding to both the Bank and Banco Sabadell Group, prior to their presentation to the Board of Directors and their disclosure to the market and to supervisory bodies. — Board of Directors: Responsible for approving the Institution’s policies, for establishing principles, commitments and objectives in the area of sustainability, and for including them in the Institution’s strategy. When defining the general strategy, the business objectives and the risk management framework of the Institution, the Board of Directors considers environmental aspects, including climate-related and environmental risks, and it also effectively oversees them. 2. Energy The level of compliance with the commitments under the ESG framework, which include, among others, those related to the Institution’s energy efficiency, is reported to the Sustainability Committee on an annual basis. The Sustainability Committee oversees the Sustainability Programme and drives the development of projects and initiatives to ensure effective compliance with the commitments undertaken. It also validates proposals for improvements to the energy efficiency of the Institution’s facilities, while the corresponding budget is approved by the Management Committee. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 203 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 206
3. Own workforce The top-level committee of the People & Sustainability division is in charge of defining the strategy and making decisions that have an impact on all staff. It also submits proposals to the Institution’s governing bodies on actions related to professional development, remuneration policies, and occupational welfare and work-life balance measures, always in accordance with applicable regulations and internal policies. Banco Sabadell prioritises initiatives linked to reducing the gender pay gap and increasing the representation of women in management positions. In this regard, internal policies and procedures ensure that staff work in a workplace environment where fairness and equality are strategic elements that guide the business culture. The Bank rolls out initiatives to all units throughout the organisation to reduce and mitigate pay inequality between men and women and it is committed to progressively reducing differences in that respect in order to move forward with its aim of supporting the economic and social transformation of our environment. The monitoring and control of gender representation and the gender pay gap is a priority for the People & Sustainability division and is regularly reviewed by the unit’s top-level committee. The aim of this mechanism is to assess the level of compliance with corporate objectives and the degree of success of the measures that the Institution has in place in terms of diversity, equality and inclusion, focusing on aspects related to the gender pay gap and the representation of women. Additionally, the People & Sustainability division is in charge of conveying the outcome of relevant actions to the forums indicated below: — Board Committees (Board Remuneration Committee, Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee, Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee): report on the main conclusions drawn from the analysis of the Bank’s remuneration models and the action levers to reduce the gender pay gap, aimed primarily at increasing female representation in positions with a higher functional value. Furthermore, the composition of the senior management group and the monitoring of gender diversity objectives are presented to the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee on an annual basis, showing how they compare to peers and complying with the current regulations related to gender equality and gender pay equity. — Management Committee: this Committee validates, on an annual basis, compliance with the annual targets for female representation embedded in the sustainability indicator, which forms part of the Institution’s corporate objectives. — Managerial Performance Evaluation Committee (MPEC) and Divisional Employee Appraisal Committee (DEAC): this forum meets annually with the aim of deciding on changes to senior management staff, approving proposals for promotions to or demotions from that group, as well as verifying compliance with the gender diversity targets and the application of policies that seek to foster gender representation parity. — Equality Plan Monitoring and Assessment Committee: assessment of the level of compliance and progress of actions and objectives set forth in the Equality Plan. — Core and Business Groups Promoting Diversity, Fairness and Equality: created in 2022 with the aim of driving forward initiatives, assessing the monitoring of indicators and promoting a culture with a holistic approach to diversity across all levels of the organisation. — Equality Officer: person responsible for ensuring equal treatment and equal opportunities within the organisation chart. The Equality Officer has specific training in this area and supervises the execution of actions set forth in the Equality Plan. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 204 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 207
4. Access to products and services and non- discrimination Before marketing a new product or service, an internal workflow (“Product Workflow”) is followed, where the relevant areas of the Bank review the various aspects to ensure they conform to the established standards. The subsequent validation by the areas involved is ultimately ratified by a high-level committee, the Technical Product Committee. Moreover, since 2015, Sogeviso (a subsidiary created and wholly owned by the Bank) has managed the housing problem arising from Sabadell customers’ families being unable to keep up with payments. Its governing bodies are structured to encompass all aspects of the company’s activities. To that end, it has the following committees: the Corporate Projects Committee, responsible for the design and implementation of operational transformation and company infrastructure initiatives; the Business Development Committee, in charge of defining strategic business development initiatives and reviewing contracts with third parties for approval; and the Management Committee, which addresses relevant matters concerning the day-to-day activities of the business areas. Furthermore, the Real Estate Management division holds weekly meetings with the Sogeviso units responsible for its area of oversight (Corporate Services division and Mediation & Social Impact division). In addition, in 2024 Sogeviso started up a new business line, for non-Group customers, focused on integrated management of newly constructed affordable rental stock associated with public-private partnership models. As a result of this initiative, 1,763 properties in Lot III of the Madrid Autonomous Community’s “Plan Vive”, with an occupancy rate of 92.1% as at 31 December 2025, were fully managed during 2025. In addition, Sogeviso actively participated in several housing tenders organised in Madrid, Aragon and Andalusia. Finally, in relation to the Code of Good Practice (Código de Buenas Prácticas, or CBP), whose main objective is to arrange for the viable restructuring of mortgage debt for primary residences and is aimed at persons in a vulnerable situation, aggregated information on customer applications to request access to the measures provided in the CBP is prepared on a monthly basis. Information regarding the treatment of customers who expressed interest in this service but who, for different reasons, were not granted access to CBP measures, is also included. This information is periodically sent to the Customer Conduct Risk Prevention team. 5. Cybersecurity and data protection The Information Security function sends regular cybersecurity status reports to governing bodies, such as the Management Committee, the Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee and the Board of Directors, which are the bodies responsible for overseeing the Institution’s cybersecurity, along with the Board Risk Committee, which oversees ICT risks. In relation to Data Protection, a plan setting out the necessary measures to monitor and supervise compliance with the Personal Data Protection Policy is submitted to the Management Committee for approval on an annual basis. Every six months, a Supervision and Control Plan follow-up report is also sent to the Management Committee and to the Board Risk Committee. In addition, the Annual Data Protection Report is compiled which, among other things, reports on monitoring of the Control Plan, and the Data Protection Officer’s Report is issued, in compliance with the Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 205 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 208
obligation of accountability to the Bank’s Senior Management. This report is submitted to the Management Committee, the Board Risk Committee and the Board of Directors. 6. Business conduct The Corporate Ethics Committee (CEC), reporting to the Board of Directors, is ultimately responsible for adopting policies on corporate reputation and ethical behaviour. Its core mission is to promote the ethical behaviour of the entire organisation to ensure compliance with the action principles set out in the Banco Sabadell Group Code of Conduct, the Internal Code of Conduct relating to the securities market (Reglamento Interno de Conducta, or RIC), the Corporate Crime Prevention Policy, the General Policy on Conflicts of Interest, the Anti-Corruption Policy and the Policy on the Internal Reporting System and Protection of Reporting Persons. 1.3.2 Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes Banco Sabadell Group’s Remuneration Policy is consistent with the goals of the risk and business strategy, the corporate culture, the protection of shareholders, investors and customers, the values and long-term interests of the Group, as well as with customer satisfaction and the measures taken to prevent conflicts of interest without providing incentives for excessive risk-taking. To that end, Banco Sabadell Group’s Remuneration Policy is based on the following principles: 1. Promote business and social sustainability in the medium-long term and ensure alignment with Banco Sabadell Group’s values. This involves: — Aligning remuneration with shareholders' interests and with the creation of long-term value. — Implementing rigorous risk management, considering measures to prevent conflicts of interest. — Aligning with Banco Sabadell Group's long-term business strategy, objectives, values and interests. 2. Ensure a competitive and fair remuneration system (external competitiveness and internal fairness) that: — Is able to attract and retain the best talent. — Rewards professional experience and responsibility, irrespective of the employee’s gender. In this respect, Banco Sabadell Group’s Remuneration Policy is based on equal pay for male and female employees for equal work or for work of equal value. — Is aligned with market standards and is flexible, so that it can be adapted to changes in the environment and sector requirements. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 206 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 209
3. Reward performance, thereby aligning remuneration with individual performance and the level of risk taken: — Finding an adequate balance between the various remuneration components. — Considering current and future risks and performance, without providing incentives for excessive risk-taking beyond Banco Sabadell Group’s tolerated threshold. — Implementing a simple, transparent and clear-cut remuneration scheme. The Group’s Remuneration Policy should be easy to understand and easy to communicate to the entire workforce. The Banco Sabadell Group Remuneration Policy, in its entirety, includes information about the integration of sustainability risks. In particular, in terms of sustainability, the following aspects are taken into consideration: — The remuneration policy and practices shall encourage behaviour consistent with the Group’s risk-based approaches related to climate and the environment, as well as with the commitments voluntarily undertaken by the Group. In addition, they shall promote a long-term approach to the management of climate-related and environmental risks. — Remuneration components must contribute to the promotion of environmental, social and governance actions in order to make the business strategy sustainable and socially responsible. The specific workings of variable remuneration will be set out in the Banco Sabadell Group companies’ regulations. In any case, variable remuneration will be linked to performance, such that its total amount is based on an assessment that: — Combines the overall performance of the Group, entity, business unit or division in which the employee performs their duties and/or the individual performance of the employee themselves. — Takes into account both financial and non-financial criteria, aligned with the strategic planning, budget and risks taken or indicators in terms of the environment, society, diversity and gender equality. — In terms of long-term remuneration, multi-year targets will also be considered, based on quantitative criteria linked to a period long enough to correctly capture the risk taken. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 207 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 210
Within the Group’s objectives, the Synthetic Sustainability Indicator (SSI) has a weight of 10% in employees’ short-term variable remuneration and includes ESG metrics and indicators. In terms of its composition, it is structured in four blocks: Parameter Definition Weight Rating agencies — Score on main ESG indices obtained from rating agencies (MSCI, Sustainalytics, DJSI, ISS) 20% Sustainable Finance Plan — Number of IRCA evaluations carried out — Delivery of the established decarbonisation pathways — Rollout of Accessibility Project — Compliance with main indicators in Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability 20% Diversity — % Women in management 20% Sustainable Business — Green and Social Loans (GSLs) — Sustainability-Linked Loans (SLLs) 40% Total 100% Furthermore, to reinforce the alignment of remuneration with the Group’s commitment to sustainability, in 2023 a synthetic sustainability indicator was included in the multi-year targets set by the Group, directly linked to long-term remuneration, weighted at 20%. Its composition is based on a synthetic indicator relating to sustainable business and diversity. In long-term remuneration, in addition to the annual targets established for short-term variable remuneration, the multi-year targets must be met. For the period from 2025 to 2027, the multi-year target indicators are shareholder value creation (relative Total Shareholder Return or TSR), weighted at 40%; profitability (Return On Tangible Equity or ROTE), weighted at 40%; and Sustainability (the above-mentioned synthetic sustainability indicator), weighted at 20%. In the case of the Executive Directors, the synthetic sustainability indicator is weighted at 14% for the CEO and 13% for the CRO. Additionally, some job functions have been assigned sustainability targets as part of their individual targets. Targets will be set in such a way that the allocation of variable remuneration considers all types of current and future risks; this shall apply to both annual and multi-year targets and to ex-ante adjustments to variable remuneration. Banco Sabadell Group annual and multi-year targets, their weighting and their scale of achievement will be approved by the Board of Directors, based on a proposal by the Board Remuneration Committee. Guidelines on target setting and their weights for all staff members are approved by the Board Remuneration Committee. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 208 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 211
1.3.3 Framework of policies, principles and declarations in the area of sustainability Sustainability Policy Integrate environmental, social and governance factors into decision-making, addressing the needs and concerns of all stakeholder groups and establishing the core principles that guide the Institution through sustainable development, prudence, transparency, safety, diversity, social commitment, environmental protection, respect for human rights and professional development, including commitments such as: — Climate change mitigation and adaptation, aligned with the business strategy, the risk appetite and the Group’s processes and controls. — Energy efficiency and reduction of GHG emissions. — Promotion of financing and development of projects linked to renewable energy. The Policy considers the impacts arising from the Group’s activities from a double materiality perspective, promoting management systems aligned with international standards and a process of continuous improvement. The Bank has undertaken commitments to reduce its environmental footprint and advance the decarbonisation of its financed portfolio. In 2025, the Banco Sabadell Group Diversity Procedure was introduced in order to define implementation guidelines for diversity within the Institution’s own workforce. It sets compliance standards and specifies the related principles outlined in the Sustainability Policy, from which it originates, as well as in the Banco Sabadell Group Human Rights Policy. It covers the entire banking business perimeter, taking into account the Banco Sabadell brands that operate in Spain; TSB, which operates in the United Kingdom; and Banco Sabadell Mexico, which operates in Mexico. Board of Directors April 2025 Yes Environmental and Social Risk Framework Consolidate the set of applicable criteria that aim to restrict the financing of customers or projects that the Institution considers to be contrary to the transition to a sustainable economy or that lack alignment with international regulations or best practices in the industry. This framework lays down general criteria and specific criteria applicable at either the customer or project level: — General applicable criteria, which have a cross-cutting impact on all sectors, follow international standards such as the Global Compact and the principles of the International Labour Organization (ILO), among others. — Specific applicable criteria affect businesses or projects in particular sectors (mining, energy, agriculture, infrastructure and defence), due to their potentially negative impact on the environment and/or society, in which the Group provides services and/or offers financial products. It applies to new loan transactions granted to groups or companies with turnover in excess of 40 million euros. Board of Directors July 2023 Yes Policy Purpose Content Scope of application Approval Last update Available online9 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 209 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 9 Policies are available to all employees through the corporate intranet.
Page 212
Environmental Risk Policy Lay down general guidelines for the management and control of environmental risk, specifying the applicable principles and critical parameters and addressing all elements that are important to manage and control the risks associated with climate change and environmental degradation. These risks comprise two main risk factors: physical risks and transition risks. Among the main objectives of the Policy is that of observing and embedding existing legal requirements and the commitments and initiatives undertaken by the Institution. These include the European Union’s sustainability regulation, developed in 2018 under the European Commission’s Sustainable Finance Action Plan (SFAP), and the action plans, guidelines, guidance, technical standards and documents issued by the ECB and European supervisory authorities (namely the EBA, the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) and the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority (EIOPA)). The Policy also embeds other voluntary guidelines and major international agreements, such as the Paris Agreement, the 2030 Agenda, the Task Force on Climate-related Disclosures (TCFD), the Task Force on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD), and the Basel Committee’s Principles for effective management and supervision of climate- related financial risks. It involves multiple areas in environmental risk management and control due to the cross-cutting nature of environmental risk, which could affect the Institution as an additional risk driver alongside traditional banking risks (credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and operational risk). It applies to Banco de Sabadell, S.A., including its foreign branches. Board of Directors November 2025 No Human Rights Policy Support and uphold the protection of internationally recognised human rights within its sphere of influence; to that end, it takes into consideration the Group’s relationship with its various stakeholder groups. Its commitment is based on international frameworks such as the Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Labour Organization’s guidelines, and the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment. It has a global reach, including all of the Group’s brands: Banco Sabadell in Spain, TSB in the United Kingdom and Banco Sabadell Mexico. Board of Directors April 2025 Yes Policy Purpose Content Scope of application Approval Last update Available online9 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 210 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 213
Code of Conduct Define the criteria that should be followed for ethical and responsible behaviour, both in relationships within the Group itself and in those entered into with customers, suppliers, shareholders, investors and other stakeholder groups. The Code sets out the principles that underpin the corporate culture and serve as a framework of reference, namely the will to serve, proximity, adaptability, commercial approach, innovation, professionalism, ethical conduct, sustainability, austerity, prudence, teamwork, compliance with prevailing legislation and any internally established regulations that may be applicable, transparency, and respect for the privacy and intimacy of the various data subjects whose personal data is subject to processing. It is applicable in all jurisdictions and territories in which the Group carries out its activities, so they are required to formally adopt it. Board of Directors October 2023 Yes Anti-Money Laundering and Counter- Terrorist Financing Policy Establish the applicable principles, critical management parameters, governance structure, roles and responsibilities, procedures, tools and controls relating to anti-money laundering and counter- terrorist financing. It defines key concepts related to AML/CFT and sets out the main procedures for identifying and managing ML/TF risks across all levels of the Group. It applies to all Banco Sabadell Group entities subject to AML/CFT regulations and legislation, in accordance with the nature of their activities. Board of Directors November 2025 Yes Corporate Crime Prevention Policy Establish the applicable principles, critical management parameters, governance structure, roles and responsibilities, procedures, tools and controls relating to the prevention of corporate crime, and ratify the firm commitment of the Group to abide by those rules as well as ethical standards and, in particular, its resolve to implement rules and controls to minimise the commission of crimes and to confirm the complete and absolute intolerance of any inappropriate behaviour and, especially, any conduct that may constitute a criminal offence. The Policy comprises the Corporate Crime Risk and Anti-Corruption Management and Organisation Model. Ultimate responsibility for it lies with the Board of Directors, while the CEC is responsible for overseeing the functioning, observance and execution of that model, in accordance with the stipulations of this Policy and of the Anti- Corruption Policy. The Policy is applicable to the activity carried out by Banco Sabadell Group through its companies in the various territories in which it operates. Board of Directors December 2025 Yes Policy Purpose Content Scope of application Approval Last update Available online9 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 211 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 214
Anti-Corruption Policy Establish the applicable principles, critical management parameters, governance structure, roles and responsibilities, procedures, tools and controls relating to anti-corruption, and ratify the firm commitment of the Group to abide by these rules as well as ethical standards and, in particular, its firm commitment to fight against corruption and to confirm the complete and absolute intolerance of any inappropriate behaviour. The Policy comprises the Corporate Crime Risk and Anti-Corruption Management and Organisation Model. Ultimate responsibility for it lies with the Board of Directors, while the CEC is responsible for overseeing the functioning, observance and execution of that model, in accordance with this Policy and the Corporate Crime Prevention Policy. The Policy is applicable to the activity carried out by Banco Sabadell Group through its companies in the various territories in which it operates. Board of Directors December 2025 Yes General Policy on Conflicts of Interest Set forth guidance for the conduct of individuals subject to the Policy, in accordance with the ethical standards and principles governing the Group’s activities, creating a culture of compliance and a model of conduct based on honesty, professional responsibility and impartiality. It establishes guidelines for detecting, recording and managing conflicts of interest, adopting measures for their elimination or mitigation. The Policy applies to all Group companies. Board of Directors November 2025 Yes Policy on the Internal Reporting System and Protection of Reporting Persons The purpose of the Policy is to set up an internal reporting system in accordance with the provisions of Law 2/2023, which transposes Directive 2019/1937, and specifically with the duty to have a policy that sets out the general principles of the Internal Reporting System and the Protection of Reporting Persons, covering the internal communication system and its corresponding channels. It sets out the general principles and safeguards of the internal reporting system, lists the relevant channels and designates the person responsible for managing the system. The Policy is applicable to the whole of Banco Sabadell Group in all matters that do not conflict with the applicable legislation in the corresponding jurisdiction. Board of Directors July 2025 Yes Policy Purpose Content Scope of application Approval Last update Available online9 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 212 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 215
Director Selection Policy Establish the principles and criteria that Banco Sabadell should take into account in its selection processes and also, therefore, in the initial fit and proper assessment and ongoing assessments of the members of the Board of Directors, as well as in the re-election of members of the management body in order to ensure their smooth succession, the continuity of the Board of Directors and the suitability of all its members. It also lays down the principles and targets in relation to diversity in the selection, induction and training of directors, once appointed and throughout their term of office. This Policy establishes the purpose, scope of application, principles and objectives of the selection of candidates and the re- election of directors, paying close attention to diversity. It also identifies the impediments to membership of the Board of Directors, the competent bodies, the procedure for assessing suitability, onboarding and training targets, and the succession and renewal of directors. Finally, it outlines the approval, annual evaluation and information about the application of this Policy. This Policy applies to the selection of candidates for the role of director of Banco Sabadell and to the directors put forward for re-election. It also applies to the subsidiary undertakings included within the prudential scope of consolidation, notwithstanding any adaptations made by these subsidiary undertakings according to their sectoral standards, the requirements of their supervisory bodies or the jurisdiction to which they are subject, and without detriment to their obligation to approve their own policies. Board of Directors November 2025 Yes Remuneration Policy Define the principles of Banco Sabadell Group’s remuneration framework with the utmost transparency and clarity, so that they can be known and understood by all Group employees. It establishes the remuneration criteria common to all Sabadell Group staff and to the staff of those companies required to disclose public information. All entities within Banco Sabadell Group’s prudential scope of consolidation. This Policy is not applicable to the Group’s Directors due to their non-executive duties. Board of Directors November 2025 No Prevention Plan Ensure the integration of occupational hazard prevention into Banco Sabadell Group’s management arrangements, encompassing all activities and functional levels of the organisation. Its implementation ensures the safety and health of Banco Sabadell Group employees and compliance with the regulations applicable in this regard, so as to ensure the control of occupational hazards, the effectiveness of preventive measures and the detection of any weaknesses that could give rise to new risks. It establishes the policy established by Banco Sabadell Group, as well as the organisational structure, roles and responsibilities, procedures and resources required to implement preventive measures and ensure a safe and healthy work environment. It is limited to the activities carried out by employees of companies affiliated with the Banco Sabadell Group Joint Prevention Service within Spain. Prepared by the Occupational Hazard Prevention (OHP) division and approved by the State Health and Safety Committee (Comité Estatal de Seguridad y Salud, or CESS) April 2023 No Plan for Effective Equality between Women and Men The purpose of the Equality Plan is to articulate a set of positive measures and actions to incorporate the principle of equality between women and men in the organisation. The Equality Plan is structured into several sections that set out its objectives, a summary of the starting point, the Remuneration Audit, the actions to be implemented, and its monitoring and assessment arrangements. Banco de Sabadell, S.A. and Sabadell Consumer Finance Document negotiated and signed with the workforce’s legal representatives February 2022 Yes Policy Purpose Content Scope of application Approval Last update Available online9 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 213 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 216
Procurement Policy Provide guidelines in relation to the procurement of any good or service and to the outsourcing of functions and in particular of critical or important functions to ensure that Banco Sabadell Group companies have suitable systems in place for internal governance and risk management. It provides guidelines to ensure that, when procuring any good or service or outsourcing functions as defined by the EBA Guidelines (EBA/GL/2019/02) and Bank of Spain Circular 3/2022, Banco Sabadell Group has suitable systems in place for internal governance and, where applicable, risk management. This Policy is applicable to Banco de Sabadell, S.A. and all Banco Sabadell Group companies in any of the geographies in which they operate, taking into account proportionality criteria, the nature of the business, their business model, the scale of their activities and the legal particularities and specific regulations of each geography in the application of the principles and parameters established therein. Board of Directors December 2025 Yes Personal Data Protection Policy Establish the principles and arrangements in relation to personal data protection (Regulation 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016). It establishes a set of principles, application criteria, critical management parameters, roles and responsibilities to ensure that all personal data processing operations in the Bank are carried out using the defined channels, functions and strategies aimed at safeguarding the data subject’s legitimate and fundamental right to data protection, while ensuring the fulfilment of the obligations and criteria established by the GDPR and other related regulations currently in effect. This Policy is applicable to all personal data processing taking place in Banco de Sabadell, S.A., both automated and non- automated. Board of Directors November 2025 No Information Systems Security Policy Establish the information systems security management and control framework from a holistic viewpoint, defining the general action guidelines to facilitate the definition, management, administration and implementation of the necessary security mechanisms and procedures to effectively apply the corresponding security level to Banco Sabadell’s information systems. It establishes the information systems security management and control framework from a holistic viewpoint, defining the general action guidelines to facilitate the effective definition, management, administration and implementation of the necessary security mechanisms and procedures in Banco Sabadell’s information systems This Policy is applicable to the activities of Banco Sabadell and its foreign branches. The above notwithstanding, this Policy is also applicable to the providers of the Institution’s information systems, as set forth in the Banco Sabadell Policy on Outsourcing of Functions. Board of Directors November 2025 No Policy Purpose Content Scope of application Approval Last update Available online9 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 214 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 217
Commercial Communication Policy The purpose of this Policy is to establish the general principles and critical parameters governing all advertising activities, and the governance structure, roles and responsibilities, procedures and key tools relating to the management of the Institution’s commercial communications. The procedures required to adapt the products offered and the way they are presented according to the specific characteristics of the target audience, promoting a thorough understanding of the product and avoiding advertising mechanisms that contradict those characteristics, are described in detail. In this way, the Institution tries to prevent the legal and reputational risks that may stem from advertising activities, always considering the complexity of the product or service offered, the characteristics of the advertising method used and the provisions of the applicable legislation. In addition, the Bank has the Banco Sabadell Group Code of Conduct and a Communication Manual, both of which set out a set of ethical principles for action. The Policy reflects Banco Sabadell’s commitment to act in a socially responsible way in its commercial communications, undertaking to engage in lawful, proper, honest, truthful, clear and transparent advertising, based on respect for human dignity and the recognition of the rights and interests of consumers, aligning with the principles of fair competition in business. In any event, Banco Sabadell fosters creativity in the area of commercial communications based on its ethical principles and values, adopting these criteria when creating advertising campaigns. The unit responsible for this Policy is Retail Banking, more specifically, Marketing. This Policy applies to all advertising activities carried out by Banco Sabadell in the Spanish territory under any of its commercial brands, including all commercial communications and information aimed at the general public (customers, potential customers, investors, etc.). Board of Directors September 2025 Yes Policy Purpose Content Scope of application Approval Last update Available online9 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 215 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 218
Tax Strategy Ensure responsible and transparent tax management, aligned with the Group’s mission, values, business strategy and commitment to sustainability. Definition of the principles and guidelines governing the Group’s tax activities (principles of efficiency, prudence, transparency and mitigation of tax risk; the promotion of a cooperative relationship with tax authorities; and the fulfilment of stakeholders’ expectations through the implementation of the principle of tax transparency). It applies to Banco Sabadell Group (including its permanent establishments and subsidiaries). Board of Directors May 2023 Yes Tax Risk Policy Ensure compliance with the Tax Strategy by integrating tax responsibility into decision-making, in accordance with the principles and guidelines established therein. It establishes the guidelines for tax risk management and control within Banco Sabadell Group, laying down the applicable principles and critical parameters and encompassing all significant elements for the management and control of risks associated with breaches of the principles and guidelines established in the Banco Sabadell Group Tax Strategy. It applies to Banco Sabadell Group (including its permanent establishments and subsidiaries). Board of Directors July 2025 No Policy Purpose Content Scope of application Approval Last update Available online9 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 216 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 219
1.3.4 Due diligence procedures in relation to human rights Banco Sabadell is firmly committed to respecting, promoting and protecting internationally recognised fundamental human rights in all its activities. This commitment extends to all the geographies in which it operates and encompasses relationships with its key stakeholder groups: employees, customers, suppliers and local communities. From a governance perspective, the Group has a Human Rights Policy and a Human Rights Due Diligence Procedure, both approved in 2021 and subject to annual review. These documents establish principles for action and mechanisms to identify, prevent, mitigate and redress negative impacts, as well as train employees on human rights risks stemming from banking activities, especially in lending, human resources management and supplier procurement. In 2023, the Group’s Code of Conduct, approved by the Board of Directors in 2021, was updated to adapt it to the latest regulatory requirements and market standards. Its implementation from 2021 onward required the express agreement of all staff. As a result, the Supplier Code of Conduct was revised, incorporating elements such as the corporate crime risk management model and the role of the Corporate Ethics Committee as the supervisory body of the whistleblowing channel. This principle is enshrined in the Group’s Sustainability Policy, approved by the Board of Directors in 2021 and reviewed annually. In 2025, the Boards of Directors of the Group’s international subsidiaries ratified their adherence to this policy. The Human Rights Policy has a global reach, including all of the Group’s brands: Banco Sabadell in Spain, TSB in the United Kingdom and Banco Sabadell Mexico. More specifically, the Human Rights Policy applies to any company acquired by the Group, whether it remains an independent legal entity or is merged with the parent company or another entity within the Group. The principles and parameters of the human rights policy and due diligence procedures also apply to any business partners that do not have their own Human Rights Policy. Its commitment is based on international frameworks such as the Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Labour Organization’s guidelines, and the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment. Additionally, the Group has strengthened its commitment by joining relevant initiatives, including: — The United Nations Global Compact, incorporating principles related to human and labour rights, such as non- discrimination, the eradication of child labour and the elimination of forced labour. — The Equator Principles, of which the Bank has been a signatory since 2011, which provide a framework for social and environmental risk management, including human rights due diligence. — The Principles for Responsible Banking, especially those related to impact, customer relations and transparency. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 217 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 220
The Group undertakes to prevent its activity from creating circumstances that could lead to vulnerability or exclusion for its customers, especially in personal, economic or social contexts that may affect the exercise of their rights on equal terms. To that end, the Group has implemented control tools that enable the identification and assessment of certain adverse impacts relating to: — accessibility to some banking services affecting customers with functional diversity, particularly those with mobility, hearing or visual impairments, through the management of complaints received by the Customer Care Service. The Group has recently completed various initiatives to adapt its facilities, products and services to comply with prevailing accessibility regulations. — monitoring of suspicious transactions involving digital fraud and corruption, through a specialised transaction fraud unit. — detection of money laundering and/or terrorist financing, through a unit specialised in international sanctions. Additionally, the Group promotes inclusion through products and services with positive impact, such as social housing management and financial inclusion, underpinned by digitalisation and financial education programmes. It also promotes transparency and responsible communication, making financial products and their terms and conditions easier to understand. In the area of digital fraud prevention, especially among the over 65s, the Bank has a unit specialising in Transaction Fraud, which manages to prevent 87% of fraud attempts through alert systems in transactions such as transfers, payments and Bizum. The Group actively supports the communities in which it operates, through donations and corporate volunteering. Finally, the Group contributes to the attainment of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) linked to human rights, through programmes and initiatives focused on quality education (SDG 4), no poverty (SDG 1), good health and wellbeing (SDG 3), decent work and economic growth (SDG 8), gender equality (SDG 5) and reduced inequalities (SDG 10). The Group has not received any workplace complaints related to human rights from its own workforce, nor any complaints of forced or child labour. In contrast, in 2025 the Harassment Prevention Committee received four complaints of workplace and/or sexual harassment. In 2025, there were no records of any penalties or compensation for injury and damages as a result of any cases of discrimination and harassment. None of the human rights-related complaints or claims received through the SAC in 2025 have resulted in any violation of human rights affecting consumers or end-users. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 218 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 221
1.3.5 Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting Banco Sabadell Group has a Policy on Internal Controls over Sustainability Reporting, whose goal is to create a control framework over the sustainability information disclosed by the Group in this report by establishing the principles, critical parameters, governance structure, roles and responsibilities, procedures and key tools relating to the definition, establishment, execution and monitoring of the Group’s Internal Controls over Sustainability Reporting (ICSR). The main responsibility of the ICSR unit is to design and implement the general control framework for the Sustainability Report. This includes the identification of significant processes involved in generating the quantitative information contained in the Sustainability Report. A data generation process is considered to be one which generates quantitative indicators associated with the Impacts, Risks and Opportunities (IROs) stemming from the double materiality analysis and one which comprises common elements, such as a data origination source and the processing and analysis of those elements prior to final disclosure. The ICSR unit analyses those data generation processes, through a thorough analysis with the expert areas involved, and identifies the risks associated with those processes, which are related to the content of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores, or CNMV) guidance that serves as the frame of reference, and controls are designed and incorporated, jointly with those responsible for the data, to mitigate the previously identified risks. The resulting matrix of risks and controls provides a holistic view of the processes and systems involved in producing the Sustainability Report. The matrix can be consulted to identify the executor and the reviewer of the control, the data that it covers and the process to which it belongs, among other fields. Furthermore, with the entry into force of the new European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), the ICSR unit has identified risks and designed controls over the new double materiality exercise in order to ensure the correct execution of this exercise and its completeness. These controls not only mitigate the risks associated with the double materiality analysis, but they are also applied during both the planning phase and the report completion phase to ensure the integrity of the information disclosed in the Sustainability Report. Based on the above-mentioned Directive, content controls have been established over the qualitative information disclosed throughout the Sustainability Report in relation to the report’s governance structure due to its structural nature, as this is considered sensitive information and there are risks involved in their disclosure to the markets. With regard to the assessment of the established controls, which mitigate the associated risks through their prevention or detection, this is carried out using the Bank’s Governance, Risk and Compliance (GRC) tool, which is managed by the ICSR unit, where the areas responsible complete assessment forms accompanied by evidence supporting each of the controls. The tool sends automatic reminders to participants of the ICSR control assessment, reinforcing compliance with the pre- established deadlines and ensuring the process is executed correctly. Having completed the assessment, the GRC tool managed by the ICSR unit has a certification module that can be accessed by members of Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 219 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 222
Senior Management. The certification process is based on the hierarchical and organisational ratification, at three levels, of the result achieved in the assessment of the controls. The Board of Directors delegates the supervisory function regarding the internal control systems to the Board Audit and Control Committee. At least once a year, the current ICSR situation, arising from applicable regulatory requirements, is reported to the Board Audit and Control Committee and to the Sustainability Committee. At the end of the tax year, the results of the control assessment and the related conclusions are also escalated. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 220 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 223
1.4 Sustainability strategy and business model The Institution’s business model is geared towards profitable growth that generates value for shareholders. This is achieved through a strategy of business diversification based on criteria related to profitability, sustainability, efficiency and quality of service, together with a conservative risk profile, while maintaining high standards of ethics and professional conduct combined with sensitivity to the interests of all stakeholders. The Group promotes sustainable financing and investment to drive forward the transition towards a more sustainable model and a low-carbon economy. The Group promotes sustainable financing and investment to drive forward the transition towards a more sustainable model and a low- carbon economy, offering customers and investors the best possible solutions. The Bank committed to mobilise €65bn in sustainable finance between 2021 and 2025. The Bank mobilised over €76bn over the 2021-2025 period, surpassing the established target by more than 17%. Sustainable finance 2021-2025 To deliver on this commitment, the Bank is taking further action to raise awareness and offer advice across all sectors of the business fabric, offering solutions to finance the investments required for this transition. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 221 and Sustainability Disclosures Report +17% of the established target 65,000M€ 76,000M€ Established target 2021-2025 Achieved target 2021-2025
Page 224
Sustainable financing solutions: — Financing solutions in the different business lines: To bring processes for loan approval, credit portfolio management and reporting tasks in line with international standards on sustainable financing (the Green Loan Principles and Sustainability-Linked Loan Principles issued by the Loan Market Association and the Green Bond Principles and Sustainability-Linked Bond Principles issued by the International Capital Market Association, ICMA), the Institution has defined the following types of sustainable financing, according to the intended use of the funds: — Green and Social Loans (GSLs), in which the use of the funds is the main criterion for determining the green, social or sustainable nature. This type of financing is closely related to Banco Sabadell’s Sustainable Financing Framework, whose main references are the EU Taxonomy and the best practices in the market such as the Green Loan Principles, and to the green bonds issued by the Bank in recent years under the SDG Bond Framework. To promote GSL transactions, the Bank has approved discounts that allow it to offer better prices to customers. — Sustainability-Linked Loans (SLLs), which relate to the type of financing that incentivises the achievement of sustainability targets, linking the transaction price to the evolution of one or more KPIs. This category does not require the funds to be used for any specific purpose. It is considered essential that the selected indicators be relevant for customers, as this enables their sustainability strategy to gain more traction. — Sustainable savings and responsible investment solutions (more details in section “1.4.4. Sustainable savings and responsible investment solutions”). — Issuance of own-name sustainability bonds (more details in section “1.4.5. Issuance of Banco Sabadell sustainability instruments”). Specialist advice: — Specialised teams: located throughout the entire branch network, trained and certified in sustainability, they provide a sectoral perspective on sustainability to identify the most appropriate solutions according to the needs of each customer facing transition challenges. — Expertise hubs: to complement the above, the Institution has cross-cutting units specialising in sustainability that support customers in the areas of structured finance and corporate & investment banking, in addition to helping them to find and apply for subsidies for the Next Generation funds. — Personalised support: a support service is offered on an individual basis to corporate customers to delve into future challenges and identify the most appropriate solutions through sustainable finance according to each customer’s needs. In the case of SMEs, the Bank helps its customers to understand sustainability, analysing their sector, providing roadmaps to incorporate sustainable practices, and identifying public aid to drive forward their transition. — Ongoing advisory service: ongoing advisory programme with outreach and awareness-raising actions, through the Bank’s own channels, such as the Companies Hub and its series of conferences. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 222 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 225
Banco Sabadell Group Business Model Note: Data as at December 2025. 1 Of which: 13,252 in Spain, 4,650 in the United Kingdom, 509 in Mexico and 325 in other geographies. 2 ESG score out of 100: A+ (Excellent with a score of 96-100), A (High with a score of 75-95), B (Medium-High with a score of 50-74), C (Medium-Low with a score of 25-49) and D (Low with a score of 0-24). 3 Accenture benchmarking of major Spanish financial institutions (2025 data). 4 Calculated as the change in tangible book value per share excluding the share buyback, the dividend distribution and the impact of buybacks over the past 12 months on the tangible book value per share. 5 Funds sold under the SABAM brand and other Amundi asset manager brands. Considered sustainability funds as per Article 8 or 9 of the EU’s SFDR. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 223 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 226
1.4.1 Sustainable financing solutions for Corporate & Investment Banking Corporate & Investment Banking (hereinafter, CIB) is the business unit that offers financial and advisory solutions and specialised products to large corporations, financial institutions and, when required, customers from the Business Banking segment, both within Spain and internationally. The figures shown below do not include Renewable Energy Project Finance transactions, which are described individually in the following section. As at the end of 2025, the Bank had taken part in 129 sustainable financing and investing transactions in the area of CIB, which includes corporate business transactions and investment banking transactions. Corporate Banking In 2025, in the Corporate Banking segment, 107 transactions were signed for a total amount in excess of 4.4 billion euros, an increase of 55% compared to 2024. Of these, 63 transactions amounting to over 1.3 billion euros are considered green and social loans, as they are covered by the Bank’s Sustainable Financing Framework. In addition, 44 sustainability-linked loans were signed, amounting to over 3.1 billion euros. In line with the decarbonisation strategy, the financing of what the market identifies as new technologies, other than conventional renewables, has been boosted. These new solutions enable progress to be made in complementary areas such as digitalisation and the circular economy, driving innovations that broaden the scope of the energy transition. These include the modernisation and distribution of electricity grids, the development of sustainable water infrastructures, as well as projects linked to Carbon Capture, Utilisation and Storage (CCUS), and biogas production. These initiatives reflect the Bank’s commitment to innovation and diversification of solutions for key sectors. In addition, the Institution continues to promote the issuance of sustainable guarantees, whereby the company or the underlying asset is classified as sustainable. The Bank also supports its customers through short-term sustainable financing solutions that encompass, directly or indirectly, their entire value chain, both upstream (suppliers) and downstream (customers). This strengthens a comprehensive approach that enables us to address not only the negative impacts associated with our customers’ production processes, but also those generated across the entire value chain. In any event, operations are being monitored on a continuous basis jointly with customers and sustainability agencies through the KPIs defined for each loan. This allows us to better understand the positive impacts of our lending and to identify potential new sustainable financing needs that may arise for our customers. Sustainable financing is prioritised as a formula to support customers and it is increasingly being included in credit approval procedures. In fact, in some cases the authorisation of new transactions is conditional upon the inclusion of an ESG element in the financing structure. To that end, custom proposals are being developed according to the needs of customers, their sustainability strategy and factors specific to their industries. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 224 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 107 Transactions for a total of 4.4bn€
Page 227
Investment Banking In 2025, Banco Sabadell was the placement entity of green and sustainability bonds in the primary debt market, participating as Joint Lead Manager in the following public issuances for customers: — Colonial: green bond in the amount of 500 million euros, with a 5- year maturity and a 3.25% coupon, issued in January. — Comunidad de Madrid: sustainability bond in the amount of 1 billion euros, with a 10-year maturity and a 3.137% coupon, issued in February. — Castilla y Leon: sustainability bond in the amount of 500 million euros, with a 7-year maturity and a 2.9% coupon, issued in May. — General Alquiler de Maquinaria: sustainability bond in the amount of 50 million euros, with a 5-year maturity (November 2030) and a 5.25% coupon, issued in November. The Bank acted as Sole Lead Manager, sole placement institution, in the following private bond issuance: — Acciona Financiación Filiales: green bond in the amount of 12.2 million euros, with a 2-year maturity and a floating coupon at Euribor + 80bps, issued in October. Furthermore, the Bank has placed 385 million euros in green or sustainability-linked commercial paper programmes for its customers, with most of this volume corresponding to commercial papers issued by Barceló, Elecnor, ICF, Opdenergy, Nexus and Grenergy. Project Finance Banco Sabadell remains committed to renewable energies in the markets in which it operates, as one of the pillars of its Structured Finance activity, thereby ratifying its commitment to the decarbonisation of society. The Bank continues to rank among the leading financiers in the Iberian Peninsula, with €591m in financing as at 31 December, placing it within the top three financing banks by number of transactions, according to Infralogic. Despite downward price volatility in the solar energy segment, a significant volume of power plants continued to be installed. In fact, it is expected that, from next year onwards, plants hybridised with Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) or combining different technologies will begin to emerge. It is also worth mentioning the 2.7% increase in electricity demand, despite existing grid congestion. As at December 2025, according to Red Eléctrica de España, 11,120 MW of new renewable capacity had been installed, notably including 10,004 MW from solar projects and 1,116 MW from wind projects. These figures represent cumulative investment in renewable energies of €8bn and are in line with the previous year, during which a total of 1,289 MW of wind projects and 7,309 MW of solar projects were installed. Electricity prices have shown significant fluctuations when considering the average price (baseload) and the solar capture price. An analysis of the baseload price shows an upward trend, with the annual average standing at €65.52/MWh in December, representing a 4% increase compared with the previous year. This was good news for wind energy as it will capture a large share of this price increase. By contrast, the solar capture price (what solar plants effectively earn during production hours) declined compared to the previous year, which had already recorded a very significant decrease. In 2025, the solar capture price stood at €34.21/MWh – a 15.6% reduction compared to the previous year. The main driver of this decline is the increase in installed Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 225 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 228
solar capacity, which has resulted in a substantial rise in the number of hours with zero prices, which was already observed in spring 2024, intensified further during this year, with 797 hours at zero or negative prices. This downward pressure on capture prices will continue in the coming years, driven by the continued increase in installed solar capacity. From 2029-2030 onwards, however, this trend is expected to change with the introduction of battery storage and rising demand. The National Integrated Energy and Climate Plan (PNIEC, by its Spanish acronym) includes a target of 22.5 GW of storage capacity, of which 9 GW are expected to be BESS. The Bank is noticing strong sponsor interest in the hybridisation of existing solar plants with battery storage, which will help to drive a significant increase in average capture prices. Projects with hybridisation potential have already been financed during the year. Next year, financing activity is expected to include the first battery installations within solar plants and even standalone battery storage projects. Another key aspect shaping the future is the expected increase in electricity demand, driven by the electrification of society and, in particular, by the implementation of data centres. Despite grid saturation, a lack of connection points and slow planning and licencing processes, large business groups continue to invest in the implementation of data centres, which will help increase demand and drive prices up. The implementation of data centres should help solar and wind projects sign long-term Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs), improving the stability of such projects and supporting the implementation of battery solutions to supply energy over more hours. In terms of new transactions during 2025, 33 were recorded, with a total volume of €1,060m. This was 3 less than in the previous year but the volume remained broadly in line with the 2024 figure of €1,109m. Broken down by country, new transactions in Spain fell from €939m to €591m, while volumes in the United States rose from €45m to €383m. Also noteworthy were two offshore wind operations in the United Kingdom, with a combined volume of €86m. Country Amount Spain 591 UK 86 USA 383 Total 1,060 Data in million euros. Technology Amount Wind 223 Photovoltaic 497 Offshore 134 Solar + BESS 64 Solar + Wind 142 Total 1,060 Data in million euros. As shown in the table, the volume of transactions in photovoltaic projects stands out, amounting to €497m, while wind projects reached €223m. Also worth highlighting are the first solar power plants combined with BESS, with a volume of €64m, as well as hybrid wind and photovoltaic projects totalling €142m. These hybrid technology models are expected to be a growing trend in the future. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 226 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 33 Transactions recorded with a total volume of 1,060M€ 2025
Page 229
1.4.2 Sustainable financing solutions for Business Banking The Business Banking unit offers financial products and services to legal and natural persons for business purposes, serving all types of companies with turnover of up to 200 million euros, as well as the institutional sector. Green and social loans As at the end of 2025, more than 4.4 billion euros were mobilised through companies using the funds for purposes aligned with the Bank’s Sustainable Financing Framework, mainly through medium- and long-term financing, which includes secured and unsecured loans, leases and rentals, and guarantee facilities. These do not include Renewable Energy Project Finance transactions, which are described individually in previous sections. Sustainability-linked loans During this period, the Bank mobilised more than 3 billion euros in sustainability-linked loans for corporates and SMEs to fund green purposes only, primarily focused on the reduction of their CO2 emissions. Sabadell Renting’s mobility solutions During 2025, Sabadell Renting continued to strengthen its ECO vehicle offering, in line with its strategy focused on promoting environmentally friendly mobility. As at the end of 2025, 77% of the vehicles on offer corresponded to ECO models (i.e. hybrids and electric vehicles that have the ‘ECO’ or ‘zero emissions’ environmental label awarded by Spain’s traffic authority, DGT), while 52% of the new contracts signed were for this type of vehicle. Sabadell Renting has kept its commitment to promoting sustainable mobility solutions through direct communication with the Bank’s customers, both companies and individuals, throughout the year. These initiatives have boosted the purchase of ECO vehicles available on the market, with special emphasis on the offer of electric vehicles, through specific campaigns aimed at all employees of Banco Sabadell Group. Official agreements In September 2025, two new special agreements were signed with the European Investment Bank (EIB) to allocate new financing to SMEs and projects, of which at least 133 million will be dedicated to sustainable purposes in Spain. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 227 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 230
Social loans In the area of social loans, it is worth highlighting those granted to micro- enterprises for the purpose of promoting and maintaining employment. The Bank has granted financing to SMEs and micro-enterprises10, mainly through loans and credit facilities, thereby supporting job retention and fostering the development and growth of the business and industrial fabric across each region, totalling more than 13.2 billion euros between 2021 and 2025. This means that 88% of the target set for that period has been reached. The social loans target for 2021-2025 was initially defined based on criteria that have been narrowed in recent years to align with the Institution’s framework for the issuance of sustainability bonds, focusing on financing activities that promote new jobs, development, and the growth of the business fabric in the most disadvantaged regions, which has consequently influenced the achievement of the target for this period. The Bank monitors the impact of the financing granted to SMEs and micro- enterprises. This way, out of all SMEs and micro-enterprises that received financing in 2023, 68% maintained or increased their number of employees (data as at 2024 vs 202511) and over 65% improved their sales volumes. In addition, in relation to the financing granted in 2025 to the self- employed, it should be noted that approximately one-third was granted to women. Support for businesses In order to help businesses achieve a better understanding of sustainability, a series of webinars were organised through the Bank’s Companies Hub which, drawing on examples of good practice implemented by customers and experts, dealt with aspects related to the Next Generation EU funds, which cover the sustainability pillar. Nine sessions on sustainability topics were held, notably featuring sessions on the ICO MRR (Recovery and Resilience Mechanism) Green facilities, sustainable reverse factoring and green financing for the tourism industry. The annual visit to businesses now includes a conversation about sustainability, providing customers with the necessary background information and explaining the benefits of moving towards sustainability, and proposing financing solutions for projects that enable greater energy efficiency and a reduction of their carbon footprint. Next Generation EU Financial institutions have the responsibility of supplementing the funds made available by European institutions in order to repair the consequences of the pandemic as much as possible and move towards a more sustainable economy. It is also essential to provide the maximum possible capillarity to the programme of European funds in order to ensure that it is rolled out to the entire business world, including SMEs. The Addendum to the Recovery, Transformation and Resilience Plan activated the ICO MRR facilities, a set of credit lines from Spain’s Official Credit Institute (Instituto de Crédito Oficial, or ICO), with which Banco Sabadell collaborates extensively. In 2025, the Bank was particularly active in raising awareness of these facilities, including both its Companies and Entrepreneurs tranche and its Green tranche. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 228 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 10 According to the criteria outlined in Commission Recommendation 2003/361/EC, a company is considered a micro-enterprise if it meets all of the following criteria: fewer than 10 employees (permanent staff), annual turnover ≤2 million euros, or balance sheet total ≤2 million euros. 11 Calculations based on public information contained in annual accounts, corresponding to 74% of financed enterprises. Information reported with a one-year gap.
Page 231
1.4.3 Sustainable financing solutions for Retail Banking Retail Banking is Banco Sabadell’s business unit that offers financial products and services to individuals for personal use. Banco Sabadell supports customers in the transition to a more sustainable economy, offering a range of solutions with products and services for home purchases and renovations, sustainable mobility or the installation of renewable energies and wastewater treatments. In addition, the Bank offers investment opportunities that contribute to sustainability. Sabadell Consumer, a wholly-owned consumer finance entity of Banco Sabadell, has supported growth in the sector of sustainable solutions for its customers, primarily through photovoltaic installations. In 2025, this sector was negatively affected mainly by low electricity prices, resulting in longer investment recovery periods and reducing the benefits of these installations compared to previous years. Conversely, it has signed more partnership referral agreements with companies that focus on buildings’ façade renovation and cladding, where an increased number of grants managed by the autonomous communities has led to growth in this segment of the sustainable sector. Lastly, in terms of payment systems, Banco Sabadell continues to work towards its objective of reducing its environmental impact, encouraging customers’ use of digital payments through virtual cards, which are included in all the main X-pay systems (Google Pay, Apple Pay, Samsung Pay, etc.). Furthermore, for customers with physical cards, these are manufactured with recycled biodegradable PVC materials, thus avoiding the generation of plastic and offering customers the opportunity to do their part in overcoming this challenge. Green financing solutions for individuals In the case of products designed to finance project development or sustainable initiatives, it is worth mentioning the following solutions that Banco Sabadell offers its customers: — Green mortgages: Banco Sabadell offers a reduced price across its entire mortgage range to incentivise the purchase, construction and renovation of homes with the highest EPC ratings (A+, A or B), in accordance with the national certification system and in line with the Institution’s Eligibility Guide. As at December 2025, the volume of new mortgages with sustainable certification came to more than 840 million euros. — Sabadell green renovation loan: the aim of the Sabadell ‘eco- reformas’ (green renovation) loan is to encourage home renovations and/or purchases that improve the sustainability and energy saving capacity of a primary or secondary residence. The Bank offers financing, with attractive conditions, for improvements of openings (windows and doors), upgrades of heating and cooling systems to make them more efficient, and purchases of energy-efficient household appliances, i.e. those with an EPC rating of A or higher. — Sabadell green car loan: the Bank offers the ‘préstamo coche ECO’ (green car loan), aimed at retail customers, which enables the purchase of ‘zero emissions’ or ‘ECO’ labelled vehicles with very attractive conditions, thus contributing to the adoption of cleaner vehicles that are suited to the new low-emission zones in Spain’s largest cities. — Sabadell Renting’s mobility solutions: as explained above, Sabadell Renting also offers ECO or green vehicles to retail customers, thanks to having placed considerable focus on its sustainable mobility activity. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 229 and Sustainability Disclosures Report +840M€ Mortgages with sustainable certification at December 2025
Page 232
Social financing solutions for individuals In the area of social financing, Banco Sabadell continues to proactively offer solutions to customers with mortgage or non-mortgage loans who may be experiencing difficulties, with the aim of helping those customers to meet their obligations, relieve their financial burden and avoid default situations. With regard to vulnerable customers12, it should also be noted that: — Customers at risk of financial exclusion who have been officially recognised as refugees (they hold a white or red card) or who have limited resources may open Banco Sabadell’s Basic Payment Account free of charge, thus gaining access to free services such as cash withdrawals using debit cards, domestic transfers and transfers to EU countries, direct debits and online banking, among others. Over the course of 2025 (up to 31 December 2025), 533 Basic Payment Accounts were opened, including 106 opened by vulnerable customers. In terms of the account holders, 551 people opened a Basic Payment Account, 109 of whom belonged to the vulnerable group. — There are specific benefits for customers aged 65 or over, such as the issuance and renewal of a fee-free passbook and free transfers throughout Spain and the European Economic Area carried out at a branch. Furthermore, customers who are pensioners and have income of less than 10,000 euros per year can access certain additional subsidies and benefits. — The customer service model is particularly mindful of vulnerable customers (those vulnerable due to their age, reduced mobility or other constraints) and/or non-digital customers (those with no access to remote banking), with specific protocols for this group to address specific situations, such as the closing of branches, changes to the usual services offered and certain risk transactions such as cash withdrawals at branches, offering them unique support tailored to the possibilities of each customer. — The Code of Good Practice is applied when granting financing transactions to safeguard the interests of customers, ensuring that they choose the product that is best suited to their needs and to their financial capacity, paying particular attention to customers in vulnerable situations (natural persons who, due to their abilities, needs or personal, economic, educational or social circumstances, find themselves in a situation of distress or helplessness that prevents them from going about their daily lives in the same conditions as other consumers). — Finally, the application of the Code of Good Practice for the restructuring of mortgages for vulnerable customers (Royal Decree-Law 6/2012 and Royal Decree-Law 19/2022, whose validity period ended in November 2025, with the exception of natural persons living in areas affected by the DANA flash floods, for whom the Code will remain in force until the end of May 2026) was updated and made more flexible to better respond to low-income mortgage customers. For customers with complex financial situations who do not meet the requirements set forth in the Code of Good Practice, other solutions tailored to their economic situation or current vulnerability are explored, in line with applicable regulations and the principles for safeguarding mortgage debtors. 1.4.4 Sustainable savings and responsible investment solutions In the area of investment, both pension fund manager BanSabadell Pensiones, EGFP S.A. and Aurica Capital, a venture capital enterprise that invests in Spanish companies with plans to expand in foreign markets, have adopted the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (PRI) in the investment manager category. Pension funds individually subscribed to the PRIs by BanSabadell Pensiones, EGFP S.A. (hereinafter, BSP) include BanSabadell Pentapensión Empresa FP, the Fondo de Pensiones de los Empleados de Banco Sabadell MF2000 pension fund, the Fondo de Pensiones de los Empleados de Banco Sabadell GM pension fund, the BanSabadell 18 FP pension fund, and the Fondo de Pensiones de la Compañía de Servicios de Bebidas Refrescantes pension fund. It should be noted that, in 2025, UNPRI (Principles for Responsible Investment), a global organisation created by the United Nations to promote the integration of environmental, social and governance factors into investment decisions, awarded BanSabadell Pensiones its highest distinction (five stars) in Investment Strategy, Governance and Direct Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 230 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 12 For more detailed information in relation to vulnerable customers, see section 3.2.5 Financial inclusion and access to products and services.
Page 233
Investment. Four pension funds managed by BSP, including the pension fund that Banco Sabadell’s Employee Pension Plan is part of, were also awarded five stars. This recognition solidifies BSP’s outstanding ESG investment management, highlighting its strong commitment to the globally accepted principles for socially responsible investment. Savings and investment or similar products With regard to mutual funds, Banco Sabadell maintains its strategic alliance with Amundi, Europe’s leading asset manager, which has been committed to sustainable investment since its creation. Amundi has been a signatory of the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment since 2006. As at 2025 year-end, 24 Sabadell Asset Management funds (9,317 million euros) promoted environmental or social characteristics, meaning that they are classified as Art. 813 funds under the European Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation (SFDR). When combined with the Amundi mutual funds distributed by Banco Sabadell (6,134 million euros), it means that 15,451 million euros, or 83.23%, of Banco Sabadell customer assets invested in non-guaranteed Sabadell Asset Management or Amundi mutual funds promote environmental or social characteristics or have environmental or social objectives (Art. 8 or Art. 9 of the SFDR14). In 2025, the Bank maintained the range of investment and savings products that meet sustainability criteria, comprising 24 Sabadell Asset Management funds that comply with Art. 8 of the SFDR. As at 2025 year- end, customers’ assets invested in mutual funds meeting ESG criteria stood at 83.23%, above the target set for 2025 of 80%. As at the closing date of this report, the discretionary portfolio management service, Cartera Sabadell (Sabadell Portfolio), classified as an Art. 8 product under the SFDR, has 2,327 million euros in assets under management across over 18,600 portfolios. Training on ESG investment aimed at all commercial team members who provide advisory services to customers continued to be imparted, and helpful information sheets were created for customers to clarify any doubts they might have about the key concepts in relation to their sustainability preferences (Taxonomy, SFDR and Principal Adverse Impacts). The Banco Sabadell Policy on Integrating ESG Risks in Savings/ Investment Products was updated in 2025 with the latest progress made in that regard. This Policy is framed within Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 November 2019 on s u s t a i n a b i l i t y - r e l a t e d d i s c l o s u r e s i n t h e f i n a n c i a l s e r v i c e s s e c t o r . It is important to emphasise that 2025 saw a continuation of the work that began in 2022 of incorporating customers’ sustainability preferences into discretionary portfolio management and advice models, which were adapted to the suitability guides published in 2023. Lastly, the Institution’s third Principal Adverse Impacts Report (available in Spanish) was published in 2025. This report shows whether investment decisions have had an impact on the environment, social aspects and corporate governance, according to various regulatory indicators. This report is Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 231 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 13 Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 November 2019 on sustainability-related disclosures in the financial services sector (known as SFDR), which governs transparent promotion of environmental or social characteristics in pre-contractual disclosures and transparency of sustainable investments in pre-contractual disclosures, respectively. 14Articles 8 and 9 of Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
Page 234
available to customers and non-customers, and the 2024 report is the first one that shows how the indicators have evolved over three years. Retirement products In relation to BanSabadell Pensiones, over the years it has taken several actions to promote the development of socially responsible investment among pension plans, and it was one of the first institutions to offer a pension plan that invests in ethical projects and charitable assistance, which in addition to investing with socially responsible criteria, makes donations to finance the chosen projects. As at 31 December 2025, BanSabadell Pensiones manages nine pension funds that explicitly incorporate a Socially Responsible Investment (SRI) mandate in their investment policy, with assets of 1,024.8 million euros. In terms of the integration of sustainability risks in the investment decisions of Sabadell Seguros, the asset management process includes quantitative and qualitative ESG criteria. To this end, ESG ratings issued by specialised ESG rating agencies are used. These allow the risks and opportunities associated with short- and long-term investments to be identified. Certain tools are also used in the process that detect reputational alerts related to the companies and assets that form part of its investments. In addition, it is worth noting that exclusion policies are applied, meaning that it does not invest in controversial sectors (weapons, thermal coal, etc.). To analyse sustainability risk controls in investment portfolios, the ESG Footprint Committee was created, which is responsible for supervising sustainability risks and verifying the correct implementation of the sustainability risk policy by each investment manager. Insurance products Sabadell Seguros has been a participant of the Q-Impact fund since July 2021, in order to contribute to the global challenge of energy transition and create professional opportunities for vulnerable groups. Q-Impact invests in companies in growth or expansion stages that mitigate issues linked both to social inclusion and to the green transition in Spain. In the social sphere, the fund focuses primarily on companies that help young people to find employment, those that reduce unemployment among young people, those that work to improve the inclusion of people with functional diversity and vulnerable groups, and those that improve the lives of people with functional diversity and the elderly through adapted products and remote assistance services. In relation to the green transition, the fund focuses on acting as a catalyst for investment in underserved markets, as well as focusing on organic agriculture, sustainable technology and related sectors, such as the generation of renewable energy on islands and the financing of self- consumption and energy efficiency. As at September 2025, the Q-Impact fund had obtained the following results: in its financial valuation, it reached an Internal Rate of Return (IRR) of 14.2%; as for its social and environmental impact, since Q- Impact became involved with each company, the investment-weighted impact metrics recorded 110% growth as at September 2025. All companies have improved their impact, with Green Home Finance emerging as the growth leader. In terms of protection insurance, the aim of companies is to promote the development of products and services that create social value and foster environmental protection. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 232 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 9 Funds BanSabadell Pensiones 1,024.8M€ Assets at 31 December 2025
Page 235
The home insurance product offers coverage for accidental breakages of the sheets of glass of any solar panels that they have installed and which are fixed to the fabric of the building of their homes and for their exclusive use. Any charging points for electric vehicles installed and fixed in their (owned) garage are also considered part of the fabric of the building. The vehicle insurance product offers special coverage for electric vehicles, such as roadside assistance in the event of a breakdown, accident or low battery; coverage for the theft of the charging cable or plug; as well as coverage for damages to third parties caused by faults when charging the vehicle (with the Civil Liability coverage). Additionally, the new health insurance product for the elderly, Protección Salud Más60 (Over 60s Health Coverage), designed to complement Social Security, makes access to general and specialist medical care easier, offering swift, quality private healthcare with digital options. At an affordable price, it promotes the social inclusion of people over 60, a group at greater risk of vulnerability and often excluded from the market due to the high cost of traditional insurance. Similarly, travel has become less frequent, consequently reducing greenhouse gas emissions, thanks to video valuations in Vehicle Protection and Home Protection insurance and 24-hour video consultations in Health Protection provided by Sanitas. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 233 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 236
1.4.5 Issuance of Banco Sabadell sustainability instruments Since 2020, Banco Sabadell has had a Framework for the Issuance of Sustainability Bonds linked to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which serves as the reference document for the issuance of green, social and sustainability instruments, in different formats, including public and private issues. In 2024, Banco Sabadell published an updated Framework. This update was driven by developments in the sustainable finance regulation and by the Bank’s ambitious social and environmental strategy. The Framework applies the substantial contribution criteria proposed in the EU Taxonomy for the defined categories of green eligible projects and complies with the voluntary guidelines of the International Capital Market Association (ICMA). — Green instruments are intended to finance eligible green project categories, focusing on projects with environmental benefits, such as reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, pollution prevention and climate change adaptation. — Social instruments are designed to finance eligible social project categories, focusing on the generation of social benefits by providing access to essential services, facilitating social inclusion and promoting the generation and maintenance of employment. — Sustainability instruments are aimed at providing finance for a combination of green and social activities, as described above. The net proceeds obtained by issuing these types of instruments (or the collateral amount of the financial guarantees placed on the market) are used to finance or refinance all or part of the new or existing loans or projects that meet the eligibility criteria established in the Framework. Since 2020, Banco Sabadell has issued ten green bonds and one green synthetic securitisation of a project finance portfolio. As at year-end 2025, the outstanding balance of Banco Sabadell’s eight green bond issuances amounts to 3,695 million euros, and the outstanding balance of the synthetic securitisation of green eligible projects is 78.8 million euros, corresponding to the tranche placed with third parties. Based on that provided in the Framework, a report was prepared, for the green instruments issued in 2024, on the allocation of proceeds to eligible projects and the environmental impact generated by those projects. The report was reviewed by an independent expert. The report is available on the corporate website under the heading Green Instruments Report 2025, alongside the reports for previous years. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 234 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 237
1.4.6 Sinia Renovables As at 2025 year-end, Sinia Renovables, Banco Sabadell’s division for investment in renewable energies and sustainability, has investments in projects under development, construction or in operation with an overall installed capacity of 1,264 MW, equivalent to the electricity consumption of about 926,437 households. Of this capacity, the portion attributable to Sinia through its direct shareholding is 296.9 MW, equivalent to the generation of 563.2 GWh of sustainable electricity every year. This generation, if all projects were in operation, would be equivalent to preventing the emission of 159,381 tonnes of CO2 per year to satisfy the average annual consumption of around 172,123 households15. Four years ago, Sinia launched its Alternative Green Equity Solution, which is a hybrid financial product that offers solutions to real estate developers with limited ability to obtain funding. They have good renewable energy projects that are almost Ready to Build but they are ultimately unable to complete construction and so they become Independent Power Producers (IPPs). As at the end of 2025, Sinia Renovables had mobilised more than 47.5 million euros, between invested capital and financing. These figures position the Group as one of the leaders of the financial sector when it comes to investing in renewable energy and sustainability projects, backed by its 25 years of activity in the sector. Details of the main achievements of Sinia Renovables as at the end of the year are given here below: — Sinia is a developer supporting other developers: in 2025, it increased the share of projects in operation by more than 17 percentage points (44.6% of the portfolio is now in this phase, compared to 27% in 2024). This is because Sinia has a multi-disciplinary team specialised in finance, management and engineering for this type of asset. — In Spain, Sinia is active in 12 of the 19 autonomous communities/cities, combining knowledge about each of their unique social, economic, environmental and regulatory characteristics. — International locations represent 22.6% of the power held in the portfolio: Sinia has sizeable investments in wind energy projects in operation in Mexico equivalent to 250.49 MW installed capacity, in the Tamaulipas region. In France, it is co-investing in the development of a 15.4 MW wind power plant. — Active in biomethane: a power plant is being built in Salamanca this year, with capacity for 27 GWh of biomethane and financing of 8.1 million euros. — Stakes in specialised sustainability holdings: one example of this is the minority interest held by Sinia in Soluciones y Desarrollos de Ingeniería y Servicios (Sydis), which has almost doubled its portfolio to 238.4 MW distributed across 52 projects. Another example is Sinia’s minority interest in the Greening Group, which currently has a portfolio of 67 projects totalling 245.3 MW across Spain, Mexico and Italy at different stages of maturity. — Another noteworthy development in 2025 was the launch of two wind projects with an installed capacity of nearly 100 MW, developed by Energías Renovables del Bierzo (Erbienergía), with which Sinia has an established relationship spanning over 20 years and contributed to these projects through subordinated loans. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 235 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 15 The conversion factor has been calculated based on the CNMC with the equivalent of 0.283 t CO2/MWh (see gdo.cnmc.es/CNMC/ accesoEtiquetado.do– in Spanish) and based on the Smart Consumption Guide published by REE (Spain’s national electricity grid operator) of 3,272 kWh per year/home in Spain. 1,264MW Renewable energies 296,9MW Sinia through its direct shareholding 172,123 Households
Page 238
1.4.7 BStartup Banco Sabadell’s BStartup is a financial service for startups. It provides these companies with a 360° service of specialised banking and equity investment. Banco Sabadell’s BStartup is a financial service for startups (innovative companies that sell products and/or services through the use of technology, with a scalable business model that permits rapid and continued growth) and for scaleups (companies with traction and with turnover and/or investment in excess of €1m). It provides these companies with a 360° service of specialised banking and equity investment. As at 2025 year-end, BStartup had 6,064 startup customers. These are very internationalised customers that frequently engage in complex operations that require highly specialised managers and services, which are offered through a distribution model comprised of 26 managers dedicated exclusively to startups and scaleups in the Territorial Divisions with the highest concentration of this type of companies, over 13 mixed managers, its own 5-member risk team and a team of 4 specialists that drive the business throughout Spain. In terms of equity investment, it is aimed mainly at early-stage digital and technology companies with strong growth potential and scalable, innovative business models. In 2025, €1,000,000 were invested in six startups. BStartup invests in all types of sectors, but mostly focuses on two specific verticals: — BStartup Green, to invest in startups that use technology or digitalisation to facilitate the transition to a more sustainable world (from the point of view of the energy transition, industry 4.0, smart cities and the circular economy). — BStartup Health, the programme designed to support health projects, in which invested funds are primarily used to validate the technology, research and business model. In 2025, it launched the eighth call for proposals and, for the first time this year, it received support from the leading healthcare investment funds in the country, reaching a record 201 companies analysed. In 2025, BStartup has taken a very active role in the main events of the entrepreneurial ecosystem. BStartup’s team actively participated in 128 entrepreneurial events held throughout Spain. BStartup Hub Madrid, the first Banco Sabadell branch dedicated exclusively to startups, scaleups and their investors, celebrated its first year. It is an entrepreneurial and technological hub with a team of 12 people who offer a 360º financial service that is 100% specialised in startups. The space was also designed to serve as a meeting point for Madrid’s entrepreneurial ecosystem, featuring an auditorium, meeting rooms and hot desks for customers. In its first year, it hosted 59 events (both its own and organised by the entrepreneurial ecosystem) with more than 3,400 attendees. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 236 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 239
1.4.8 Green financing and lines of credit with multilateral development banks in Mexico Green financing In 2025, Banco Sabadell Mexico granted green financing in the amount of approximately €180m. The economic sectors that received green financing include consumer goods (33% weight), electricity, gas & water (28% weight), Commercial Real Estate (CRE) (19% weight), construction (9% weight), food and beverages (4% weight), paper and timber (6% weight), and manufacturing (1% weight). The purpose of the financing encompassed both Green and Social Loans (GSLs), such as those for electricity generation through solar photovoltaic technology, and Sustainability-Linked Loans (SLLs), which are linked to indicators including a reduction in the volume of water consumption; upgrades to equipment to optimise energy efficiency; comprehensive management measures to obtain sustainable building certification16; procurement of certified raw materials from forests m a n a g e d i n a s u s t a i n a b l e a n d r e s p o n s i b l e w a y ; w a s t e - r e d u c t i o n initiatives or installation of solar panels; greater number of women in leadership positions; use of hybrid and electric vehicles; and use of clean energy sources. In addition, work on the environmental and social analysis continues, to reduce financing granted to the following sectors that have a particularly negative impact on the environment: Mining, Energy, Agro- industry, Infrastructures and Defence. Lines of credit with multilateral development banks Since 2019, Banco Sabadell Mexico has had access to a 10-year line of credit of US$100m granted by the International Finance Corporation (IFC), a member of the World Bank Group, to promote the development of sustainable tourism and construction in Mexico. These funds are granted to customers seeking to promote the development of sustainable projects. Banco Sabadell Mexico also has an 8-year credit facility in the amount of US$50m with the German Development Finance Institution (DEG, by its German acronym). As part of the agreements with the IFC and the DEG, Banco Sabadell Mexico prepares and submits to them an Annual Report on Environmental and Social Performance, which describes the implementation and operation of its Environmental and Social Risk Management System (SARAS, by its Spanish acronym), as well as the environmental and social performance of customers to whom this system was applied in the previous tax year. Since 2021, all infrastructure projects (new builds and extensions), as well as any hotel-related operation that has received finance of Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 237 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 16 In line with international standards such as LEED, BOMA and EDGE. This process requires the implementation of strategies for energy efficiency, carbon footprint reduction, resource optimisation and occupational welfare.
Page 240
US$5m or more, are evaluated using SARAS in order to identify their environmental and social impacts and risks. At the end of these evaluations, an Action Plan is drawn up designed to help mitigate the identified impacts and risks, which the customer undertakes to carry out. During 2025, 16 transactions were evaluated, encompassing the following sectors: Hotels, Food and beverages, Manufacturing industries, Agro-industry and Real Estate. As part of the SARAS implementation, Banco Sabadell Mexico was selected by the Spanish Chamber of Commerce in Mexico (CAMESCOM) as the winner of the 2025 edition of the “Reconocimiento de Sostenibilidad” sustainability award, which promotes and recognises the commitment of its member companies to the environment and sustainable development. In 2025, Banco Sabadell Mexico added a Sustainability section to its official website, reaffirming its commitment to transparency and corporate responsibility. Initially, it published its Environmental and Social Policy, the entity’s list of excluded activities and sectors, and a description of the environmental and social management of its portfolio of customers. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 238 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 241
Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 239 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 242
2. Environmental information Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (T axonomy Regulation) EU Taxonomy The European Union took a further step as promoter of the energy transformation and the decarbonisation of the economy. In line with the objectives of the fight against climate change, it established the Taxonomy Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2020/852), which was the first step towards obliging firms to disclose the proportion of their activities that are considered green or social, according to this regulation. This regulation, which establishes requirements for the classification and reporting of sustainable activities, is a key aspect for the integration of ESG aspects into the Group’s ordinary activity, as well as being a strategic aspect for the Institution. For this reason, it is regularly monitored by the Technical Risk Committee and the Sustainability Committee. Banco Sabadell believes it is paramount to ensure that its portfolio is aligned with its decarbonisation targets and, to that end, it has included decarbonisation in its Risk Appetite Framework, in its policies and in its sectoral planning processes, and it has set pathways to achieve those targets. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 240 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 243
— The Group has a framework for sectoral analysis through internal discussion, the Sector Guidance Strategy (SGS), led together by the Research division and the Risk Management division, and with contributions by sectoral experts from Business, Risk Origination, Credit Risk Control and Sustainability. With this, the Group establishes a sectoral strategy based on analysis of the external context of each sector and the internal context. This analysis is cross-checked by the main units involved in the Bank, so that ESG risks are included in the sectoral discussion, together with other macroeconomic parameters. Accordingly, the Group defines its strategic positioning at the sub- sector level, setting its sectoral asset allocation strategy which is, in turn, incorporated in the financial planning process. — Furthermore, the Bank has defined certain indicators and metrics in its Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) related to ESG and designed, on one hand, to monitor the status and evolution of physical and transition risks in its credit portfolio and, on the other hand, to establish and limit its risk appetite and/or position in certain environmental aspects. The RAS indicators include the decarbonisation targets established for 2030 for the sectors with the most intensive greenhouse gas emissions that are financed by the Bank, based on the targets established in the Paris Agreement and aligned with the UNEP FI’s NZBA. Information regarding the monitoring of those pathways is included in the Corporate Sustainability Report, which is submitted on a regular basis to the governing bodies. — Lastly, the Environmental and Social Risk Framework consolidates the set of applicable criteria that aim to limit the financing of customers or projects that are thought to be contrary to the transition to a sustainable economy or that lack alignment with international regulations or best practices in the industry. Moreover, since 2020, Banco Sabadell Group has been working on its own Eligibility Guide, based on the EU Taxonomy and the best practices in the market, such as the Green Loan Principles and the Social Bond Principles. As this is a key and strategic aspect for the Bank, since 2020 work has been underway both to keep the Eligibility Guide and the Sustainable Financing Framework in line with regulatory updates, and to implement them in the operational systems. As a result of this work, the Group’s systems currently include a process for tagging priority green products, which allows the entire management cycle of those products to be traced and ensures their alignment with the requirements of the Bank’s Eligibility Guide. In Spain, the tagging of sustainable transactions is carried out through the Eligibility Guide, which is already implemented in the Bank’s systems for all segments. Through this Guide, the Bank identifies and requires, for each sustainable purpose, documentation that demonstrates compliance with the substantial contribution criteria in accordance with that set forth in the European Taxonomy. To ensure the gathering of such documentation, automatic and manual controls have been implemented in the authorisation process of sustainable transactions. In addition, the Do No Significant Harm (DNSH) criteria and the Minimum Social Safeguards (MSS) are reviewed centrally using the information provided by the counterparties. Key Performance Indicators in the Taxonomy Regulation – Green Asset Ratio (GAR) The Taxonomy Regulation lays down common harmonised criteria to determine which economic activities qualify as environmentally sustainable. In addition, Article 8 of this Regulation establishes the obligation for any undertaking subject to the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the Non-Financial Reporting Directive (NFRD) to publish information on how and to what extent the undertaking’s activities are associated with economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable under the Taxonomy. Specifically, for non-financial undertakings, it establishes the requirement that they shall disclose the proportion of their turnover, capital expenditure (CapEx) and operating expenditure (OpEx) derived from this type of activity. In the case of financial institutions, this disclosure obligation translates into a key performance indicator, specifically the Green Asset Ratio (GAR). Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 241 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 244
Specifically, the requirements and disclosure templates for credit institutions are set out in Annexes V and VI, respectively, of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178 of 6 July 2021. In relation to the EU Taxonomy, on 4 July 2025 the European Commission adopted Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73 under the ESG Omnibus package, amending, among other aspects, Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178 as regards the simplification of the content and presentation of information to be disclosed concerning environmentally sustainable activities, which significantly affects credit institutions as it simplifies the disclosure of the GAR. Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73 came into force on 1 January 2026 and is applicable as at the date of this 2025 report. However, that Regulation provides transitional arrangements under which firms can opt to continue applying the disclosure regime in effect as at 31 December 2025 for the financial year commencing 1 January and ending 31 December 2025. Furthermore, the Delegated Regulation clarifies that application of the indicators of the trading portfolio and fees, originally intended to enter into force this year, has been postponed to 2028 (reporting date December 2027). Banco Sabadell Group has opted to apply those transitional arrangements to its EU Taxonomy disclosures. Application criteria for GAR disclosures The GAR measures the Institution’s assets that finance or are invested in economic activities that meet the Taxonomy’s technical screening criteria for the six environmental objectives as a proportion of the total eligible balance (the total balance excludes sovereign exposures, exposures to central banks and the trading book). An activity is deemed to be Taxonomy-aligned where it is an eligible activity, in the sense that it could potentially contribute to one or more of the six environmental objectives set out in the Taxonomy and where, additionally, it meets the following technical screening criteria: it contributes substantially to one or more of the six environmental objectives, the activity does not significantly harm any of the environmental objectives, and the activity is carried out in compliance with the minimum social safeguards in relation to human rights. Financial institutions first started disclosing this ratio in 2023. For an economic activity to be considered eligible, it must feature in the delegated acts developed by the European Taxonomy according to the environmental objective, irrespective of whether that activity does not meet all of the technical screening criteria set forth in those delegated acts or whether it ultimately does not qualify as environmentally sustainable (aligned). There are six environmental objectives: (1) Climate change mitigation, (2) Climate change adaptation, (3) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems, (4) Pollution prevention and control, (5) Transition to a circular economy, and (6) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources. It is mandatory for financial institutions to disclose finance granted for eligible and Taxonomy-aligned economic activities in relation to all objectives from 2025 year-end onwards. The Group determines whether the contribution of the specific finance in question qualifies as substantial according to the technical screening criteria set out in the Taxonomy. The Group is also making every effort to ensure compliance with the DNSH and MSS criteria. Available information and market practices in relation to alignment with DNSH and MSS are constantly changing, making it difficult to provide evidence of full compliance therewith in accordance with prevailing legislation. That is why the Group, unable to ensure strict compliance with the DNSH and MSS principles, has not included a portion of the finance in the Taxonomy-aligned values in certain cases. In any event, to demonstrate compliance with the DNSH principle and to show that the activity is carried out in accordance with the Minimum Social Safeguards Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 242 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 245
(MSS) for certain exposures, the Group relies on the information disclosed by the institutions, verifying, for the specific financed activity, compliance with the DNSH principle and the MSS in the Taxonomy tables disclosed by counterparties subject to the CSRD. This year, for the first time, the Group has amended the criteria used to evaluate the alignment of its portfolios of retail mortgages and consumer loans for vehicle purchase, ceasing its application of the simplified approach provided in Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/2453 of 30 November 2022, under which only fulfilment of the substantial contribution criteria based on energy efficiency is considered. Under the substantial contribution criteria, within retail mortgages, the associated financing transactions are considered to be Taxonomy- aligned when it can be demonstrated that (i) they have an energy performance rating of A or B, (ii) the primary energy demand is at least 10% below the threshold established for nearly zero-energy buildings, according to the Technical Building Code (CTE), for each climate zone, and (iii) for buildings of more than 5,000m2, there is evidence of air- tightness, thermal integration, as well as a calculation of the global warming potential. Furthermore, since 2025, in the case of new builds, the building’s existing energy performance certificate has been considered as the energy performance certificate of those of its housing units that only have an inferred energy performance rating, given that they share the same energy efficiency class (represented by a letter) and the same consumption and emissions values per square metre. In addition, in 2025, the criteria for the application of the DNSH criterion to the retail mortgages portfolio have been revised, so that verification is now based on the assessment of the real estate collateral item’s physical risk stemming from climate change, according to the Institution’s calculation approach. Under this new approach, only loans granted for the acquisition and ownership of buildings meet the DNSH principles, provided that the transactions have no high or very high exposure to physical risks. Similarly, in relation to minimum social safeguards, the Institution follows the recommendations of the Platform on Sustainable Finance17. In the case of consumer loans for vehicle purchase, the technical screening criteria concerning substantial contribution are analysed based on the vehicle’s zero-emissions energy efficiency and the minimum safeguards under the approach mentioned above. However, given the difficulty involved, it has not been possible to verify the compliance of motor vehicle loans with the DNSH principles, meaning that this portfolio is considered as not aligned with the EU Taxonomy. The perimeter used to calculate the GAR, in accordance with Commission Delegated Regulation (UE) 2021/2178, is the prudential scope of the consolidated Group, such that intragroup exposures outside of the prudential scope of consolidation are considered third-party exposures. In addition, the GAR is calculated for the existing stock as at a specific disclosure reference date and also for the flow of new exposures (with a transaction or contract start date occurring over a 12- month period), which gives an idea of how the Institution is transitioning towards sustainable economic activities and also of how it is helping its counterparties in their transition and adaptation pathway. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 243 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 17 Final Report on Minimum Safeguards (October 2022).
Page 246
The numerator considers the gross carrying amount of the assets aligned with the Taxonomy’s six environmental objectives; these include loans and advances, debt securities, as well as equity instruments not held for trading or sale, making a distinction between: — Exposures to financial corporations, including exposures to credit institutions and other financial corporations within the European Union (EU). — Exposures to (EU) non-financial corporations subject to NFRD18 disclosure requirements, i.e. with over 500 employees on average during the year, considering, in the case of firms that belong to a group, the number of employees in their corporate group, with a balance sheet of over 25 million euros or turnover above 50 million euros. — Households, which include home equity loans, building renovation loans and consumer loans for vehicle purchase. In the case of mortgages granted to retail customers, the Bank’s total perimeter is considered, regardless of whether or not the property is located in the EU, and irrespective of whether or not the obligor is a citizen of an EU Member State. — Local governments, including finance for public housing and other specialised lending. — Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties (foreclosed). In addition, the purpose of the finance granted to the counterparty should be considered, making a distinction between whether the purpose is to finance their general activity or whether the finance is being sought for a specific purpose: — Finance for generic purposes or for unknown purposes, where exposures are included provided the counterparty’s activity is aligned with the economic activities defined in the Taxonomy. This is in turn determined based on the key performance indicators published by the counterparties in relation to their turnover, capital expenditure (CapEx) and operating expenditure (OpEx). Non-financial corporations were required to publish their key alignment indicators for all environmental objectives as at 2024 year-end, whereas financial institutions were required to publish that data as at 2025 year-end, as in previous years they were only required to disclose data for the climate change mitigation and adaptation objectives. — Finance for specific purposes, where exposures are included based on the information provided by the counterparties concerning the project or activities that meet the defined environmental standards and for which the funds will be used. The denominator considers the gross carrying amount of the Institution’s total assets, excluding exposures to central governments and to central banks and the trading book. This way, in addition to the numerator’s total exposure, the denominator includes several types of exposures that are excluded from the numerator, such as non-financial corporations not subject to the NFRD and based both inside and outside the EU (the vast majority of SMEs), non-financial corporations and financial corporations based outside the EU, derivatives, interbank deposits, cash and other assets (goodwill, tangible assets, tax assets, etc.). It is important to note that this asymmetrical perimeter between the assets eligible for inclusion in the ratio’s numerator and those eligible for its denominator means, in practice, that the GAR is defined as though all exposures not eligible to be considered in the numerator had 0% alignment with the Taxonomy. 18 On the other hand, it is worth noting that the metric used concerning the gross carrying amount of assets meets the disclosure requirements laid down in the EU Taxonomy, and this results in a difference from the metric used in the accounting records, which corresponds to the net amount after deducting any loss allowance, which is why the carrying amount of total assets reflected for such purposes in the GAR is greater than the one included in the Group’s public balance sheet. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 244 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 18 The standard and existing limits under Law 11/2018 are considered, as the CSRD has not been transposed into Spanish law.
Page 247
Furthermore, as a previous step to calculating the GAR, Taxonomy- eligible exposures are identified using the following criteria: — Loans to non-financial corporations/financial institutions: these qualify as eligible or not, according to the known or unknown purpose of the funds. Where the purpose of the finance is known or specific and makes a substantial contribution in accordance with Taxonomy criteria, 100% of the exposure is deemed eligible, and in the case of finance for generic purposes, the publicly-available eligibility information (key performance indicators) of the counterparties is used to determine the eligible exposure. — Retail mortgage loans: all exposures to individuals secured with a first or second property are deemed eligible, as the purpose of these loans is included within the EU Taxonomy. — Motor vehicle loans: all vehicle financing exposures are deemed eligible, as this purpose is included within the EU Taxonomy. — Foreclosed assets: 100% of the exposure is deemed eligible, as this purpose is included within the EU Taxonomy, similar to mortgage loans. Calculation approach In accordance with the guidelines set forth in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139 and Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2486, which supplement Regulation 2020/852, the Group has included those exposures that are aligned according to the requirements of the EU Taxonomy for the six environmental objectives within its GAR. To that end, a distinction is made between two allocation or tagging methodologies: — Finance for specific purposes or uses: This includes specific finance granted by Sabadell that substantially contributes to an environmental objective and meets the DNSH and MSS criteria, in which case 100% of the exposure is reported as aligned. The information published by the counterparties on DNSH and MSS in their corresponding NFDRs is considered in order to assess compliance with these criteria. Where no such DNSH and MSS information is disclosed by the counterparty, given that the Group cannot ensure strict compliance with these principles, the associated loan is not reported as an aligned exposure. In addition, as mentioned earlier, the exposure of loans secured with real estate granted to households for the purchase of homes with the most efficient EPC ratings and which meet DNSH criteria are thought to be Taxonomy-aligned. In the case of foreclosed assets, their alignment is not disclosed. — Finance for generic purposes or for unknown purposes: This refers to cases where the Institution grants finance to counterparties for generic purposes, i.e. without the funds having a specific goal other than to manage the company’s liquidity, cash or usual activities. As indicated in Annex V of Royal Decree 2021/2178, credit institutions should, in this case, use the key performance indicators related to CapEx and turnover disclosed by the counterparties themselves for each environmental objective, with no need for any additional verifications to ensure alignment with the Substantial Contribution (SC), DNSH and MSS criteria. This way, the exposure reported as being EU Taxonomy-aligned corresponds solely and exclusively to the exposure with counterparties that have disclosed the degree of their activity’s alignment with the EU Taxonomy in terms of either turnover or CapEx in their non-financial disclosure reports. To that end, it is worth noting that the Institution has gathered counterparties’ eligibility and alignment information by means of a project, conducted in a coordinated manner and at a sectoral level with a reputable third party, which compiled and unified the information of counterparties subject to the NFRD that have disclosed information in their corporate reports, NFDRs or equivalent Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 245 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 248
(the data of firms that have not published their KPIs has not been reported, in other words, the counterparties with no reported KPIs are considered to have 0% alignment in terms of both their turnover and CapEx; no KPIs have been estimated either). The data obtained, mainly at the level of consolidated groups, has been applied to their generic exposures, for both the parent companies and their subsidiaries, always provided the intended use of the funds is for generic purposes, weighting counterparties’ exposure by their degree of alignment in percentage terms (turnover or CapEx, depending on the reporting template). It is worth mentioning that Bloomberg is used as a supplier to identify green bonds that promote climate change mitigation or adaptation, as well as bonds linked to sustainability projects, and to determine whether they meet the technical screening criteria that make them qualify as Taxonomy-aligned. In addition, the Institution relies on this supplier to obtain the exposures that are eligible and aligned with the environmental objectives of the portfolio of Assets under Management (AuM). Specifically, every month the Institution shares its AuM data and Bloomberg applies various levels of data extraction to determine the final investment of those positions and report on their various KPIs. The information is the actual data reported by companies in which that position is invested and no estimates are used. This year, eligibility and alignment information is disclosed for all of the EU Taxonomy objectives. Based on the foregoing, Banco Sabadell Group presents in this report (Taxonomy Indicators) the specific templates for credit institutions as at the end of 2025, whose information has been prepared in accordance with Annex V of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178 under the disclosure regime in effect as at 31 December 2025, based on the transitional arrangements provided in Article 4 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73. Similarly, Templates 6 (Fees & Commissions) and 7 (Trading Book) of Annex VI are not included, in light of the clarification published by the European Commission in connection with Taxonomy disclosures19. The templates specific to credit institutions are used, as that is the primary activity of Banco Sabadell Group, and these include the information of the entire scope of prudential consolidation, determined in accordance with Regulation (EU) 575/2013. The Group’s scope of prudential consolidation does not include any entity operating in the investment services or insurance activities segments. In the scope of consolidation, Urquijo Gestión S.G.I.I.C. is included within asset management services, and it is not materially representative in terms of the Group’s total assets. In relation to the perimeter used for the GAR, it is worth noting that, due to the agreement to sell TSB Banking Group plc (hereinafter, TSB) to Banco Santander, S.A., as from 1 July 2025 the exposure of this company has been recognised in the accounts under “Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale”. As a result, this exposure is no longer considered in terms of its alignment with the EU Taxonomy, as it forms part of the total GAR assets under the “Other assets” line item. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 246 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 19 Draft Commission Notice on the interpretation and implementation of certain legal provisions of the Disclosures Delegated Act under Article 8 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation, as amended by the Omnibus Delegated Act, on the reporting of Taxonomy-eligible and Taxonomy-aligned economic activities and assets (fourth notice).
Page 249
Results As at December 2025, Banco Sabadell Group had a GAR of 2.26% in terms of turnover, with the ratio falling compared to December 2024 (4.43%), mainly due to the impact of the sale of TSB. Considering only the Banco Sabadell excl. TSB perimeter, the GAR would come to 3.07% in terms of turnover (vs 2.11% Dec. 2024). In terms of the denominator, total GAR assets have increased by 8,172 million euros over the year, mainly due to the growth of the loan book. As for the exposures aligned with the EU Taxonomy, these posted an annual decrease of -3,882 million euros, mostly concentrated in Households, fundamentally due to the agreement to sell the subsidiary TSB, whose aligned assets are no longer considered as at the end of 2025. In the Banco Sabadell excl. TSB perimeter, aligned exposures increased by 1,452 million euros, mainly in Non-financial corporations and Households, driven by the year-on-year growth of lending and as a result of various initiatives implemented to strengthen the control framework over the tagging of sustainable exposures and to improve data quality. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 247 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 250
T axonomy indicators 0. Summary of GAR KPIs in relation to turnover and CapEx KPIs Summary of GAR KPIs in relation to turnover KPIs Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total environmentally sustainable assets KPI20 KPI21 % coverage (over total assets)22 % of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7(2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2 of Annex V)23 % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7(1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)24 Main KPI Green Asset Ratio (GAR) stock 4,410 2.26% 78.74% 41.33% 21.26% Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total environmentally sustainable assets KPI20 KPI21 % coverage (over total assets)22 % of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7(2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2 of Annex V)23 % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7(1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)24 Additional KPIs GAR (flow) 1,268 2.24% 81.77% 35.33% 18.23% Trading book Financial guarantees 9 1.10% Assets under management 771 13.10% Fees and commissions income Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total environmentally sustainable assets KPI20 KPI21 % coverage (over total assets)22 % of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7(2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2 of Annex V)23 % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7(1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)24 Main KPI Green Asset Ratio (GAR) stock 8,292 4.43% 77.19% 25.72% 22.81% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 248 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 251
Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total environmentally sustainable assets KPI20 KPI21 % coverage (over total assets)22 % of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7(2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2 of Annex V)23 % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7(1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)24 Additional KPIs GAR (flow) 1,914 3.59% 82.05% 31.85% 17.95% Trading book Financial guarantees 8 1.01% Assets under management 96 2.03% Fees and commissions income Summary of GAR KPIs in relation to CapEx KPIs Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total environmentally sustainable assets KPI20 KPI21 % coverage (over total assets)22 % of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7(2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2 of Annex V)23 % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7(1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)24 Main KPI Green Asset Ratio (GAR) stock 5,549 2.84 % 78.74 % 41.33 % 21.26 % Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total environmentally sustainable assets KPI20 KPI21 % coverage (over total assets)22 % of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7(2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2 of Annex V)23 % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7(1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)24 Additional KPIs GAR (flow) 1,731 3.06 % 81.77 % 35.33 % 18.23 % Trading book Financial guarantees 9 1.05 % Assets under management 1,222 20.76 % Fees and commissions income25 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 249 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 252
Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total environmentally sustainable assets KPI20 KPI21 % coverage (over total assets)22 % of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7(2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2 of Annex V)23 % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7(1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)24 Main KPI Green Asset Ratio (GAR) stock 8,762 4.68 % 77.19 % 25.72 % 22.81 % 20,21,22,23,24,25 Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total environmentally sustainable assets KPI20 KPI21 % coverage (over total assets)22 % of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7(2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2 of Annex V)23 % of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7(1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)24 Additional KPIs GAR (flow) 1,999 3.75 % 82.05% 31.85% 17.95% Trading book Financial guarantees 4 0.50 % Assets under management 66 1.40 % Fees and commissions income25 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 250 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 20 Based on the counterparty’s turnover KPI. 21 Based on the counterparty’s CapEx KPI, except in the case of loan activities for which, in relation to general loans, the turnover KPI is used. 22 % of assets covered by the KPI over banks’ total assets Gross carrying amount of exposures of total GAR assets over gross carrying amount of total assets. 23 Gross carrying amount of exposures not eligible for GAR calculation over gross carrying amount of total assets. 24 Gross carrying amount of exposures not covered by GAR calculation over gross carrying amount of total assets. 25 Fees and commissions income from services other than lending and assets under management.
Page 253
1. Assets used to calculate the GAR in relation to turnover and CapEx KPIs Assets used to calculate the GAR in relation to turnover KPIs Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 92,165 50,746 4,394 2,480 426 639 41 6 0 4 6 2 0 0 2 Financial corporations 15,269 2,110 200 0 21 24 7 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 Credit institutions 13,672 1,808 187 0 18 20 6 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Loans and advances 11,257 1,667 177 0 16 18 6 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,392 136 10 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 Equity instruments 24 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,596 302 13 0 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 of which investment firms 1,509 281 11 0 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 Loans and advances 1,245 267 9 0 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 Debt securities, including UoP 150 12 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 113 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 87 21 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 53 21 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 24,116 5,318 2,524 809 405 615 34 5 0 4 5 2 0 0 21 Loans and advances 23,859 5,135 2,429 809 405 519 34 5 0 4 5 2 0 0 22 Debt securities, including UoP 256 183 95 0 0 95 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 51,527 43,298 1,670 1,670 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 39,393 39,393 1,670 1,670 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,318 1,318 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,587 2,587 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,254 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 251 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 254
29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,254 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 755 755 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 102,638 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33 Financial and non-financial corporations 35,870 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 27,094 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 Loans and advances 26,946 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,522 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 of which building renovation loans 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 Debt securities 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 Equity instruments 113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 8,775 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 Loans and advances 8,774 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 Debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 Equity instruments 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 Derivatives 1,086 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 On-demand interbank loans 744 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 Cash and cash-related assets 629 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 64,311 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 Total GAR assets 195,559 51,501 4,394 2,480 426 639 41 6 0 4 6 2 0 0 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 52,794 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 38,567 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51 Exposures to central banks 11,032 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52 Trading book 3,194 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 Total assets 248,353 51,501 4,394 2,480 426 639 41 6 0 4 6 2 0 0 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 834 161 9 8 0 2 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 55 Assets under management 5,887 2,062 683 0 73 397 127 20 0 5 20 19 0 0 56 of which debt securities 347 165 52 0 7 1 9 3 0 1 2 1 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 89 27 11 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 252 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 255
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 92,165 81 5 0 2 49 3 0 3 107 0 0 0 2 Financial corporations 15,269 8 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 Credit institutions 13,672 8 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 Loans and advances 11,257 7 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,392 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 Equity instruments 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,596 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 of which investment firms 1,509 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 Loans and advances 1,245 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 Debt securities, including UoP 150 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 87 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 24,116 72 5 0 2 46 3 0 3 107 0 0 0 21 Loans and advances 23,859 72 5 0 2 46 3 0 3 107 0 0 0 22 Debt securities, including UoP 256 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 51,527 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 39,393 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,318 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,587 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,254 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,254 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 755 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 102,638 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 253 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 256
33 Financial and non-financial corporations 35,870 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 27,094 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 Loans and advances 26,946 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,522 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 of which building renovation loans 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 Debt securities 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 Equity instruments 113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 8,775 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 Loans and advances 8,774 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 Debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 Equity instruments 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 Derivatives 1,086 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 On-demand interbank loans 744 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 Cash and cash-related assets 629 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 64,311 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 Total GAR assets 195,559 81 5 0 2 49 3 0 3 107 0 0 0 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 52,794 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 38,567 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51 Exposures to central banks 11,032 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52 Trading book 3,194 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 Total assets 248,353 81 5 0 2 49 3 0 3 107 0 0 0 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 834 5 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 55 Assets under management 5,887 647 42 0 22 400 8 0 2 2 0 0 0 56 of which debt securities 347 16 2 0 1 12 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 89 18 1 0 1 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 254 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 257
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 92,165 51,029 4,410 2,480 426 649 2 Financial corporations 15,269 2,129 201 0 21 24 3 Credit institutions 13,672 1,826 188 0 18 20 4 Loans and advances 11,257 1,683 177 0 16 19 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,392 138 10 0 2 2 6 Equity instruments 24 4 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,596 303 13 0 3 4 8 of which investment firms 1,509 282 12 0 3 4 9 Loans and advances 1,245 267 9 0 3 4 10 Debt securities, including UoP 150 13 2 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 113 2 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 87 21 2 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 53 21 2 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 35 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 24,116 5,582 2,539 809 405 624 21 Loans and advances 23,859 5,399 2,444 809 405 529 22 Debt securities, including UoP 256 183 95 0 0 95 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 51,527 43,298 1,670 1,670 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 39,393 39,393 1,670 1,670 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,318 1,318 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,587 2,587 0 0 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,254 20 0 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,254 20 0 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 755 755 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 102,638 0 0 0 0 0 33 Financial and non-financial corporations 35,870 0 0 0 0 0 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 27,094 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 255 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 258
35 Loans and advances 26,946 0 0 0 0 0 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,522 0 0 0 0 0 37 of which building renovation loans 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 Debt securities 35 0 0 0 0 0 39 Equity instruments 113 0 0 0 0 0 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 8,775 0 0 0 0 0 41 Loans and advances 8,774 0 0 0 0 0 42 Debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 Equity instruments 1 0 0 0 0 0 44 Derivatives 1,086 0 0 0 0 0 45 On-demand interbank loans 744 0 0 0 0 0 46 Cash and cash-related assets 629 0 0 0 0 0 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 64,311 0 0 0 0 0 48 Total GAR assets 195,559 51,784 4,410 2,480 426 649 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 52,794 0 0 0 0 0 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 38,567 0 0 0 0 0 51 Exposures to central banks 11,032 0 0 0 0 0 52 Trading book 3,194 0 0 0 0 0 53 Total assets 248,353 51,784 4,410 2,480 426 649 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 834 184 9 8 0 2 55 Assets under management 5,887 3,257 771 0 73 427 56 of which debt securities 347 204 59 0 7 3 57 of which equity instruments 89 58 12 0 0 1 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 256 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 259
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 124,030 87,442 8,286 7,298 337 350 31 6 0 3 1 2 Financial corporations 14,675 2,443 177 0 21 34 7 1 0 0 0 3 Credit institutions 13,298 2,235 153 0 21 15 7 1 0 0 0 4 Loans and advances 11,061 2,086 143 0 19 13 6 1 0 0 0 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,225 147 10 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 Equity instruments 11 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,378 208 24 0 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 8 of which investment firms 1,309 192 22 0 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 9 Loans and advances 1,151 190 22 0 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 10 Debt securities, including UoP 48 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 110 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 68 17 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 43 17 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 15,256 3,155 1,178 366 275 316 24 5 0 3 1 21 Loans and advances 14,997 3,001 1,118 366 275 257 24 5 0 3 1 22 Debt securities, including UoP 259 154 60 0 0 60 0 0 0 0 0 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 92,597 81,843 6,931 6,931 41 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 78,458 78,458 6,890 6,890 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,212 1,212 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,172 2,172 41 41 41 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,503 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,503 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 918 918 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 62,439 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 257 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 260
33 Financial and non-financial corporations 43,543 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 31,228 35 Loans and advances 31,072 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,688 37 of which building renovation loans 0 38 Debt securities 32 39 Equity instruments 124 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 12,315 41 Loans and advances 12,314 42 Debt securities 0 43 Equity instruments 1 44 Derivatives 2,395 45 On-demand interbank loans 566 46 Cash and cash-related assets 711 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 15,224 48 Total GAR assets 187,387 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 55,383 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 35,379 51 Exposures to central banks 17,106 52 Trading book 2,898 53 Total assets 242,770 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 756 132 7 1 0 5 2 0 0 0 1 55 Assets under management 4,729 1,162 96 0 7 5 19 0 0 0 0 56 of which debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 258 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 261
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 124,030 12 61 93 2 Financial corporations 14,675 0 0 0 3 Credit institutions 13,298 0 0 0 4 Loans and advances 11,061 0 0 0 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,225 0 0 0 6 Equity instruments 11 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,378 0 0 0 8 of which investment firms 1,309 0 0 0 9 Loans and advances 1,151 0 0 0 10 Debt securities, including UoP 48 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 110 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 68 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 43 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 25 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 15,256 12 61 93 21 Loans and advances 14,997 12 29 93 22 Debt securities, including UoP 259 0 32 0 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 24 Households 92,597 0 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 78,458 0 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,212 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,172 0 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,503 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,503 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 918 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 62,439 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 259 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 262
33 Financial and non-financial corporations 43,543 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 31,228 35 Loans and advances 31,072 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,688 37 of which building renovation loans 0 38 Debt securities 32 39 Equity instruments 124 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 12,315 41 Loans and advances 12,314 42 Debt securities 0 43 Equity instruments 1 44 Derivatives 2,395 45 On-demand interbank loans 566 46 Cash and cash-related assets 711 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 15,224 48 Total GAR assets 187,387 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 55,383 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 35,379 51 Exposures to central banks 17,106 52 Trading book 2,898 53 Total assets 242,770 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 756 4 6 10 55 Assets under management 4,729 2 0 0 56 of which debt securities 0 0 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 260 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 263
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 124,030 87,641 8,292 7,298 337 353 2 Financial corporations 14,675 2,450 178 0 21 34 3 Credit institutions 13,298 2,241 154 0 21 15 4 Loans and advances 11,061 2,092 144 0 19 13 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,225 148 10 0 2 2 6 Equity instruments 11 2 0 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,378 209 24 0 0 19 8 of which investment firms 1,309 192 22 0 0 19 9 Loans and advances 1,151 190 22 0 0 19 10 Debt securities, including UoP 48 0 0 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 110 2 0 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 68 17 1 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 43 17 1 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 25 0 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 15,256 3,347 1,183 366 275 319 21 Loans and advances 14,997 3,161 1,123 366 275 260 22 Debt securities, including UoP 259 186 60 0 0 60 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 92,597 81,843 6,931 6,931 41 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 78,458 78,458 6,890 6,890 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,212 1,212 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,172 2,172 41 41 41 0 28 Local government financing 1,503 1 0 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,503 1 0 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 918 918 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 62,439 33 Financial and non-financial corporations 43,543 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 31,228 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 261 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 264
35 Loans and advances 31,072 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,688 37 of which building renovation loans 0 38 Debt securities 32 39 Equity instruments 124 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 12,315 41 Loans and advances 12,314 42 Debt securities 0 43 Equity instruments 1 44 Derivatives 2,395 45 On-demand interbank loans 566 46 Cash and cash-related assets 711 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 15,224 48 Total GAR assets 187,387 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 55,383 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 35,379 51 Exposures to central banks 17,106 52 Trading book 2,898 53 Total assets 242,770 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 756 155 8 1 0 5 55 Assets under management 4,729 1,183 96 0 7 6 56 of which debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 262 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 265
Assets used to calculate the GAR in relation to CapEx KPIs Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 92,165 51,814 5,524 2,480 457 835 128 6 0 3 5 2 0 0 2 Financial corporations 15,269 2,284 268 0 26 34 10 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 Credit institutions 13,672 2,013 257 0 22 33 9 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 Loans and advances 11,257 1,870 244 0 20 30 9 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,392 139 12 0 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 Equity instruments 24 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,596 272 12 0 5 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 of which investment firms 1,509 250 10 0 5 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 Loans and advances 1,245 235 7 0 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 Debt securities, including UoP 150 13 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 113 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 87 22 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 53 22 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 24,116 6,212 3,585 809 430 801 118 5 0 3 5 2 0 0 21 Loans and advances 23,859 6,025 3,486 809 430 702 118 5 0 3 5 2 0 0 22 Debt securities, including UoP 256 187 99 0 0 99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 51,527 43,298 1,670 1,670 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 39,393 39,393 1,670 1,670 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,318 1,318 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,587 2,587 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,254 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,254 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 263 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 266
31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 755 755 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 102,638 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33 Financial and non-financial corporations 35,870 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 27,094 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 Loans and advances 26,946 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,522 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 of which building renovation loans 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 Debt securities 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 Equity instruments 113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 8,775 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 Loans and advances 8,774 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 Debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 Equity instruments 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 Derivatives 1,086 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 On-demand interbank loans 744 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 Cash and cash-related assets 629 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 64,311 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 Total GAR assets 195,559 52,570 5,524 2,480 457 835 128 6 0 3 5 2 0 0 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 52,794 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 38,567 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51 Exposures to central banks 11,032 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52 Trading book 3,194 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 Total assets 248,353 52,570 5,524 2,480 457 835 128 6 0 3 5 2 0 0 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 834 228 9 8 0 1 6 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 55 Assets under management 5,887 2,736 1,077 0 107 605 301 54 0 32 27 21 0 0 56 of which debt securities 347 215 86 0 8 1 19 5 0 3 2 1 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 89 36 16 0 1 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 264 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 267
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 92,165 136 14 0 0 31 4 0 3 124 0 0 0 2 Financial corporations 15,269 8 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 Credit institutions 13,672 8 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 Loans and advances 11,257 8 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,392 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 Equity instruments 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,596 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 of which investment firms 1,509 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 Loans and advances 1,245 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 Debt securities, including UoP 150 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 87 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 24,116 127 14 0 0 29 4 0 3 123 0 0 0 21 Loans and advances 23,859 127 14 0 0 29 4 0 3 123 0 0 0 22 Debt securities, including UoP 256 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 51,527 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 39,393 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,318 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,587 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,254 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,254 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 755 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 102,638 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 265 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 268
33 Financial and non-financial corporations 35,870 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 27,094 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 Loans and advances 26,946 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,522 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 of which building renovation loans 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 Debt securities 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 Equity instruments 113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 8,775 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 Loans and advances 8,774 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 Debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 Equity instruments 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 Derivatives 1,086 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 On-demand interbank loans 744 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 Cash and cash-related assets 629 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 64,311 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 Total GAR assets 195,559 136 14 0 0 31 4 0 3 124 0 0 0 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 52,794 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 38,567 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51 Exposures to central banks 11,032 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52 Trading book 3,194 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 Total assets 248,353 136 14 0 0 31 4 0 3 124 0 0 0 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 834 7 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 55 Assets under management 5,887 435 61 0 46 265 9 0 2 2 0 0 0 56 of which debt securities 347 9 2 0 0 7 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 89 13 2 0 2 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 266 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 269
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 92,165 52,237 5,549 2,480 457 841 2 Financial corporations 15,269 2,305 270 0 26 35 3 Credit institutions 13,672 2,032 258 0 22 33 4 Loans and advances 11,257 1,888 246 0 20 30 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,392 140 12 0 2 2 6 Equity instruments 24 4 0 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,596 272 12 0 5 2 8 of which investment firms 1,509 250 10 0 5 2 9 Loans and advances 1,245 235 7 0 5 1 10 Debt securities, including UoP 150 13 2 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 113 3 0 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 87 22 2 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 53 22 2 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 35 0 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 24,116 6,615 3,609 809 430 806 21 Loans and advances 23,859 6,428 3,510 809 430 707 22 Debt securities, including UoP 256 187 99 0 0 99 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 51,527 43,298 1,670 1,670 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 39,393 39,393 1,670 1,670 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,318 1,318 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,587 2,587 0 0 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,254 20 0 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,254 20 0 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 755 755 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 102,638 0 0 0 0 0 33 Financial and non-financial corporations 35,870 0 0 0 0 0 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 27,094 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 267 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 270
35 Loans and advances 26,946 0 0 0 0 0 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,522 0 0 0 0 0 37 of which building renovation loans 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 Debt securities 35 0 0 0 0 0 39 Equity instruments 113 0 0 0 0 0 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 8,775 0 0 0 0 0 41 Loans and advances 8,774 0 0 0 0 0 42 Debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 Equity instruments 1 0 0 0 0 0 44 Derivatives 1,086 0 0 0 0 0 45 On-demand interbank loans 744 0 0 0 0 0 46 Cash and cash-related assets 629 0 0 0 0 0 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 64,311 0 0 0 0 0 48 Total GAR assets 195,559 52,993 5,549 2,480 457 841 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 52,794 0 0 0 0 0 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 38,567 0 0 0 0 0 51 Exposures to central banks 11,032 0 0 0 0 0 52 Trading book 3,194 0 0 0 0 0 53 Total assets 248,353 52,993 5,549 2,480 457 841 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 834 257 9 8 0 1 55 Assets under management 5,887 3,765 1,222 0 107 685 56 of which debt securities 347 253 95 0 8 4 57 of which equity instruments 89 62 19 0 1 2 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Total gross carrying amount TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 268 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 271
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 124,030 88,324 8,754 7,298 367 506 63 8 0 1 3 2 Financial corporations 14,675 2,445 205 0 28 43 6 2 0 0 0 3 Credit institutions 13,298 2,246 184 0 28 25 6 1 0 0 0 4 Loans and advances 11,061 2,093 171 0 25 22 5 1 0 0 0 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,225 151 13 0 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 6 Equity instruments 11 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,378 199 21 0 0 18 0 0 0 0 0 8 of which investment firms 1,309 182 19 0 0 18 0 0 0 0 0 9 Loans and advances 1,151 175 19 0 0 18 0 0 0 0 0 10 Debt securities, including UoP 48 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 110 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 68 18 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 43 18 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 15,256 4,035 1,617 366 298 463 57 7 0 1 3 21 Loans and advances 14,997 3,880 1,547 366 298 394 57 7 0 1 3 22 Debt securities, including UoP 259 155 70 0 0 70 0 0 0 0 0 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 92,597 81,843 6,931 6,931 41 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 78,458 78,458 6,890 6,890 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,212 1,212 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,172 2,172 41 41 41 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,503 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,503 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 918 918 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 62,439 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 269 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 272
33 Financial and non-financial corporations 43,543 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 31,228 35 Loans and advances 31,072 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,688 37 of which building renovation loans 0 38 Debt securities 32 39 Equity instruments 124 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 12,315 41 Loans and advances 12,314 42 Debt securities 0 43 Equity instruments 1 44 Derivatives 2,395 45 On-demand interbank loans 566 46 Cash and cash-related assets 711 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 15,224 48 Total GAR assets 187,387 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 55,383 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 35,379 51 Exposures to central banks 17,106 52 Trading book 2,898 53 Total assets 242,770 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 756 218 4 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 55 Assets under management 4,729 988 66 0 17 13 3 1 0 0 0 56 of which debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 270 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 273
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation Of which specialised lending Of which adaptation GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 124,030 43 29 100 2 Financial corporations 14,675 0 0 0 3 Credit institutions 13,298 0 0 0 4 Loans and advances 11,061 0 0 0 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,225 0 0 0 6 Equity instruments 11 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,378 0 0 0 8 of which investment firms 1,309 0 0 0 9 Loans and advances 1,151 0 0 0 10 Debt securities, including UoP 48 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 110 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 68 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 43 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 25 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 15,256 43 29 100 21 Loans and advances 14,997 43 25 100 22 Debt securities, including UoP 259 0 4 0 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 24 Households 92,597 0 0 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 78,458 0 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,212 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,172 0 0 28 Local government financing 1,503 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,503 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 918 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 62,439 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 271 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 274
33 Financial and non-financial corporations 43,543 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 31,228 35 Loans and advances 31,072 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,688 37 of which building renovation loans 0 38 Debt securities 32 39 Equity instruments 124 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 12,315 41 Loans and advances 12,314 42 Debt securities 0 43 Equity instruments 1 44 Derivatives 2,395 45 On-demand interbank loans 566 46 Cash and cash-related assets 711 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 15,224 48 Total GAR assets 187,387 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 55,383 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 35,379 51 Exposures to central banks 17,106 52 Trading book 2,898 53 Total assets 242,770 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 756 4 5 11 55 Assets under management 4,729 2 0 0 56 of which debt securities 0 0 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 272 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 275
Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which specialised lending Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 124,030 88,562 8,762 7,298 367 507 2 Financial corporations 14,675 2,451 207 0 28 43 3 Credit institutions 13,298 2,252 186 0 28 25 4 Loans and advances 11,061 2,098 172 0 25 22 5 Debt securities, including UoP 2,225 152 13 0 3 2 6 Equity instruments 11 2 0 0 0 7 Other financial corporations 1,378 200 21 0 0 18 8 of which investment firms 1,309 182 19 0 0 18 9 Loans and advances 1,151 175 19 0 0 18 10 Debt securities, including UoP 48 0 0 0 0 0 11 Equity instruments 110 7 0 0 0 12 of which management companies 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 Loans and advances 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 16 of which insurance undertakings 68 18 1 0 0 0 17 Loans and advances 43 18 1 0 0 0 18 Debt securities, including UoP 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Equity instruments 25 0 0 0 0 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 15,256 4,267 1,624 366 298 464 21 Loans and advances 14,997 4,107 1,554 366 298 394 22 Debt securities, including UoP 259 159 70 0 0 70 23 Equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Households 92,597 81,843 6,931 6,931 41 0 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 78,458 78,458 6,890 6,890 0 0 26 of which building renovation loans 1,212 1,212 0 0 0 0 27 of which motor vehicle loans 2,172 2,172 41 41 41 0 28 Local government financing 1,503 1 0 0 0 0 29 Housing financing 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 Other local government financing 1,503 1 0 0 0 0 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 918 918 0 0 0 0 32 Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator) 62,439 0 0 0 0 0 33 Financial and non-financial corporations 43,543 34 SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 31,228 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 273 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 276
35 Loans and advances 31,072 36 of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 4,688 37 of which building renovation loans 0 38 Debt securities 32 39 Equity instruments 124 40 Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 12,315 41 Loans and advances 12,314 42 Debt securities 0 43 Equity instruments 1 44 Derivatives 2,395 45 On-demand interbank loans 566 46 Cash and cash-related assets 711 47 Other assets (goodwill, commodities, etc.) 15,224 48 Total GAR assets 187,387 49 Assets not covered for GAR calculation 55,383 50 Central governments and supranational issuers 35,379 51 Exposures to central banks 17,106 52 Trading book 2,898 53 Total assets 242,770 Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations 54 Financial guarantees 756 239 4 1 0 2 55 Assets under management 4,729 993 66 0 17 13 56 of which debt securities 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 of which equity instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0 Million EUR Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Total gross carrying amount TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 274 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 277
Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 275 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 278
2. Assets of non-financial corporations used to calculate the GAR in relation to turnover and CapEx KPIs, broken down by activity sector Assets of non-financial corporations used to calculate the GAR in relation to turnover KPIs, broken down by activity sector Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CCM) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CCM) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CCA) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CCA) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (WTR) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (WTR) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CE) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CE) 1 111 Growing of cereals (except rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 113 Growing of vegetables and melons, roots and tubers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 119 Growing of other nonperennial crops 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 121 Growing of grapes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 122 Growing of tropical and subtropical fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 123 Growing of citrus fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 124 Growing of pome fruits and stone fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 125 Growing of other tree and bush fruits and nuts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 126 Growing of oleaginous fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 142 Raising of other cattle and buffaloes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 143 Raising of horses and other equines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 145 Raising of sheep and goats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 146 Raising of swine/pigs 1.56 1.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 147 Raising of poultry 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 149 Raising of other animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 150 Mixed farming 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 161 Support activities for crop production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 162 Support activities for animal production 0.21 0.19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 210 Silviculture and other forestry activities 0.62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 220 Logging 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 311 Marine fishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 321 Marine aquaculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 322 Freshwater aquaculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 510 Mining of hard coal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 610 Extraction of crude petroleum 2.15 0.25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 729 Mining of other nonferrous metal ores 0.54 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 891 Mining of chemical and fertiliser minerals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 893 Extraction of salt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 899 Other mining and quarrying n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 276 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 279
30 1011 Processing and preserving of meat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 1012 Processing and preserving of poultry meat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 1013 Production of meat and poultry meat products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33 1020 Processing and preserving of fish, crustaceans and molluscs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 1032 Manufacture of fruit and vegetable juice 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 1039 Other processing and preserving of fruit and vegetables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 1041 Manufacture of oils and fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 1042 Manufacture of margarine and similar edible fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 1051 Operation of dairies and cheese making 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 1052 Manufacture of ice cream 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 1061 Manufacture of grain mill products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 1071 Manufacture of bread; manufacture of fresh pastry goods and cakes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 1072 Manufacture of rusks and biscuits; manufacture of preserved pastry goods and cakes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 1073 Manufacture of macaroni, noodles, couscous and similar farinaceous products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 1081 Manufacture of sugar 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 1082 Manufacture of cocoa, chocolate and sugar confectionery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 1084 Manufacture of condiments and seasonings 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 1085 Manufacture of prepared meals and dishes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 1086 Manufacture of homogenised food preparations and dietetic food 0.26 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 49 1089 Manufacture of other food products n.e.c. 0.85 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.79 0 0 0 50 1091 Manufacture of prepared feeds for farm animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51 1092 Manufacture of prepared pet foods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52 1101 Distilling, rectifying and blending of spirits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 1102 Manufacture of wine from grape 0.32 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 1105 Manufacture of beer 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 55 1106 Manufacture of malt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 56 1107 Manufacture of soft drinks; production of mineral waters and other bottled waters 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 1200 Manufacture of tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 58 1310 Preparation and spinning of textile fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 59 1320 Weaving of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60 1330 Finishing of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 61 1391 Manufacture of knitted and crocheted fabrics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 62 1392 Manufacture of madeup textile articles, except apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 63 1395 Manufacture of non-wovens and articles made from non-wovens, except apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 1396 Manufacture of other technical and industrial textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 65 1399 Manufacture of other textiles n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 66 1412 Manufacture of workwear 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 67 1413 Manufacture of other outerwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 68 1419 Manufacture of other wearing apparel and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 69 1431 Manufacture of knitted and crocheted hosiery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 277 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 280
70 1439 Manufacture of other knitted and crocheted apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 71 1511 Tanning and dressing of leather; dressing and dyeing of fur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 1520 Manufacture of footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 73 1610 Sawmilling and planing of wood 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 74 1621 Manufacture of veneer sheets and woodbased panels 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 75 1623 Manufacture of other builders' carpentry and joinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76 1624 Manufacture of wooden containers 0.46 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 77 1629 Manufacture of other products of wood; manufacture of articles of cork, straw and plaiting materials 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 78 1711 Manufacture of pulp 10.57 10.37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 79 1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80 1721 Manufacture of corrugated paper and paperboard and of containers of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81 1722 Manufacture of household and sanitary goods and of toilet requisites 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 82 1723 Manufacture of paper stationery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 1729 Manufacture of other articles of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84 1811 Printing of newspapers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 85 1812 Other printing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 86 1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 2.59 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 87 2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 88 2012 Manufacture of dyes and pigments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 89 2013 Manufacture of other inorganic basic chemicals 5.21 1.17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1 0 0 0 90 2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals 0.84 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 91 2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 0.71 0.05 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 92 2016 Manufacture of plastics in primary forms 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 93 2017 Manufacture of synthetic rubber in primary forms 0.69 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 94 2020 Manufacture of pesticides and other agrochemical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 95 2030 Manufacture of paints, varnishes and similar coatings, printing ink and mastics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 96 2041 Manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and polishing preparations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 97 2042 Manufacture of perfumes and toilet preparations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 98 2051 Manufacture of explosives 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 99 2052 Manufacture of glues 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 101 2060 Manufacture of manmade fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 102 2110 Manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 103 2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 104 2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 0.84 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 105 2219 Manufacture of other rubber products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 106 2221 Manufacture of plastic plates, sheets, tubes and profiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 107 2222 Manufacture of plastic packing goods 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.32 0 0 0 108 2223 Manufacture of builders’ ware of plastic 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 109 2229 Manufacture of other plastic products 1.59 1.42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.11 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 278 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 281
110 2311 Manufacture of flat glass 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 111 2313 Manufacture of hollow glass 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 2314 Manufacture of glass fibres 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 113 2320 Manufacture of refractory products 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 114 2331 Manufacture of ceramic tiles and flags 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 115 2332 Manufacture of bricks, tiles and construction products, in baked clay 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 116 2342 Manufacture of ceramic sanitary fixtures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 117 2344 Manufacture of other technical ceramic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 118 2349 Manufacture of other ceramic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 119 2351 Manufacture of cement 11.3 0.79 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.4 0 0 0 120 2352 Manufacture of lime and plaster 2.51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 121 2361 Manufacture of concrete products for construction purposes 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 122 2364 Manufacture of mortars 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 123 2370 Cutting, shaping and finishing of stone 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 124 2399 Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products n.e.c. 1.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 125 2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferroalloys 40.44 7.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 126 2431 Cold drawing of bars 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 127 2432 Cold rolling of narrow strip 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 128 2433 Cold forming or folding 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 129 2434 Cold drawing of wire 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 130 2442 Aluminium production 13.37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 131 2443 Lead, zinc and tin production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 132 2444 Copper production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 133 2445 Other nonferrous metal production 251 234.51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 134 2446 Processing of nuclear fuel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 135 2451 Casting of iron 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 136 2452 Casting of steel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 137 2453 Casting of light metals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 138 2454 Casting of other nonferrous metals 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 139 2511 Manufacture of metal structures and parts of structures 0.42 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 0 0 140 2512 Manufacture of doors and windows of metal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 141 2521 Manufacture of central heating radiators and boilers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 142 2529 Manufacture of other tanks, reservoirs and containers of metal 0.53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 143 2540 Manufacture of weapons and ammunition 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 144 2550 Forging, pressing, stamping and rollforming of metal; powder metallurgy 11.53 3.32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 145 2561 Treatment and coating of metals 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 146 2562 Machining 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 147 2571 Manufacture of cutlery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 148 2572 Manufacture of locks and hinges 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 149 2573 Manufacture of tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 150 2592 Manufacture of light metal packaging 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 151 2593 Manufacture of wire products, chain and springs 1.29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 279 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 282
152 2594 Manufacture of fasteners and screw machine products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 153 2599 Manufacture of other fabricated metal products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 154 2611 Manufacture of electronic components 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 155 2612 Manufacture of loaded electronic boards 0.32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 156 2620 Repair of computers and peripheral equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 157 2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 0.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 158 2651 Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 159 2652 Manufacture of watches and clocks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 160 2660 Manufacture of irradiation, electromedical and electrotherapeutic equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 161 2670 Manufacture of optical instruments and photographic equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 162 2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 25.35 1.52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 0 0 163 2720 Manufacture of batteries and accumulators 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 164 2731 Manufacture of fibre optic cables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 165 2732 Manufacture of other electronic and electric wires and cables 0.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 166 2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 167 2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 168 2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 0.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 169 2812 Manufacture of fluid power equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 170 2813 Manufacture of other pumps and compressors 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 171 2814 Manufacture of other taps and valves 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 172 2815 Manufacture of bearings, gears, gearing and driving elements 1.67 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 173 2821 Manufacture of ovens, furnaces and furnace burners 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 174 2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment 10.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 175 2825 Manufacture of nondomestic cooling and ventilation equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 176 2829 Manufacture of other general purpose machinery n.e.c. 0.89 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 177 2830 Manufacture of agricultural and forestry machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 178 2841 Manufacture of metal forming machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 179 2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 0.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 180 2891 Manufacture of machinery for metallurgy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 181 2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 182 2893 Manufacture of machinery for food, beverage and tobacco processing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 183 2894 Manufacture of machinery for textile, apparel and leather production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 184 2895 Manufacture of machinery for paper and paperboard production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 185 2896 Manufacture of plastics and rubber machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 186 2899 Manufacture of other special purpose machinery n.e.c. 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 187 2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles 76.48 2.85 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.08 0 0 0 188 2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semitrailers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 189 2931 Manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment for motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 190 2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 94.92 24.73 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.38 2.24 0 0 191 3011 Building of ships and floating structures 7.94 3.54 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 280 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 283
192 3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock 19.9 16.49 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 193 3030 Manufacture of air and spacecraft and related machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 194 3040 Manufacture of military fighting vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 195 3092 Manufacture of bicycles and invalid carriages 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 196 3099 Manufacture of other transport equipment n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 197 3101 Manufacture of office and shop furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 198 3102 Manufacture of kitchen furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 199 3103 Manufacture of mattresses 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 200 3109 Manufacture of other furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 201 3213 Manufacture of imitation jewellery and related articles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 202 3230 Manufacture of sports goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 203 3240 Manufacture of games and toys 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 204 3250 Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 205 3291 Manufacture of brooms and brushes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 206 3299 Other manufacturing n.e.c. 0.31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 207 3312 Repair of machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.07 0 0 0 208 3314 Repair of electrical equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 209 3317 Repair and maintenance of other transport equipment 0.88 0.12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 210 3320 Installation of industrial machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 211 3511 Production of electricity 1014.8 349.86 0 0 0.55 0.36 0 0 0.1 0.1 0 0 0.14 0 0 0 212 3512 Transmission of electricity 11.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 213 3513 Distribution of electricity 164.22 52.41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 214 3514 Trade of electricity 115.55 0.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 215 3521 Manufacture of gas 11.26 6.37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 216 3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 94.78 52.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 217 3523 Trade of gas through mains 47.62 37.23 0 0 1.48 0.76 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 218 3600 Water collection, treatment and supply 184.18 153.93 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 1.05 1.02 0 0 0.13 0.06 0 0 219 3811 Collection of non-hazardous waste 10.92 0.38 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 0.04 0.02 0 0 0.12 0.01 0 0 220 3821 Treatment and disposal of non-hazardous waste 1.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 221 3822 Treatment and disposal of hazardous waste 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 222 3831 Dismantling of wrecks 2.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.97 0 0 0 223 3832 Recovery of sorted materials 19.22 17.83 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 224 3900 Remediation activities and other waste management services 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 225 4110 Development of building projects 77.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 226 4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 13.07 0 0 0 1.13 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 227 4211 Construction of roads and motorways 55.5 6 0 0 0.51 0.02 0 0 0.32 0.04 0 0 1.4 0 0 0 228 4212 Construction of railways and underground railways 335.18 204.94 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 0.35 0 0 0 229 4213 Construction of bridges and tunnels 10.16 0 0 0 0.33 0 0 0 0.07 0 0 0 0.15 0 0 0 230 4221 Construction of utility projects for fluids 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 231 4222 Construction of utility projects for electricity and telecommunications 19.55 6.59 0 0 0.02 0.01 0 0 0.2 0 0 0 0.1 0.01 0 0 232 4291 Construction of water projects 0.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 233 4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 179.21 18.86 0 0 0.07 0.05 0 0 0.17 0.12 0 0 0.08 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 281 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 284
234 4311 Demolition 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 235 4312 Site preparation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 236 4321 Electrical installation 90.9 42.81 0 0 0.53 0.23 0 0 0.8 0.03 0 0 3.1 0.19 0 0 237 4322 Plumbing, heat and airconditioning installation 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 238 4329 Other construction installation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 239 4333 Floor and wall covering 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 240 4334 Painting and glazing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 241 4339 Other building completion and finishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 242 4391 Roofing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 243 4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 41.02 4.55 0 0 0.85 0.36 0 0 0.31 0 0 0 1.45 0 0 0 244 4511 Sale of cars and light motor vehicles 12.67 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 245 4520 Maintenance and repair of motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 246 4531 Wholesale trade of motor vehicle parts and accessories 1.97 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 247 4532 Retail trade of motor vehicle parts and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 248 4540 Sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories 6.25 0.08 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 249 4612 Agents involved in the sale of fuels, ores, metals and industrial chemicals 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 250 4613 Agents involved in the sale of timber and building materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 251 4615 Agents involved in the sale of furniture, household goods, hardware and ironmongery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 252 4616 Agents involved in the sale of textiles, clothing, fur, footwear and leather goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 253 4617 Agents involved in the sale of food, beverages and tobacco 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 254 4618 Agents specialised in the sale of other particular products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 4619 Agents involved in the sale of a variety of goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 256 4621 Wholesale of grain, unmanufactured tobacco, seeds and animal feeds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 257 4622 Wholesale of flowers and plants 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 258 4623 Wholesale of live animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 259 4624 Wholesale of hides, skins and leather 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 260 4631 Wholesale of fruit and vegetables 0.74 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 261 4632 Wholesale of meat and meat products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 262 4633 Wholesale of dairy products, eggs and edible oils and fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 263 4634 Wholesale of beverages 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 264 4635 Wholesale of tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 265 4636 Wholesale of sugar and chocolate and sugar confectionery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 266 4637 Wholesale of coffee, tea, cocoa and spices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 267 4638 Wholesale of other food, including fish, crustaceans and molluscs 2.81 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 268 4639 Nonspecialised wholesale of food, beverages and tobacco 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 269 4641 Wholesale of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 270 4642 Wholesale of clothing and footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 271 4644 Wholesale of china and glassware and cleaning materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 272 4645 Wholesale of perfume and cosmetics 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 273 4646 Wholesale of pharmaceutical goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 282 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 285
274 4647 Wholesale of furniture, carpets and lighting equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 275 4648 Wholesale of watches and jewellery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 276 4649 Wholesale of other household goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 277 4651 Wholesale of computers, computer peripheral equipment and software 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 278 4652 Wholesale of electronic and telecommunications equipment and parts 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 279 4661 Wholesale of agricultural machinery, equipment and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 280 4662 Wholesale of machine tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 281 4663 Wholesale of mining, construction and civil engineering machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 282 4664 Wholesale of machinery for the textile industry and of sewing and knitting machines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 283 4665 Wholesale of office furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 284 4666 Wholesale of other office machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 285 4669 Wholesale of other machinery and equipment 0.17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.17 0 0 0 286 4671 Wholesale of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels and related products 0.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 287 4672 Wholesale of metals and metal ores 37.88 0.19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 288 4673 Wholesale of wood, construction materials and sanitary equipment 0.96 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 289 4674 Wholesale of hardware, plumbing and heating equipment and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 290 4675 Wholesale of chemical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 291 4676 Wholesale of other intermediate products 3.94 2.82 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.49 0 0 0 292 4690 Nonspecialised wholesale trade 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 293 4711 Retail sale in nonspecialised stores with food, beverages or tobacco predominating 44.85 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 294 4719 Other retail sale in nonspecialised stores 0.19 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 295 4721 Retail sale of fruit and vegetables in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 296 4722 Retail sale of meat and meat products in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 297 4723 Retail sale of fish, crustaceans and molluscs in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 298 4724 Retail sale of bread, cakes, flour confectionery and sugar confectionery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 299 4726 Retail sale of tobacco products in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 300 4729 Other retail sale of food in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 301 4730 Retail sale of automotive fuel in specialised stores 20.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 302 4741 Retail sale of computers, peripheral units and software in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 303 4742 Retail sale of telecommunications equipment in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 304 4751 Retail sale of textiles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 305 4759 Retail sale of furniture, lighting equipment and other household articles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 306 4761 Retail sale of books in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 307 4762 Retail sale of newspapers and stationery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 308 4764 Retail sale of sporting equipment in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 309 4765 Retail sale of games and toys in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 310 4771 Retail sale of clothing in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 311 4772 Retail sale of footwear and leather goods in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 312 4774 Retail sale of medical and orthopaedic goods in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 283 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 286
313 4775 Retail sale of cosmetic and toilet articles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 314 4777 Retail sale of watches and jewellery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 315 4781 Retail sale via stalls and markets of food, beverages and tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 316 4782 Retail sale via stalls and markets of textiles, clothing and footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 317 4791 Retail sale via mail order houses or via Internet 0.17 0.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 318 4799 Other retail sale not in stores, stalls or markets 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 319 4910 Passenger rail transport, interurban 549.13 475.69 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 320 4920 Freight rail transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 321 4931 Urban and suburban passenger land transport 175.82 152.82 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 322 4932 Taxi operation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 323 4939 Other passenger land transport n.e.c. 0.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 324 4941 Freight transport by road 2.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 325 4950 Transport via pipeline 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 326 5010 Sea and coastal passenger water transport 8.55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 327 5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 328 5040 Inland freight water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 329 5110 Passenger air transport 0.94 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 330 5122 Space transport 0.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 331 5210 Warehousing and storage 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 332 5221 Service activities incidental to land transportation 49.72 9.17 0 0 0.06 0.02 0 0 0.39 0.04 0 0 1.97 0 0 0 333 5222 Service activities incidental to water transportation 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 334 5223 Service activities incidental to air transportation 129.24 98.35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 335 5224 Cargo handling 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 336 5229 Other transportation support activities 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 337 5320 Other postal and courier activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 338 5510 Hotels and similar accommodation 196.71 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 339 5520 Holiday and other short-stay accommodation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 340 5530 Camping grounds, recreational vehicle parks and trailer parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 341 5590 Other accommodation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 342 5610 Restaurants and mobile food service activities 5.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 343 5621 Event catering activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 344 5629 Other food service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 345 5630 Beverage serving activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 346 5811 Book publishing 0 0 0 0 0.15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 347 5813 Publishing of newspapers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 348 5819 Other publishing activities 0.04 0 0 0 0.15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 349 5821 Publishing of computer games 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 350 5829 Other software publishing 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 351 5912 Motion picture, video and television programme postproduction activities 0.13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 352 6010 Radio broadcasting 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 353 6020 Television programming and broadcasting activities 0 0 0 0 8.66 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 284 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 287
354 6110 Wired telecommunications activities 8 2.24 0 0 1.44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.92 1.14 0 0 355 6120 Wireless telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 356 6130 Satellite telecommunications activities 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 357 6190 Other telecommunications activities 4.1 1.64 0 0 2.87 1.27 0 0 0.14 0.14 0 0 1.82 0.94 0 0 358 6201 Computer programming activities 14.27 10.76 0 0 0.32 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 17.48 0 0 0 359 6202 Computer consultancy activities 0.31 0 0 0 2.35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15 0 0 0 360 6203 Computer facilities management activities 0.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 361 6209 Other information technology and computer service activities 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 362 6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 363 6312 Web portals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 364 6391 News agency activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 365 6399 Other information service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 366 6419 Other monetary intermediation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 367 6420 Activities of holding companies 199.31 45.19 0 0 1.01 0.01 0 0 0.56 0.02 0 0 14.35 0.22 0 0 368 6430 Trusts, funds and similar financial entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 369 6499 Other financial service activities, except insurance and pension funding n.e.c. 184.19 76.62 0 0 1.58 0.98 0 0 0.75 0.26 0 0 2.95 0.03 0 0 370 6619 Other activities auxiliary to financial services, except insurance and pension funding 384.87 377.78 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 371 6622 Activities of insurance agents and brokers 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 372 6810 Buying and selling of own real estate 7.84 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 373 6831 Real estate agencies 0.6 0.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 374 6832 Management of real estate on a fee or contract basis 0.09 0.01 0 0 0.44 0.2 0 0 0.02 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 375 6920 Accounting, bookkeeping and auditing activities; tax consultancy 27.24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 376 7010 Activities of head offices 1.12 0.42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 377 7021 Public relations and communication activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 378 7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 7 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 379 7111 Architectural activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 380 7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy 50.62 1.81 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 0.1 0.1 0 0 0.28 0.07 0 0 381 7120 Technical testing and analysis 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 382 7219 Other research and experimental development on natural sciences and engineering 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 383 7220 Research and experimental development on social sciences and humanities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 384 7311 Advertising agencies 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 385 7410 Specialised design activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 386 7420 Photographic activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 387 7490 Other professional, scientific and technical activities n.e.c. 10.84 1.7 0 0 1.7 0.01 0 0 0.02 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 388 7500 Veterinary activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 389 7711 Renting and leasing of cars and light motor vehicles 10.44 0.3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.67 0.1 0 0 390 7712 Renting and leasing of trucks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 391 7732 Renting and leasing of construction and civil engineering machinery and equipment 0.12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.94 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 285 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 288
392 7733 Renting and leasing of office machinery and equipment (including computers) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 393 7734 Renting and leasing of water transport equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 394 7735 Renting and leasing of air transport equipment 4.05 0.37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 395 7739 Renting and leasing of other machinery, equipment and tangible goods n.e.c. 9.98 0.01 0 0 1.19 0.54 0 0 0.06 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 396 7740 Leasing of intellectual property and similar products, except copyrighted works 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 397 7810 Activities of employment placement agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 398 7820 Temporary employment agency activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 399 7830 Other human resources provision 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 400 7911 Travel agency activities 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 401 7912 Tour operator activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 402 7990 Other reservation service and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 403 8010 Private security activities 0.37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 404 8020 Security systems service activities 14.96 0.94 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 405 8110 Combined facilities support activities 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 406 8121 General cleaning of buildings 0.44 0.12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 407 8122 Other building and industrial cleaning activities 2.25 0 0 0 0.07 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 408 8129 Other cleaning activities 0.13 0.05 0 0 0.02 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.05 0.04 0 0 409 8130 Landscape service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 410 8211 Combined office administrative service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 411 8219 Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 412 8220 Activities of call centres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 413 8230 Organisation of conventions and trade shows 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 414 8291 Activities of collection agencies and credit bureaus 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 415 8292 Packaging activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 416 8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 417 8412 Regulation of the activities of providing health care, education, cultural services and other social services, excluding social security 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 418 8424 Public order and safety activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 419 8520 Primary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 420 8531 General secondary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 421 8532 Technical and vocational secondary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 422 8541 Post-secondary non-tertiary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 423 8552 Cultural education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 424 8559 Other education n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 425 8560 Educational support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 426 8610 Hospital activities 14.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 427 8621 General medical practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 428 8622 Specialist medical practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 429 8623 Dental practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 430 8690 Other human health activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 286 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 289
431 8710 Residential nursing care activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 432 8720 Residential care activities for mental retardation, mental health and substance abuse 0.39 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 433 8730 Residential care activities for the elderly and disabled 0.38 0 0 0 0.28 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 434 8790 Other residential care activities 0 0 0 0 4.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 435 8810 Social work activities without accommodation for the elderly and disabled 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 436 8891 Child daycare activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 437 8899 Other social work activities without accommodation n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 438 9001 Performing arts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 439 9003 Artistic creation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 440 9004 Operation of arts facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 441 9200 Gambling and betting activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 442 9311 Operation of sports facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 443 9312 Activities of sport clubs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 444 9313 Fitness facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 445 9319 Other sports activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 446 9321 Activities of amusement parks and theme parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 447 9329 Other amusement and recreation activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 448 9499 Activities of other membership organisations n.e.c. 1.91 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 449 9512 Repair of communication equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 450 9521 Repair of consumer electronics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 451 9601 Washing and (dry)cleaning of textile and fur products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 452 9602 Hairdressing and other beauty treatment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 453 9603 Funeral and related activities 0.97 0 0 0 0.95 0.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 454 9604 Physical wellbeing activities 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 455 9700 Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 456 9820 Undifferentiated service-producing activities of private households for own use 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 457 9900 Activities of extraterritorial organisations and bodies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 458 8810 Social work activities without accommodation for the elderly and disabled 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 459 8891 Child daycare activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 460 8899 Other social work activities without accommodation n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 461 9001 Performing arts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 462 9003 Artistic creation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 463 9004 Operation of arts facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 464 9200 Gambling and betting activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 465 9311 Operation of sports facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 466 9312 Activities of sport clubs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 467 9313 Fitness facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 468 9319 Other sports activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 469 9321 Activities of amusement parks and theme parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 470 9329 Other amusement and recreation activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 471 9499 Activities of other membership organisations n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 287 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 290
472 9512 Repair of communication equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 473 9521 Repair of consumer electronics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 474 9601 Washing and (dry)cleaning of textile and fur products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 475 9602 Hairdressing and other beauty treatment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 476 9603 Funeral and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 477 9604 Physical wellbeing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 478 9609 Other personal service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 479 9700 Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 480 9820 Undifferentiated service-producing activities of private households for own use 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 481 9900 Activities of extraterritorial organisations and bodies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 288 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 291
Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (PPC) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (PPC) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (BIO) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (BIO) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) 1 111 Growing of cereals (except rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 113 Growing of vegetables and melons, roots and tubers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 119 Growing of other nonperennial crops 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 121 Growing of grapes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 122 Growing of tropical and subtropical fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 123 Growing of citrus fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 124 Growing of pome fruits and stone fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 125 Growing of other tree and bush fruits and nuts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 126 Growing of oleaginous fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 142 Raising of other cattle and buffaloes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 143 Raising of horses and other equines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 145 Raising of sheep and goats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 146 Raising of swine/pigs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.56 1.11 0 0 14 147 Raising of poultry 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 149 Raising of other animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 150 Mixed farming 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 161 Support activities for crop production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 162 Support activities for animal production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.21 0.19 0 0 19 210 Silviculture and other forestry activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.62 0 0 0 20 220 Logging 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 311 Marine fishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 321 Marine aquaculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 322 Freshwater aquaculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 510 Mining of hard coal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 610 Extraction of crude petroleum 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.15 0.25 0 0 26 729 Mining of other nonferrous metal ores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.54 0 0 0 27 891 Mining of chemical and fertiliser minerals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 893 Extraction of salt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 899 Other mining and quarrying n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 1011 Processing and preserving of meat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 1012 Processing and preserving of poultry meat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 1013 Production of meat and poultry meat products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33 1020 Processing and preserving of fish, crustaceans and molluscs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 1032 Manufacture of fruit and vegetable juice 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 289 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 292
35 1039 Other processing and preserving of fruit and vegetables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 1041 Manufacture of oils and fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 1042 Manufacture of margarine and similar edible fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 1051 Operation of dairies and cheese making 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 1052 Manufacture of ice cream 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 1061 Manufacture of grain mill products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 1071 Manufacture of bread; manufacture of fresh pastry goods and cakes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 1072 Manufacture of rusks and biscuits; manufacture of preserved pastry goods and cakes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 1073 Manufacture of macaroni, noodles, couscous and similar farinaceous products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 1081 Manufacture of sugar 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 1082 Manufacture of cocoa, chocolate and sugar confectionery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 1084 Manufacture of condiments and seasonings 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 1085 Manufacture of prepared meals and dishes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 1086 Manufacture of homogenised food preparations and dietetic food 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.26 0 0 0 49 1089 Manufacture of other food products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.63 0.05 0 0 50 1091 Manufacture of prepared feeds for farm animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51 1092 Manufacture of prepared pet foods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52 1101 Distilling, rectifying and blending of spirits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 1102 Manufacture of wine from grape 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.32 0.04 0 0 54 1105 Manufacture of beer 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 55 1106 Manufacture of malt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 56 1107 Manufacture of soft drinks; production of mineral waters and other bottled waters 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 1200 Manufacture of tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 58 1310 Preparation and spinning of textile fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 59 1320 Weaving of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60 1330 Finishing of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 61 1391 Manufacture of knitted and crocheted fabrics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 62 1392 Manufacture of madeup textile articles, except apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 63 1395 Manufacture of non-wovens and articles made from non-wovens, except apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 1396 Manufacture of other technical and industrial textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 65 1399 Manufacture of other textiles n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 66 1412 Manufacture of workwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 67 1413 Manufacture of other outerwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 68 1419 Manufacture of other wearing apparel and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 69 1431 Manufacture of knitted and crocheted hosiery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 70 1439 Manufacture of other knitted and crocheted apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 71 1511 Tanning and dressing of leather; dressing and dyeing of fur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 1520 Manufacture of footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 73 1610 Sawmilling and planing of wood 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 74 1621 Manufacture of veneer sheets and woodbased panels 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 75 1623 Manufacture of other builders' carpentry and joinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 290 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 293
76 1624 Manufacture of wooden containers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.46 0.05 0 0 77 1629 Manufacture of other products of wood; manufacture of articles of cork, straw and plaiting materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 78 1711 Manufacture of pulp 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10.57 10.37 0 0 79 1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 80 1721 Manufacture of corrugated paper and paperboard and of containers of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81 1722 Manufacture of household and sanitary goods and of toilet requisites 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 82 1723 Manufacture of paper stationery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 1729 Manufacture of other articles of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84 1811 Printing of newspapers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 85 1812 Other printing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 86 1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.59 0.11 0 0 87 2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 88 2012 Manufacture of dyes and pigments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 89 2013 Manufacture of other inorganic basic chemicals 1.15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6.45 1.17 0 0 90 2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.84 0.01 0 0 91 2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.72 0.05 0 0 92 2016 Manufacture of plastics in primary forms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 93 2017 Manufacture of synthetic rubber in primary forms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.69 0 0 0 94 2020 Manufacture of pesticides and other agrochemical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 95 2030 Manufacture of paints, varnishes and similar coatings, printing ink and mastics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 96 2041 Manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and polishing preparations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 97 2042 Manufacture of perfumes and toilet preparations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 98 2051 Manufacture of explosives 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 99 2052 Manufacture of glues 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 101 2060 Manufacture of manmade fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 102 2110 Manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 103 2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 40.98 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41.06 0 0 0 104 2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.85 0 0 0 105 2219 Manufacture of other rubber products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 106 2221 Manufacture of plastic plates, sheets, tubes and profiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 107 2222 Manufacture of plastic packing goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.33 0 0 0 108 2223 Manufacture of builders’ ware of plastic 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 109 2229 Manufacture of other plastic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.7 1.42 0 0 110 2311 Manufacture of flat glass 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 111 2313 Manufacture of hollow glass 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 2314 Manufacture of glass fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 113 2320 Manufacture of refractory products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 114 2331 Manufacture of ceramic tiles and flags 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 115 2332 Manufacture of bricks, tiles and construction products, in baked clay 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 116 2342 Manufacture of ceramic sanitary fixtures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 291 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 294
117 2344 Manufacture of other technical ceramic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 118 2349 Manufacture of other ceramic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 119 2351 Manufacture of cement 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.77 0.79 0 0 120 2352 Manufacture of lime and plaster 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.51 0 0 0 121 2361 Manufacture of concrete products for construction purposes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.07 0 0 0 122 2364 Manufacture of mortars 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 123 2370 Cutting, shaping and finishing of stone 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 124 2399 Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.99 0 0 0 125 2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferroalloys 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40.44 7.18 0 0 126 2431 Cold drawing of bars 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 127 2432 Cold rolling of narrow strip 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 128 2433 Cold forming or folding 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 129 2434 Cold drawing of wire 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 130 2442 Aluminium production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13.37 0 0 0 131 2443 Lead, zinc and tin production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 132 2444 Copper production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 133 2445 Other nonferrous metal production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 251 234.51 0 0 134 2446 Processing of nuclear fuel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 135 2451 Casting of iron 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 136 2452 Casting of steel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 137 2453 Casting of light metals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 138 2454 Casting of other nonferrous metals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 139 2511 Manufacture of metal structures and parts of structures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.56 0 0 0 140 2512 Manufacture of doors and windows of metal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 141 2521 Manufacture of central heating radiators and boilers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 142 2529 Manufacture of other tanks, reservoirs and containers of metal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.53 0 0 0 143 2540 Manufacture of weapons and ammunition 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 144 2550 Forging, pressing, stamping and rollforming of metal; powder metallurgy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.54 3.32 0 0 145 2561 Treatment and coating of metals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.14 0 0 0 146 2562 Machining 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 147 2571 Manufacture of cutlery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 148 2572 Manufacture of locks and hinges 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 149 2573 Manufacture of tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 150 2592 Manufacture of light metal packaging 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 151 2593 Manufacture of wire products, chain and springs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.29 0 0 0 152 2594 Manufacture of fasteners and screw machine products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 153 2599 Manufacture of other fabricated metal products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 154 2611 Manufacture of electronic components 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 155 2612 Manufacture of loaded electronic boards 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.32 0 0 0 156 2620 Repair of computers and peripheral equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 157 2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.07 0 0 0 158 2651 Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 292 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 295
159 2652 Manufacture of watches and clocks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 160 2660 Manufacture of irradiation, electromedical and electrotherapeutic equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 161 2670 Manufacture of optical instruments and photographic equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 162 2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25.47 1.52 0 0 163 2720 Manufacture of batteries and accumulators 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 164 2731 Manufacture of fibre optic cables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 165 2732 Manufacture of other electronic and electric wires and cables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.14 0 0 0 166 2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 167 2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 168 2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 0 0 169 2812 Manufacture of fluid power equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 170 2813 Manufacture of other pumps and compressors 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 171 2814 Manufacture of other taps and valves 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 172 2815 Manufacture of bearings, gears, gearing and driving elements 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.67 0 0 0 173 2821 Manufacture of ovens, furnaces and furnace burners 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 174 2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10.07 0 0 0 175 2825 Manufacture of nondomestic cooling and ventilation equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 176 2829 Manufacture of other general purpose machinery n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.89 0 0 0 177 2830 Manufacture of agricultural and forestry machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 178 2841 Manufacture of metal forming machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 179 2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.14 0 0 0 180 2891 Manufacture of machinery for metallurgy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 181 2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 182 2893 Manufacture of machinery for food, beverage and tobacco processing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 183 2894 Manufacture of machinery for textile, apparel and leather production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 184 2895 Manufacture of machinery for paper and paperboard production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 185 2896 Manufacture of plastics and rubber machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 186 2899 Manufacture of other special purpose machinery n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 187 2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76.55 2.85 0 0 188 2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semitrailers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 189 2931 Manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment for motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 190 2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 97.3 26.97 0 0 191 3011 Building of ships and floating structures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7.94 3.54 0 0 192 3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19.91 16.49 0 0 193 3030 Manufacture of air and spacecraft and related machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 194 3040 Manufacture of military fighting vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 195 3092 Manufacture of bicycles and invalid carriages 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 196 3099 Manufacture of other transport equipment n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 197 3101 Manufacture of office and shop furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 198 3102 Manufacture of kitchen furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 199 3103 Manufacture of mattresses 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 293 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 296
200 3109 Manufacture of other furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 201 3213 Manufacture of imitation jewellery and related articles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 202 3230 Manufacture of sports goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 203 3240 Manufacture of games and toys 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 204 3250 Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 205 3291 Manufacture of brooms and brushes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 206 3299 Other manufacturing n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.32 0 0 0 207 3312 Repair of machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.07 0 0 0 208 3314 Repair of electrical equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 209 3317 Repair and maintenance of other transport equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.89 0.12 0 0 210 3320 Installation of industrial machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 211 3511 Production of electricity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1015.59 350.32 0 0 212 3512 Transmission of electricity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.09 0 0 0 213 3513 Distribution of electricity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 164.22 52.41 0 0 214 3514 Trade of electricity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 115.55 0.07 0 0 215 3521 Manufacture of gas 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.26 6.37 0 0 216 3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 94.78 52.38 0 0 217 3523 Trade of gas through mains 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 49.1 37.99 0 0 218 3600 Water collection, treatment and supply 0.28 0.17 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 185.73 155.2 0 0 219 3811 Collection of non-hazardous waste 0.01 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 11.16 0.41 0 0 220 3821 Treatment and disposal of non-hazardous waste 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.62 0 0 0 221 3822 Treatment and disposal of hazardous waste 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 222 3831 Dismantling of wrecks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.36 0 0 0 223 3832 Recovery of sorted materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19.22 17.83 0 0 224 3900 Remediation activities and other waste management services 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 225 4110 Development of building projects 0 0 0 0 29.19 0 0 0 106.26 0 0 0 226 4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14.31 0 0 0 227 4211 Construction of roads and motorways 0.03 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 57.77 6.06 0 0 228 4212 Construction of railways and underground railways 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 335.57 204.94 0 0 229 4213 Construction of bridges and tunnels 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10.71 0 0 0 230 4221 Construction of utility projects for fluids 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 231 4222 Construction of utility projects for electricity and telecommunications 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 19.89 6.61 0 0 232 4291 Construction of water projects 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.08 0 0 0 233 4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 0.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 179.61 19.03 0 0 234 4311 Demolition 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 235 4312 Site preparation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 236 4321 Electrical installation 0.02 0 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 95.41 43.26 0 0 237 4322 Plumbing, heat and airconditioning installation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.11 0 0 0 238 4329 Other construction installation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 239 4333 Floor and wall covering 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 240 4334 Painting and glazing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 241 4339 Other building completion and finishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 294 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 297
242 4391 Roofing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 243 4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43.63 4.91 0 0 244 4511 Sale of cars and light motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12.67 0 0 0 245 4520 Maintenance and repair of motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 246 4531 Wholesale trade of motor vehicle parts and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.02 0 0 0 247 4532 Retail trade of motor vehicle parts and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 248 4540 Sale, maintenance and repair of motorcycles and related parts and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6.29 0.08 0 0 249 4612 Agents involved in the sale of fuels, ores, metals and industrial chemicals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 250 4613 Agents involved in the sale of timber and building materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 251 4615 Agents involved in the sale of furniture, household goods, hardware and ironmongery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 252 4616 Agents involved in the sale of textiles, clothing, fur, footwear and leather goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 253 4617 Agents involved in the sale of food, beverages and tobacco 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.18 0 0 0 254 4618 Agents specialised in the sale of other particular products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 4619 Agents involved in the sale of a variety of goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 256 4621 Wholesale of grain, unmanufactured tobacco, seeds and animal feeds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 257 4622 Wholesale of flowers and plants 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 258 4623 Wholesale of live animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 259 4624 Wholesale of hides, skins and leather 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 260 4631 Wholesale of fruit and vegetables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.74 0 0 0 261 4632 Wholesale of meat and meat products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 262 4633 Wholesale of dairy products, eggs and edible oils and fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 263 4634 Wholesale of beverages 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 264 4635 Wholesale of tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 265 4636 Wholesale of sugar and chocolate and sugar confectionery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 266 4637 Wholesale of coffee, tea, cocoa and spices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 267 4638 Wholesale of other food, including fish, crustaceans and molluscs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.81 0 0 0 268 4639 Nonspecialised wholesale of food, beverages and tobacco 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 269 4641 Wholesale of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 270 4642 Wholesale of clothing and footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 271 4644 Wholesale of china and glassware and cleaning materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 272 4645 Wholesale of perfume and cosmetics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 273 4646 Wholesale of pharmaceutical goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 274 4647 Wholesale of furniture, carpets and lighting equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 275 4648 Wholesale of watches and jewellery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 276 4649 Wholesale of other household goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 277 4651 Wholesale of computers, computer peripheral equipment and software 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 278 4652 Wholesale of electronic and telecommunications equipment and parts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 279 4661 Wholesale of agricultural machinery, equipment and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 280 4662 Wholesale of machine tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 281 4663 Wholesale of mining, construction and civil engineering machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 282 4664 Wholesale of machinery for the textile industry and of sewing and knitting machines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 295 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 298
283 4665 Wholesale of office furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 284 4666 Wholesale of other office machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 285 4669 Wholesale of other machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.34 0 0 0 286 4671 Wholesale of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels and related products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.4 0 0 0 287 4672 Wholesale of metals and metal ores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37.88 0.19 0 0 288 4673 Wholesale of wood, construction materials and sanitary equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.97 0 0 0 289 4674 Wholesale of hardware, plumbing and heating equipment and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 290 4675 Wholesale of chemical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 291 4676 Wholesale of other intermediate products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8.43 2.82 0 0 292 4690 Nonspecialised wholesale trade 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 293 4711 Retail sale in nonspecialised stores with food, beverages or tobacco predominating 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44.92 0 0 0 294 4719 Other retail sale in nonspecialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.19 0.03 0 0 295 4721 Retail sale of fruit and vegetables in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 296 4722 Retail sale of meat and meat products in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 297 4723 Retail sale of fish, crustaceans and molluscs in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 298 4724 Retail sale of bread, cakes, flour confectionery and sugar confectionery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 299 4726 Retail sale of tobacco products in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 300 4729 Other retail sale of food in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 301 4730 Retail sale of automotive fuel in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20.07 0 0 0 302 4741 Retail sale of computers, peripheral units and software in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 303 4742 Retail sale of telecommunications equipment in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 304 4751 Retail sale of textiles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 305 4759 Retail sale of furniture, lighting equipment and other household articles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 306 4761 Retail sale of books in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 307 4762 Retail sale of newspapers and stationery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 308 4764 Retail sale of sporting equipment in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 309 4765 Retail sale of games and toys in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 310 4771 Retail sale of clothing in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 311 4772 Retail sale of footwear and leather goods in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 312 4774 Retail sale of medical and orthopaedic goods in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 313 4775 Retail sale of cosmetic and toilet articles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 314 4777 Retail sale of watches and jewellery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 315 4781 Retail sale via stalls and markets of food, beverages and tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 316 4782 Retail sale via stalls and markets of textiles, clothing and footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 317 4791 Retail sale via mail order houses or via Internet 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.17 0.07 0 0 318 4799 Other retail sale not in stores, stalls or markets 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 319 4910 Passenger rail transport, interurban 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 549.13 475.69 0 0 320 4920 Freight rail transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 321 4931 Urban and suburban passenger land transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 175.82 152.82 0 0 322 4932 Taxi operation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 323 4939 Other passenger land transport n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.39 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 296 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 299
324 4941 Freight transport by road 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.99 0 0 0 325 4950 Transport via pipeline 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 326 5010 Sea and coastal passenger water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8.55 0 0 0 327 5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 328 5040 Inland freight water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 329 5110 Passenger air transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.94 0 0 0 330 5122 Space transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 331 5210 Warehousing and storage 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 332 5221 Service activities incidental to land transportation 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52.17 9.23 0 0 333 5222 Service activities incidental to water transportation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 334 5223 Service activities incidental to air transportation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 129.24 98.35 0 0 335 5224 Cargo handling 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 336 5229 Other transportation support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 337 5320 Other postal and courier activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 338 5510 Hotels and similar accommodation 0 0 0 0 69.93 0 0 0 266.65 0 0 0 339 5520 Holiday and other short-stay accommodation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 340 5530 Camping grounds, recreational vehicle parks and trailer parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 341 5590 Other accommodation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 342 5610 Restaurants and mobile food service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5.04 0 0 0 343 5621 Event catering activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 344 5629 Other food service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 345 5630 Beverage serving activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 346 5811 Book publishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15 0 0 0 347 5813 Publishing of newspapers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 348 5819 Other publishing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.2 0 0 0 349 5821 Publishing of computer games 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 350 5829 Other software publishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 351 5912 Motion picture, video and television programme postproduction activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.19 0 0 0 352 6010 Radio broadcasting 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 353 6020 Television programming and broadcasting activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8.66 0.02 0 0 354 6110 Wired telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13.36 3.37 0 0 355 6120 Wireless telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 356 6130 Satellite telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 357 6190 Other telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8.93 3.99 0 0 358 6201 Computer programming activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32.07 10.84 0 0 359 6202 Computer consultancy activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.81 0 0 0 360 6203 Computer facilities management activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 361 6209 Other information technology and computer service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 362 6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 363 6312 Web portals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 364 6391 News agency activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 365 6399 Other information service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 297 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 300
366 6419 Other monetary intermediation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 367 6420 Activities of holding companies 0.02 0 0 0 7.26 0 0 0 222.53 45.45 0 0 368 6430 Trusts, funds and similar financial entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 369 6499 Other financial service activities, except insurance and pension funding n.e.c. 0.22 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 189.7 77.89 0 0 370 6619 Other activities auxiliary to financial services, except insurance and pension funding 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 384.87 377.78 0 0 371 6622 Activities of insurance agents and brokers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 372 6810 Buying and selling of own real estate 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7.87 0 0 0 373 6831 Real estate agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.6 0.6 0 0 374 6832 Management of real estate on a fee or contract basis 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.56 0.23 0 0 375 6920 Accounting, bookkeeping and auditing activities; tax consultancy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27.24 0 0 0 376 7010 Activities of head offices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.12 0.42 0 0 377 7021 Public relations and communication activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 378 7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7.01 0.01 0 0 379 7111 Architectural activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 380 7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy 0.28 0.17 0 0 0 0 0 0 51.32 2.15 0 0 381 7120 Technical testing and analysis 2.98 2.87 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.98 2.87 0 0 382 7219 Other research and experimental development on natural sciences and engineering 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1 0 0 0 383 7220 Research and experimental development on social sciences and humanities 0.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 384 7311 Advertising agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 385 7410 Specialised design activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 386 7420 Photographic activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 387 7490 Other professional, scientific and technical activities n.e.c. 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12.56 1.72 0 0 388 7500 Veterinary activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 389 7711 Renting and leasing of cars and light motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15.11 0.4 0 0 390 7712 Renting and leasing of trucks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 391 7732 Renting and leasing of construction and civil engineering machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.06 0 0 0 392 7733 Renting and leasing of office machinery and equipment (including computers) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 393 7734 Renting and leasing of water transport equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 394 7735 Renting and leasing of air transport equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.06 0.37 0 0 395 7739 Renting and leasing of other machinery, equipment and tangible goods n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.23 0.61 0 0 396 7740 Leasing of intellectual property and similar products, except copyrighted works 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 397 7810 Activities of employment placement agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 398 7820 Temporary employment agency activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 399 7830 Other human resources provision 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 400 7911 Travel agency activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 401 7912 Tour operator activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 402 7990 Other reservation service and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 403 8010 Private security activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.37 0 0 0 404 8020 Security systems service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14.97 0.94 0 0 405 8110 Combined facilities support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.11 0 0 0 406 8121 General cleaning of buildings 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.44 0.12 0 0 407 8122 Other building and industrial cleaning activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.35 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 298 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 301
408 8129 Other cleaning activities 0.17 0.16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.37 0.27 0 0 409 8130 Landscape service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 410 8211 Combined office administrative service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 411 8219 Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 412 8220 Activities of call centres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 413 8230 Organisation of conventions and trade shows 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 414 8291 Activities of collection agencies and credit bureaus 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 415 8292 Packaging activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 416 8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 417 8412 Regulation of the activities of providing health care, education, cultural services and other social services, excluding social security 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 418 8424 Public order and safety activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 419 8520 Primary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 420 8531 General secondary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 421 8532 Technical and vocational secondary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 422 8541 Post-secondary non-tertiary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 423 8552 Cultural education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 424 8559 Other education n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 425 8560 Educational support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 426 8610 Hospital activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14.07 0 0 0 427 8621 General medical practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 428 8622 Specialist medical practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 429 8623 Dental practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 430 8690 Other human health activities 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 431 8710 Residential nursing care activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 432 8720 Residential care activities for mental retardation, mental health and substance abuse 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.39 0.06 0 0 433 8730 Residential care activities for the elderly and disabled 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.66 0.04 0 0 434 8790 Other residential care activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.7 0 0 0 435 8810 Social work activities without accommodation for the elderly and disabled 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 436 8891 Child daycare activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 437 8899 Other social work activities without accommodation n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 438 9001 Performing arts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 439 9003 Artistic creation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 440 9004 Operation of arts facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 441 9200 Gambling and betting activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 442 9311 Operation of sports facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 443 9312 Activities of sport clubs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 444 9313 Fitness facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 445 9319 Other sports activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 446 9321 Activities of amusement parks and theme parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 447 9329 Other amusement and recreation activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 448 9499 Activities of other membership organisations n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 1.95 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 299 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 302
449 9512 Repair of communication equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 450 9521 Repair of consumer electronics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 451 9601 Washing and (dry)cleaning of textile and fur products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 452 9602 Hairdressing and other beauty treatment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 453 9603 Funeral and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.93 0.14 0 0 454 9604 Physical wellbeing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 455 9700 Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 456 9820 Undifferentiated service-producing activities of private households for own use 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 457 9900 Activities of extraterritorial organisations and bodies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 458 8810 Social work activities without accommodation for the elderly and disabled 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 459 8891 Child daycare activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 460 8899 Other social work activities without accommodation n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 461 9001 Performing arts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 462 9003 Artistic creation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 463 9004 Operation of arts facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 464 9200 Gambling and betting activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 465 9311 Operation of sports facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 466 9312 Activities of sport clubs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 467 9313 Fitness facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 468 9319 Other sports activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 469 9321 Activities of amusement parks and theme parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 470 9329 Other amusement and recreation activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 471 9499 Activities of other membership organisations n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 472 9512 Repair of communication equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 473 9521 Repair of consumer electronics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 474 9601 Washing and (dry)cleaning of textile and fur products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 475 9602 Hairdressing and other beauty treatment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 476 9603 Funeral and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 477 9604 Physical wellbeing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 478 9609 Other personal service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 479 9700 Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 480 9820 Undifferentiated service-producing activities of private households for own use 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 481 9900 Activities of extraterritorial organisations and bodies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 300 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 303
Assets of non-financial corporations used to calculate the GAR in relation to CapEx KPIs, broken down by activity sector Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainabl e (CCM) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainabl e (CCM) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainabl e (CCA) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainabl e (CCA) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainabl e (WTR) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainabl e (WTR) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainabl e (CE) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainabl e (CE) 1 111 Growing of cereals (except rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 113 Growing of vegetables and melons, roots and tubers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 119 Growing of other nonperennial crops 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 121 Growing of grapes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 122 Growing of tropical and subtropical fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 123 Growing of citrus fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 124 Growing of pome fruits and stone fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 125 Growing of other tree and bush fruits and nuts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 126 Growing of oleaginous fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 130 Plant propagation 4.04 0.06 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.74 0 0 0 11 142 Raising of other cattle and buffaloes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 143 Raising of horses and other equines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 145 Raising of sheep and goats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 146 Raising of swine/pigs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 147 Raising of poultry 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 149 Raising of other animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 150 Mixed farming 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 161 Support activities for crop production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 162 Support activities for animal production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 220 Logging 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 311 Marine fishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 321 Marine aquaculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 322 Freshwater aquaculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 510 Mining of hard coal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 610 Extraction of crude petroleum 15.57 12.36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 891 Mining of chemical and fertiliser minerals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 893 Extraction of salt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 899 Other mining and quarrying n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 1011 Processing and preserving of meat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 1012 Processing and preserving of poultry meat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 1013 Production of meat and poultry meat products 0.34 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 1020 Processing and preserving of fish, crustaceans and molluscs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33 1032 Manufacture of fruit and vegetable juice 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 301 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 304
34 1039 Other processing and preserving of fruit and vegetables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 1041 Manufacture of oils and fats 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 1042 Manufacture of margarine and similar edible fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 1051 Operation of dairies and cheese making 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 1052 Manufacture of ice cream 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 1061 Manufacture of grain mill products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 1071 Manufacture of bread; manufacture of fresh pastry goods and cakes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 1072 Manufacture of rusks and biscuits; manufacture of preserved pastry goods and cakes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 1073 Manufacture of macaroni, noodles, couscous and similar farinaceous products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 1081 Manufacture of sugar 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 1082 Manufacture of cocoa, chocolate and sugar confectionery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 1084 Manufacture of condiments and seasonings 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 1085 Manufacture of prepared meals and dishes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 1086 Manufacture of homogenised food preparations and dietetic food 0.26 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 1091 Manufacture of prepared feeds for farm animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 49 1092 Manufacture of prepared pet foods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 1101 Distilling, rectifying and blending of spirits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51 1102 Manufacture of wine from grape 0.32 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52 1105 Manufacture of beer 1.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 1106 Manufacture of malt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 1107 Manufacture of soft drinks; production of mineral waters and other bottled waters 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 55 1200 Manufacture of tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 56 1310 Preparation and spinning of textile fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 1320 Weaving of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 58 1330 Finishing of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 59 1391 Manufacture of knitted and crocheted fabrics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60 1392 Manufacture of madeup textile articles, except apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 61 1395 Manufacture of non-wovens and articles made from non-wovens, except apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 62 1396 Manufacture of other technical and industrial textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 63 1399 Manufacture of other textiles n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 1412 Manufacture of workwear 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 65 1413 Manufacture of other outerwear 0.45 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 66 1419 Manufacture of other wearing apparel and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 67 1431 Manufacture of knitted and crocheted hosiery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 68 1439 Manufacture of other knitted and crocheted apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 69 1511 Tanning and dressing of leather; dressing and dyeing of fur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 70 1520 Manufacture of footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 71 1610 Sawmilling and planing of wood 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 1621 Manufacture of veneer sheets and woodbased panels 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 73 1623 Manufacture of other builders' carpentry and joinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 302 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 305
74 1624 Manufacture of wooden containers 0.46 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 75 1629 Manufacture of other products of wood; manufacture of articles of cork, straw and plaiting materials 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76 1711 Manufacture of pulp 16.45 16.14 0 0 0.02 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 10.8 0.09 0 0 77 1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard 1.41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 78 1721 Manufacture of corrugated paper and paperboard and of containers of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 79 1722 Manufacture of household and sanitary goods and of toilet requisites 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80 1723 Manufacture of paper stationery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81 1729 Manufacture of other articles of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 82 1811 Printing of newspapers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 1812 Other printing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84 1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 9.91 4.71 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 85 2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 86 2012 Manufacture of dyes and pigments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 87 2013 Manufacture of other inorganic basic chemicals 1.38 0.27 0 0 2.08 1.78 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1 0 0 0 88 2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals 2.94 0.27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 89 2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 2.5 1.95 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 90 2016 Manufacture of plastics in primary forms 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 91 2017 Manufacture of synthetic rubber in primary forms 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 92 2020 Manufacture of pesticides and other agrochemical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 93 2030 Manufacture of paints, varnishes and similar coatings, printing ink and mastics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 94 2041 Manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and polishing preparations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 95 2042 Manufacture of perfumes and toilet preparations 0.32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 96 2051 Manufacture of explosives 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 97 2052 Manufacture of glues 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 98 2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 99 2060 Manufacture of manmade fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 2110 Manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 101 2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 5.93 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 102 2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 4.29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 103 2219 Manufacture of other rubber products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 104 2221 Manufacture of plastic plates, sheets, tubes and profiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 105 2222 Manufacture of plastic packing goods 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.32 0 0 0 106 2223 Manufacture of builders’ ware of plastic 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 107 2229 Manufacture of other plastic products 3.76 3.16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.11 0 0 0 108 2311 Manufacture of flat glass 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 109 2313 Manufacture of hollow glass 3.29 2.85 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 110 2314 Manufacture of glass fibres 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 111 2320 Manufacture of refractory products 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 2331 Manufacture of ceramic tiles and flags 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 113 2332 Manufacture of bricks, tiles and construction products, in baked clay 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 303 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 306
114 2342 Manufacture of ceramic sanitary fixtures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 115 2344 Manufacture of other technical ceramic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 116 2349 Manufacture of other ceramic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 117 2351 Manufacture of cement 12.01 1.66 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 0 0 0 118 2352 Manufacture of lime and plaster 2.51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 119 2364 Manufacture of mortars 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 120 2370 Cutting, shaping and finishing of stone 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 121 2399 Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products n.e.c. 1.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 122 2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferroalloys 32.31 8.88 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 123 2431 Cold drawing of bars 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 124 2432 Cold rolling of narrow strip 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 125 2433 Cold forming or folding 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 126 2434 Cold drawing of wire 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 127 2442 Aluminium production 13.37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 128 2443 Lead, zinc and tin production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 129 2444 Copper production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 130 2445 Other nonferrous metal production 268.05 255.32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 131 2446 Processing of nuclear fuel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 132 2451 Casting of iron 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 133 2452 Casting of steel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 134 2453 Casting of light metals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 135 2454 Casting of other nonferrous metals 0.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 136 2511 Manufacture of metal structures and parts of structures 0.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 137 2512 Manufacture of doors and windows of metal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 138 2521 Manufacture of central heating radiators and boilers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 139 2529 Manufacture of other tanks, reservoirs and containers of metal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 140 2540 Manufacture of weapons and ammunition 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 141 2550 Forging, pressing, stamping and rollforming of metal; powder metallurgy 20.32 5.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 142 2561 Treatment and coating of metals 2.98 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 143 2562 Machining 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 144 2571 Manufacture of cutlery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 145 2572 Manufacture of locks and hinges 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 146 2573 Manufacture of tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 147 2592 Manufacture of light metal packaging 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 148 2593 Manufacture of wire products, chain and springs 1.29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 149 2594 Manufacture of fasteners and screw machine products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 150 2599 Manufacture of other fabricated metal products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 151 2611 Manufacture of electronic components 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 152 2612 Manufacture of loaded electronic boards 0.32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 153 2620 Repair of computers and peripheral equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 154 2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 304 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 307
155 2651 Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation 0.1 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 156 2652 Manufacture of watches and clocks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 157 2660 Manufacture of irradiation, electromedical and electrotherapeutic equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 158 2670 Manufacture of optical instruments and photographic equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 159 2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 16.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 160 2720 Manufacture of batteries and accumulators 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 161 2731 Manufacture of fibre optic cables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 162 2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 163 2740 Manufacture of electric lighting equipment 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 164 2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 165 2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment 9.5 2.47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 166 2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 0.15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 167 2812 Manufacture of fluid power equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 168 2813 Manufacture of other pumps and compressors 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 169 2814 Manufacture of other taps and valves 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 170 2815 Manufacture of bearings, gears, gearing and driving elements 1.81 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 171 2821 Manufacture of ovens, furnaces and furnace burners 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 172 2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment 10.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 173 2825 Manufacture of nondomestic cooling and ventilation equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 174 2829 Manufacture of other general purpose machinery n.e.c. 0.89 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 175 2830 Manufacture of agricultural and forestry machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 176 2841 Manufacture of metal forming machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 177 2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 0.15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 178 2891 Manufacture of machinery for metallurgy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 179 2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 180 2893 Manufacture of machinery for food, beverage and tobacco processing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 181 2894 Manufacture of machinery for textile, apparel and leather production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 182 2895 Manufacture of machinery for paper and paperboard production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 183 2896 Manufacture of plastics and rubber machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 184 2899 Manufacture of other special purpose machinery n.e.c. 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 185 2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles 80.06 10.48 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 186 2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semitrailers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 187 2931 Manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment for motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 188 2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 125.75 57.98 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 189 3011 Building of ships and floating structures 7.92 4.56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 190 3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock 19.7 16.29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 191 3030 Manufacture of air and spacecraft and related machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 3040 Manufacture of military fighting vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 193 3092 Manufacture of bicycles and invalid carriages 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 194 3099 Manufacture of other transport equipment n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 305 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 308
195 3101 Manufacture of office and shop furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 196 3102 Manufacture of kitchen furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 197 3103 Manufacture of mattresses 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 198 3109 Manufacture of other furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 199 3213 Manufacture of imitation jewellery and related articles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 200 3230 Manufacture of sports goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 201 3240 Manufacture of games and toys 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 202 3250 Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 203 3291 Manufacture of brooms and brushes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 204 3299 Other manufacturing n.e.c. 2.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 205 3312 Repair of machinery 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 206 3314 Repair of electrical equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 207 3317 Repair and maintenance of other transport equipment 0.2 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 208 3320 Installation of industrial machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 209 3511 Production of electricity 1046.37 386.71 0 0 0.34 0.26 0 0 0.01 0.01 0 0 0.51 0.4 0 0 210 3512 Transmission of electricity 11.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 211 3513 Distribution of electricity 269.96 175.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 212 3514 Trade of electricity 118.05 0.24 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 213 3521 Manufacture of gas 30.83 28.19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 214 3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 264.38 241.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 215 3523 Trade of gas through mains 134.86 123.97 0 0 1.36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 216 3600 Water collection, treatment and supply 184.28 153.98 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 0.95 0.94 0 0 0.26 0.17 0 0 217 3811 Collection of non-hazardous waste 10.7 0.28 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 0.02 0.01 0 0 0.11 0 0 0 218 3821 Treatment and disposal of non-hazardous waste 1.57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 219 3822 Treatment and disposal of hazardous waste 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 220 3831 Dismantling of wrecks 2.28 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.97 0 0 0 221 3832 Recovery of sorted materials 16.68 15.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 222 3900 Remediation activities and other waste management services 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 223 4110 Development of building projects 77.26 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 224 4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 6.78 0 0 0 4.9 0 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 225 4211 Construction of roads and motorways 13.44 1.38 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 0.72 0 0 0 0.1 0 0 0 226 4212 Construction of railways and underground railways 342.24 213.37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.34 0 0 0 227 4213 Construction of bridges and tunnels 10.68 0 0 0 0.15 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 228 4221 Construction of utility projects for fluids 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 229 4222 Construction of utility projects for electricity and telecommunications 19.34 6.96 0 0 0.01 0.01 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 0.07 0.01 0 0 230 4291 Construction of water projects 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 231 4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 67.88 4.33 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 232 4311 Demolition 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 233 4312 Site preparation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 234 4322 Plumbing, heat and airconditioning installation 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 235 4329 Other construction installation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 236 4333 Floor and wall covering 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 306 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 309
237 4334 Painting and glazing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 238 4339 Other building completion and finishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 239 4391 Roofing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 240 4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 34.3 0.52 0 0 0.8 0.03 0 0 0.68 0 0 0 0.19 0 0 0 241 4511 Sale of cars and light motor vehicles 13.85 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 242 4520 Maintenance and repair of motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 243 4531 Wholesale trade of motor vehicle parts and accessories 2.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 244 4532 Retail trade of motor vehicle parts and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 245 4612 Agents involved in the sale of fuels, ores, metals and industrial chemicals 11.93 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 246 4613 Agents involved in the sale of timber and building materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 247 4615 Agents involved in the sale of furniture, household goods, hardware and ironmongery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 248 4616 Agents involved in the sale of textiles, clothing, fur, footwear and leather goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 249 4617 Agents involved in the sale of food, beverages and tobacco 0.29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 250 4618 Agents specialised in the sale of other particular products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 251 4619 Agents involved in the sale of a variety of goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 252 4621 Wholesale of grain, unmanufactured tobacco, seeds and animal feeds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 253 4622 Wholesale of flowers and plants 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 254 4623 Wholesale of live animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 4624 Wholesale of hides, skins and leather 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 256 4631 Wholesale of fruit and vegetables 0.84 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 257 4632 Wholesale of meat and meat products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 258 4633 Wholesale of dairy products, eggs and edible oils and fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 259 4634 Wholesale of beverages 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 260 4635 Wholesale of tobacco products 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 261 4636 Wholesale of sugar and chocolate and sugar confectionery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 262 4637 Wholesale of coffee, tea, cocoa and spices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 263 4638 Wholesale of other food, including fish, crustaceans and molluscs 2.81 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 264 4639 Nonspecialised wholesale of food, beverages and tobacco 0.62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 265 4641 Wholesale of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 266 4642 Wholesale of clothing and footwear 0.58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 267 4644 Wholesale of china and glassware and cleaning materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 268 4645 Wholesale of perfume and cosmetics 1.73 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.43 0 0 0 269 4646 Wholesale of pharmaceutical goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 270 4647 Wholesale of furniture, carpets and lighting equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 271 4648 Wholesale of watches and jewellery 0.15 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 272 4649 Wholesale of other household goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 273 4651 Wholesale of computers, computer peripheral equipment and software 2.15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 274 4652 Wholesale of electronic and telecommunications equipment and parts 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 275 4661 Wholesale of agricultural machinery, equipment and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 276 4662 Wholesale of machine tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 277 4663 Wholesale of mining, construction and civil engineering machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 307 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 310
278 4664 Wholesale of machinery for the textile industry and of sewing and knitting machines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 279 4665 Wholesale of office furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 280 4666 Wholesale of other office machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 281 4669 Wholesale of other machinery and equipment 0.24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.17 0 0 0 282 4671 Wholesale of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels and related products 2.01 0.02 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 283 4672 Wholesale of metals and metal ores 30.94 1.83 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 284 4673 Wholesale of wood, construction materials and sanitary equipment 0.99 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 285 4674 Wholesale of hardware, plumbing and heating equipment and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 286 4675 Wholesale of chemical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 287 4676 Wholesale of other intermediate products 13.83 9.21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.58 0 0 0 288 4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 289 4690 Nonspecialised wholesale trade 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 290 4711 Retail sale in nonspecialised stores with food, beverages or tobacco predominating 176.61 22.54 0 0 1.54 0.11 0 0 0.34 0.03 0 0 2.78 0.14 0 0 291 4719 Other retail sale in nonspecialised stores 11.35 0.93 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 292 4721 Retail sale of fruit and vegetables in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 293 4722 Retail sale of meat and meat products in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 294 4723 Retail sale of fish, crustaceans and molluscs in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 295 4724 Retail sale of bread, cakes, flour confectionery and sugar confectionery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 296 4726 Retail sale of tobacco products in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 297 4729 Other retail sale of food in specialised stores 0.05 0 0 0 0.27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 298 4730 Retail sale of automotive fuel in specialised stores 20.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 299 4741 Retail sale of computers, peripheral units and software in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 300 4742 Retail sale of telecommunications equipment in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 301 4751 Retail sale of textiles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 302 4752 Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass in specialised stores 6.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 303 4759 Retail sale of furniture, lighting equipment and other household articles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 304 4761 Retail sale of books in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0.3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 305 4762 Retail sale of newspapers and stationery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 306 4764 Retail sale of sporting equipment in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 307 4765 Retail sale of games and toys in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 308 4771 Retail sale of clothing in specialised stores 3.46 1.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 309 4772 Retail sale of footwear and leather goods in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 310 4774 Retail sale of medical and orthopaedic goods in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 311 4775 Retail sale of cosmetic and toilet articles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 312 4777 Retail sale of watches and jewellery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 313 4778 Other retail sale of new goods in specialised stores 0.32 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 314 4781 Retail sale via stalls and markets of food, beverages and tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 315 4782 Retail sale via stalls and markets of textiles, clothing and footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 308 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 311
316 4791 Retail sale via mail order houses or via Internet 0.17 0.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 317 4799 Other retail sale not in stores, stalls or markets 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 318 4910 Passenger rail transport, interurban 553.71 477.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 319 4920 Freight rail transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 320 4931 Urban and suburban passenger land transport 178.9 155.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 321 4932 Taxi operation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 322 4939 Other passenger land transport n.e.c. 0.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 323 4941 Freight transport by road 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 324 4950 Transport via pipeline 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 325 5010 Sea and coastal passenger water transport 8.55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 326 5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 327 5040 Inland freight water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 328 5110 Passenger air transport 0.77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 329 5122 Space transport 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 330 5210 Warehousing and storage 0.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 331 5221 Service activities incidental to land transportation 23.52 3.66 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.12 0 0 0 23.75 0 0 0 332 5222 Service activities incidental to water transportation 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 333 5223 Service activities incidental to air transportation 69.86 61.61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.69 0.69 0 0 19.41 0.02 0 0 334 5224 Cargo handling 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 335 5229 Other transportation support activities 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 336 5320 Other postal and courier activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 337 5510 Hotels and similar accommodation 200.33 0.83 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 338 5520 Holiday and other short-stay accommodation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 339 5530 Camping grounds, recreational vehicle parks and trailer parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 340 5590 Other accommodation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 341 5610 Restaurants and mobile food service activities 1.51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 342 5621 Event catering activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 343 5629 Other food service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 344 5630 Beverage serving activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 345 5811 Book publishing 0.01 0 0 0 1.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 346 5813 Publishing of newspapers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 347 5819 Other publishing activities 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 348 5821 Publishing of computer games 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 349 5829 Other software publishing 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 350 5912 Motion picture, video and television programme postproduction activities 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.24 0 0 0 351 6010 Radio broadcasting 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 352 6020 Television programming and broadcasting activities 0.75 0.09 0 0 64.02 0.34 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 353 6110 Wired telecommunications activities 5.21 0.4 0 0 0.56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18.48 7.03 0 0 354 6120 Wireless telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 355 6130 Satellite telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 356 6201 Computer programming activities 19.26 18.16 0 0 0.09 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 12.4 0 0 0 357 6202 Computer consultancy activities 0.15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.58 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 309 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 312
358 6203 Computer facilities management activities 0.09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 359 6209 Other information technology and computer service activities 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 360 6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 361 6312 Web portals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 362 6391 News agency activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 363 6399 Other information service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 364 6419 Other monetary intermediation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 365 6420 Activities of holding companies 744.59 637.6 0 0 9.27 1.11 0 0 0.34 0.02 0 0 19.41 5.82 0 0 366 6430 Trusts, funds and similar financial entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 367 6619 Other activities auxiliary to financial services, except insurance and pension funding 420.46 419.31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 368 6622 Activities of insurance agents and brokers 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 369 6810 Buying and selling of own real estate 7.84 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 370 6820 Renting and operating of own or leased real estate 109.1 4.74 0 0 1.12 0.02 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 0.24 0.02 0 0 371 6831 Real estate agencies 0.61 0.61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 372 6920 Accounting, bookkeeping and auditing activities; tax consultancy 28.26 0.11 0 0 0.2 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 373 7010 Activities of head offices 31.21 3.86 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 374 7021 Public relations and communication activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 375 7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 7.74 0.91 0 0 8.23 0.55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 376 7111 Architectural activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 377 7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy 53.15 1.67 0 0 0.3 0 0 0 0.13 0.12 0 0 0.25 0.07 0 0 378 7120 Technical testing and analysis 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 379 7219 Other research and experimental development on natural sciences and engineering 0.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 380 7220 Research and experimental development on social sciences and humanities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 381 7311 Advertising agencies 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 382 7410 Specialised design activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 383 7420 Photographic activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 384 7490 Other professional, scientific and technical activities n.e.c. 1 0.41 0 0 13.05 0.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 385 7500 Veterinary activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 386 7711 Renting and leasing of cars and light motor vehicles 15.03 0.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 387 7712 Renting and leasing of trucks 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 388 7732 Renting and leasing of construction and civil engineering machinery and equipment 2.17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.4 0 0 0 389 7733 Renting and leasing of office machinery and equipment (including computers) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 390 7734 Renting and leasing of water transport equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 391 7735 Renting and leasing of air transport equipment 4.09 0.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 392 7739 Renting and leasing of other machinery, equipment and tangible goods n.e.c. 12.46 0.3 0 0 0.53 0.17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 393 7740 Leasing of intellectual property and similar products, except copyrighted works 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 394 7810 Activities of employment placement agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 395 7830 Other human resources provision 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 310 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 313
396 7911 Travel agency activities 0.34 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 397 7912 Tour operator activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 398 7990 Other reservation service and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 399 8010 Private security activities 0.35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 400 8020 Security systems service activities 3.12 0.59 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.01 0.01 0 0 0.26 0.02 0 0 401 8110 Combined facilities support activities 0.07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 402 8121 General cleaning of buildings 0.11 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 403 8122 Other building and industrial cleaning activities 2.4 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 404 8130 Landscape service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 405 8211 Combined office administrative service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 406 8219 Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 407 8220 Activities of call centres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 408 8230 Organisation of conventions and trade shows 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 409 8291 Activities of collection agencies and credit bureaus 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 410 8292 Packaging activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 411 8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 412 8412 Regulation of the activities of providing health care, education, cultural services and other social services, excluding social security 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 413 8424 Public order and safety activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 414 8520 Primary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 415 8531 General secondary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 416 8532 Technical and vocational secondary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 417 8541 Post-secondary non-tertiary education 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 418 8552 Cultural education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 419 8559 Other education n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 420 8560 Educational support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 421 8610 Hospital activities 14.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 422 8621 General medical practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 423 8622 Specialist medical practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 424 8623 Dental practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 425 8690 Other human health activities 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 426 8710 Residential nursing care activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 427 8720 Residential care activities for mental retardation, mental health and substance abuse 0.02 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 428 8730 Residential care activities for the elderly and disabled 1.54 0 0 0 1.79 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 429 8790 Other residential care activities 0 0 0 0 4.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 430 8810 Social work activities without accommodation for the elderly and disabled 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 431 8891 Child daycare activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 432 8899 Other social work activities without accommodation n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 433 9001 Performing arts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 434 9003 Artistic creation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 435 9004 Operation of arts facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 311 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 314
436 9200 Gambling and betting activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 437 9311 Operation of sports facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 438 9312 Activities of sport clubs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 439 9313 Fitness facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 440 9319 Other sports activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 441 9321 Activities of amusement parks and theme parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 442 9329 Other amusement and recreation activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 443 9499 Activities of other membership organisations n.e.c. 1.65 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 444 9512 Repair of communication equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 445 9521 Repair of consumer electronics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 446 9601 Washing and (dry)cleaning of textile and fur products 4.75 3.17 0 0 0.16 0.13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 447 9602 Hairdressing and other beauty treatment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 448 9603 Funeral and related activities 0.97 0 0 0 0.95 0.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 449 9604 Physical wellbeing activities 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 450 9700 Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 451 9820 Undifferentiated service-producing activities of private households for own use 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 452 9900 Activities of extraterritorial organisations and bodies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Circular Economy (CE) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 312 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 315
Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) SMEs and other NFCs not subject to NFRD Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Carrying amount [gross] Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (PPC) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (PPC) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (BIO) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (BIO) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Million EUR Of which environ- mentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) 1 111 Growing of cereals (except rice), leguminous crops and oil seeds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 113 Growing of vegetables and melons, roots and tubers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 119 Growing of other nonperennial crops 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 121 Growing of grapes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 122 Growing of tropical and subtropical fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 123 Growing of citrus fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 124 Growing of pome fruits and stone fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 125 Growing of other tree and bush fruits and nuts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 126 Growing of oleaginous fruits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 130 Plant propagation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5.81 0.06 0 0 11 142 Raising of other cattle and buffaloes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 143 Raising of horses and other equines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 145 Raising of sheep and goats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 146 Raising of swine/pigs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 147 Raising of poultry 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 149 Raising of other animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 150 Mixed farming 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 161 Support activities for crop production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 162 Support activities for animal production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 220 Logging 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 311 Marine fishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 321 Marine aquaculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 322 Freshwater aquaculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 510 Mining of hard coal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 610 Extraction of crude petroleum 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15.57 12.36 0 0 26 891 Mining of chemical and fertiliser minerals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 893 Extraction of salt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 899 Other mining and quarrying n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 1011 Processing and preserving of meat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 1012 Processing and preserving of poultry meat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 1013 Production of meat and poultry meat products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.34 0 0 0 32 1020 Processing and preserving of fish, crustaceans and molluscs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33 1032 Manufacture of fruit and vegetable juice 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 34 1039 Other processing and preserving of fruit and vegetables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 313 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 316
35 1041 Manufacture of oils and fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0.01 0 0 36 1042 Manufacture of margarine and similar edible fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 1051 Operation of dairies and cheese making 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 38 1052 Manufacture of ice cream 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 1061 Manufacture of grain mill products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 1071 Manufacture of bread; manufacture of fresh pastry goods and cakes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 1072 Manufacture of rusks and biscuits; manufacture of preserved pastry goods and cakes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 1073 Manufacture of macaroni, noodles, couscous and similar farinaceous products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 1081 Manufacture of sugar 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 1082 Manufacture of cocoa, chocolate and sugar confectionery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 1084 Manufacture of condiments and seasonings 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 1085 Manufacture of prepared meals and dishes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 1086 Manufacture of homogenised food preparations and dietetic food 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.26 0 0 0 48 1091 Manufacture of prepared feeds for farm animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 49 1092 Manufacture of prepared pet foods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 1101 Distilling, rectifying and blending of spirits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51 1102 Manufacture of wine from grape 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.32 0.04 0 0 52 1105 Manufacture of beer 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.18 0 0 0 53 1106 Manufacture of malt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 1107 Manufacture of soft drinks; production of mineral waters and other bottled waters 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 55 1200 Manufacture of tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 56 1310 Preparation and spinning of textile fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 1320 Weaving of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 58 1330 Finishing of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 59 1391 Manufacture of knitted and crocheted fabrics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60 1392 Manufacture of madeup textile articles, except apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 61 1395 Manufacture of non-wovens and articles made from non-wovens, except apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 62 1396 Manufacture of other technical and industrial textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 63 1399 Manufacture of other textiles n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 1412 Manufacture of workwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 65 1413 Manufacture of other outerwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.45 0.18 0 0 66 1419 Manufacture of other wearing apparel and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 67 1431 Manufacture of knitted and crocheted hosiery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 68 1439 Manufacture of other knitted and crocheted apparel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 69 1511 Tanning and dressing of leather; dressing and dyeing of fur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 70 1520 Manufacture of footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 71 1610 Sawmilling and planing of wood 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 1621 Manufacture of veneer sheets and woodbased panels 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 73 1623 Manufacture of other builders' carpentry and joinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 74 1624 Manufacture of wooden containers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.46 0.06 0 0 75 1629 Manufacture of other products of wood; manufacture of articles of cork, straw and plaiting materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 314 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 317
76 1711 Manufacture of pulp 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 27.33 16.25 0 0 77 1712 Manufacture of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.41 0 0 0 78 1721 Manufacture of corrugated paper and paperboard and of containers of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 79 1722 Manufacture of household and sanitary goods and of toilet requisites 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 80 1723 Manufacture of paper stationery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81 1729 Manufacture of other articles of paper and paperboard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 82 1811 Printing of newspapers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 1812 Other printing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84 1920 Manufacture of refined petroleum products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9.91 4.71 0 0 85 2011 Manufacture of industrial gases 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 86 2012 Manufacture of dyes and pigments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 87 2013 Manufacture of other inorganic basic chemicals 0.91 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.47 2.05 0 0 88 2014 Manufacture of other organic basic chemicals 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.95 0.27 0 0 89 2015 Manufacture of fertilisers and nitrogen compounds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.51 1.95 0 0 90 2016 Manufacture of plastics in primary forms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 91 2017 Manufacture of synthetic rubber in primary forms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 92 2020 Manufacture of pesticides and other agrochemical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 93 2030 Manufacture of paints, varnishes and similar coatings, printing ink and mastics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 94 2041 Manufacture of soap and detergents, cleaning and polishing preparations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 95 2042 Manufacture of perfumes and toilet preparations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.32 0 0 0 96 2051 Manufacture of explosives 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 97 2052 Manufacture of glues 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 98 2059 Manufacture of other chemical products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 99 2060 Manufacture of manmade fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 2110 Manufacture of basic pharmaceutical products 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 101 2120 Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 24.24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30.45 0 0 0 102 2211 Manufacture of rubber tyres and tubes; retreading and rebuilding of rubber tyres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.29 0 0 0 103 2219 Manufacture of other rubber products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 104 2221 Manufacture of plastic plates, sheets, tubes and profiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 105 2222 Manufacture of plastic packing goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.33 0 0 0 106 2223 Manufacture of builders’ ware of plastic 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 107 2229 Manufacture of other plastic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.87 3.16 0 0 108 2311 Manufacture of flat glass 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 109 2313 Manufacture of hollow glass 0.06 0.06 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.35 2.91 0 0 110 2314 Manufacture of glass fibres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 111 2320 Manufacture of refractory products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 112 2331 Manufacture of ceramic tiles and flags 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 113 2332 Manufacture of bricks, tiles and construction products, in baked clay 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 114 2342 Manufacture of ceramic sanitary fixtures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 115 2344 Manufacture of other technical ceramic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 116 2349 Manufacture of other ceramic products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 315 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 318
117 2351 Manufacture of cement 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12.51 1.66 0 0 118 2352 Manufacture of lime and plaster 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.51 0 0 0 119 2364 Manufacture of mortars 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 120 2370 Cutting, shaping and finishing of stone 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 121 2399 Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.99 0 0 0 122 2410 Manufacture of basic iron and steel and of ferroalloys 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32.31 8.88 0 0 123 2431 Cold drawing of bars 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 124 2432 Cold rolling of narrow strip 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 125 2433 Cold forming or folding 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 126 2434 Cold drawing of wire 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 127 2442 Aluminium production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13.37 0 0 0 128 2443 Lead, zinc and tin production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 129 2444 Copper production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 130 2445 Other nonferrous metal production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 268.05 255.32 0 0 131 2446 Processing of nuclear fuel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 132 2451 Casting of iron 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 133 2452 Casting of steel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 134 2453 Casting of light metals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 135 2454 Casting of other nonferrous metals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 136 2511 Manufacture of metal structures and parts of structures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.78 0 0 0 137 2512 Manufacture of doors and windows of metal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 138 2521 Manufacture of central heating radiators and boilers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 139 2529 Manufacture of other tanks, reservoirs and containers of metal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 140 2540 Manufacture of weapons and ammunition 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 141 2550 Forging, pressing, stamping and rollforming of metal; powder metallurgy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20.33 5.39 0 0 142 2561 Treatment and coating of metals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.98 0 0 0 143 2562 Machining 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 144 2571 Manufacture of cutlery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 145 2572 Manufacture of locks and hinges 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 146 2573 Manufacture of tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 147 2592 Manufacture of light metal packaging 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 148 2593 Manufacture of wire products, chain and springs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.29 0 0 0 149 2594 Manufacture of fasteners and screw machine products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 150 2599 Manufacture of other fabricated metal products n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 151 2611 Manufacture of electronic components 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 152 2612 Manufacture of loaded electronic boards 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.32 0 0 0 153 2620 Repair of computers and peripheral equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 154 2630 Manufacture of communication equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 155 2651 Manufacture of instruments and appliances for measuring, testing and navigation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.11 0 0 0 156 2652 Manufacture of watches and clocks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 157 2660 Manufacture of irradiation, electromedical and electrotherapeutic equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 158 2670 Manufacture of optical instruments and photographic equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 316 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 319
159 2711 Manufacture of electric motors, generators and transformers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16.1 0 0 0 160 2720 Manufacture of batteries and accumulators 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 161 2731 Manufacture of fibre optic cables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 162 2733 Manufacture of wiring devices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 163 2740 Manufacture of electric lighting equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 164 2751 Manufacture of electric domestic appliances 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 165 2790 Manufacture of other electrical equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9.59 2.48 0 0 166 2811 Manufacture of engines and turbines, except aircraft, vehicle and cycle engines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.16 0 0 0 167 2812 Manufacture of fluid power equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 168 2813 Manufacture of other pumps and compressors 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 169 2814 Manufacture of other taps and valves 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 170 2815 Manufacture of bearings, gears, gearing and driving elements 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.81 0 0 0 171 2821 Manufacture of ovens, furnaces and furnace burners 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 172 2822 Manufacture of lifting and handling equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10.08 0 0 0 173 2825 Manufacture of nondomestic cooling and ventilation equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 174 2829 Manufacture of other general purpose machinery n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.89 0 0 0 175 2830 Manufacture of agricultural and forestry machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 176 2841 Manufacture of metal forming machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 177 2849 Manufacture of other machine tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15 0 0 0 178 2891 Manufacture of machinery for metallurgy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 179 2892 Manufacture of machinery for mining, quarrying and construction 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 180 2893 Manufacture of machinery for food, beverage and tobacco processing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 181 2894 Manufacture of machinery for textile, apparel and leather production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 182 2895 Manufacture of machinery for paper and paperboard production 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 183 2896 Manufacture of plastics and rubber machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 184 2899 Manufacture of other special purpose machinery n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 185 2910 Manufacture of motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80.06 10.48 0 0 186 2920 Manufacture of bodies (coachwork) for motor vehicles; manufacture of trailers and semitrailers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 187 2931 Manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment for motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 188 2932 Manufacture of other parts and accessories for motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 125.75 57.98 0 0 189 3011 Building of ships and floating structures 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7.92 4.56 0 0 190 3020 Manufacture of railway locomotives and rolling stock 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19.71 16.29 0 0 191 3030 Manufacture of air and spacecraft and related machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 3040 Manufacture of military fighting vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 193 3092 Manufacture of bicycles and invalid carriages 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 194 3099 Manufacture of other transport equipment n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 195 3101 Manufacture of office and shop furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 196 3102 Manufacture of kitchen furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 197 3103 Manufacture of mattresses 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 198 3109 Manufacture of other furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 199 3213 Manufacture of imitation jewellery and related articles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 317 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 320
200 3230 Manufacture of sports goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 201 3240 Manufacture of games and toys 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 202 3250 Manufacture of medical and dental instruments and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 203 3291 Manufacture of brooms and brushes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 204 3299 Other manufacturing n.e.c. 0.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.54 0 0 0 205 3312 Repair of machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.17 0 0 0 206 3314 Repair of electrical equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 207 3317 Repair and maintenance of other transport equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.2 0.03 0 0 208 3320 Installation of industrial machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 209 3511 Production of electricity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1047.22 387.38 0 0 210 3512 Transmission of electricity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.6 0 0 0 211 3513 Distribution of electricity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 269.96 175.75 0 0 212 3514 Trade of electricity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 118.11 0.24 0 0 213 3521 Manufacture of gas 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30.83 28.19 0 0 214 3522 Distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 264.38 241.39 0 0 215 3523 Trade of gas through mains 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 136.22 123.97 0 0 216 3600 Water collection, treatment and supply 0.39 0.31 0 0 0 0 0 0 185.91 155.4 0 0 217 3811 Collection of non-hazardous waste 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10.87 0.29 0 0 218 3821 Treatment and disposal of non-hazardous waste 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.58 0 0 0 219 3822 Treatment and disposal of hazardous waste 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 220 3831 Dismantling of wrecks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.25 0 0 0 221 3832 Recovery of sorted materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16.68 15.23 0 0 222 3900 Remediation activities and other waste management services 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 223 4110 Development of building projects 0 0 0 0 34.1 0 0 0 111.36 0 0 0 224 4120 Construction of residential and non-residential buildings 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.74 0 0 0 225 4211 Construction of roads and motorways 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14.3 1.38 0 0 226 4212 Construction of railways and underground railways 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 342.58 213.37 0 0 227 4213 Construction of bridges and tunnels 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10.9 0 0 0 228 4221 Construction of utility projects for fluids 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 229 4222 Construction of utility projects for electricity and telecommunications 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 19.45 6.97 0 0 230 4291 Construction of water projects 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 231 4299 Construction of other civil engineering projects n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 67.94 4.33 0 0 232 4311 Demolition 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 233 4312 Site preparation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 234 4322 Plumbing, heat and airconditioning installation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 0 0 235 4329 Other construction installation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 236 4333 Floor and wall covering 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 237 4334 Painting and glazing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 238 4339 Other building completion and finishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 239 4391 Roofing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 240 4399 Other specialised construction activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35.97 0.55 0 0 241 4511 Sale of cars and light motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13.85 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 318 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 321
242 4520 Maintenance and repair of motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 243 4531 Wholesale trade of motor vehicle parts and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.09 0 0 0 244 4532 Retail trade of motor vehicle parts and accessories 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 245 4612 Agents involved in the sale of fuels, ores, metals and industrial chemicals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.98 0.08 0 0 246 4613 Agents involved in the sale of timber and building materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 247 4615 Agents involved in the sale of furniture, household goods, hardware and ironmongery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 248 4616 Agents involved in the sale of textiles, clothing, fur, footwear and leather goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 249 4617 Agents involved in the sale of food, beverages and tobacco 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.31 0 0 0 250 4618 Agents specialised in the sale of other particular products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 251 4619 Agents involved in the sale of a variety of goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 252 4621 Wholesale of grain, unmanufactured tobacco, seeds and animal feeds 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 253 4622 Wholesale of flowers and plants 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 254 4623 Wholesale of live animals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 4624 Wholesale of hides, skins and leather 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 256 4631 Wholesale of fruit and vegetables 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.84 0 0 0 257 4632 Wholesale of meat and meat products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 258 4633 Wholesale of dairy products, eggs and edible oils and fats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 259 4634 Wholesale of beverages 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 260 4635 Wholesale of tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 261 4636 Wholesale of sugar and chocolate and sugar confectionery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 262 4637 Wholesale of coffee, tea, cocoa and spices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 263 4638 Wholesale of other food, including fish, crustaceans and molluscs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.81 0 0 0 264 4639 Nonspecialised wholesale of food, beverages and tobacco 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.63 0 0 0 265 4641 Wholesale of textiles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 266 4642 Wholesale of clothing and footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.58 0 0 0 267 4644 Wholesale of china and glassware and cleaning materials 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 268 4645 Wholesale of perfume and cosmetics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.17 0 0 0 269 4646 Wholesale of pharmaceutical goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 270 4647 Wholesale of furniture, carpets and lighting equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 271 4648 Wholesale of watches and jewellery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.17 0 0 0 272 4649 Wholesale of other household goods 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 273 4651 Wholesale of computers, computer peripheral equipment and software 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.15 0 0 0 274 4652 Wholesale of electronic and telecommunications equipment and parts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 275 4661 Wholesale of agricultural machinery, equipment and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 276 4662 Wholesale of machine tools 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 277 4663 Wholesale of mining, construction and civil engineering machinery 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 278 4664 Wholesale of machinery for the textile industry and of sewing and knitting machines 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 279 4665 Wholesale of office furniture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 280 4666 Wholesale of other office machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 281 4669 Wholesale of other machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.41 0 0 0 282 4671 Wholesale of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels and related products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.04 0.02 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 319 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 322
283 4672 Wholesale of metals and metal ores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30.94 1.83 0 0 284 4673 Wholesale of wood, construction materials and sanitary equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 285 4674 Wholesale of hardware, plumbing and heating equipment and supplies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 286 4675 Wholesale of chemical products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 287 4676 Wholesale of other intermediate products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18.42 9.21 0 0 288 4677 Wholesale of waste and scrap 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 289 4690 Nonspecialised wholesale trade 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 290 4711 Retail sale in nonspecialised stores with food, beverages or tobacco predominating 0 0 0 0 0.04 0 0 0 181.31 22.81 0 0 291 4719 Other retail sale in nonspecialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.36 0.93 0 0 292 4721 Retail sale of fruit and vegetables in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 293 4722 Retail sale of meat and meat products in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 294 4723 Retail sale of fish, crustaceans and molluscs in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 295 4724 Retail sale of bread, cakes, flour confectionery and sugar confectionery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 296 4726 Retail sale of tobacco products in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 297 4729 Other retail sale of food in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.32 0 0 0 298 4730 Retail sale of automotive fuel in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20.38 0 0 0 299 4741 Retail sale of computers, peripheral units and software in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 300 4742 Retail sale of telecommunications equipment in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 301 4751 Retail sale of textiles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 302 4752 Retail sale of hardware, paints and glass in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6.2 0 0 0 303 4759 Retail sale of furniture, lighting equipment and other household articles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 304 4761 Retail sale of books in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.3 0 0 0 305 4762 Retail sale of newspapers and stationery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 306 4764 Retail sale of sporting equipment in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 307 4765 Retail sale of games and toys in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 308 4771 Retail sale of clothing in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.46 1.01 0 0 309 4772 Retail sale of footwear and leather goods in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 310 4774 Retail sale of medical and orthopaedic goods in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 311 4775 Retail sale of cosmetic and toilet articles in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 312 4777 Retail sale of watches and jewellery in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 313 4778 Other retail sale of new goods in specialised stores 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.34 0 0 0 314 4781 Retail sale via stalls and markets of food, beverages and tobacco products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 315 4782 Retail sale via stalls and markets of textiles, clothing and footwear 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 316 4791 Retail sale via mail order houses or via Internet 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.17 0.07 0 0 317 4799 Other retail sale not in stores, stalls or markets 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 318 4910 Passenger rail transport, interurban 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 553.71 477.09 0 0 319 4920 Freight rail transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 320 4931 Urban and suburban passenger land transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 178.9 155.7 0 0 321 4932 Taxi operation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 322 4939 Other passenger land transport n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.39 0 0 0 323 4941 Freight transport by road 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 320 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 323
324 4950 Transport via pipeline 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 325 5010 Sea and coastal passenger water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8.55 0 0 0 326 5020 Sea and coastal freight water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 327 5040 Inland freight water transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 328 5110 Passenger air transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.77 0 0 0 329 5122 Space transport 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.08 0 0 0 330 5210 Warehousing and storage 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.08 0 0 0 331 5221 Service activities incidental to land transportation 0 0 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 47.44 3.66 0 0 332 5222 Service activities incidental to water transportation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 333 5223 Service activities incidental to air transportation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 89.96 62.32 0 0 334 5224 Cargo handling 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 335 5229 Other transportation support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.07 0 0 0 336 5320 Other postal and courier activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 337 5510 Hotels and similar accommodation 0 0 0 0 80.25 0 0 0 280.58 0.83 0 0 338 5520 Holiday and other short-stay accommodation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 339 5530 Camping grounds, recreational vehicle parks and trailer parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 340 5590 Other accommodation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 341 5610 Restaurants and mobile food service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.51 0 0 0 342 5621 Event catering activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 343 5629 Other food service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 344 5630 Beverage serving activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 345 5811 Book publishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.08 0 0 0 346 5813 Publishing of newspapers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 347 5819 Other publishing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.08 0 0 0 348 5821 Publishing of computer games 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 349 5829 Other software publishing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.05 0 0 0 350 5912 Motion picture, video and television programme postproduction activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.3 0 0 0 351 6010 Radio broadcasting 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 352 6020 Television programming and broadcasting activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64.77 0.43 0 0 353 6110 Wired telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24.24 7.44 0 0 354 6120 Wireless telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 355 6130 Satellite telecommunications activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 356 6201 Computer programming activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31.75 18.18 0 0 357 6202 Computer consultancy activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.74 0 0 0 358 6203 Computer facilities management activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.09 0 0 0 359 6209 Other information technology and computer service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.07 0 0 0 360 6311 Data processing, hosting and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 361 6312 Web portals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 362 6391 News agency activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 363 6399 Other information service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 364 6419 Other monetary intermediation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 365 6420 Activities of holding companies 0 0 0 0 8.61 0 0 0 782.22 644.55 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 321 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 324
366 6430 Trusts, funds and similar financial entities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 367 6619 Other activities auxiliary to financial services, except insurance and pension funding 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 420.46 419.31 0 0 368 6622 Activities of insurance agents and brokers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0 0 369 6810 Buying and selling of own real estate 0.03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7.87 0 0 0 370 6820 Renting and operating of own or leased real estate 0.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 110.7 4.79 0 0 371 6831 Real estate agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.61 0.61 0 0 372 6920 Accounting, bookkeeping and auditing activities; tax consultancy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28.46 0.18 0 0 373 7010 Activities of head offices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31.21 3.86 0 0 374 7021 Public relations and communication activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 375 7022 Business and other management consultancy activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15.97 1.46 0 0 376 7111 Architectural activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 377 7112 Engineering activities and related technical consultancy 0.37 0.29 0 0 0 0 0 0 54.2 2.16 0 0 378 7120 Technical testing and analysis 2.82 2.72 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.82 2.72 0 0 379 7219 Other research and experimental development on natural sciences and engineering 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.11 0 0 0 380 7220 Research and experimental development on social sciences and humanities 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.08 0 0 0 381 7311 Advertising agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 382 7410 Specialised design activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 383 7420 Photographic activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 384 7490 Other professional, scientific and technical activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14.05 0.49 0 0 385 7500 Veterinary activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 386 7711 Renting and leasing of cars and light motor vehicles 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15.04 0.7 0 0 387 7712 Renting and leasing of trucks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.03 0 0 0 388 7732 Renting and leasing of construction and civil engineering machinery and equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.57 0 0 0 389 7733 Renting and leasing of office machinery and equipment (including computers) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 390 7734 Renting and leasing of water transport equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 391 7735 Renting and leasing of air transport equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.09 0.4 0 0 392 7739 Renting and leasing of other machinery, equipment and tangible goods n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12.99 0.47 0 0 393 7740 Leasing of intellectual property and similar products, except copyrighted works 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 394 7810 Activities of employment placement agencies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 395 7830 Other human resources provision 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 396 7911 Travel agency activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.34 0 0 0 397 7912 Tour operator activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 398 7990 Other reservation service and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 399 8010 Private security activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.35 0 0 0 400 8020 Security systems service activities 0.28 0.26 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.68 0.87 0 0 401 8110 Combined facilities support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.07 0 0 0 402 8121 General cleaning of buildings 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.11 0.08 0 0 403 8122 Other building and industrial cleaning activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.44 0 0 0 404 8130 Landscape service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 405 8211 Combined office administrative service activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 406 8219 Photocopying, document preparation and other specialised office support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 407 8220 Activities of call centres 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 322 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 325
408 8230 Organisation of conventions and trade shows 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 409 8291 Activities of collection agencies and credit bureaus 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 410 8292 Packaging activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 411 8299 Other business support service activities n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 412 8412 Regulation of the activities of providing health care, education, cultural services and other social services, excluding social security 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 413 8424 Public order and safety activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 414 8520 Primary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 415 8531 General secondary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 416 8532 Technical and vocational secondary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 417 8541 Post-secondary non-tertiary education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 418 8552 Cultural education 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 419 8559 Other education n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 420 8560 Educational support activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 421 8610 Hospital activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14.08 0 0 0 422 8621 General medical practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 423 8622 Specialist medical practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 424 8623 Dental practice activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 425 8690 Other human health activities 0.01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 426 8710 Residential nursing care activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 427 8720 Residential care activities for mental retardation, mental health and substance abuse 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0.01 0 0 428 8730 Residential care activities for the elderly and disabled 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.33 0.04 0 0 429 8790 Other residential care activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.7 0 0 0 430 8810 Social work activities without accommodation for the elderly and disabled 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 431 8891 Child daycare activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 432 8899 Other social work activities without accommodation n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 433 9001 Performing arts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 434 9003 Artistic creation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 435 9004 Operation of arts facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 436 9200 Gambling and betting activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 437 9311 Operation of sports facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 438 9312 Activities of sport clubs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 439 9313 Fitness facilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 440 9319 Other sports activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 441 9321 Activities of amusement parks and theme parks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 442 9329 Other amusement and recreation activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 443 9499 Activities of other membership organisations n.e.c. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.67 0 0 0 444 9512 Repair of communication equipment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 445 9521 Repair of consumer electronics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 446 9601 Washing and (dry)cleaning of textile and fur products 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.9 3.3 0 0 447 9602 Hairdressing and other beauty treatment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 448 9603 Funeral and related activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.93 0.14 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 323 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 326
449 9604 Physical wellbeing activities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0 0 0 450 9700 Activities of households as employers of domestic personnel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 451 9820 Undifferentiated service-producing activities of private households for own use 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 452 9900 Activities of extraterritorial organisations and bodies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Breakdown by sector - NACE 4 digits level (code and label) Pollution Prevention and Control (PPC) Biodiversity and ecosystems (BIO) TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 324 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 327
3. GAR KPI stock - Turnover and CapEx based GAR KPI stock - Turnover based Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 55.06% 4.77% 2.69% 0.46% 0.69% 0.04% 0.01% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 37.11% 2 Financial corporations 13.82% 1.31% —% 0.14% 0.16% 0.04% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 6.15% 3 Credit institutions 13.22% 1.37% —% 0.13% 0.15% 0.05% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 5.51% 4 Loans and advances 14.81% 1.57% —% 0.14% 0.16% 0.05% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 4.53% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 5.70% 0.42% —% 0.07% 0.07% 0.02% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.96% 6 Equity instruments 16.80% 0.86% —% 0.05% 0.34% 0.11% 0.08% —% 0.08% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 7 Other financial corporations 18.93% 0.84% 0.01% 0.18% 0.25% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.64% 8 of which investment firms 18.65% 0.76% 0.01% 0.19% 0.26% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.61% 9 Loans and advances 21.44% 0.73% 0.01% 0.23% 0.31% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP 8.24% 1.41% —% 0.01% 0.04% 0.08% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.06% 11 Equity instruments 1.77% 0.17% —% 0.01% 0.03% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 23.79% 2.20% —% 0.09% 0.09% 0.15% 0.04% —% 0.04% —% —% —% —% 0.04% 17 Loans and advances 39.47% 3.65% —% 0.15% 0.16% 0.25% 0.06% —% 0.06% —% —% —% —% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 22.05% 10.47% 3.36% 1.68% 2.55% 0.14% 0.02% —% 0.02% 0.02% 0.01% —% —% 9.71% 21 Loans and advances 21.52% 10.18% 3.39% 1.70% 2.18% 0.14% 0.02% —% 0.02% 0.02% 0.01% —% —% 9.61% 22 Debt securities, including UoP 71.39% 37.15% —% —% 37.15% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.10% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 84.03% 3.24% 3.24% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20.75% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 4.24% 4.24% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15.86% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.53% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 1.04% 28 Local government financing 1.60% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 1.60% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.30% 32 Total GAR assets 26.34% 2.25% 1.27% 0.22% 0.33% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 78.74% % (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 325 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 328
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.09% 0.01% —% —% 0.05% —% —% —% 0.12% —% —% —% 37.11% 2 Financial corporations 0.05% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 6.15% 3 Credit institutions 0.06% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 5.51% 4 Loans and advances 0.06% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 4.53% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 0.04% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.96% 6 Equity instruments 0.03% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.04% —% —% —% 0.01% 7 Other financial corporations 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.64% 8 of which investment firms 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.61% 9 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP 0.05% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.06% 11 Equity instruments 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings —% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% 0.04% 17 Loans and advances 0.01% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% 0.04% —% —% —% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 0.30% 0.02% —% 0.01% 0.19% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.44% —% —% —% 9.71% 21 Loans and advances 0.30% 0.02% —% 0.01% 0.19% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.45% —% —% —% 9.61% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.10% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20.75% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15.86% 26 of which building renovation loans —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.53% 27 of which motor vehicle loans —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 1.04% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.30% 32 Total GAR assets 0.04% —% —% —% 0.03% —% —% —% 0.05% —% —% —% 78.74% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 326 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 329
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 55.37% 4.79% 2.69% 0.46% 0.70% 37.11% 2 Financial corporations 13.94% 1.32% —% 0.14% 0.16% 6.15% 3 Credit institutions 13.35% 1.37% —% 0.13% 0.15% 5.51% 4 Loans and advances 14.96% 1.57% —% 0.14% 0.16% 4.53% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 5.79% 0.42% —% 0.07% 0.07% 0.96% 6 Equity instruments 16.99% 0.94% —% 0.05% 0.42% 0.01% 7 Other financial corporations 18.97% 0.84% 0.01% 0.18% 0.26% 0.64% 8 of which investment firms 18.68% 0.76% 0.01% 0.19% 0.26% 0.61% 9 Loans and advances 21.46% 0.74% 0.01% 0.23% 0.31% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP 8.38% 1.41% —% 0.01% 0.05% 0.06% 11 Equity instruments 1.80% 0.18% —% 0.01% 0.03% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 23.99% 2.24% —% 0.09% 0.13% 0.04% 17 Loans and advances 39.80% 3.71% —% 0.15% 0.22% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 23.15% 10.53% 3.36% 1.68% 2.59% 9.71% 21 Loans and advances 22.63% 10.24% 3.39% 1.70% 2.22% 9.61% 22 Debt securities, including UoP 71.39% 37.15% —% —% 37.15% 0.10% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 84.03% 3.24% 3.24% —% —% 20.75% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 4.24% 4.24% —% —% 15.86% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.53% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 1.04% 28 Local government financing 1.60% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 1.60% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.30% 32 Total GAR assets 26.48% 2.26% 1.27% 0.22% 0.33% 78.74% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 327 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 330
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 70.50% 6.68% 5.88% 0.27% 0.28% 0.02% —% —% —% —% 51.09% 2 Financial corporations 16.65% 1.20% —% 0.14% 0.23% 0.05% 0.01% —% —% —% 6.04% 3 Credit institutions 16.81% 1.15% —% 0.16% 0.11% 0.05% 0.01% —% —% —% 5.48% 4 Loans and advances 18.85% 1.29% —% 0.17% 0.12% 0.06% 0.01% —% —% —% 4.56% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 6.62% 0.45% —% 0.09% 0.07% 0.01% —% —% —% —% 0.92% 6 Equity instruments 15.90% 1.67% 0.02% 0.14% 0.04% 0.02% 0.02% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 15.13% 1.72% 0.01% 0.03% 1.41% 0.02% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.57% 8 of which investment firms 14.65% 1.70% 0.01% 0.03% 1.48% 0.01% —% —% —% —% 0.54% 9 Loans and advances 16.51% 1.93% 0.01% 0.03% 1.68% 0.01% —% —% —% —% 0.47% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.02% 11 Equity instruments 1.50% 0.09% —% 0.02% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 24.45% 2.12% —% 0.03% 0.06% 0.20% 0.05% —% 0.02% —% 0.03% 17 Loans and advances 38.59% 3.35% —% 0.05% 0.10% 0.32% 0.08% —% 0.04% —% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 20.68% 7.72% 2.40% 1.80% 2.07% 0.16% 0.03% —% 0.02% 0.01% 6.28% 21 Loans and advances 20.01% 7.45% 2.44% 1.83% 1.71% 0.16% 0.03% —% 0.02% 0.01% 6.18% 22 Debt securities, including UoP 59.36% 23.27% —% 0.02% 23.11% —% —% —% —% —% 0.11% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 88.39% 7.49% 7.49% 0.04% —% —% —% —% —% —% 38.14% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 8.78% 8.78% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 32.32% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% 1.88% 1.88% 1.88% —% —% 0.89% 28 Local government financing 0.08% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.62% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 0.08% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.62% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.38% 32 Total GAR assets 47.15% 4.42% 3.89% 0.18% 0.19% 0.02% —% —% —% —% 77.19% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 328 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 331
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.01% 0.05% 0.08% 51.09% 2 Financial corporations —% —% —% 6.04% 3 Credit institutions —% —% —% 5.48% 4 Loans and advances —% —% —% 4.56% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% 0.92% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations —% —% —% 0.57% 8 of which investment firms —% —% —% 0.54% 9 Loans and advances —% —% —% 0.47% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% 0.02% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings —% —% —% 0.03% 17 Loans and advances —% —% —% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 0.08% 0.40% 0.61% 6.28% 21 Loans and advances 0.08% 0.19% 0.62% 6.18% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% 12.38% —% 0.11% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 24 Households —% —% —% 38.14% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property —% —% —% 32.32% 26 of which building renovation loans —% —% —% 0.50% 27 of which motor vehicle loans —% —% —% 0.89% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% 0.62% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% 0.62% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties —% —% —% 0.38% 32 Total GAR assets 0.01% 0.03% 0.05% 77.19% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 329 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 332
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 70.66% 6.69% 5.88% 0.27% 0.28% 51.09% 2 Financial corporations 16.69% 1.21% —% 0.14% 0.23% 6.04% 3 Credit institutions 16.85% 1.16% —% 0.16% 0.11% 5.48% 4 Loans and advances 18.91% 1.30% —% 0.17% 0.12% 4.56% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 6.63% 0.46% —% 0.09% 0.07% 0.92% 6 Equity instruments 15.94% 1.69% 0.02% 0.16% —% 7 Other financial corporations 15.15% 1.73% 0.01% 0.03% 1.41% 0.57% 8 of which investment firms 14.65% 1.71% 0.01% 0.03% 1.48% 0.54% 9 Loans and advances 16.52% 1.93% 0.01% 0.03% 1.68% 0.47% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% 0.02% 11 Equity instruments 1.51% 0.09% —% 0.02% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 24.65% 2.17% —% 0.03% 0.09% 0.03% 17 Loans and advances 38.90% 3.43% —% 0.05% 0.14% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 21.94% 7.75% 2.40% 1.80% 2.09% 6.28% 21 Loans and advances 21.08% 7.49% 2.44% 1.83% 1.73% 6.18% 22 Debt securities, including UoP 71.74% 23.27% —% 0.02% 23.11% 0.11% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 88.39% 7.49% 7.49% 0.04% —% 38.14% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 8.78% 8.78% —% —% 32.32% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% 1.88% 1.88% 1.88% —% 0.89% 28 Local government financing 0.08% —% —% —% —% 0.62% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 0.08% —% —% —% —% 0.62% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.38% 32 Total GAR assets 47.26% 4.43% 3.89% 0.18% 0.19% 77.19% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 330 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 333
GAR KPI stock - CapEx based % (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 56.22% 5.99% 2.69% 0.50% 0.91% 0.14% 0.01% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 37.11% 2 Financial corporations 14.96% 1.76% —% 0.17% 0.22% 0.06% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 6.15% 3 Credit institutions 14.72% 1.88% —% 0.16% 0.24% 0.07% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 5.51% 4 Loans and advances 16.61% 2.17% —% 0.18% 0.27% 0.08% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 4.53% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 5.79% 0.50% —% 0.07% 0.10% 0.03% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.96% 6 Equity instruments 16.78% 0.97% —% 0.06% 0.11% 0.10% 0.07% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 7 Other financial corporations 17.02% 0.74% 0.01% 0.29% 0.10% 0.03% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.64% 8 of which investment firms 16.56% 0.64% 0.01% 0.30% 0.10% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.61% 9 Loans and advances 18.85% 0.59% 0.01% 0.36% 0.11% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP 8.31% 1.45% —% 0.01% 0.05% 0.09% 0.01% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% 0.06% 11 Equity instruments 2.31% 0.22% —% 0.01% 0.04% 0.06% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 25.07% 2.32% —% 0.10% 0.13% 0.26% 0.04% —% 0.04% —% —% —% —% 0.04% 17 Loans and advances 41.59% 3.85% —% 0.17% 0.22% 0.44% 0.06% —% 0.06% —% —% —% —% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 25.76% 14.87% 3.36% 1.78% 3.32% 0.49% 0.02% —% 0.01% 0.02% 0.01% —% —% 9.71% 21 Loans and advances 25.25% 14.61% 3.39% 1.80% 2.94% 0.50% 0.02% —% 0.01% 0.02% 0.01% —% —% 9.61% 22 Debt securities, including UoP 72.92% 38.68% —% —% 38.68% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.10% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 84.03% 3.24% 3.24% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20.75% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 4.24% 4.24% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15.86% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.53% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 1.04% 28 Local government financing 1.60% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 1.60% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.30% 32 Total GAR assets 26.88% 2.82% 1.27% 0.23% 0.43% 0.07% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 78.74% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 331 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 334
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.15% 0.02% —% —% 0.03% —% —% —% 0.13% —% —% —% 37.11% 2 Financial corporations 0.05% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 6.15% 3 Credit institutions 0.06% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 5.51% 4 Loans and advances 0.07% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 4.53% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 0.03% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.96% 6 Equity instruments 0.04% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.05% —% —% —% 0.01% 7 Other financial corporations 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.64% 8 of which investment firms 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.61% 9 Loans and advances 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.06% 11 Equity instruments 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 0.01% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% 0.04% 17 Loans and advances 0.02% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% 0.04% —% —% —% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 0.53% 0.06% —% —% 0.12% 0.02% —% 0.01% 0.51% —% —% —% 9.71% 21 Loans and advances 0.53% 0.06% —% —% 0.12% 0.02% —% 0.01% 0.52% —% —% —% 9.61% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.10% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20.75% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15.86% 26 of which building renovation loans —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.53% 27 of which motor vehicle loans —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 1.04% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.30% 32 Total GAR assets 0.07% 0.01% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% 0.06% —% —% —% 78.74% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 332 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 335
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 56.68% 6.02% 2.69% 0.50% 0.91% 37.11% 2 Financial corporations 15.10% 1.77% —% 0.17% 0.23% 6.15% 3 Credit institutions 14.87% 1.89% —% 0.16% 0.24% 5.51% 4 Loans and advances 16.77% 2.18% —% 0.18% 0.27% 4.53% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 5.87% 0.51% —% 0.07% 0.10% 0.96% 6 Equity instruments 16.97% 1.04% —% 0.06% 0.11% 0.01% 7 Other financial corporations 17.07% 0.74% 0.01% 0.29% 0.11% 0.64% 8 of which investment firms 16.59% 0.65% 0.01% 0.30% 0.10% 0.61% 9 Loans and advances 18.86% 0.59% 0.01% 0.36% 0.11% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP 8.42% 1.46% —% 0.01% 0.06% 0.06% 11 Equity instruments 2.39% 0.23% —% 0.01% 0.04% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 25.38% 2.36% —% 0.10% 0.17% 0.04% 17 Loans and advances 42.10% 3.92% —% 0.17% 0.29% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 27.43% 14.97% 3.36% 1.78% 3.34% 9.71% 21 Loans and advances 26.94% 14.71% 3.39% 1.80% 2.96% 9.61% 22 Debt securities, including UoP 72.92% 38.68% —% —% 38.68% 0.10% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 84.03% 3.24% 3.24% —% —% 20.75% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 4.24% 4.24% —% —% 15.86% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.53% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 1.04% 28 Local government financing 1.60% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 1.60% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.30% 32 Total GAR assets 27.10% 2.84% 1.27% 0.23% 0.43% 78.74% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 333 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 336
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 71.21% 7.06% 5.88% 0.30% 0.41% 0.05% 0.01% —% —% —% 51.09% 2 Financial corporations 16.66% 1.40% —% 0.19% 0.29% 0.04% 0.01% —% —% —% 6.04% 3 Credit institutions 16.89% 1.39% —% 0.21% 0.19% 0.04% 0.01% —% —% —% 5.48% 4 Loans and advances 18.92% 1.55% —% 0.23% 0.20% 0.05% 0.01% —% —% —% 4.56% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 6.80% 0.58% —% 0.12% 0.11% 0.03% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.92% 6 Equity instruments 15.83% 1.76% 0.02% 0.07% 0.04% 0.02% 0.01% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 14.47% 1.51% 0.01% 0.01% 1.32% 0.01% —% —% —% —% 0.57% 8 of which investment firms 13.88% 1.48% 0.01% —% 1.38% —% —% —% —% —% 0.54% 9 Loans and advances 15.18% 1.68% 0.01% —% 1.56% —% —% —% —% —% 0.47% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.02% 11 Equity instruments 6.33% 0.12% —% 0.04% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 25.83% 2.10% —% 0.03% 0.11% 0.20% 0.05% —% 0.02% —% 0.03% 17 Loans and advances 40.77% 3.32% —% 0.05% 0.17% 0.31% 0.08% —% 0.03% —% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 26.45% 10.60% 2.40% 1.95% 3.04% 0.37% 0.04% —% 0.01% 0.02% 6.28% 21 Loans and advances 25.87% 10.32% 2.44% 1.99% 2.62% 0.38% 0.04% —% 0.01% 0.02% 6.18% 22 Debt securities, including UoP 59.89% 27.05% —% —% 27.02% —% —% —% —% —% 0.11% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 88.39% 7.49% 7.49% 0.04% —% —% —% —% —% —% 38.14% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 8.78% 8.78% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 32.32% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% 1.88% 1.88% 1.88% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.89% 28 Local government financing 0.08% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.62% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 0.08% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.62% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.38% 32 Total GAR assets 47.62% 4.67% 3.89% 0.20% 0.27% 0.03% —% —% —% —% 77.19% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 334 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 337
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.03% 0.02% 0.08% 51.09% 2 Financial corporations —% —% —% 6.04% 3 Credit institutions —% —% —% 5.48% 4 Loans and advances —% —% —% 4.56% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% 0.92% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations —% —% —% 0.57% 8 of which investment firms —% —% —% 0.54% 9 Loans and advances —% —% —% 0.47% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% 0.02% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings —% —% —% 0.03% 17 Loans and advances —% —% —% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 0.28% 0.19% 0.66% 6.28% 21 Loans and advances 0.28% 0.16% 0.67% 6.18% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% 1.70% —% 0.11% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 24 Households —% —% —% 38.14% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property —% —% —% 32.32% 26 of which building renovation loans —% —% —% 0.50% 27 of which motor vehicle loans —% —% —% 0.89% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% 0.62% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% 0.62% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties —% —% —% 0.38% 32 Total GAR assets 0.02% 0.02% 0.05% 77.19% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 335 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 338
% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 71.40% 7.06% 5.88% 0.30% 0.41% 51.09% 2 Financial corporations 16.70% 1.41% —% 0.19% 0.29% 6.04% 3 Credit institutions 16.93% 1.40% —% 0.21% 0.19% 5.48% 4 Loans and advances 18.97% 1.56% —% 0.23% 0.20% 4.56% 5 Debt securities, including UoP 6.83% 0.59% —% 0.12% 0.11% 0.92% 6 Equity instruments 15.87% 1.78% 0.02% 0.08% —% 7 Other financial corporations 14.49% 1.52% 0.01% 0.01% 1.32% 0.57% 8 of which investment firms 13.89% 1.49% 0.01% —% 1.38% 0.54% 9 Loans and advances 15.19% 1.68% 0.01% —% 1.57% 0.47% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% 0.02% 11 Equity instruments 6.34% 0.12% —% 0.04% 0.05% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 26.03% 2.16% —% 0.03% 0.13% 0.03% 17 Loans and advances 41.08% 3.40% —% 0.05% 0.20% 0.02% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 0.01% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 27.97% 10.64% 2.40% 1.95% 3.04% 6.28% 21 Loans and advances 27.39% 10.36% 2.44% 1.99% 2.63% 6.18% 22 Debt securities, including UoP 61.59% 27.05% —% —% 27.02% 0.11% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 88.39% 7.49% 7.49% 0.04% —% 38.14% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 8.78% 8.78% —% —% 32.32% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% 1.88% 1.88% 1.88% —% 0.89% 28 Local government financing 0.08% —% —% —% —% 0.62% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 0.08% —% —% —% —% 0.62% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.38% 32 Total GAR assets 47.75% 4.68% 3.89% 0.20% 0.27% 77.19% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 336 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 339
Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 337 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 340
4. GAR KPI flow - Turnover and CapEx based GAR KPI flow - Turnover based % (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which UoP Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 33.06% 3.92% 2.31% 0.19% 0.52% 0.08% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.01% —% —% —% 46.41% 2 Financial corporations 14.42% 1.54% —% 0.13% 0.16% 0.05% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14.62% 3 Credit institutions 14.35% 1.59% —% 0.13% 0.16% 0.05% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14.10% 4 Loans and advances 14.35% 1.59% —% 0.13% 0.16% 0.05% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14.10% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 16.18% 0.07% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 8 of which investment firms 16.19% 0.07% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 9 Loans and advances 16.19% 0.07% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 0.01% —% —% —% —% 10.86% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances 0.01% —% —% —% —% 10.86% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 14.62% 5.92% 2.97% 0.40% 1.23% 0.16% 0.02% —% 0.02% 0.02% —% —% —% 17.75% 21 Loans and advances 14.62% 5.92% 2.97% 0.40% 1.23% 0.16% 0.02% —% 0.02% 0.02% —% —% —% 17.75% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 77.04% 3.94% 3.94% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13.77% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 6.09% 6.09% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 8.91% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.22% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 1.48% 28 Local government financing 10.65% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 10.65% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 18.80% 2.22% 1.31% 0.11% 0.29% 0.04% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 81.77% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 338 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 341
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.15% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.15% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.10% —% —% —% 46.41% 2 Financial corporations 0.06% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14.62% 3 Credit institutions 0.07% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 14.10% 4 Loans and advances 0.07% —% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 14.10% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 8 of which investment firms —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 9 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 0.33% 0.03% —% 0.02% 0.36% 0.02% —% 0.02% 0.26% —% —% —% 17.75% 21 Loans and advances 0.33% 0.03% —% 0.02% 0.36% 0.02% —% 0.02% 0.26% —% —% —% 17.75% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13.77% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 8.91% 26 of which building renovation loans —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.22% 27 of which motor vehicle loans —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 1.48% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 0.08% 0.01% —% —% 0.08% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.06% —% —% —% 81.77% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 339 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 342
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 33.54% 3.95% 2.31% 0.19% 0.54% 46.41% 2 Financial corporations 14.56% 1.54% —% 0.13% 0.16% 14.62% 3 Credit institutions 14.50% 1.60% —% 0.13% 0.16% 14.10% 4 Loans and advances 14.50% 1.60% —% 0.13% 0.16% 14.10% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 16.19% 0.07% —% —% 0.01% 0.52% 8 of which investment firms 16.19% 0.07% —% —% 0.01% 0.52% 9 Loans and advances 16.19% 0.07% —% —% 0.01% 0.52% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 10.87% —% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances 10.87% —% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 15.76% 6.00% 2.97% 0.40% 1.29% 17.75% 21 Loans and advances 15.76% 6.00% 2.97% 0.40% 1.29% 17.75% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 77.04% 3.94% 3.94% —% —% 13.77% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 6.09% 6.09% —% —% 8.91% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.22% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 1.48% 28 Local government financing 10.65% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 10.65% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 19.07% 2.24% 1.31% 0.11% 0.31% 81.77% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 340 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 343
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which UoP Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 47.12% 5.85% 4.11% 0.62% 0.51% 0.06% 0.01% —% 0.01% —% 50.17% 2 Financial corporations 16.60% 1.22% —% 0.12% 0.10% 0.06% 0.01% —% —% —% 15.21% 3 Credit institutions 16.95% 1.26% —% 0.12% 0.10% 0.06% 0.01% —% —% —% 14.70% 4 Loans and advances 17.04% 1.27% —% 0.12% 0.10% 0.06% 0.01% —% —% —% 14.63% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.08% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 6.16% 0.06% 0.01% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 8 of which investment firms 6.16% 0.06% 0.01% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 9 Loans and advances 6.16% 0.06% 0.01% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 0.45% 0.04% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances 0.45% 0.04% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 21.39% 10.62% 4.51% 2.41% 2.15% 0.18% 0.05% —% 0.03% 0.02% 11.26% 21 Loans and advances 21.39% 10.62% 4.51% 2.41% 2.15% 0.18% 0.05% —% 0.03% 0.02% 11.26% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 79.76% 6.62% 6.62% 0.09% —% —% —% —% —% —% 23.46% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 8.87% 8.87% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 17.26% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.12% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% 1.65% 1.65% 1.65% —% —% 1.33% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.24% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.24% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 28.85% 3.58% 2.51% 0.38% 0.31% 0.03% 0.01% —% —% —% 82.05% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 341 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 344
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.02% 0.08% 0.02% 50.17% 2 Financial corporations —% —% —% 15.21% 3 Credit institutions —% —% —% 14.70% 4 Loans and advances —% —% —% 14.63% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% 0.08% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations —% —% —% 0.50% 8 of which investment firms —% —% —% 0.50% 9 Loans and advances —% —% —% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 0.09% 0.34% 0.10% 11.26% 21 Loans and advances 0.09% 0.34% 0.10% 11.26% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 24 Households —% —% —% 23.46% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property —% —% —% 17.26% 26 of which building renovation loans —% —% —% 0.12% 27 of which motor vehicle loans —% —% —% 1.33% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% 0.24% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% 0.24% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 0.01% 0.05% 0.01% 82.05% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 342 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 345
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 47.30% 5.86% 4.11% 0.62% 0.52% 50.17% 2 Financial corporations 16.65% 1.23% —% 0.12% 0.10% 15.21% 3 Credit institutions 17.01% 1.27% —% 0.12% 0.10% 14.70% 4 Loans and advances 17.10% 1.27% —% 0.12% 0.10% 14.63% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% 0.08% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 6.16% 0.06% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.50% 8 of which investment firms 6.17% 0.06% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.50% 9 Loans and advances 6.17% 0.06% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 0.45% 0.04% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances 0.45% 0.04% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 22.11% 10.67% 4.51% 2.41% 2.17% 11.26% 21 Loans and advances 22.11% 10.67% 4.51% 2.41% 2.17% 11.26% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 79.76% 6.62% 6.62% 0.09% —% 23.46% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 8.87% 8.87% —% —% 17.26% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.12% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% 1.65% 1.65% 1.65% —% 1.33% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% —% —% 0.24% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% —% —% 0.24% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 28.96% 3.59% 2.51% 0.38% 0.32% 82.05% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 343 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 346
GAR KPI flow - CapEx based % (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which UoP Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 34.91% 5.35% 2.31% 0.22% 0.68% 0.29% 0.01% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 46.41% 2 Financial corporations 16.37% 2.16% —% 0.15% 0.25% 0.07% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14.62% 3 Credit institutions 16.37% 2.23% —% 0.16% 0.26% 0.08% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14.10% 4 Loans and advances 16.37% 2.23% —% 0.16% 0.26% 0.08% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14.10% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 16.24% 0.09% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 8 of which investment firms 16.25% 0.09% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 9 Loans and advances 16.25% 0.09% —% —% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 0.01% —% —% —% —% 10.86% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances 0.01% —% —% —% —% 10.86% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 17.87% 9.15% 2.97% 0.45% 1.58% 0.69% 0.02% —% 0.01% 0.01% —% —% —% 17.75% 21 Loans and advances 17.87% 9.15% 2.97% 0.45% 1.58% 0.69% 0.02% —% 0.01% 0.01% —% —% —% 17.75% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 77.04% 3.94% 3.94% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13.77% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 6.09% 6.09% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 8.91% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.22% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 1.48% 28 Local government financing 10.65% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 10.65% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 19.85% 3.03% 1.31% 0.12% 0.39% 0.16% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% 81.77% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 344 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 347
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.20% 0.02% —% —% 0.09% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.11% —% —% —% 46.41% 2 Financial corporations 0.07% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14.62% 3 Credit institutions 0.07% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 14.10% 4 Loans and advances 0.07% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 0.01% —% —% —% 14.10% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 8 of which investment firms 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 9 Loans and advances 0.01% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.52% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 0.47% 0.05% —% —% 0.23% 0.02% —% 0.02% 0.30% —% —% —% 17.75% 21 Loans and advances 0.47% 0.05% —% —% 0.23% 0.02% —% 0.02% 0.30% —% —% —% 17.75% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13.77% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 8.91% 26 of which building renovation loans —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.22% 27 of which motor vehicle loans —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 1.48% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 0.11% 0.01% —% —% 0.05% 0.01% —% —% 0.07% —% —% —% 81.77% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 345 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 348
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 35.61% 5.39% 2.31% 0.22% 0.70% 46.41% 2 Financial corporations 16.52% 2.17% —% 0.15% 0.25% 14.62% 3 Credit institutions 16.53% 2.24% —% 0.16% 0.26% 14.10% 4 Loans and advances 16.53% 2.24% —% 0.16% 0.26% 14.10% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 16.27% 0.09% —% —% 0.02% 0.52% 8 of which investment firms 16.27% 0.09% —% —% 0.02% 0.52% 9 Loans and advances 16.27% 0.09% —% —% 0.02% 0.52% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 10.87% —% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances 10.87% —% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 19.57% 9.25% 2.97% 0.45% 1.61% 17.75% 21 Loans and advances 19.57% 9.25% 2.97% 0.45% 1.61% 17.75% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 77.04% 3.94% 3.94% —% —% 13.77% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 6.09% 6.09% —% —% 8.91% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.22% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 1.48% 28 Local government financing 10.65% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing 10.65% —% —% —% —% 0.27% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 20.25% 3.06% 1.31% 0.12% 0.39% 81.77% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 346 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 349
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which UoP Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 47.77% 6.11% 4.11% 0.67% 0.56% 0.09% 0.01% —% —% 0.01% 50.17% 2 Financial corporations 16.52% 1.39% —% 0.14% 0.16% 0.04% 0.01% —% —% —% 15.21% 3 Credit institutions 16.87% 1.44% —% 0.14% 0.17% 0.04% 0.01% —% —% —% 14.70% 4 Loans and advances 16.96% 1.44% —% 0.14% 0.17% 0.04% 0.01% —% —% —% 14.63% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.08% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 6.20% 0.08% 0.01% —% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 8 of which investment firms 6.20% 0.08% 0.01% —% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 9 Loans and advances 6.20% 0.08% 0.01% —% 0.02% —% —% —% —% —% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 0.45% 0.04% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances 0.45% 0.04% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 24.38% 11.57% 4.51% 2.60% 2.26% 0.34% 0.03% —% 0.01% 0.02% 11.26% 21 Loans and advances 24.38% 11.57% 4.51% 2.60% 2.26% 0.34% 0.03% —% 0.01% 0.02% 11.26% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 79.76% 6.62% 6.62% 0.09% —% —% —% —% —% —% 23.46% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 8.87% 8.87% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 17.26% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.12% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% 1.65% 1.65% 1.65% —% —% —% —% —% —% 1.33% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.24% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.24% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 29.24% 3.74% 2.51% 0.41% 0.34% 0.05% 0.01% —% —% —% 82.05% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 347 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 350
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling Of which UoP Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 0.07% 0.06% 0.02% 50.17% 2 Financial corporations —% —% —% 15.21% 3 Credit institutions —% —% —% 14.70% 4 Loans and advances —% —% —% 14.63% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% 0.08% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations —% —% —% 0.50% 8 of which investment firms —% —% —% 0.50% 9 Loans and advances —% —% —% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 0.31% 0.29% 0.10% 11.26% 21 Loans and advances 0.31% 0.29% 0.10% 11.26% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% 24 Households —% —% —% 23.46% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property —% —% —% 17.26% 26 of which building renovation loans —% —% —% 0.12% 27 of which motor vehicle loans —% —% —% 1.33% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% 0.24% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% 0.24% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 0.04% 0.04% 0.01% 82.05% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 348 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 351
% (compared to flow of eligible assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2024 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total assets covered Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator 1 Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation 48.02% 6.12% 4.11% 0.67% 0.56% 50.17% 2 Financial corporations 16.55% 1.40% —% 0.14% 0.16% 15.21% 3 Credit institutions 16.91% 1.44% —% 0.14% 0.17% 14.70% 4 Loans and advances 17.00% 1.45% —% 0.14% 0.17% 14.63% 5 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% 0.08% 6 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 7 Other financial corporations 6.21% 0.08% 0.01% —% 0.02% 0.50% 8 of which investment firms 6.21% 0.08% 0.01% —% 0.02% 0.50% 9 Loans and advances 6.21% 0.08% 0.01% —% 0.02% 0.50% 10 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 11 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 12 of which management companies —% —% —% —% —% —% 13 Loans and advances —% —% —% —% —% —% 14 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 15 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 16 of which insurance undertakings 0.45% 0.04% —% —% —% —% 17 Loans and advances 0.45% 0.04% —% —% —% —% 18 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 19 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% 20 Non-financial corporations (subject to NFRD disclosure obligations) 25.45% 11.60% 4.51% 2.60% 2.26% 11.26% 21 Loans and advances 25.45% 11.60% 4.51% 2.60% 2.26% 11.26% 22 Debt securities, including UoP —% —% —% —% —% —% 23 Equity instruments —% —% —% —% —% —% 24 Households 79.76% 6.62% 6.62% 0.09% —% 23.46% 25 of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property 100.00% 8.87% 8.87% —% —% 17.26% 26 of which building renovation loans 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.12% 27 of which motor vehicle loans 100.00% 1.65% 1.65% 1.65% —% 1.33% 28 Local government financing —% —% —% —% —% 0.24% 29 Housing financing —% —% —% —% —% —% 30 Other local government financing —% —% —% —% —% 0.24% 31 Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 100.00% —% —% —% —% 0.03% 32 Total GAR assets 29.40% 3.75% 2.51% 0.41% 0.34% 82.05% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 349 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 352
Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 350 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 353
5. Ratio of Taxonomy-aligned off-balance sheet exposures in relation to turnover and CapEx KPIs Ratio of Taxonomy-aligned off-balance sheet exposures in relation to turnover KPIs % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 19.33% 1.08% 0.91% 0.01% 0.25% 0.27% 0.02% — % — % 0.09 % — % — % — % 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 35.02% 11.59% —% 1.24% 6.75% 2.16% 0.34% — % 0.09 % 0.34 % 0.32 % — % — % % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.62 % — % — % — % 0.30 % — % — % — % 1.43 % — % — % — % 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 10.99 % 0.71 % — % 0.38 % 6.79 % 0.14 % — % 0.03 % 0.03 % — % — % — % % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 22.04% 1.10% 0.91% 0.01% 0.25% 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 55.33% 13.10% —% 1.24% 7.26% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 351 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 354
Ratio of Taxonomy-aligned off-balance sheet exposures in relation to turnover KPIs (flow) % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 21.62% 0.81% 0.51% 0.01% 0.74% 0.34% 0.01% —% 0.01% 0.05% —% —% —% 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 38.78% 12.84% —% 1.37% 7.47% 2.40% 0.37% —% 0.10% 0.37% 0.35% —% —% % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.36% —% —% —% —% —% —% —% 0.88% —% —% —% 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 12.16% 0.79% —% 0.42% 7.52% 0.15% —% 0.04% 0.03% —% —% —% % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 23.25% 0.82% 0.51% 0.01% 0.75% 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 61.26% 14.51% —% 1.37% 8.03% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 352 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 355
Ratio of Taxonomy-aligned off-balance sheet exposures in relation to CapEx KPIs % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 27.30 % 1.04 % 0.91 % — % 0.17 % 0.67 % — % — % — % 0.08 % — % — % — % 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 46.47 % 18.30 % — % 1.81 % 10.28 % 5.11 % 0.91 % — % 0.55 % 0.46 % 0.35 % — % — % % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.79 % — % — % — % 0.29 % — % — % — % 1.65 % — % — % — % 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 7.39 % 1.04 % — % 0.78 % 4.50 % 0.16 % — % 0.03 % 0.03 % — % — % — % % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 30.78 % 1.05 % 0.91 % — % 0.18 % 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 63.96 % 20.76 % — % 1.81 % 11.64 % Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 353 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 356
Ratio of Taxonomy-aligned off-balance sheet exposures in relation to CapEx KPIs (flow) % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Water and Marine Resources (WTR) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 28.06 % 0.83 % 0.51 % — % 0.56 % 1.33 % — % — % — % 0.03 % — % — % — % 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 51.45 % 20.26 % — % 2.01 % 11.38 % 5.65 % 1.01 % — % 0.61 % 0.51 % 0.39 % — % — % % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 Circular Economy (CE) Pollution (PPC) Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy- aligned) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling Of which Use of Proceeds Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 0.88 % — % — % — % — % — % — % — % 1.03 % — % — % — % 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 8.18 % 1.15 % — % 0.86 % 4.99 % 0.18 % — % 0.03 % 0.04 % — % — % — % % (compared to total eligible off-balance sheet assets) Disclosure reference date 31/12/2025 TOTAL (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible) Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-aligned) Of which Use of Proceeds Of which transitional Of which enabling 1 Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI) 31.33 % 0.83 % 0.51 % — % 0.57 % 2 Assets under management (AuM KPI) 70.81 % 22.99 % — % 2.01 % 12.89 % Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 354 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 357
Amount and proportion of Taxonomy-aligned exposures reported in the GAR’s denominator and numerator for nuclear and gas activities, mainly, in terms of both CapEx and turnover for each environmental objective. Nuclear energy and fossil gas related activities in terms of turnover Row Nuclear energy related activities 1 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research, development, demonstration and deployment of innovative electricity generation facilities that produce energy from nuclear processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle. YES 2 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction and safe operation of new nuclear installations to produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production, as well as their safety upgrades, using best available technologies. YES 3 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to safe operation of existing nuclear installations that produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy, as well as their safety upgrades. YES Fossil gas related activities 4 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels. YES 5 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous fuels. YES 6 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels. YES Nuclear energy and fossil gas related activities in terms of CapEx Row Nuclear energy related activities 1 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research, development, demonstration and deployment of innovative electricity generation facilities that produce energy from nuclear processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle. YES 2 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction and safe operation of new nuclear installations to produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production, as well as their safety upgrades, using best available technologies. YES 3 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to safe operation of existing nuclear installations that produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy, as well as their safety upgrades. YES Fossil gas related activities 4 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels. YES 5 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous fuels. YES 6 The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels. YES Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 355 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 358
Taxonomy-aligned economic activities (denominator) in terms of turnover Row Economic activities Amount and proportion (amounts presented in million euros) CCM + CCA Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Amount % Amount % Amount % 1 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.1 0.02% 0.1 0.02% — —% 2 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.3 0.09% 0.3 0.09% — —% 3 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 7.4 2.20% 7.4 2.21% — —% 4 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 1.1 0.31% 1.1 0.32% — —% 5 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.4 0.12% 0.4 0.12% — 0.26% 6 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.2 0.05% 0.2 0.05% — —% 7 Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 326.3 97.21% 324.6 97.20% 1.7 99.74% 8 Total applicable KPI 335.7 100.00% 333.9 100.00% 1.7 100.00% Taxonomy-aligned economic activities (denominator) in terms of CapEx Row Economic activities Amount and proportion (amounts presented in million euros) CCM + CCA Climate Change Mitigation (CCM) Climate Change Adaptation (CCA) Amount % Amount % Amount % 1 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI — —% — —% — —% 2 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.2 0.03% 0.2 0.03% — —% 3 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 5.0 0.92% 5.0 0.92% — —% 4 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI — —% — —% — —% 5 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.3 0.06% 0.3 0.06% — —% 6 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.1 0.01% 0.1 0.01% — —% 7 Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 542.8 98.98% 541.2 98.98% 1.6 100.00% 8 Total applicable KPI 548.4 100.00% 546.8 100.00% 1.6 100.00% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 356 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 359
Taxonomy-aligned economic activities (numerator) in terms of turnover Row Economic activities Amount and proportion (amounts presented in million euros) (CCM + CCA) Climate change mitigation Climate change adaptation Amount % Amount % Amount % 1 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 0.3 —% 0.3 —% — —% 2 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 2.3 0.03% 2.3 0.03% — —% 3 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 181.2 1.95% 181.2 1.97% — —% 4 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 4.9 0.05% 4.9 0.05% — —% 5 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 1.9 0.02% 1.8 0.02% 0.1 0.07% 6 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 0.7 0.01% 0.7 0.01% — —% 7 Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the numerator of the applicable KPI 9,103.6 97.94% 9,004.0 97.92% 99.6 99.93% 8 Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the numerator of the applicable KPI 9,294.9 100.00% 9,195.2 100.00% 99.7 100.00% Taxonomy-aligned economic activities (numerator) in terms of CapEx Row Economic activities Amount and proportion (amounts presented in million euros) (CCM + CCA) Climate change mitigation Climate change adaptation Amount % Amount % Amount % 1 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 0.2 —% 0.2 —% — —% 2 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 5.4 0.06% 5.4 0.06% — —% 3 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 110.0 1.19% 110.0 1.21% — —% 4 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 1.3 0.01% 1.3 0.01% — —% 5 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 1.4 0.02% 1.4 0.02% — —% 6 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI 0.3 —% 0.3 —% — —% 7 Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the numerator of the applicable KPI 9,153.8 98.72% 9,010.5 98.70% 143.3 100.00% 8 Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the numerator of the applicable KPI 9,272.4 100.00% 9,129.1 100.00% 143.3 100.00% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 357 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 360
Taxonomy-eligible but not Taxonomy-aligned economic activities in terms of turnover Row Economic activities Proportion ( (amounts presented in million euros) (CCM + CCA) Climate change mitigation Climate change adaptation Amount % Amount % Amount % 1 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI — —% — —% — —% 2 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.1 —% 0.1 —% — —% 3 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.7 0.04% 0.7 0.04% — —% 4 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 40.4 2.42% 40.3 2.46% — 0.07% 5 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 3.3 0.20% 2.9 0.18% 0.3 1.14% 6 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI — —% — —% — —% 7 Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 1,620.6 97.33% 1,592.4 97.31% 28.1 98.79% 8 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI 1,665.0 100.00% 1,636.5 100.00% 28.5 100.00% Taxonomy-eligible but not Taxonomy-aligned economic activities in terms of CapEx Row Economic activities Proportion ( (amounts presented in million euros) (CCM + CCA) Climate change mitigation Climate change adaptation Amount % Amount % Amount % 1 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI — —% — —% — —% 2 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI — —% — —% — —% 3 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.3 0.02% 0.3 0.02% — —% 4 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 15.9 0.96% 13.5 0.83% 2.3 7.18% 5 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 2.2 0.13% 1.9 0.12% 0.3 0.92% 6 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI — —% — —% — —% 7 Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 1,640.9 98.89% 1,611.0 99.03% 30.0 91.90% 8 Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI 1,659.3 100.00% 1,626.7 100.00% 32.6 100.00% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 358 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 361
Taxonomy non-eligible economic activities in terms of turnover Row Economic activities Amount Percentage 1 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI — —% 2 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 2 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.2 —% 3 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 3 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 29.4 0.61% 4 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 4 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 1.6 0.03% 5 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 5 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.8 0.02% 6 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 6 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.4 0.01% 7 Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 4,744.4 99.32% 8 Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI 4,776.7 100.00% Taxonomy non-eligible economic activities in terms of CapEx Row Economic activities Amount Percentage 1 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI — —% 2 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 2 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.7 0.02% 3 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 3 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 8.1 0.18% 4 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 4 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 1.5 0.03% 5 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 5 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.7 0.02% 6 Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 6 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI 0.4 0.01% 7 Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI 4,418.8 99.74% 8 Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI 4,430.3 100.00% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 359 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 362
Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 360 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 363
2.1 Climate change Through its ESG action framework, Banco Sabadell has fully embedded aspects related to climate change into its governance model, its strategy, and into the management of the impacts, risks and opportunities linked to its business model and environment. The Bank takes on the management of impacts, risks and opportunities, taking into account the concept of double materiality (financial and impact) as well as the various phases of the value chain in which they can emerge: — In terms of impact, it is worth noting the efforts made by the Bank to reduce the environmental effects produced by the carbon footprint of its own operations, as well as its management of the carbon footprint of the financed portfolio. — In terms of climate risk26, the Bank has created the ESG credit risk guidelines, which are the framework that consolidates the ESG commitments and standards currently applied when authorising the Bank’s credit transactions. Specifically, the ESG credit risk guidelines comprise the Environmental and Social Risk Framework, the advanced IRCA and decarbonisation pathways. — Lastly, the Bank embraces the opportunities offered by the transition, supporting its customers as they face the challenges of climate change adaptation and mitigation. To that end, it offers Green and Social Loans (GSLs) and Sustainability-Linked Loans (SLLs), it offers advice and investment opportunities to its customers, and it frequently obtains funding by issuing green, social and sustainability bonds, in line with the Framework for the issuance of bonds linked to Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 26 As a financial institution, Banco Sabadell Group plays a fundamental role in building an inclusive and decarbonised economy. On one hand, mobilising resources, identifying technologies and generating opportunities and, on the other hand, incorporating new capabilities along with internal transformation efforts to embed sustainability into all of its agendas. In this context, and to continue making progress with its goal of accelerating economic and social transformations that contribute to sustainable development, the Bank already reinforced the ESG dimensions applicable to its strategy, governance and business model back in 2022, with the launch of its ESG framework, Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability, which establishes levers with transformation and promotion actions, notably including the following: — Progress as a sustainable institution, focusing, among other things, on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions neutrality. — Support customers in the transition to a sustainable economy, laying down decarbonisation pathways, supporting customers in the transition with specialised solutions for renewable energy, energy efficiency and sustainable mobility, and defining sectoral rules that limit controversial activities and/or activities with negative impacts on environmental and social development. — Offer investment opportunities that contribute to sustainability, where it is particularly worth mentioning the wide range of sustainability funds, green bonds and sustainability bonds that the Bank offers, both its own and those of third parties. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 361 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 26 Environmental risk is understood to be the risk of incurring losses as a result of the impacts, both those existing at present and those that may exist in the future, of environmental risk factors on counterparties or invested assets. Environmental risks can generate impacts through two factors: ‘physical factors’ and ‘transition factors’.
Page 364
2.1.1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation Banco Sabadell continues to move ahead with its Decarbonisation Strategy, whilst at the same time moving closer to achieving global climate targets, as it is a signatory of the Collective Commitment to Climate Action (CCCA) and it is aligned with the voluntary framework of reference of the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), in order to attain emissions neutrality in its investment and lending portfolios by 2050. The Bank’s commitment to decarbonisation covers all of its activities. It has therefore identified three main pillars, from which cross-cutting and sector-specific levers are activated: — Strategic action framework: Banco Sabadell believes it is important to ensure that the financed portfolio is aligned with its decarbonisation targets and, to that end, it has introduced elements linked to decarbonisation in its Risk Appetite Framework, in its policies and in its sectoral planning processes, and it has set decarbonisation pathways to achieve those targets. The Bank also has an Environmental and Social Risk Framework, details of which are provided in section 2.1.2 Managing and monitoring the risks associated with climate change. — Support in the transition: in its business activity and to support customers in the transition, the Institution is taking further action to raise awareness and offer advice across all sectors of the business fabric, offering solutions to finance the investments required for this transition. To that end, it is making all of its capabilities available through specialised teams and a Sustainable Financing Framework. — Risk management: with regard to credit risk management, the Bank has introduced guidelines on managing ESG credit risk during the process of authorising credit transactions and during its portfolio monitoring, including ongoing monitoring of decarbonisation pathways. Against this backdrop, and with the dual goal of activating its decarbonisation strategy in parallel to supporting customers by offering them financing for their projects, Banco Sabadell follows a process that consists of two stages to achieve customer engagement: — Know Your Customer (KYC) phase: to understand customers’ economic activity, projects, climate/environmental impact and their decarbonisation transition plan. — Customer support phase: to advise customers through teams specialising in (i) different sector-specific solutions to reduce emissions and (ii) the optimal structure of the transaction in question. The Institution does not have a CapEx plan for the transition since, as a financial institution, the transition plans focus primarily on providing support for customers’ transition through the Bank’s products and services. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 362 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 365
Aligned/ Not aligned with the Bank appetite for ESG ● Specialist advice for customers ● In-house risk origination process Banco Sabadell aligns its strategy with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and the Paris Agreement, together with regulatory and supervisory requirements, steering the organisation and helping customers and society in the transition towards a sustainable economy. In 2020, the Group launched its Sustainable Finance Plan, which incorporates sustainability into the business model, risk management arrangements and the relationship with stakeholders, in addition to strengthening its governance with milestones such as the creation of a Sustainability Committee in 2020 and the creation of the Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee in 2021, the latter being a new Board Committee set up to define, promote and monitor all matters related to sustainability. The Sustainable Finance Plan is regularly approved, reviewed and updated by the Sustainability Committee to adapt it to environmental and regulatory changes and to the expectations of the various stakeholders. In addition, the pertinent governing bodies are informed of the most noteworthy developments. To complement this, the document Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability was published in 2022. This action framework aims to embed ESG considerations sequentially across all of the Group’s activities. In December 2025, as part of this commitment, the Institution published its decarbonisation strategy for 2030 and a status report, as at the end of 2024, on the pathways disclosed previously and the main levers to ensure transition, along with its ambition to provide support, advice and sustainable financing to individuals and above all to companies, focusing specifically on t h o s e t h a t b e l o n g t o t h e w o r l d ’ s m o s t C O ₂ e m i s s i o n s - i n t e n s i v e s e c t o r s . The established targets are approved by Banco Sabadell’s Board of Directors. In addition, regular monitoring reports are sent to governing bodies on the evolution of decarbonisation pathways. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 363 and Sustainability Disclosures Report Customer support Advise customers through teams specialising in (i) different sector-specific solutions to reduce emissions and (ii) the optimal structure of the transaction in question Option 1 Option 2 Evaluation of standardised Climate-related and Environmental Risk Indicator (CERI) Lending restrictions Where applicable, assessment of their alignment with decarbonisation pathways Advice for all types of financing (GSLs, SLLs or generic loans) Not aligned Aligned Customer Knowledge Understand customers’ economic activity, projects, climate/environmental impact and their decarbonisation transition plan Customer/Transaction level Exclusions of financing with high environmental or social impact. Not aligned Aligned Verification of compatibility with defined sectoral rules Understanding of customer needs and information on activity/emissions Advice on loans linked to sustainability indicators (SLLs) Advice on green loans aligned with the EU Taxonomy (GSLs) Transaction level Assessment of alignment with the defined decarbonisation pathway, if the customer belongs to one of the 12 NZBA sectors. Customer level T arget position according to their exposure to climate-related/ environmental risks and their management of those risks. Support for implementation of their transition plan through specialist advice Advice on preparing transition plans through specialist advice
Page 366
In addition, in reference to the locked-in GHG emissions originated from the company’s key assets and products, it is worth noting that, given the activity carried out by the Institution, these emissions are not material for the Bank’s operations and they therefore do not have a significant impact on its environmental sustainability or on its financial statements. Main milestones towards net zero by 2050 (1) Collective Commitment to Climate Action (2018). (2) Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (2020). (3) Net-Zero Banking Alliance. (4) Scope 3 emissions to be offset include supplies (water, paper and plastic), waste and business travel in Spain, Mexico and USA. This offsetting does not include emissions associated with the financed portfolio (category 15). Portfolio alignment Banco Sabadell Group considers that portfolio alignment and decarbonisation targets offer valuable information for risk management, on an ex-ante basis, as a portfolio that is aligned with a particular transition pathway and has decarbonisation targets will tend to be less impacted than one that is not aligned and has no targets (assuming the selected reference scenarios remain close to the actual trajectory). In 2021, Banco Sabadell Group joined the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), undertaking to align its lending and investment portfolios with net-zero emissions of greenhouse gases (GHGs) by 2050 at the latest, in line with the targets of the Paris Agreement. After the NZBA changed into a voluntary reference framework in 2025, Banco Sabadell maintains its commitments and follows the recommendations of the NZBA in order to foster the transition of its customers. In turn, these commitments involve setting targets for 2030, with interim targets to be set every five years thereafter for the most GHG- intensive sectors, based on the analysis of customers’ carbon footprints and on sectoral decarbonisation pathways, which are based on scientific criteria defined by recognised international bodies. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 364 and Sustainability Disclosures Report Publication of 3rd set of decarbonisation targets for new sectors (residential mortgages, commercial real estate, aluminium, shipping) and sector-specific levers Inclusion in DJSI World and Europe (CSA 2023) Membership of NZBA(3) Neutral own scope 1 & 2 emissions in Spain and UK 99.9% of electric power consumption from renewable sources (Spain) 1st bank to invest in and finance renewable energy projects – remaining leaders in Project Finance Signatory of CCCA(1) Membership of TCFD(2) Publication of 1st set of decarbonisation targets (electric power, oil & gas, cement, coal) Publication of Environmental and Social Risk Framework Neutral own scope 1, 2 & 3(4) emissions in Spain, Mexico and USA, and scope 1 and 2 in UK Publication of 2nd set of decarbonisation targets (iron & steel, automotive, aviation) and sector-specific levers 100% of electric power consumption from renewable sources in all geographies Inclusion in DJSI Europe (CSA 2022) 1990 2020 2021 2022 2023 2050 Zero net emissions from investing and lending portfolios 2025 2030 Exceeded the target of mobilising €65bn between 2021 and 2025 (>€76bn) Phase-out of exposures to coal mining Reduction of portfolio emissions according to interim decarbonisation targets 2024
Page 367
Information about exclusions applicable to EU benchmarks Based on the activity criteria that establish exclusions applicable to the EU Paris-aligned benchmarks set out in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/1818, it has been determined that the Bank is not excluded from those benchmarks on the grounds of the activity that it performs. The Institution remains committed to attaining greenhouse gas emissions neutrality and it does this through two main courses of action. On one hand, the Institution is committed to neutralising the carbon footprint originated by its own operations, by reducing the scope 1, 2 and 327 emissions through the decarbonisation levers described next in this section. On the other hand, the Institution remains committed to decarbonising its balance sheet by reducing the carbon footprint of the credit portfolio. Emission reduction targets of the loan book In line with the commitments established by the NZBA guidelines, in December 2025, Banco Sabadell continued to move forward with its strategy to fight against climate change, by tracking the established decarbonisation targets. As a result of its ongoing efforts, the Bank covered 11 sectors as at the end of 2025, which are the most emissions-intensive and for which a target-setting methodology exists. Specifically, in December 2022, the Bank published the first four decarbonisation targets for the Electricity, Oil & Gas, Cement, and Coal mining industries; in December 2023, it disclosed further targets for the Aviation, Automotive, and Iron & Steel industries, and in December 2024 it did the same for the Residential mortgages, Commercial real estate, Aluminium, and Shipping industries. In the farming sector, the lack of robust methodologies and comparable data means that quantitative targets cannot be established. However, the Institution continues to assess its farming portfolio, focusing on customer engagement, and it will set decarbonisation targets once uniform data and suitable methodologies are available to carry out a sound assessment. The activities covered by the aforesaid targets centre on the stage of each sector’s production chain where transition is most likely to reduce the overall volume of greenhouse gas emissions. With this goal in mind, commitments have been determined taking into account the Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE2050) scenario published by the International Energy Agency (IEA), which establishes decarbonisation pathways for different sectors that are consistent with limiting the global temperature rise to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels. The commitments have been set based on the methodology of the Science-Based Targets initiative (SBTi) for all sectors except for electricity, residential mortgages and shipping (Alignment Delta). The affected customer segment is that of large corporates. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 365 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 27 Excluding category 15: Investments.
Page 368
Targets published as at December 2024 Sector Value chain stage Emissions scope Reference scenario Metric Base year Base year metric Target 2030 % reduction Electricity Electricity generation 1 & 2 IEA Net Zero 2050 Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / M W h 2020 61 45 - 85 - Oil & Gas Upstream & Downstream(1) 1, 2 & 3 IEA Net Zero 2050 Absolute emissions K t C O ₂ e 2020 6,300 4,851 -23% vs 2020 Cement Manufacture 1 & 2 IEA Net Zero 2050 Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / t o n n e c e m e n t 2020 660 510 -23% vs 2020 Coal Mining activity Not applicable IEA Net Zero 2050 Exposure Mn euros 2020 3 ~0 -100% vs 2020 Iron & Steel Manufacture 1 & 2 IEA Net Zero 2050 Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / t o n n e s t e e l 2022 1,593 1,172 -26% vs 2022 Automotive Manufacture / OEMs(2) 3 IEA Net Zero 2050 Physical intensity g C O ₂ e / v k m(3) 2022 211 124 -41% vs 2022 Aviation Airlines 1 & 2 IEA Net Zero 2050(4) Physical intensity g C O ₂ e / r p k(5) 2022 94 65 -31% vs 2022 Residential mortgages Owner 1 & 2 CRREM 1.5°C(6) Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / m ² 2023 20.9 16.8 -20% vs 2023 Commercia l real estate Owner 1 & 2 CRREM 1.5°C(6) Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / m ² 2023 25.7 12.6 -51% vs 2023 Aluminium Production 1 & 2 IAI 1.5°C(7) Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / t o n n e aluminium 2023 645 549 -15% vs 2023 Shipping Operator 1 & 3 IMO(8) Alignment Delta (AD%)(9) D e l t a g C O ₂ e / t n m(10) 2023 Delta +25% Delta 0% - Farming (Analysis in progress: focus on customer engagement) Notes about methodology applied: Base year (2020) data and 2030 targets are based on the large corporations segment. To determine industry commitments based on the reduction of emissions intensity (electricity and cement), average emissions intensity has been calculated based on emissions and attributed output according to the amount of financing granted. The commitments have been determined based on the methodology of the Science-Based Targets initiative (SBTi) and the pathway indicated in the reference scenario for the oil & gas, cement and coal industries. (1) Includes refining. (2) OEM: Original Equipment Manufacturer. Scope 3 emissions are those linked to the use of sold vehicles (category 11 - Use of sold products). (3) vkm: vehicle kilometre. (4) A correction factor has been added to the scenario to remove the distortion caused by Covid-19 in the forecast data for the 2019-2030 period, due to the reduced aircraft occupancy rate during the pandemic. (5) rpk: revenue passenger kilometre. (6) CRREM: Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor for Spain and Portugal, specific to the residential real estate sector for the EU. (7) Decarbonisation trajectory determined by the International Aluminium Institute (IAI) for recycled aluminium. (8) International Maritime Organization. (9) Annual Efficiency Ratio (AER), which measures the efficiency of a vessel’s carbon emissions associated with its transport work over a one- y e a r p e r i o d , r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e g r a m s o f C O ₂ e m i t t e d p e r t o n n e - n a u t i c a l m i l e ( g C O ₂ / t n m ) a n d p e r t o n n e o f c a r g o t r a n s p o r t e d ( g C O ₂ t ) . A l i g n m e n t Delta (AD%), a metric that measures the extent to which the carbon emissions intensity of a vessel or portfolio of vessels is aligned with the underlying decarbonisation trajectory for each type of asset that meets the target of the International Maritime Organization. (10) tnm: tonne-nautical mile. Sector Value chain stage Emissions scope Reference scenario Metric Base year Base year metric Target 2030 % reduction vs base year Residential mortgages (TSB) Owners 1 & 2 IEA ETP B2DS(1) Emission intensity k g C O ₂ e / m ² 2022 20.14 11.75 -42% vs 2022 (1) International Energy Agency’s Below 2 Degrees Scenario. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 366 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 369
Monitoring of decarbonisation targets Sector Metric 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Change vs base year - 2024 Target 2030 Electricity Physical intensity K K g C O ₂ e / M W h 61 77 68 63 40 Below target range 45 - 85 Oil & Gas Absolute emissions K K t C O ₂ e 6,300 5,466 4,923 4,820 5,277 -16.2% 4,851 Cement Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / t o n n e c e m e n t 660 651 645 609 574 -13.0% 510 Coal Exposure KMn euros 2.9 2.2 3.3 0.1 1.7 Remains at values close to target ~0 Iron & Steel Physical intensity K K g C O ₂ e / t o n n e s t e e l - - 1,593 1,497 1,403 -11.9% 1,172 Automotive Physical intensity g C O ₂ e / v k m ( 1 ) - - 211 220 183 -13.3% 124 Aviation Physical intensity g C O ₂ e / r p k ( 2 ) - - 94 90 91 -3.2% 65 Residential mortgages Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / m ² - - - 20.9 20.7 -1.0% 16.8 Commercial real estate Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / m ² - - - 25.7 22.4 -12.8% 12.6 Aluminium Physical intensity K g C O ₂ e / t o n n e a l u m i n i u m - - - 645 708 9.8% 549 Shipping Alignment Delta (AD%)(3) D e l t a g C O ₂ e / t n m ( 4 ) - - - Delta +25% Delta +28% +3 p.p. Delta 0% Notes about methodology applied: Pathway evolution calculated based on customer exposure as at year-end and on counterparties’ most recent data available in the last quarter of 2024. (1) vkm: vehicle kilometre. (2) rpk: revenue passenger kilometre. (3) Annual Efficiency Ratio (AER), which measures the efficiency of a vessel’s carbon emissions associated with its transport w o r k o v e r a o n e - y e a r p e r i o d , r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e g r a m s o f C O ₂ e m i t t e d p e r t o n n e - n a u t i c a l m i l e ( g C O ₂ / t n m ) a n d p e r t o n n e o f c a r g o t r a n s p o r t e d ( g C O ₂ t ) . A l i g n m e n t D e l t a ( A D % ) , a m e t r i c t h a t m e a s u r e s t h e e x t e n t t o w h i c h t h e c a r b o n e m i s s i o n s i n t e n s i t y o f a vessel or portfolio of vessels is aligned with the underlying decarbonisation trajectory for each type of asset that meets the target of the International Maritime Organization. (4) tnm: tonne-nautical mile. Sector Metric 2020 2021 2022 2023 Change vs base year - 2023 Target 2030 Residential mortgages (TSB) Emission intensity k g C O ₂ e / m ² - - 20.1 19.6 -2.6% 11.75 In relation to the achievement of the established targets, where a significant transaction is identified that meets the requirements that make it subject to the pathway, an ad hoc analysis is carried out to quantify its impact on the pathway and to ensure that the stipulated limits are observed and that achievement of the 2030 target is not jeopardised. Specifically, a team of specialists reviews (i) the physical intensity of the customer’s emissions (absolute emissions, if applicable) to analyse their existing situation, and (ii) the customer’s future commitments, to determine their transition efforts. In addition, the Bank applies its decarbonisation strategy ensuring various levers depending on the circumstances of the sector and of the customers themselves. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 367 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 370
Electricity Context A decarbonised electricity sector is the foundation for a carbon-neutral energy system, as it plays a key role both as a direct source of emissions and due to its part in driving forward the necessary electrification of the economy in order to decarbonise end-use industries. The electricity generation industry was one of the priority sectors for Banco Sabadell when the Group set its first climate targets for sectors’ decarbonisation. As at the end of 2024, it represented around 7.2% of the risk originated in its business portfolio. Targets T h e B a n k ’ s b a s e l i n e w a s 6 1 k g C O ₂ e / M W h , a v a l u e f a r b e l o w t h a t of the reference scenario (IEA NZE2050) and below the values of most of its peers for both the base year and the 2030 target. In fact, it was already at the level that the industry is expected to attain between 2036 and 2037, mainly due to the Bank’s specialisation in renewable energy. For this reason, Banco Sabadell’s aim is to keep its physical i n t e n s i t y a t a r a n g e o f b e t w e e n 4 5 a n d 8 5 k g C O ₂ e / M W h i n 2 0 3 0 , with the top end of the established range being far below the industry’s emissions intensity considered in the IEA NZE2050 pathway and in the commitments undertaken by the sector. This range fulfils the internal goal of ensuring that all customers are supported in their transition process, aligning it with both the REPowerEU plan and the European Union’s ambitious renewable energy targets. Evolution Between setting the targets and 2024, the sector’s emission intensity remained below the established reduction target, thanks to the contribution of renewables project finance and the improved emission intensity of corporate customers. The pathway’s evolution shows the expected trend, with fluctuations caused by loans and support given to corporate customers with plans and ambitions to transition in the sector, as well as natural movements caused by write-downs and maturities in the project finance portfolio. In terms of the attainment of targets, in this sector, in addition to the cross-cutting levers, additional sector-specific levers have been defined to complement these in terms of both origination and the existing pipeline. In terms of origination, it is worth noting that the Group’s Environmental and Social Risk Framework establishes specific restrictions in this sector, relating to both the types of customers and their projects. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 368 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 371
Oil & Gas Context The Oil & Gas sector is responsible for around 15% of annual emissions related to energy on a global scale and for a further 40% due to the use of its products. Historically, the Bank has typically had only limited exposure to GHG emissions-intensive sectors. Specifically, as at the end of 2024, the oil and gas activities subject to pathways represented less than 2.0% of the total amount drawn down in the business portfolio1. (1) As this target concerns the reduction of absolute emissions, it is measured in terms of the amount drawn down. Targets The commitment undertaken by the Institution is to reduce total financed emissions (scope 1, 2 and 3) by 23% by 2030 compared to 2020. To set this target, the Bank analysed the commitments undertaken by its main customers. Evolution The pathway between the base year and 2024 shows that financed emissions have been reduced by 16.2%. This decline in emissions is due both to a reduced emission intensity of companies in this portfolio and to the reduction of exposures to companies with the highest emissions. In 2024, emissions rose slightly due to new provisions in companies in the sector, although the portfolio’s emission levels remain below the established pathway. To ensure attainment of the targets, in this sector, additional sector-specific levers have been defined in the origination process, notably the Group’s Environmental and Social Risk Framework, which sets out restrictions specific to this sector to avoid taking on credit risk for projects where there is sufficient evidence of involvement in activities such as hydraulic fracturing extraction (fracking), Arctic oil & gas exploration and production, or oil sands exploration and production. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 369 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 372
Cement Context This sector is responsible for close to 7% of global emissions, with two-thirds of emissions generated by the raw materials and fossil fuels (mainly coal and, to a lesser extent, petroleum coke) used in the production process. It is worth noting that, historically, the Bank’s exposure to carbon-intensive sectors has typically been small. As at the end of 2024, activities subject to the cement industry’s pathways accounted for around 0.2% of the total risk granted in the business portfolio. Targets The aim of the Bank is for its emission intensity to be 23% lower in 2030 than in 2020, which is in line with the commitments undertaken by other peers in the sector. To set this target, the Bank analysed the commitments undertaken by its main customers. Evolution The pathway between the base year and 2024 shows that the average emission intensity of the cement portfolio has fallen by 13.0%. This decline in emissions is due both to a reduced emission intensity of companies in this portfolio and to the reduction of exposures to companies with the highest emission intensity. Lastly, it ought to be taken into account that the reduction targets set by companies in this portfolio might increase in the future, once further advances are made in the emissions reduction technologies that the sector needs and which are not currently available. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 370 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 373
Coal Context The use of coal as a source of thermal energy for the generation of electricity and heat is thought to be responsible for around 40% of the world’s total energy-related emissions. Historically, the Bank has typically had only limited exposure to GHG emissions-intensive sectors and in general, and to the thermal coal mining industry in particular, accounting for less than 2 million euros1 of the total risk originated in its credit portfolio. (1) As this is a phase-out target, it is measured in terms of risk originated. Targets The Bank’s aim, in line with the expectations of the NZBA and the reference scenarios, is to have zero exposure to thermal coal mining activities by 2030. Evolution In terms of how the pathway has developed since it was first established, as can be seen in the table above, the Bank’s exposure in this sector is residual and smaller than it was in the base year, remaining at values close to the phase-out target. It expects to reach this target once its currently outstanding positions have matured, and the restrictions applicable to the origination of new transactions will also help it on its way. In 2024, there was a slight increase due to fluctuations in the amounts drawn from a factoring facility maturing before 2030, meaning that the commitment associated with the pathway was ultimately not met. The Bank nevertheless remains firmly committed to reducing its exposure to companies in that sector and expects to reach its 2030 target. It is worth noting that the Bank applies customer-specific and project-specific restrictions. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 371 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 374
Iron & Steel Context This sector accounts for around 7% of annual GHG emissions on a global scale, having increased in the past decade, in large part due to increased demand for steel, which is expected to continue rising throughout this decade. Historically, the Bank has typically had only limited exposure to GHG emissions-intensive sectors. Specifically, the activities in the iron and steel sector affected by pathways represented, as at the end of 2024, around 0.8% of the total amount of risk originated in the business portfolio. Targets The Bank has set itself the target of reducing the emission intensity per tonne of steel and/or iron produced by 26%, in line with the reference scenario (NZE2050). To set this target, the Bank analysed the commitments undertaken by its main customers. Information about the commitments undertaken is available for 82% of the portfolio in this sector in terms of exposure. Evolution As at the end of 2024, the average emission intensity was around 11.9% lower than in the base year. This decline in emissions is due both to a reduced emission intensity of companies in this portfolio and to the reduction of exposures to companies with the highest emission intensity. In terms of the business outlook and the assistance provided to customers as they transition, the Bank will continue to support the investment plans of customers linked to, for example, initiatives for the use of renewable energy sources in manufacturing processes, the improved energy efficiency of the furnaces and kilns used in the process, or actions to build circularity into the raw materials used through increased recycling of scrap, thereby promoting more sustainable manufacturing systems. In order to significantly reduce the intensity of emissions, it will be vital to implement and develop new technologies, such as the use of green hydrogen to cut the carbon intensity of the steel manufacturing process, or the capture and storage of carbon released during manufacturing. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 372 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 375
Automotive Context The use of vehicles and the emissions linked to the fuel used to power their engines were estimated to be responsible for around 10% of global emissions associated with energy consumption in 2022. Historically, the Bank’s exposure to carbon-intensive sectors has typically been small. Specifically, the activities in the automotive sector affected by pathways represented, as at the end of 2024, around 0.2% of the amount of risk originated in the business portfolio. Targets The Bank has set itself the target of reducing the emission intensity per kilometre travelled per vehicle by 41%, in line with the reference scenario (IEA Net Zero 2050). To set this target, the Bank analysed the commitments undertaken by its main customers. However, it is worth noting that European regulations governing vehicle manufacture could potentially be eased, which could result in vehicle manufacturers altering their commitments. Evolution As at the end of 2024, the average emission intensity of the automotive portfolio had fallen by 13.3% compared to the base year, on track to meet the 2030 target. This reduction was driven by the increased exposure to groups with emission intensities and targets for 2030 that are aligned with the decarbonisation pathway set by the Institution. In terms of the business outlook and the assistance provided to customers, the Bank will continue to support the investment plans of its customers linked to, for example, initiatives involving the use of renewable energy in the manufacturing process, the improved energy efficiency of the manufacturing plants, the adaptation of production lines for the gradual adaptation of the product portfolio, favouring vehicles that use sustainable fuels and which are more efficient and smaller in size, or the use of sustainable raw materials. Thus, the boost provided by the electrification of the economy, the rollout on a massive scale of the electric vehicle charging infrastructure, the marketing and sale of synthetic fuels and the capacity to generate renewable energy to power the infrastructure will also play a role in supporting the sector’s transition and they will have a domino effect on the value chain. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 373 and Sustainability Disclosures Report (1) Scope 3 emissions are those linked to the use of sold vehicles (category 11 - Use of sold products). (2) vkm: vehicle kilometre.
Page 376
Aviation industry Context Air transportation accounts for a relatively small share of global GHG emissions, although the intensity of those emissions in proportion to the volume transported is considerable, and it is important to note that in recent decades air transport has seen a proportionally higher increase in GHG emissions than other similar sectors, such as railway, land and maritime transport. Historically, the Bank’s exposure to carbon-intensive sectors has typically been small. Specifically, activities subject to pathways in the aviation sector represented less than 0.3% of the total risk originated in the business as at the end of 2024. Targets The Bank has set itself the target of reducing the emission intensity per revenue passenger kilometre (rpk) by 31%, in line with the reference scenario. Activities subject to pathways in the aviation sector represented less than 0.3% of the total risk originated in the business portfolio as at the end of 2024. On this point, it is important to mention that, to set this target, the Bank analysed the commitments undertaken by its main customers. Evolution In 2024, the average emission intensity of the aviation portfolio was 3.2% lower than in the base year. The reduction in the emission intensity is in fact due to a combination of lower risk levels with the most carbon-intensive counterparties and the improved performance of borrowers included in the Institution’s credit portfolio. In terms of the business outlook and the assistance provided to customers as they transition, the Bank will continue to support the investment plans of its customers linked to, for example, key initiatives such as the modernisation of fleets by including aircraft with improvements in the design and/or the propulsion system, faster uptake of low-carbon sustainable aviation fuels, or the optimisation of operations. In this respect, the boost provided by the promotion of disruptive technology in new propulsion systems, such as electric, hybrid and hydrogen engines, will have a catalyst effect on the sector’s decarbonisation. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 374 and Sustainability Disclosures Report (1) rpk: revenue passenger kilometre.
Page 377
Residential real estate mortgages (Spain) Context T h e r e a l e s t a t e s e c t o r , w h i c h i n c l u d e s r e s i d e n t i a l r e a l e s t a t e , i s a s i z e a b l e p r o d u c e r o f C O ₂ e m i s s i o n s . According to the United Nations Environment Programme, emissions generated by the construction sector a n d b u i l d i n g s a c c o u n t f o r m o r e t h a n 3 7 % o f g l o b a l C O ₂ e m i s s i o n s . In terms of the perimeter, this includes loans granted to retail customers for home purchase, which as at December 2024 represented around 20% of the total amount originated in the credit book1. (1) Includes TSB mortgages and excludes fixed income and derivatives. Targets The Bank has undertaken to reduce the emission intensity of its retail mortgages portfolio in Spain by 20% between 2023 and 2030. Applying the SBTi methodology and the CRREM scenario to the perimeter considered (loans and credit granted to retail customers for home purchase), the value of the metric as at the end of 2023 gives a final physical energy emission intensity of 20.9 k g C O ₂ e / m ² . The Institution undertakes to reach an emission intensity of 1 6 . 6 K g C O ₂ / m ² b y 2 0 3 0 . Evolution In terms of how the pathway has evolved up to the end of 2024, the average emission intensity of the portfolio has been reduced by 1.0% compared to the end of 2023, going from 20.9 to 20.68 k g C O ₂ e / m ² . It should be mentioned that, to achieve this target, the Bank has incorporated specific metrics into its Risk Appetite Framework to (i) boost the granting of new lending items for properties that have good Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) ratings and low emission intensity (A/B/C), and (ii) limit the granting of new lending items for properties with poor ratings and emission intensities. In the long term, achievement of that target will also largely depend on external factors, such as the evolution of the energy mix (grid), the implementation of effective public policies, and the large- scale reform of already existing properties. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 375 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 378
Commercial real estate (Spain) Context The National Integrated Energy and Climate Plan (Plan Nacional Integrado de Energía y Clima, or PNIEC) for 2023-2030 highlights the importance of the commercial real estate sector for Spain’s decarbonisation, as 39% of direct emissions stemming from the use of fossil fuels in the real estate sector can be attributed to institutional and commercial buildings. In terms of the perimeter, this includes loans granted to legal persons for business use to acquire commercial real estate (all non-residential uses), which as at December 2024 represented around 1.4% of the total amount originated in the business portfolio. Targets The Bank has undertaken to reduce the emission intensity of its Spanish portfolio of commercial real estate (mortgages granted for business premises) by 51% between 2023 and 2030. The value of the metric as at the end of 2023 gives a final physical emission intensity associated with the consumption of e n e r g y o f 2 5 . 6 6 ( k g C O ₂ e / m ² ) . T h e I n s t i t u t i o n h a s u n d e r t a k e n t o r e a c h a n i n t e n s i t y o f 1 2 . 5 8 K g C O ₂ / m ² / y e a r b y 2 0 3 0 . Evolution In terms of how the pathway has evolved up to the end of 2024, the average emission intensity of the portfolio has fallen by 12.8% c o m p a r e d t o t h e e n d o f 2 0 2 3 , g o i n g f r o m 2 5 . 7 t o 2 2 . 4 k g C O ₂ e / m ² , meaning that it is on track to meet the 2030 target. This improvement is partly due to the improved data quality in portfolios with EPC rating data. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 376 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 379
Aluminium Context Aluminium is a key material in the transition to a low-carbon economy, as its lightweight, strong and rust- resistant properties make it a metal with multiple uses, from electric vehicles to renewable energies. As for the application perimeter, this includes loans for business purposes granted to counterparties1 with significant involvement in the production of aluminium (whether primary or recycled), which as at December 2024 accounted for around 0.1% of the total risk originated in the business portfolio. (1) It does not include counterparties that are currently only involved in other stages of the value chain (i.e. companies that transform aluminium into an end product). Targets The Bank has set itself the target of reducing the emission intensity of its entire aluminium portfolio by 15% between 2023 and 2030. T h u s , u s i n g a b a s e l i n e o f 6 4 5 k g C O ₂ e / t o n n e a l u m i n i u m , t h e B a n k projects a 15% reduction in the portfolio’s emissions intensity by 2 0 3 0 , t o r e a c h 5 4 9 k g C O ₂ e / t o n n e a l u m i n i u m . On one hand, this target reflects an approach aligned with international best practice but, on the other hand, it has been fully adapted to the characteristics of the Institution’s portfolio. To set this target, the Bank analysed the commitments undertaken by its main customers. No information about the commitments undertaken is available for the portfolio in this sector in terms of exposure. Evolution In terms of how the pathway has evolved up to the end of 2024, there has been a slight increase (of 9.8%) in the average emission intensity of the portfolio compared to the end of 2023. This increase is mainly due to changes in the portfolio composition, which is heavily concentrated in a small number of borrowers in the sector; however, this one-off development in 2024 does not put the Institution at risk of failing to deliver on its commitment for 2030. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 377 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 380
Maritime transport (shipping) Context The shipping sector is vital for global decarbonisation, as it transports approximately 90% of internationally traded goods and is responsible for between 2% and 3% of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Its transformation is essential to the achievement of climate targets and climate change mitigation. As for the perimeter, this includes risk exposures associated with credit items granted to finance vessels’ operational phase (Owner/Operator transporting the cargo from port to port), as the ‘usage’ accounts for the majority of the emissions (>70%) of the value chain. As at December 2024, these accounted for less than 0.1% of the total amount originated in the business portfolio. Targets In 2024, the Institution set itself the goal of aligning the overall emission intensity of its shipping (maritime transport) portfolio in Spain with the reduction targets set by the IMO for the period between 2023 and 2030. To set this target, the Bank analysed the commitments undertaken by its main customers. Evolution In terms of the evolution of the decarbonisation pathway, as at the end of 2024, the emission intensity of financed vessels was, on average, 28% above the decarbonisation trajectory provided by the IMO, standing at +3p.p. compared to the base year. This rise in the alignment delta is explained by the fact that the target delta was calculated in the base year, 2024, but at the time of the estimate, no up-to-date data was available for the vessels in the portfolio, so the data for 2023 was used. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 378 and Sustainability Disclosures Report (1) Annual Efficiency Ratio (AER), which measures the efficiency of a vessel’s carbon emissions associated with its transport work over a one-year period, representing t h e g r a m s o f C O ₂ e m i t t e d p e r t o n n e - n a u t i c a l m i l e ( g C O ₂ / t n m ) a n d p e r t o n n e o f c a r g o t r a n s p o r t e d ( g C O ₂ t ) . Alignment Delta (AD%), a metric that measures the extent to which the carbon emission intensity of a vessel or portfolio of vessels is aligned with the underlying decarbonisation trajectory for each asset class that meets the target of the International Maritime Organization. (2) tnm: tonne-nautical mile.
Page 381
The Institution’s decarbonisation targets Spain With a firm resolve to support and accelerate economic and environmental transformations, in 2025 Banco Sabadell took on new commitments to reduce the carbon footprint of its scope 1 and 2 emissions by 9% by 2030, taking 2024 as the base year. The following table shows the targets for Spain and the changes that have taken place since the base year 2024: C O ₂ e m i s s i o n s r e d u c t i o n targets in Spain Base year 2024 Target 2030 % change in 2025 Scope 1 & 2, market-based -9 % +53% The increase in emissions compared to 2024 was mainly associated with refrigerant gas leaks in 2025. As detailed later on, the Institution is d e t e r m i n e d t o m a k e p r o g r e s s i n p r e v e n t i n g C O ₂ e e m i s s i o n s a s s o c i a t e d with refrigerant gases, and to that end it is upgrading the climate control equipment across its network of branches. In terms of the business travelling and employee commuting categories, in 2025, a Workplace Travel Plan was established for the two corporate buildings with the most staff, both of which are located in Catalonia, namely the corporate building in Sant Cugat del Vallés and the corporate building in Sabadell, thereby complying with the regulations currently in force in that autonomous community. In the Travel Plan, new targets were set for 2030, which concern the use of private vehicles (cars and motorbikes), with a proposal to reduce emissions by -3.45% per year, a s w e l l a s G H G e m i s s i o n s , w i t h a p r o p o s a l t o r e d u c e a n n u a l C O ₂ e emissions by -2.69%. To achieve those targets in relation to mobility, the Bank identified thirty schemes in relation to different areas of activity, ranging from organisational measures, campaigns and initiatives to raise awareness about sustainable mobility, and including several measures related to encouraging the use of public transport over the use of private vehicles. In relation to the reduction targets for the operational footprint of scope 1 and 2 emissions, several key levers were also identified, such as the continued acquisition of electric power from renewable sources and plans to upgrade the existing HVAC systems, gradually replacing installations that use high Global Warming Potential (GWP) refrigerant gases with HVAC systems that use less polluting refrigerant gases. The emissions target for 2025, on a like-for-like basis with the types of emissions calculated in 2019, is 5,576 t C O ₂ e , c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o a r e d u c t i o n o f -36.2%. If we include emissions from employee commuting, calculated as from 2023, the emissions target for 2025 rises to 7,739 t C O ₂ e . Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 379 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 382
TSB (United Kingdom) The following table shows the 2030 targets for TSB (UK) in relation to the base year 2023: C O ₂ e m i s s i o n s r e d u c t i o n t a r g e t s i n U K Base year 2023 Target 2025 % achieved 2025 2030 science-based targets Scope 1 -21.3% -37.6% -65% Scope 3 (paper), market-based - - -42% Scope 3 (business travelling, commuting and teleworking), market-based - - -42% To achieve the stated targets, TSB has identified certain key actions that form part of the plan to reduce its most significant scope 1 emissions (gases, refrigerant gas leaks, and travel using Bank-owned vehicles) and scope 3 emissions (paper consumption, business travelling, and employee commuting to the work centre). As part of the progress made by Banco Sabadell Group towards GHG emissions neutrality, key actions are being taken in its facilities aimed at reducing emissions in each scope (1, 2 and 3), such as: Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 380 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 383
Scope 1 - Direct emissions Actions relating to this scope include those aimed at reducing emissions generated by the consumption of gases and leaks of refrigerant gases in the Group’s facilities, as well as by the use of company vehicles. Fossil fuel gases In 2025, as a result of the blackout that occurred in Spain in April, which required electric generators to be used in our main corporate buildings, diesel consumption recorded an increase of 77% compared to 2024 and of 81% compared to 2023. Similarly, in 2025, TSB completed the third phase of its Energy Optimisation Programme, resulting in a -2,084 MWh reduction compared to 2024 in the location-based consumption of fossil fuel gases and electricity. The programme consists of different initiatives, including exploring the phase-out of its fossil fuels, reducing waste generated by its activity, testing out new water-saving technology, finding ways of eliminating paper usage in its processes, and eliminating any non-FSC/ PEFC paper products that remain in its operations. Action Geography Consumption reduction Energy Optimisation Programme United Kingdom -2,084MWh Refrigerant gases Refrigerant gas leaks may occur due to breakdowns or faults in the HVAC systems of corporate buildings and branches. In Spain, to mitigate these leaks, the Bank is implementing a scheme to upgrade its air conditioning equipment, which consists of: — Increasing the number of annual reviews of each machine. — Establishing a machine upgrade plan, prioritising machines according to their age, the number of prior incidents, performance requirements, etc. Company vehicles During 2025, work continued in Spain to promote the use of energy- efficient vehicles through the company cars plan for executives. Similarly, in the UK, TSB continued to promote sustainable business travel options, offering only electric vehicles in its company cars plan. Action Geography % of fleet 2024 % of fleet 2025 Change TSB electric vehicles United Kingdom 93% 98% +5% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 381 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 384
Scope 2 - Indirect emissions This scope includes emissions generated by the consumption of electric power. In all of the geographies in which Banco Sabadell Group carries out its activity, 100% of the electricity acquired for use in its facilities has a renewable origin certification. In Spain, the Institution also has solar panels which, after the installed capacity was expanded in 2024, generate 3.4% of the electricity consumed in the geography, the aim being to triple the current electricity production. Electricity consumption 2025 2024 Estimated energy use savings (kWh) Consumption of energy provided by Cepsa, 100% REGO (% supplied out of total electricity consumed) 96.60% 98.50% Consumption of electricity provided by other resellers without REGO (% supplied out of total electricity consumed) 0 0 Spain - Self-generation of electric power through solar panels 3.4% 1.5% 1,339,285 In addition, in Spain, the Bank continues with its ongoing programme to analyse consumption at its branches and corporate buildings to detect changes and actions that will help to improve consumption efficiency: — The project to replace the lighting at branches with Light Emitting Diode (LED) technology continues, to ensure that they are all are equipped with LED lighting and thus reduce consumption (all corporate buildings are already 100% equipped with LED lighting). — The majority of the branch network is equipped with a centralised low-energy consumption HVAC and lighting system, as well as light activation systems for billboard advertising adapted to daylight hours. — Corporate buildings are equipped with motion-sensitive lighting systems and LED lights. In these corporate buildings and larger branches, HVAC installations are equipped with energy recovery systems. Action Geography Potential energy impact Expansion of photovoltaic power plant (CBS Sant Cugat building) Spain Production of 1,400 MWh per year In the United Kingdom, TSB set itself a corporate objective of reducing its overall scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2% compared to the levels in 2023. As at the end of 2025, this reduction stood at -36.3%. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 382 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 385
Scope 3 - Other indirect emissions This scope includes other indirect emissions registered in the following categories: — 1 - Purchased goods and services (water, paper plastic) — 5 - Waste generated in operations — 6 - Business travelling — 7 - Employee commuting This section does not consider category 15 – Financed portfolio, details of which are given under the subheading “Emissions of the financed portfolio” in section 2.1.3 “Energy consumption and carbon footprint” of this document. The remaining scope 3 categories have not been considered material for the purposes of disclosing their emissions. Purchased goods and services In relation to eco-efficiency measures, over the last few years the Bank has taken several actions. Among others, bathroom facilities and taps are fitted with water-saving mechanisms. In addition, the headquarters in Sant Cugat del Vallés have a deposit that collects rainwater and greywater for reuse as irrigation water. At the same time, the landscaped areas are comprised of native plants with low irrigation needs. Water management actions Geography Impact on water consumption Reuse of greywater for third use in irrigation Spain Use of up to 90% of greywater and potential 40% reduction of consumption used to water lawnsReduction of landscaped areas and improvement of irrigation systems in CBS Sant Cugat In terms of paper consumption, the Group has continued with the programme to reduce correspondence and simplify contractual documentation, helping to reduce paper consumption. This programme started in 2019, gradually digitalising the profile of customers and consolidating the model under which a single monthly account statement is sent to them. Paper consumption actions Perimeter Consumption reduction vs 2024 Simplification of pre-contractual and contractual documents Spain -44 tonnesDigital solutions for transaction signing, issuance of certificates and correspondence Digitalisation of internal operating processes On the other hand, the Bank has been applying a series of measures since 2020 designed to eliminate plastic in the products it purchases for various uses: Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 383 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 386
Plastic consumption actions Perimeter Consumption reduction since 2019 Consumption variation since 2024 Elimination of plastic in certain desk and/or common use materials Spain reduction of -96% (-68 tonnes) reduction of -10% (-0.3 tonnes) Removal of coin blister packs Removal of blue bag for documents requiring urgent digitalisation Removal of passbook covers Replacement of the plastic film in blue event bags with brown kraft paper Replacement of plastic coffee spoons with wooden spoons Replacement of plastic window in envelopes with transparent paper window Manufacture of cash transfer bags with a mixture of recycled (80%) and virgin (20%) plastic Manufacture of shrink film from 56% sugar cane (organic material) Replacement of corporate pens (100% plastic) with an alternative manufactured with kraft paper and wheatpaste Waste generated in operations Waste can be classified as either non-hazardous waste or hazardous waste. Non-hazardous waste includes scrap metal, inert plastic, bulky general waste, incandescent light bulbs, paper and cardboard, glass, organic waste, grease trap and wood. Hazardous waste includes chemical containers, absorbents (filters), lead batteries, oils, fluorescent lamps, electronic equipment, batteries and aerosols. The Group has internal procedures in place to ensure that 100% of paper and plastic waste is removed and recycled by authorised waste management firms. Corporate buildings and branches are equipped with facilities for the separation and collection of packaging, organic matter and batteries. Specific control mechanisms exist for waste management in branches due to be closed or merged. Surplus computer equipment and furniture in good condition at branches or work centres due to be closed or merged are donated by the Bank to NGOs and local charities. The Bank has planned new actions designed both to reduce inorganic waste and to manage organic waste more efficiently: Waste management actions Geography Estimated annual reduction of waste New central waste disposal room Spain 2% per year Installation of organic waste composting plant Business travelling Company or business travel includes journeys by aeroplane, train and employees’ personal vehicles. At the start of 2020, before the State of Emergency was declared in Spain, the Bank reviewed its business travel policy, laying down new guidelines to limit travel to only journeys strictly necessary due to business needs and to prevent travel for internal meetings, encouraging the use of the remote and electronic solutions available. For this reason, compared to 2019, as a pre-pandemic reference year, the data for 2025 in Spain reflect the positive effect that the review of the Group’s business travel policy has had on the reduction of the Institution’s carbon emissions, recording a -43.9% reduction of emissions between both periods. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 384 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 387
Employee commuting Since 2023, the Bank has been calculating the emissions generated during commutes to the corporate buildings with the largest number of employees in Spain. In relation to these journeys, a sustainable mobility model will continue to be promoted with various schemes, such as the creation of new parking spaces at corporate buildings for private electric vehicles. In addition, TSB has undertaken to promote new alternative means of transport, such as the inclusion in company benefits of an additional grant for the purchase of electric bicycles, as well as new ways of working to keep reducing emissions. Other actions In Spain, during 2025 the Bank continued to certify its main corporate buildings with ISO 14001:2015. Moreover, to mitigate the environmental impact of its suppliers, the Bank continues to encourage the use of electric vehicles for the various logistics services and the use of environmentally friendly ink among the printing companies that collaborate with the Bank. GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through carbon credits In 2025, Banco Sabadell renewed its commitment to offset its carbon footprint, including all scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions in Spain, Mexico and the USA, through the purchase of credits in various reforestation projects. In Spain, the project is located in Curiscao y Vegacebrón, in the town of Salas28 in the province of Asturias, and involves the forestation of sparsely vegetated hills with pinus radiata and pinus pinaster pines, at a density of 1,110 feet/ha. It is a tree canopy cover development that will increase biodiversity, as well as the forest load capacity and connectivity, enabling the spread of native vegetation and improving soil conditions. The project also fosters rural employment, improves the landscape and brings agricultural value. In addition, emissions will be offset by purchasing carbon credits in Mexico, specifically in a project in Calakmul29, in t h e s t a t e o f C a m p e c h e , t h e m a i n g o a l o f w h i c h i s t o r e m o v e C O ₂ f r o m t h e atmosphere by improving forestry management, enhancing the structure of the recovering forest and adding to its value by leaving the best and most e c o n o m i c a l t r e e s p e c i e s . T o t a l C O ₂ e m i s s i o n s t o b e o f f s e t c o m e t o 7 , 6 8 9 t C O ₂ equivalent. The carbon credits acquired for offsetting correspond, in the case of Spain, to projects registered with the Ministry for Ecological Transition and the Demographic Challenge (MITECO) and, in the case of projects in Mexico, to those registered with the Climate Action Reserve, endorsed by the International Carbon Reduction and Offset Alliance (ICROA). TSB, for its part, has offset its scope 1 and 2 emissions generated in 2025, w h i c h c a m e t o 8 9 8 t C O ₂ e q u i v a l e n t , t h r o u g h F o r e s t C a r b o n ’ s A r B o l i v i a reforestation / afforestation project (Plan Vivo). The Group maintains its commitment to fight against climate change, embodied in its aim of achieving carbon emissions neutrality in its operations, which it undertook upon becoming a member of the Net-Zero Banking Alliance in 2021. It also maintains its GHG reduction targets described under the subheading “Portfolio alignment” in this section. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 385 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 28 https://www.miteco.gob.es/content/dam/miteco/es/cambio-climatico/temas/registro-huella/informes/2024-b439.pdf. 29https://thereserve2.apx.com/mymodule/reg/TabDocuments.asp? r=111&ad=Prpt&act=update&type=PRO&aProj=pub&tablename=doc&id1=1505.
Page 388
Carbon credits cancelled in the reporting year 2025 2024 T o t a l ( t C O ₂ e ) 8,587 8,203 Share from removal projects (%) 100 % 100 % Share from reduction projects (%) 0 % 0 % Recognised quality standard (%) 100 % 100 % Share from projects within the EU (%) 72 % 73 % Share of carbon credits that qualify as corresponding adjustments (%) 0 % 0 % Internal carbon pricing scheme The Institution has established carbon pricing for emissions from its own operations, which materialises through the offsetting of emissions, maintaining the commitment to offset the carbon footprint including all scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions in Spain, Mexico and the USA and scope 1 and 2 emissions in TSB. T h e a v e r a g e c o s t o f t h i s o f f s e t w a s c . € 2 0 p e r m e t r i c t o n n e o f C O ₂ e i n 2 0 2 5 . In addition, with regard to the financed portfolio, the Bank has several pricing mechanisms: — Discounts are applied for transactions that are aligned with the Sustainable Financing Framework: discounts are applied to financing transactions, taking into account the project, the sector in which the activity or project takes place, the term of the contract, and the environmental, social and governance impact. — Green and Social Loans (GSLs): a discount is applied to the final price of finance for eligible transactions/projects/ investments that are aligned with the EU taxonomy and substantially contribute to any of the six taxonomy objectives. The destination of the funds must be traceable and there must be supporting documents and a measurement of the impact. — Sustainability-Linked Loans (SLLs) incentivise the achievement of sustainability targets, linking the transaction price to the evolution of certain KPIs. This category does not require the funds to be used for any specific purpose. It is considered essential that the selected indicators be relevant and central for customers, as this enables their sustainability strategy to gain more traction. Every year, customers (legal persons) measure the established KPIs and send the requisite evidence to the Bank, which then proceeds to apply/remove the discount on the transaction according to the level of compliance/non- compliance with the set thresholds. — Similarly, to embed climate risks into credit risk, the Group has internally developed a methodology for the quantitative assessment of transition risks that is aligned with the three scenarios (Orderly Transition, Disorderly Transition and Hot House World) of the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS), adapted to a time horizon of 30 years. These heatmaps, which are developed on a qualitative basis, enable the inclusion of transition risk drivers in the customer base. Accordingly, all the activities of the loan portfolio are classified according to their sensitivity to transition risk, taking into account the impacts envisaged in each scenario in terms of income, low-carbon capex and expenses. In the case of this last point, a direct cost is assigned or considered for greenhouse gas emissions. The estimated impacts of transition risk, together with an advanced assessment of counterparties’ performance and attitude in relation to the management of these risks, all affect the climate-related and environmental risk indicator (IRCA), which is a numerical indicator that allows the Bank to rank borrowers according to their impact associated with climate- related and environmental risk. It is worth noting that, at present, for the Large Corporates and Groups portfolio, the IRCA is embedded into the assessment of counterparties, generating an impact on the rating of companies with a low IRCA score, meaning that the assessment already includes a probability of default for each counterparty, with all that that entails. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 386 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 389
2.1.2 Managing and monitoring the risks associated with climate change For the Group, environmental risk is understood to be the risk of incurring losses as a result of the impacts, both those existing at present and those that may exist in the future, of environmental risk factors on counterparties or invested assets, as well as aspects affecting financial institutions as legal entities. These risks have the potential to generate significant impacts for the real economy (institutions and households) through various socio-economic variables, including mortality, migration, job availability and productivity (by extension affecting GDP). Therefore, it is thought that environmental risk could ultimately result in borrowers failing to fulfil their payment obligations as a result of not using assets or of companies experiencing disruptions in their manufacture and supply activities that generate the income used to fulfil payment obligations. Environmental risks can generate impacts through two ‘risk drivers’: ‘physical factors’ and ‘transition factors’. There is a trade-off between physical risks and transition risks depending on how and when policies are implemented to facilitate the transition towards a sustainable economy. In particular, where actions to transition are delayed or weak, it is assumed that physical risks will increase. In the same way, where the transition actions and policies are ambitious and premature, transition risk will increase but physical risk can be expected to fall. Environmental risks are an additional factor included in the Group’s Global Risk Management Framework, using the identification and measurement of these risks as a basis for their subsequent integration into management arrangements. The type of environmental risk in which the most progress has been made in terms of analysis and recognition is the risk related to climate change. However, the risk associated with climate change is intricately connected to the risk associated with environmental degradation and both feed into each other. Climate scenarios and stress testing Banco Sabadell Group has an internal stress testing framework for climate risk, which lays down the key characteristics of the tests, including their integration in the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). These tests are posited as a sensitivity analysis exercise. During these stress tests, forecasts of climate risk are made in order to measure the sensitivity of credit risk to transition and/or physical risks linked to climate change and to possible transition pathways towards a decarbonised economy, as well as the sensitivity to environmental risks, according to the following scenarios: — Long-term transition risk: this risk is analysed under three scenarios. These three scenarios are built based on estimates by Oxford Economics, as (i) these are similar to the narratives of the NGFS reference scenarios, (ii) they offer a more comprehensive and up-to- date set of variables than the NGFS, and (iii) they offer sector- specific forecasts. The three scenarios are the following: Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 387 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 390
— Orderly Transition: governments implement stringent policies to keep global warming no higher than 1.6°C in 2050, a c h i e v i n g n e t z e r o C O ₂ e m i s s i o n s b y t h a t y e a r . S o a r i n g c a r b o n p r i c e s , c o u p l e d w i t h i n v e s t m e n t s i n t e c h n o l o g y , d r i v e the transition to low-carbon energy. The pressure from carbon taxes is offset by a surge in investment. The highest taxes generate significant inflationary pressures, but the investment boost and productivity gains associated with lower temperatures help to lessen the economic impact. Tax costs are absorbed by income from carbon taxes and the impact on the economy is moderate. — Disorderly Transition: governments delay efforts to limit global warming until 2030. From that point onwards, they adopt aggressive climate policies, generating substantial inflationary pressures and resulting in stranded assets. Postponing climate action means that drastically improved energy efficiency and a significant expansion of the renewable energy capacity are needed to achieve the climate targets. Given the delay, the transition is relatively incomplete and global temperatures rise by 1.7°C by 2060. — Current Policies or Hot House World: governments fail to deliver on their political commitments and greenhouse gases become more heavily concentrated in the atmosphere. Global warming exceeds 2ºC from 2050 onwards, causing severe physical damage over time. — Physical risks: — Flooding: flood risk in Spain is assessed using an indicator showing areas with a potentially significant risk of flooding (called the ARPSI indicator, by its Spanish acronym), as provided by the Ministry for Ecological Transition (MITECO), which is projected until 2050 under a Current Policies scenario, also analysing the impact of that risk on the value of real estate assets. — Forest fires: the risk of forest fires in Spain is assessed using data published by the European Forest Fire Information System (EFFIS), projected until 2050 under a Current Policies scenario, also analysing the impact of that risk on the value of real estate assets. — Short-term physical and transition risks: — Diverging Realities: advanced economies pursue a transition towards net-zero emissions, in line with the Paris Agreement. The rest of the world suffers a series of extreme weather events, whose economic consequences are felt across the globe through trade and financial links. Disruptions in the supply chains of critical commodities indirectly affect the advanced economies and raise the cost of their transition to a low-carbon economy. — Disasters and Policy Stagnation: a sequence of region-specific extreme weather events occurring in 2026 and 2027 results in capital destruction, loss of productivity and production, and creates cascading economic impacts. Trade and financial linkages spread the negative impacts across the world, amplifying financial and economic instability. — Droughts and heatwaves: as this is an acute physical risk, the first year of the Disasters and Policy Stagnation scenario is used to analyse the effect of a drought on the Spanish economy. — Environmental risk: the NGFS includes soil erosion and the availability of running water as possible environmental risks. As water stress and desertification complement the other physical risks analysed, and given their potential impact for Spain, these have also been included within environmental risk. Projections cover the 2026-2050 horizon and mainly capture the impact of this risk on productive activity. The stress tests are conducted on the Group’s main institution (Banco Sabadell) and for its mortgage lending and business lending exposures. Sensitivity is measured by comparing the impact on provisions of the various scenarios under analysis, considering to that end the impact of climate-related and environmental risk on probability of default, on loss given default, on the value of collateral, and on the accounting classification of transactions. In addition, sensitivity to transition risk is measured by considering expected changes in the exposure’s breakdown by sectors until 2050, or the breakdown by energy efficiency level in the case of the mortgage book, which is consistent with the transition scenario provided and with the Bank’s sustainability targets. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 388 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 391
To conduct these forward-looking measurements, the Bank has forecasting models that allow it to embed the direct and indirect effects of climate risks into its Probability of Default (PD) and Loss Given Default (LGD) calculations. — Indirect effects: these effects relate to the state of the economy in general and they are captured by parameters through top-down estimates. This makes it possible to capture cross-cutting and sector-specific effects on PD, and allows the impact on LGD to be reflected as changes in its components (likelihood of becoming re-performing, or of being written off, etc.). — Direct effects: at present, the direct effects are reflected in the PD of business banking portfolios through the use of bottom-up estimates, which complement the top-down measurements. These estimates are made at the borrower level when sufficient information is available and they make it possible to capture both the impact that the economic environment can have on the financial statements of a particular borrower, and how the borrower’s profitability and debt levels will be affected if they need to bear any costs due to the intensity of their CO2 emissions, or if they need to make an investment to decarbonise. In the mortgage portfolios (of both business banking and retail banking customers), the direct effects are embedded into LGD both through the exposure of the collateral to physical risks and through the impact that the transition to a decarbonised economy, in which less energy-efficient properties have less market appeal, could have on the valuation of the collateral. Banco Sabadell is currently working to continuously improve these forecasting methodologies, with the aim of updating them and improving them with more available data and with cumulative experience and knowledge about them. The results of the climate risk stress tests are included in the ICAAP in order to evaluate the impact that those risks could have on the Group’s solvency from the point of view of expected loss on one hand and of unexpected loss on the other, by measuring how much economic capital is required at the Group level to cover any losses that are reasonably likely to materialise due to these risks. The impact of physical and transition risks on the Group’s solvency position is limited, from both a regulatory perspective and an internal perspective. The measurement of economic capital, which is made at the Group level and considers the climate risk sensitivities used in stress tests, shows that the economic capital requirements for this risk are around 1% of total economic capital requirements, meaning that the risk has a limited impact on the Group’s solvency, particularly considering the time horizon over which it materialises. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 389 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 392
Identification and assessment of risks related to climate change Banco Sabadell considers its interactions with the environment based on the concept of double materiality, which includes both financial materiality, which focuses on identifying and assessing risks and opportunities, and impact materiality, which focuses on evaluating and measuring the potential and current impacts of Banco Sabadell on the environment. In addition, in this analysis Banco Sabadell considers whether these materialise in any of the three stages of the Bank’s value chain (upstream, own operations, and downstream). From the point of view of impacts, the Bank considers greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, taking into account both those produced in its own operations and those that occur in other stages of the value chain and, in particular, in the financed portfolio, which represents one of the largest categories of the Institution's GHG inventory. From a financial standpoint, the business opportunities offered by the transition to a greener economy (detailed in section 1.4 “Sustainability strategy and business model”) are considered, together with climate risks, particularly those to which the Bank’s credit portfolio is exposed given the characteristics of its borrowers. In this respect, the Group identifies environmental risks (those related to climate and environmental degradation) according to whether they are transition risks or physical risks. Specifically, climate-related risks are measured broken down by transition and physical drivers, while risks associated with environmental degradation (other non-climate-related factors) are measured in aggregate form, without distinguishing between the nature of the drivers in question (transition or physical). Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 390 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 393
Physical climate risks Physical climate risks are those that emerge as a result of climate events. They can be categorised as either acute risks or chronic risks. Physical risks could lead to a number of consequences, among them the destruction or disuse of physical assets, as well as business disruption, in turn leading to the risk of collateral losing value due to the impeachment for waste of the commercial or residential properties securing the loans. The following physical factors or ‘physical risks’ have been identified (this list is not exhaustive): Factors Possible impacts Acute Increased severity of extreme weather events, such as (i) heatwaves (ii) cold snaps, (iii) forest fires, (iv) cyclones / hurricanes / typhoons / storms / tornadoes, (v) droughts, (vi) heavy rainfall, (vii) flooding, and (viii) landslides and subsidence. Reduction of income due to reduced production capability (e.g. standstills in production, in the supply chain or transportation difficulties). Direct losses due to damage to assets. Chronic Changes in rainfall patterns and extreme climate variability. Impacts on exposures with sensitivity to (i) changing average temperatures, (ii) heat stress and thawing of permafrost, (iii) changing wind patterns, (iv) changing patterns and amounts of rainfall, (v) water stress, (vi) land and coastal erosion, (vii) land degradation and (viii) rising sea levels. Loss of value of customers’ assets serving as guarantees due to their being located in areas affected by these risks (desertification, rising temperatures, rising sea levels, among others). Loss of productivity among business customers due to effects on production centres (more frequent breaks from work due to higher temperatures, rising sea levels, among others). Gradual loss of ecosystem services (water and food production, climate control and disease prevention, support for the pollination of crops and cultural benefits). Decline of production and/or profitability of customers who depend on ecosystem services. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 391 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 394
Following this definition, Banco Sabadell Group has conducted a top-down estimation of the impacts stemming from these climate events on its loan portfolio in Spain taking into account: — The probability of occurrence of physical risk: probabilities have been assigned using climate event risk maps. For each event, the probability of occurrence in each postcode is estimated, based on historical data gathered from public sources (i.e. European Forest Fire Information System (EFFIS) data is used for forest fires, which uses data from the European satellite Copernicus, etc.). This makes it possible to assess the probability of occurrence of events that could have a more significant impact on the portfolio, based on the location and activities of customers. Using this data, the Group has identified a total of 16 events (8 acute and 8 chronic) that could affect the loan portfolio, having calculated a probability of occurrence for 12 of them in the Spanish portfolio: Floods, Forest fires, Rising sea levels, Droughts, Water stress, Hot spots, Landslides, Heatwaves, Minimum temperatures, Rainfall and thaws, Fog and airborne dust, Storms, winds and gales. — The severity of those risks should they occur: understood as the impact if physical risk were to materialise, estimated according to expert criteria at a sectoral level for the business lending portfolio and in terms of the location of the collateral for the mortgage portfolio. In 2025, the Institution has further developed its physical risk model, expanding the set of climate events considered in the severity analysis. In addition to the events already evaluated previously (coastal floods, riverine floods, forest fires and droughts), water stress and heatwaves have been introduced, in response to their growing materiality and potential to affect the credit portfolio. The final score adds the impact of these six climate events, to which a severity calculation has been applied given their materiality in terms of possible losses of both corporate earnings and collateral value, thereby strengthening the Institution’s ability to anticipate and deal with the effects of physical risk on its portfolios. — In the case of physical business risk, the severity of the events represents the percentage of revenues that a company could lose if that event were to occur, due to its business coming to a standstill. Therefore, depending on the type of activity in which the company engages, different events can have different effects on borrowers, which is why the severity is defined based on the event and the activity according to Spain’s classification of economic activities (CNAE). In 2025, the granularity of severity calculations for each climate event and economic sector has been improved, adopting a more in-depth approach through assessments broken down by sub-sector, where this provides a more valuable measurement. This approach weights the average severity in each sector according to distinguishing elements, especially in sub-sectors with uneven climate impacts, such as agriculture, livestock farming and fishing, the chemical sector, and electricity, gas & water. — In the case of physical collateral risk, the severity is the percentage of the collateral value that could be lost if the event took place. In this case, the severity does not depend on the borrower’s activity, so all mortgage contracts have been treated the same way, regardless of the type of property securing the loan. The probability of occurrence of each event is multiplied by its severity and these figures are added together to give the expected impacts, which are the basis for creating physical risk indicators: Expected impact = ∑(Event probability of occurrence × Event severity) This way, for each loan granted to businesses with a Spanish postcode and for each mortgage contract secured with real estate, the physical risk can be classified as either “None”, “Low”, “Moderate”, “High” or “Very High”. In addition, the Group has internally developed a methodology that distinguishes between acute and chronic events in line with the three scenarios (Orderly Transition, Disorderly Transition and Hot House World) of the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS)30, adapted to a time horizon of 30 years. These risks are being monitored regularly and meticulously under the Orderly Transition scenario, as this is considered the most likely scenario, although these monitoring exercises do also include the overall impact under the worst-case scenario (Hot House World). This analysis measures the risk inherent in the portfolio and not the residual risk, as it does not consider the existence of cover, such as home insurance and/or the existence of the Spanish Insurance Compensation Consortium (Consorcio de Compensación de Seguros), among other things. It is also worth highlighting that in 2023, the Institution took a significant step forward in the measurement of physical risk and its integration in management arrangements, developing a bottom-up analytical methodology for the main counterparties at the level of large Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 392 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 30 For more information about the scenarios used, see section “Climate scenarios and stress testing” of this chapter.
Page 395
corporates, as these are thought to be more complex and deserving of a complementary specific analysis. This way, for those counterparties, the Bank conducts a more in-depth expert analysis in cases where this is considered necessary, and can provide more information to the Bank’s top-down model. This analysis is carried out using public information about the customer, the internal physical risks model and the expertise of the Bank’s ESG analysts, taking into consideration, among other things, the counterparty’s reliance on physical assets, the geographical diversification of their production centres and their activities, and the controls currently in place to mitigate and/or reduce these risks. In 2024, another significant improvement was made, with the development of capabilities to use geo-referenced data management software to measure the physical risks linked to the riverine flooding, coastal flooding and forest fire events in Spain for locations with different geographical coordinates. This improvement has been applied to 89% of the mortgage-secured loan portfolio in the country for which coordinate- based locations are available, which has significantly improved the granularity of the prediction and the quantitative assessment of the potential impacts of these events. In 2025, for the first time, the Institution has calculated new probabilities of occurrence for riverine and coastal flooding events at the postcode level, using the QGIS cartography tool to cross the maps of flood-prone regions provided by MITECO with an extra layer showing postcodes in Spain, in order to calculate the percentage surface area of each postcode that is located in a flood-prone area. In addition, as mentioned previously, in 2025 a specific severity calculation has been included for the heatwave and water stress events, thereby reinforcing the model’s ability to capture physical risks that are becoming increasingly material for the credit portfolio. It should be noted that, by including these two events, the Institution covers all significant events given the sectoral and/or geographical composition of its loan book. Similarly, as indicated, the granularity of the severity calculations of each climate event and economic sector has been improved, breaking it down by sub-sector where this provides a more valuable measurement, especially in those where the climate impacts are very uneven. The Group also continues to work on measuring physical risk in the different geographies in which it is present, through the Bank’s task forces with teams at the various foreign branches. First, based on companies’ activities, those likely to be more severely affected should any of the events occur were selected before proceeding to evaluate the probability of occurrence of the events, thanks to the expert knowledge about the location and the climate reality of each country, in a manner that is consistent and coordinated with the methodology applied in Spain and described above. Similarly, in relation to TSB, bearing in mind that its credit book mainly comprises mortgage assets, a model analogous to the top-down model defined above was applied, albeit considering the specific characteristics of its geography, where the main physical risks are flooding, subsidence and coastal erosion. The physical risk assessment is also complemented with a deep dive into certain high-impact climate events, improving the understanding and management of the exposures concerned. In 2023, following the droughts that occurred in Spain, an analysis of how that event was dealt with and of its potential impact on the loan book was carried out. The loan book was analysed to determine the quality of the Bank’s exposure in this sector and to take a closer look at possible additional mitigating techniques (e.g. the agricultural insurance taken out by companies) and, using all this information, an action and monitoring plan was devised for these companies by the Bank. In 2024, as a result of the acute flash floods caused by the DANA storm in Valencia, the granularity improvements at the level of individual geographical coordinates mentioned previously were put into practice for the very first time. This made it possible to anticipate the potential impact of the event on the credit portfolio and to more precisely manage the risks Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 393 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 396
associated with customers, of both the Business Banking and Retail banking segments, located in the affected regions. In 2025, after the forest fires that took place in August in the west of Spain, an in-depth evaluation of the potentially affected exposures was carried out. Using the maps of burnt areas provided by the Copernicus EMS satellite mapping service, as well as geospatial analysis tools such as QGIS, the percentage of burnt land in each postcode was calculated, identifying the credit exposure, as at the end of July, of both Business Banking and Retail Banking customers in the postcodes containing burnt areas. As a result of this exercise, it was concluded that the Institution’s exposure in the postcodes affected by the wildfires is limited. The Business Banking portfolio has a low concentration at the level of both companies and activities, and it has been verified that the vast majority of the real estate properties held in both the Business Banking and Retail Banking portfolios is located in urban areas that have had no direct contact with the wildfires. The coordinate-based assessment for events of this kind evinced the importance of granularity in the measurement, as the very terrain or distribution of towns means that the same event can and does impact different properties in the same location in different ways. Conclusions of the physical risk measurement analysis Taking all of the above into consideration, the most prominent physical risks in the portfolio in Spain are forest fires, droughts, floods resulting from severe storms, as well as coastal floods and/or rising sea levels, water stress, and heatwaves. Using the aforesaid methodology, the Bank’s exposure31 in Spain associated with physical risk is as follows: — Business Banking portfolio: 0.1% is associated with “Very High” risk and 7% with “High” risk. Compared to the previous year, the exposure impacted by physical risks has fallen from 10.2% to 7.1%. Although the exposure to physical risks increased in early 2025 after water stress and heatwave events were added to the model in Spain, this increase was offset by a series of methodological improvements, among them the more granular calculations of the probability of occurrence of flood events, which helped to reduce the exposures rated as having a High or Very High physical risk. — In the collateral portfolio, the exposure expected to have an annual impact on the collateral valuations of over 5%, which is therefore classified as High risk, has fallen from 5% in 2024 to 3.3% in 2025, also as a result of the aforementioned methodological improvements. Similarly, the percentage of the portfolio not expected to be affected by these events has remained steady, at 69% compared to 70% in 2024. In addition, physical risk also varies depending on the sector, as mentioned in the description of the severity of the impact should an event materialise. The sectors most sensitive to this risk are productive sectors such as agriculture, livestock farming and fishing; hotels and tourist accommodation; and real estate development. As for the subsidiary TSB, located in the United Kingdom, taking into account that its credit book mainly comprises mortgage assets, and also considering the specific characteristics of that geography, the main physical risks are flooding, subsidence and coastal erosion, while in the case of Mexico and Miami (United States), the potential impact of hurricanes is considered. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 394 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 31 Exposure means the amount drawn down and contingent risks in the loan book. 0.1% Physical risk in the business portfolio ‘Very High’ 7% Physical risk in the corporates portfolio ‘High’
Page 397
To ensure physical risks are supervised, they are monitored on a quarterly basis and reported to the Bank’s Sustainability Committee and to its Technical Risk Committee32. Climate transition risks Transition risks are those that occur due to the uncertainty associated with the timing and speed of the process of adjusting to an environmentally sustainable economy. This process can be affected by four factors: Policy & Legal Increase in the cost of emissions or the use of natural resources. Risk of borrowers failing to fulfil their payment obligations, particularly those with non-performing assets or belonging to sectors particularly exposed to transition risks. Increase in requirements concerning the monitoring, control and reporting of climate- related and environmental disclosures. Increase in resources dedicated to the analysis, reporting and integration of transition and environmental protection plans in companies’ activity. Potential increase in regulatory capital requirements for risks associated with climate change. Changes in regulations of existing products and services. Forecast increase in environmental demands going forward and lack of preparation in some sectors. Technology (ICT) Substitution of existing products and services with other more efficient or less polluting ones. Risk of companies being pushed out of their respective activities due to a lack of innovation or failure to adopt technologies that promote the green transition, compared to competitors. Failed investment in new technologies. Costs of transitioning to low-emissions technologies. Technological changes depend on the availability of technology, in turn associated with investment in R&D, meaning that this aspect will determine the survival of some companies, especially those smaller in size. Market Changes in consumer preferences and/or tastes in relation to the transition to a more sustainable economy. Risk of losing market share as a result of failing to offer sustainable products or due to poor ESG performance. Increased cost of raw materials. Reduction of income due to increased costs of raw materials in certain carbon-intensive sectors. Reputational Stigmatisation of a sector, company or product. Loss of customers’ solvency due to poor reputation as a result of the lack of a sustainable strategy or due to an incident or poor ESG ratings of a third party. Investment exclusions in certain sectors due to market pressures. Loss of confidence among the general public. Factors Possible impacts Analysis of climate transition risk in the business portfolio Banco Sabadell Group has internally developed several heatmaps at the sub-sector level, aligned with the three scenarios (Orderly Transition, Disorderly Transition and Hot House World) of the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS)33 and the recommendations of UNEP FI and adapted to a time horizon spanning 30 years. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 395 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 32 Details of the attributions of management bodies in relation to climate-related matters are provided in chapter 1.3.1 Sustainability governance. 33 For more information about the scenarios used, see section “Climate scenarios and stress testing” of this chapter.
Page 398
These risks are being monitored regularly and meticulously under the Orderly Transition scenario, which is considered the most likely scenario. However, these monitoring exercises do also include the overall impact under the worst-case scenario (Hot House World). Based on this, all the activities of the loan portfolio have been classified according to their sensitivity to climate transition risk under a top-down analytical approach and taking into consideration the impacts envisaged in each scenario in terms of income, costs and low-carbon capex. It is worth noting that the heatmaps are continuously updated in order to obtain the impacts stemming from transition risk with a greater level of granularity. The Bank therefore currently has the capacity to identify the transition risk of each separate activity within a single sector. This is important for sectors involving a variety of activities that differ considerably in terms of emissions. For example, cattle rearing and rice growing, which both form part of the agriculture and livestock farming sector, are associated with higher levels of emissions intensity than the other activities within that sector. In the case of transition risk, the total impact considers the impact broken down by income, costs and low-carbon capex. Impacts are classified as “Positive” for activities in which the transition could have a positive effect on one or more parameters, as “No Risk”, “Low”, “Moderately Low”, “Moderate”, “Moderately High”, or as “High”, which includes, for instance, the activities most affected by transition risk, such as coking plants. This impact analysis measures the inherent risk of the portfolio and not the residual risk, as the controls that each counterparty currently has in place to mitigate it are not considered. Example of how transition risk is integrated in management arrangements: bottom-up analysis of large borrowers To measure transition risk and embed it into management arrangements, the Institution includes the bottom-up analyses conducted when evaluating the advanced climate-related and environmental risk indicator (IRCA) in the batch measurement model. This makes it possible to expand the volume of counterparties for which a more exhaustive expert ESG analysis takes place, providing additional information for the Bank’s model. The advanced IRCA is a standardised internal methodology used to measure climate-related and environmental risk in counterparties that are large corporates, whose complexity requires a complementary specific analysis. This analysis is broken down into each of its constituent parts, one of which is transition risk. This way, the Bank conducts more in-depth expert analyses for cases where it is thought that this will be beneficial, providing more information to the Bank’s top-down model. This transition risk assessment is conducted using the customer’s publicly available information, the internal transition risk model and the expertise of the Bank’s ESG analysts, taking into consideration the IRCA methodology. To effectively integrate these results into management arrangements, this methodology has been defined in line with the top- down model, so that its outputs can be integrated in a coherent way and feed into each other. This process has resulted in an improved methodology for measuring the portfolio’s transition risk, as borrowers are now evaluated in more detail. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 396 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 399
Conclusions of the transition risk assessment: Based on everything mentioned thus far, the Group’s most affected portfolio is its business portfolio, although as shown in the chart, it is currently thought that the Bank has minimal exposure34 (around 0.01%) to the segment with the highest transition risk (“High”). Breakdown of transition risk exposure in business lending portfolio (%) 3 12 19 19 46 High Moderately High Moderate Moderately Low Low No Risk Transition risk in 2025 has remained broadly stable, although it is worth mentioning the 1% increase in the "Low” and “Moderately Low” categories and the 1% reduction in the “No Risk” and “Moderate” categories. This exercise also cast light on the limited weight of sectors with higher transition risk (aviation, shipping, mining, automotive, and oil extraction, mining & quarrying), which are secondary in terms of exposure within the Institution’s portfolio. The five industries that account for the majority of the transition risk in the business portfolio are shown below, along with the proportion of the transition risk exposure rated “Moderately High” relative to the total for that sector (“Exposure to categories with lower transition risk”). At the same time, the percentage indicates the weight of the sector35 in the Bank’s credit book: Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 397 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 34 Exposure means the amount drawn down and contingent risks in the loan book. 35 The percentage is calculated taking into account the amount drawn down, including contingent risks, in the sector relative to the total amount drawn down in the loan book.
Page 400
“Moderately High” transition riskNo exposure to transition risk Oil extraction, mining & quarrying Metallurgy Transport Electricity, gas & water Construction As can be seen in the figure, the Bank’s level of exposure to sectors with “Moderately High” transition risk is limited. It is also worth noting the high percentage of the exposure classified as green within the electricity generation sector, due to the Institution’s ability to spearhead the financing of renewables, which allows it to have a portfolio with a lower transition risk than one would expect for a carbon-intensive industry. Analysis of climate transition risks in the collateral portfolio: The transition risk associated with real estate properties financed by the Bank (mortgage loans) is measured differently from business risk. Specifically, it is evaluated based on the properties’ energy efficiency, which is measured using Energy Performance Certificates (EPCs). It should be noted that the Bank is continuously working to collect the largest amount of data possible about the EPC ratings of properties (commercial real estate with residential use and residential real estate), both in its mortgage book and in its collateral portfolio, as well as foreclosed assets. It is worth mentioning that, depending on the type of property, the issuance of an EPC may not be mandatory, as is the case with garages, sheds, building plots and warehouses, for which no energy- related data is available. The Bank has an EPC rating for practically all the properties in its eligible portfolio, as a result of the efforts made to obtain the actual certificates, where they exist, and to estimate the ratings through a reputable third party where no EPC rating exists due to aspects related to the practical application of the regulation. In this respect, the Bank prioritises the collection of actual EPC ratings for financed properties, based on data provided by the customer or taken from public databases (such as those of Autonomous Communities in Spain). To identify or, where necessary, estimate the energy rating of properties located in Spain, four mechanisms have been established to obtain that data (the first being the one with the highest quality): Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 398 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 1 % 3 % 8 % 10 % 8 %
Page 401
a. First mechanism: obtain data based on the Energy Performance Certificate (EPC). b. Second mechanism: obtain data by directly looking up the property in question on the public databases of Energy Performance Certificates (EPCs) of the Autonomous Communities. c. Third mechanism: used where it has not been possible to obtain data using the previous two mechanisms, it consists of obtaining data for the property based on its similarity to other properties that do have an EPC rating and are located in the same building. d. Fourth mechanism: used where none of the previous mechanisms have yielded the requisite data, it consists of making an estimate using a model created by the supplier. The estimation model was built based on information taken from the more than four million EPC ratings included in the records of Autonomous Communities. It is a model that assigns a rating to properties, considering the information included in land registers (type, age, building regulations, construction quality, surface area and relative height), as well as the climate zone in which they are located. It is not a statistical or regressive model, but instead an expert replica of accredited programmes used to calculate EPC ratings, pooling data for each item included in the certificates and estimating the rating using the limited information available about the properties. The supplier’s model was supervised by an external auditor with the primary aim of verifying that the model allows requirements to be met. The report concluded, generally speaking and based on the tests carried out, that the information used and the procedure developed to obtain and estimate EPC ratings is adequate. Outside of Spain: — In the United Kingdom, estimated EPC ratings are completed based on average estimated ratings of postcodes, where available. Where they are not available, the outputs of a regression model are used. — In Mexico, a model for estimating EPC ratings and energy consumption (KWh/m2) provided by an external supplier has been used. In the case of TSB, its credit book is almost entirely made up of mortgages, with an average energy performance. Given that practically all of the portfolio is made up of mortgages, almost all of TSB’s transition risks come from the energy performance of the properties used to secure mortgage loans and from the cost of improving their energy efficiency rating (in the short, medium and long term). Lastly, it is worth noting that EPC ratings are regulated by European Directives and are not mandatory outside of Europe. In addition, the Directives are general frameworks used to define EPCs, but each country is responsible for specifying and defining the associated technical requirements in their own domestic regulations, according to the particularities of each region. This is why, although the same classification system is used, the same EPC rating in two separate European countries does not reflect the same impact in terms of energy consumption and emissions, so they are not thought to be comparable. To ensure transition risks are monitored, they are tracked on a quarterly basis and reports are sent to the Bank’s Sustainability Committee and to its Technical Risk Committee36. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 399 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 36 Details of the attributions of management bodies in relation to climate-related matters are provided in chapter 1.3.1 Sustainability governance.
Page 402
Management of risks related to climate change An effective integration of environmental risks into management arrangements requires a strategy and set of regulations that establish the action guidelines, targets and limits required at different points of the credit approval workflow. To that end, the Bank has created a robust regulatory framework articulated through its ESG credit risk management guidelines. These guidelines consolidate the ESG commitments and standards currently applied to the origination of credit transactions, and they comprise the Environmental and Social Risk Framework, the advanced IRCA, and the decarbonisation pathways. The evaluation of the level of compliance with the ESG credit risk guidelines has been embedded into the advanced IRCA evaluation process, meaning that, when ESG analysts receive a loan application from a customer who is subject to the advanced IRCA analysis, they conduct an additional evaluation of their compliance with the Environmental and Social Risk Framework, where the Sectoral Rules are included, and of their decarbonisation pathways. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 400 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 403
ESG credit risk management guidelines As planned, a single framework has been developed to manage ESG credit risk, which incorporates all standards on this topic that apply to the authorisation of Bank’s credit transactions, notably the following: 1. Environmental and Social Risk Framework at the customer level, to identify from the outset whether a new transaction could be associated with any of the restricted activities. Specifically, Banco Sabadell Group has a public framework of environmental and social risks that is applicable to new loan transactions granted to groups or companies with turnover in excess of 40 million euros37. This framework consolidates the set of applicable criteria that aim to limit the financing of customers or projects that are thought to be contrary to the transition to a sustainable economy or that lack alignment with international regulations or best practices in the sector. This framework lays down general criteria and specific criteria applicable at either the customer or project level: — General applicable criteria, which have a cross-cutting impact on all sectors, follow international standards such as the Global Compact and the principles of the International Labour Organization (ILO), among others. — Specific applicable criteria affect businesses or projects in particular sectors (mining, energy, agriculture, infrastructure and defence), due to their potentially negative impact on the environment and/or society, in which the Group provides services and/or offers financial products. The rules that make up the current framework are all approved and implemented in the Bank’s systems. The analysis of these rules is effectively integrated in the usual customer onboarding, transaction origination, and new product approval processes. To ensure this correct implementation, the Bank has included in its onboarding process (the risk management record process) the automatic identification of transactions subject to the framework and which require a compliance analysis. The ESG analysts in charge of conducting these analyses have a specialised tool for screening any disputes associated with the counterparties, which is backed by the services provided by a reputable third-party supplier38. The Environmental and Social Risk Framework has been implemented in phases in order to adapt the applicable criteria to the trends of the various sectors, the regulatory and economic environment, and the Bank’s performance. The full content of the framework, as well as its phased implementation, was approved by the Management Committee in January 2023, following submission to the Sustainability Committee for information in January of that same year. In the specific case of Banco Sabadell Mexico, as part of the Environmental and Social Policy, the Institution has developed the Environmental and Social Risk Management System (Sistema de Administración de Riesgos Ambientales y Sociales, or SARAS), which serves as a guide to promote sustainable economic growth through the identification, assessment and management of any environmental and social risks arising from its activities and financed projects. This system is fully aligned with the operational and credit processes of Banco Sabadell Group, national laws and international standards. Application of the SARAS process is mandatory for the infrastructure projects of the various sectors financed by Banco Sabadell Mexico with traditional loans, syndicated loans and financial intermediaries amounting to 5 million US dollars or more. 37 38 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 401 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 37 At the customer level, restrictions will be considered whenever customers apply for finance of over €25m. In the case of projects, restrictions will be considered for transaction amounts of over €5m. 38 An external tool has been acquired for research, ratings and collection of analytical data concerning performance in Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) topics for companies.
Page 404
2. Advanced IRCA: this is an indicator that allows the Institution to screen the ESG risk of the firms to which it provides finance. It offers an objective assessment of large corporates with sustainability disclosures, based both on their exposure to climate-related and environmental degradation risks and on the maturity of their ESG management arrangements. This indicator is used to define credit risk management policies and to identify potential opportunities for investment to support emissions-intensive companies in their transition towards more sustainable activities. The advanced IRCA is based on an integrated and modular evaluation that considers transition risks, physical risks and environmental degradation risks, as well as the existence of any controversies or disputes of an environmental nature, but also more especially of a social or governance nature, involving the counterparties. Thus, although the risks inherent in the activity of each borrower are considered, these are adjusted according to the maturity of their ESG management arrangements. To that end, various factors are analysed, such as the decarbonisation strategy, the trend of emissions, the management of ESG risks, and the commitments to reduce emissions. In line with this description, three main modules can be identified: 1. Climate risk: each borrower is assigned a score for the transition risk and physical risk inherent in their activity. To distinguish between different borrowers within a given sector according to their management maturity level, ESG analysts evaluate the efforts made to transition and to mitigate physical risks, applying an internal methodology that has been standardised in order to make the results comparable. This way, the climate risk associated with a given activity by default can be adjusted based on each analysed borrower’s level of maturity in managing those aspects. Looking at the evaluation in further detail: 1.1. Transition efforts are measured using a methodology that measures the management maturity of these aspects, in line with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), meaning that this part of the assessment evaluates topics aligned with the four thematic areas defined in the recommendations: Governance, Risk management, Strategy, and Metrics and targets. 1.2. The efforts made to mitigate physical risks are also measured following the TCFD’s recommendations, requesting details of any physical events experienced by the borrower and of the measures taken to mitigate risks and adapt to physical events (e.g. insurance). A big step forward has been taken in relation to this measurement (as mentioned in the section on “Physical climate risks”), defining a bottom-up analytical methodology for large corporates, to be conducted by a central pool of analysts specialising in ESG. 2. Environmental degradation risk: a module has been introduced to adjust borrowers’ climate risk according to the impact inherent in the other environmental factors, other than climate factors, of the activities they perform. The adjustment stemming from this risk can be broken down to ascertain the impact associated with each vector (air quality, water quality, soil quality, waste and biodiversity). 3. Disputes: lastly, the counterparty’s score based on environmental modules (climate and environmental degradation) undergoes a second adjustment to determine the presence of any significant disputes in connection with counterparties relating to the environment and also relating to social or governance aspects. This methodology results in a numerical indicator that can be used to rank companies according to their ESG score in a uniform, objective and comparable way. Lower scores correspond to higher climate-related and environmental risk, while higher scores are associated with companies engaging in activities with a low (or even positive) impact on climate and the environment, as well as those with high ESG performance and/or maturity levels. This information concerns the ratings assigned to large corporates under the internal methodology, through an adjustment based on the IRCA score, and the existence of significant unmitigated disputes or controversies. The IRCA’s modular structure also allows separate scores to be obtained for each module (climate, environmental degradation and disputes), so as to compare specific aspects of borrowers. The IRCA is calculated centrally through the Bank’s internal portal, where the full analysis of borrowers is added, along with any relevant supporting documents, so as to ensure the correct traceability of opinions related to ESG criteria for credit risk decisions. Information is collected through a centralised pool of analysts specialised in ESG. The information collected mainly comes from public sources and is preferably checked and verified by a third party. In addition, where the ESG pool considers it necessary to do so, it instructs the basic management team to contact companies to obtain additional information. This process takes place annually for existing customers and during the origination process in the case of new customers. At present, the advanced IRCA has been calculated for large corporates in the case of more than half of the portfolio of loans granted to large corporates, and it is worth calling attention to the strong presence of borrowers with top-class ESG performance in their sector. Lastly, to ensure that the advanced IRCA measurement is supervised, IRCA ratings are monitored, with reports submitted on a quarterly basis to the Bank’s Sustainability Committee. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 402 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 405
3. Decarbonisation pathways: in line with the commitments established by the NZBA, the Institution has set decarbonisation targets for 2030 for the most GHG emissions-intensive sectors, acting at the stage of the production chain where a reduction is most likely to reduce the overall volume of emissions. These sectors include electricity, oil and gas, cement, coal, iron and steel, automotive, aviation, retail mortgages, commercial real estate, aluminium, and shipping. For borrowers operating in sectors affected by the decarbonisation pathways defined by the Group, there is a defined workflow to identify, evaluate and monitor the suitability of any significant transactions to which pathways are applied, at origination and thereafter. In addition, since the first quarter of 2023, the evolution of decarbonisation pathways has been monitored on a quarterly basis and reported to the Sustainability Committee and the Technical Risk Committee. This monitoring makes it possible to track the transition of the portfolio towards a low-emissions economy and to mitigate environmental risks by supporting customers in their transition process. To ensure effective application of the ESG credit risk management guidelines, the Bank has a central pool of analysts specialised in ESG, who are responsible for conducting the advanced IRCA evaluation of borrowers and for determining their level of compliance with the ESG credit risk guidelines. This way, the complete ESG analyses include an advanced IRCA evaluation, an assessment of compliance with the Environmental and Social Risk Framework, as well as a specific analysis of decarbonisation pathways in the case of transactions subject to sectoral pathways. This framework limits the authorisation of any type of finance for counterparties that (i) do not comply with the Environmental and Social Risk Framework, (ii) have been scored with an advanced IRCA and engage in a GHG emissions-intensive activity, but especially, have poor performance and/or a poor attitude to the transition, and (iii) do not fulfil decarbonisation pathways (where applicable). This way, the Bank seeks to maintain and support emissions-intensive companies, provided they have made sufficient progress in their ESG management and performance and have a positive attitude in this respect, demonstrating their commitment. ESG annex in executive summary of the risk management record On a supplementary basis and in order to add to the assessment of counterparties’ ESG disputes, for the operations of Corporate Banking Spain and EMEA foreign branches with minimal decision-making powers in the Group’s Risk Operations Committee (ROC) which do not have an up-to-date, or have an expired, advanced IRCA assessment as at the date of the risk assessment, since the end of 2024, an ESG annex has been included within the risk management record, which assesses the existence of any relevant disputes involving the counterparty, linked to climate-related or environmental aspects and to social and/or governance aspects. Climate-related and environmental performance of the loan book The Bank evaluates the impact of its loan book with two different assessments. The first consists of measuring the loan book’s climate- related and environmental risk, while the second focuses on measuring the portfolio’s carbon footprint. Measuring the climate-related and environmental risk of the loan book The first type of assessment focuses on measuring the climate-related and environmental risk of the borrowers receiving finance. There are two approaches to this measurement: a. Bottom-up approach: the climate-related and environmental risk of large corporates in the loan book is measured following a bottom-up approach using the advanced IRCA (included in the ESG credit risk management guidelines). All transactions, companies and corporate groups submitted to or reviewed by the Delegated Credit Committee have an advanced ESG analysis. This analysis, as explained in the section “Management of risks related to climate change”, is based Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 403 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 406
on an integrated and modular evaluation that considers transition risks, physical risks and environmental degradation risks, as well as the existence of any controversies or disputes involving the counterparties. Thus, although the risks inherent in the activity of each borrower are considered, these are adjusted according to the maturity of their ESG management arrangements. To that end, various factors are analysed, such as the decarbonisation strategy, the trend of emissions, the management of ESG risks, and the commitments to reduce emissions. b. Top-down approach: the second approach, which applies to smaller businesses, retail customers, or companies that despite being large corporates fall outside of the scope of the advanced IRCA as their associated exposures do not meet the parameters requiring its application, is based on batch measurements carried out by the Bank using the climate risk and environmental degradation risk models with a top-down approach. In addition, to ascertain the impact of the portfolio under stress in different scenarios, various stress tests are conducted. In 2024, the Institution developed a new simplified model to measure and score the environmental performance of companies that are not required to publish non-financial reports or that lack an advanced IRCA analysis, called the automated IRCA. Based on the data available in the Institution’s systems, such as the location and economic activity of the counterparties, the automated IRCA keeps consistency with the modular and conceptual structure of the advanced IRCA, offering an initial estimate of the climate-related and environmental risks of the entire business portfolio, without requiring any direct input from the analysts. Since its implementation, this tool has been used for the climate risk assessment of portfolios not subject to the advanced IRCA or without a specific score, and reports are sent to the Sustainability Committee on a quarterly basis. Calculating the financed emissions of the loan book The second type of assessment carried out by the Bank consists of measuring the emissions of the financed credit portfolio. This measurement is vital when it comes to managing ESG risk, as it is a quantitative metric for which a standardised methodology exists, enabling comparability. Furthermore, this measurement is carried out for the entire loan book, in other words, not only for loans granted to companies, but instead also measuring emissions of other portfolios such as that of mortgages, sovereign bonds, auto loans and project finance. For more details, see the passage on Emissions of the financed portfolio in section 2.1.3 Energy consumption and carbon footprint of this document. Rating adjustments for climate risks and collateral valuations In relation to the inclusion of environmental risks in the calculation of the expected loss, through the PD, the Institution adjusts the ratings of large corporates when the IRCA score is high or when the counterparty is involved in significant unmitigated disputes. It is thus included directly, as the rating is an input of the expected loss parameters (specifically, the PD). Furthermore, in order to reflect the impact of these risks in the collateral valuations of the loan book, the Institution applies adjustments to lower the appraisal value. In the case of physical risk, this adjustment reflects, for each collateral item, the extent of the deterioration in the Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 404 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 407
event of flood, fire or water stress, as well as the probability of occurrence of those events. In the case of transition risk, the appraisal value is lowered for collateral with an energy rating below D. The methodology used for the aforementioned collateral adjustments coincides with that applied in the top-down approach described above, i.e. based on an internal methodology for the quantitative assessment of climate-related physical risk where a distinction is made between acute and chronic events in line with the three scenarios of the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS), namely Orderly Transition, Disorderly Transition and Hot House World, adapted to a 30-year time horizon. This makes it possible to assess physical risk drivers that could have a more significant impact on the portfolio, based on the location and activities of customers. Initiatives to improve the quality of environmental information Given the limited level of ESG reporting and disclosures by companies, as well as the lack of historical data and the absence of standardisation between the reported information and the monitoring metrics for these risks, it is crucial to have access to the best possible ESG data in order to identify, manage, classify and monitor risks associated with climate change. For this reason, Banco Sabadell Group has been taking various actions to increase the quantity and quality of ESG data about customers. There are two particular areas that are worth mentioning: — Real estate collateral: with the support of a third-party supplier, batch uploads of the energy ratings of residential real estate and Commercial Real Estate (CRE) of the portfolio are carried out, where this information is not available. For newly granted loans, the Group obtains this information upon originating the mortgages. — Business risk: in this segment, various different initiatives have been launched over time: — In 2021, a task force was put together to gather environmental d a t a f r o m c u s t o m e r s , a s t h e f i r s t p i l o t p r o j e c t f o c u s i n g o n t h e C O ₂ emissions-intensive portfolio. This exercise included, among other things, the compilation of actual emissions (scopes 1, 2 and 3), as well as additional data, such as energy consumption, percentage of renewables consumption, emissions prevented (where applicable), external ESG ratings, environmental targets, and KRIs regarding the emissions intensity of each sector. — To calculate the carbon footprint of the financed business portfolio, it was necessary to gather actual data on borrowers’ emissions, as well as the information needed to calculate the attribution factor. — In addition, using the IRCA evaluation conducted by ESG analysts, customers’ ESG data is collected. To expedite this process in its initial phase, a third-party supplier was hired to conduct a batch upload of the ESG data pertaining to the main borrowers. — Similarly, in line with the Bank’s decarbonisation strategy, data was captured regarding the emissions, production and transition plans of the main borrowers affected by the decarbonisation pathways. This information was obtained, in the first place, from public sources and, where necessary, by contacting the customers directly. — Since 2023, the Bank has been taking part in a sectoral project between AEB (Spanish Banking Association), CECA (Spanish Confederation of Savings Banks) and UNACC (Spanish National Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 405 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 408
Union of Credit Cooperatives) to collect information related to the taxonomy from borrowers. Working together with an external consultant, the eligibility and alignment indicators of borrowers that have this information publicly available were obtained. Furthermore, a methodology was defined on a sector-wide basis to process that data in order to ensure uniform reporting. — In addition, due to the climate stress test conducted in 2024, data was gathered in relation to the emissions (scope 1, 2 and 3) and decarbonisation targets of the Group’s priority emissions- intensive customers. Complementary to this work to gather external information from customers, the Bank works internally to centralise ESG information through a thematic sustainability datamart in order to provide a single point of access to all those who require it. To ensure the internal control of the information managed, during the process a person is assigned to be directly responsible for the information, and data users are also defined. Based on the assigned responsibilities, a series of tasks are established to ensure the quality and uniformity of the information. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 406 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 409
2.1.3 Energy consumption and carbon footprint Energy consumption and mix Fossil fuels consumption The consumption of natural gas in Spain is limited to three of the corporate buildings. It is used to reinforce the HVAC system, both to provide heat and for dehumidification purposes. Continuous efforts are made to ensure systems are correctly maintained to deliver optimal consumption efficiency. In the United Kingdom, natural gas is mainly used in winter throughout the entire branch network and also in corporate buildings. No natural gas is consumed in Mexico or the USA, as their HVAC systems run entirely on electricity. In terms of the consumption of diesel, as a result of the blackout that occurred in Spain in April, which required electric generators to be used in our main corporate buildings, diesel consumption recorded an increase of 77% compared to 2024 and of 81% compared to 2023. Renewable energy consumption In all of the geographies in which Banco Sabadell Group carries out its activity, practically 100% of the electricity acquired for use in its facilities has a renewable origin certification. The following table shows the energy consumption in 2024 and 2025 for Banco Sabadell Group, as well as the proportion of fossil fuels and renewable sources: Energy consumption and mix, Banco Sabadell Group39 202440 2025 Total fossil fuels consumption (MWh) 8,532 7,521 Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption (%) 13.1 % 12.8 % Consumption from nuclear sources (MWh) 0 0 Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy consumption (%) 0 % 0 % Consumption from renewable sources (MWh) 0 0 Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from renewable sources (MWh) 55,972 50,138 Consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy (MWh) 638 1,339 Total renewable energy consumption (MWh) 56,610 51,477 Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption (%) 86.9 % 87.3 % Total energy consumption (MWh) 65,141 58,998 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 407 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 39 Includes consumption data for the two corporate buildings in Miami (Miami Lakes Operating Center and Sabadell Financial Center). 40 See footnote number 31.
Page 410
Spain In Spain, the Institution has solar panels that generate 3.4% of the electricity used in this geography, allowing the Bank to reduce the electric power that it acquires from its usual reseller to 96.6%. Energy consumption and mix - Banco Sabadell (Spain) 2024 202541 Total fossil fuels consumption (MWh) 2,933 3,196 Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption (%) 6.3 % 7.5 % Consumption from nuclear sources (MWh) 0 0 Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy consumption (%) 0 % 0 % Consumption from renewable sources (MWh) 0 0 Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from renewable sources (MWh) 43,323 38,252 Consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy (MWh) 638 1,339 Total renewable energy consumption (MWh) 43,961 39,591 Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption (%) 93.7 % 92.5 % Total energy consumption (MWh) 46,895 42,787 TSB (United Kingdom) TSB completed the third phase of its Energy Optimisation Programme, which helped to reduce the location-based energy consumption of natural gas, diesel and electricity by -2,084 MWh compared to 2024. Energy consumption and mix - TSB (UK) 2024 2025 Total fossil fuels consumption (MWh) 5,598 4,325 Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption (%) 32.7 % 28.7 % Consumption from nuclear sources (MWh) 0 0 Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy consumption (%) 0 % 0 % Consumption from renewable sources (MWh) 0 0 Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from renewable sources (MWh) 11,550 10,740 Consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy (MWh) 0 0 Total renewable energy consumption (MWh) 11,550 10,740 Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption (%) 67.4 % 71.3 % Total energy consumption (MWh) 17,149 15,065 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 408 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 41 In 2025, the estimated consumption of Automated Teller Machines (ATMs) whose electric supply is arranged by the property owner and not by the Bank has been included. If this estimate were included for 2024, total energy consumption in Spain would be 47,255 MWh (44,214 MWh with renewable origin, or 93.6%). At the Group level, total energy consumption would be 65,501 MWh (56,863 Mwh with renewable origin, or 86.8%).
Page 411
Mexico The Institution’s facilities in Mexico only use electric power, which has a Renewable Energy Guarantee of Origin (REGO), with no need to consume any energy created from fossil fuels. Energy consumption and mix - Banco Sabadell (Mexico) 2024 2025 Total fossil fuels consumption (MWh) 0 0 Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption (%) 0 % 0 % Consumption from nuclear sources (MWh) 0 0 Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy consumption (%) 0 % 0 % Consumption from renewable sources (MWh) 0 0 Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from renewable sources (MWh) 368 452 Consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy (MWh) 0 0 Total renewable energy consumption (MWh) 368 452 Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption (%) 100 % 100 % Total energy consumption (MWh) 368 452 Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions T h e C O ₂ e m i s s i o n s r e l e a s e d b y t h e G r o u p i n t h e g e o g r a p h i e s i n w h i c h i t is present (Spain, United Kingdom, Mexico and United States) amounted to 12,502 tonnes42, according to marked-based data, recording a change of -4.4% compared to 2024. By virtue of Royal Decree 214/2025 of 18 March, which created the carbon footprint, offsetting and carbon dioxide absorption projects register and imposed the obligation to calculate the carbon footprint and draw up and publish plans for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, which was published in the Official State Gazette (BOE) on 12 April 2025, certain parameters need to be considered to calculate the carbon footprint in Spain, including the obligation to use the emission factors published by the Spanish Ministry for the Green Transition and the Demographic Challenge (Ministerio para la Transición Ecológica y el Reto Demográfico, or MITECO). Consequently, in fulfilment of the new rules on calculating the scope 1 and 2 carbon footprint in Spain, to calculate its operational CO2e carbon footprint in 2025, the Bank has used the information available at the time of writing and publishing this 2025 Sustainability Report, as indicated below: — the emission factors published by MITECO correspond to the year 2024; — to calculate gross location-based scope 2 emissions, the demand and generation mix for the Iberian Peninsula in 2024 published by Spain’s national grid, Red Eléctrica Española43, has been used; — some energy consumption data has been estimated, as the corresponding invoices for the supplies have not yet been received. 43 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 409 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 42 D o e s n o t i n c l u d e t h e f o o t p r i n t g e n e r a t e d b y r e a l e s t a t e a s s e t s t h a t h a v e b e e n l e a s e d o u t , e s t i m a t e d a t 3 8 4 t o n n e s o f C O ₂ e , w h i c h w o u l d correspond to 3% of the Group’s total carbon footprint. 43 https://www.ree.es/en/datos/generation/non-renewable-detail-CO2-emissions? end_date=2024-12-31T23:59&start_date=2024-01-01T00:00&systemElectric=peninsular&time_trunc=year.
Page 412
Banco Sabadell Group (all geographies) Base year44 2024 2025 % variation Target year45 Annual % target / Base year46 Scope 1 GHG emissions G r o s s S c o p e 1 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) n.a. 2,460 3,029 23.1% n.a. n.a. % of Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated emission trading schemes n.a. 0 0 0 n.a. n.a. Scope 2 GHG emissions G r o s s l o c a t i o n - b a s e d S c o p e 2 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) n.a. 14,112 5,447 -61.4% n.a. n.a. G r o s s m a r k e t - b a s e d S c o p e 2 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) n.a. 25 18 -0.268 n.a. n.a. Significant Scope 3 GHG emissions T o t a l g r o s s i n d i r e c t ( S c o p e 3 ) G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) n.a. 10,597 9,455 -10.8% n.a. n.a. Purchased goods and services Water n.a. 101 104 3.4% n.a. n.a. Paper n.a. 1,242 1,016 -18.2% n.a. n.a. Plastic n.a. 9 8 -11.1% n.a. n.a. Waste generated in operations n.a. 120 133 10.7% n.a. n.a. Business travelling n.a. 4,058 3,475 -14.4% n.a. n.a. Employee commuting n.a. 5,067 4,720 -6.8% n.a. n.a. Total GHG emissions T o t a l G H G e m i s s i o n s ( l o c a t i o n - b a s e d ) ( t C O ₂ e ) n.a. 27,169 17,931 -34% n.a. n.a. T o t a l G H G e m i s s i o n s ( m a r k e t - b a s e d ) ( t C O ₂ e ) n.a. 13,082 12,502 -4.4% n.a. n.a. For goods purchased and waste generated at the Group level, included in the table above, consumption in 2025 compared to the previous year is as follows: Consumption 2024 2025 Change Water 267.952 m3 271.812 m3 1 % Paper 1.054 t 874 t -17 % Plastic 3 t 3 t 0 % Non-hazardous waste 1.427 t 1.470 t 3 % Hazardous waste 5 t 12 t 140 % Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 410 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 44 The base year for the geographies with established targets (Spain and United Kingdom) is not the same, so the details, along with the targets, are available in the individual tables provided in the section entitled “Carbon footprint, by geography”. 45 See Note 42 of the same table. 46 See Note 42 of the same table.
Page 413
Carbon footprint, by geography47: Spain Base year (2024) 202448 2025 % variation 2030 Annual target % Scope 1 GHG emissions G r o s s S c o p e 1 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 1,331 1,331 2,039 53.0 % 1,511 -1.5 %49 % of Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated emission trading schemes 0 0 0 0 Scope 2 GHG emissions G r o s s l o c a t i o n - b a s e d S c o p e 2 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 11,264 11,264 3,07550 -73.0 % 3,555 G r o s s m a r k e t - b a s e d S c o p e 2 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 0 0 0 0 0 -100 % Significant Scope 3 GHG emissions T o t a l g r o s s i n d i r e c t ( S c o p e 3 ) G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 5,150 5,150 5,216 1.0 % n.a. n.a. Purchased goods and services Water 84 84 91 8.0 % n.a. n.a. Paper 595 595 549 -8.0 % n.a. n.a. Plastic 9 9 8 -11.0 % n.a. n.a. Waste generated in operations 116 116 129 11.0 % n.a. n.a. Business travelling 2,476 2,476 2,430 -2.0 % n.a. n.a. Employee commuting51 1,869 1,869 2,009 7.0 % n.a. n.a. Total GHG emissions T o t a l G H G e m i s s i o n s ( l o c a t i o n - b a s e d ) ( t C O ₂ e ) 17,745 17,745 10,330 -42.0 % n.a. n.a. T o t a l G H G e m i s s i o n s ( m a r k e t - b a s e d ) ( t C O ₂ e ) 6,481 6,481 7,255 12.0 % n.a. n.a. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 411 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 47 The emission factors applied were updated during 2025 by various official institutions and/or internationally recognised organisations. In the case of Spain, the emission factors are those published by the Spanish Ministry for the Green Transition and the Demographic Challenge (MITECO) in 2025, which corresponded to 2024 (with the exception of business travelling and employee commuting, for which data published by DEFRA 2025 and by the Catalan Office for Climate Change (Oficina Catalana del Canvi Climàtic) have been used). In the case of the United Kingdom and Mexico, emission factors correspond to DEFRA 2025. In the case of the USA, emission factors correspond to those published by the US Environmental Protection Agency and by DEFRA 2025. 48 This report contains the emissions figure corresponding to 2024 for Spain, as provided in the 2024 Sustainability Report, which was verified together with the rest of its content by the statutory auditor. If one were to consider that provided in Royal Decree 214/2025 of 18 March, which created the carbon footprint, offsetting and carbon dioxide absorption projects register and imposed the obligation to calculate the carbon footprint and draw up and publish plans for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, the carbon footprint calculation for 2024 would come to a total of 6,810 tCO2e market-based (10,364 tCO2e location-based). Scope 1: 1,660 tCO2e; Scope 2: 0 tCO2e market-based and 3,554 tCO2e location-based; Scope 3: 5,150 tCO2e. 49 T h e f o o t p r i n t r e d u c t i o n c o m m i t m e n t i s b a s e d o n t h e r e c a l c u l a t i o n d e s c r i b e d i n n o t e 4 5 a b o v e ( S c o p e 1 : 1 , 6 6 0 t C O ₂ e ) . 50 The emission factor used corresponds to the final generation mix for the Iberian peninsula in 2024 published by Spain’s national grid, Red Eléctrica Española (www.ree.es). The emission factor used in previous years is the electricity label published by the CNMC (Spanish National Commission on Markets and Competition). Were the peninsular generation mix emission factor to be applied to the previous year’s electricity c o n s u m p t i o n , l o c a t i o n - b a s e d e m i s s i o n s i n 2 0 2 4 w o u l d c o m e t o 3 , 4 6 6 t C O ₂ e . I n t h i s c a s e , t h e p e r c e n t a g e r e d u c t i o n o f e m i s s i o n s i n 2 0 2 5 w o u l d be 11.3%. 51 In Spain, the carbon footprint generated during commutes is calculated for the corporate buildings with the largest number of employees. Total emissions calculated in this category for Spain, corresponding to 2025, came to 2,009.06 t o n n e s o f C O ₂ e .
Page 414
United Kingdom Base year (2023) 2024 2025 % variation 2030 Annual target % Scope 1 GHG emissions G r o s s S c o p e 1 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 1,410 1,100 880 -20.0 % 493 -9.3 % % of Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated emission trading schemes 0 0 0 — % Scope 2 GHG emissions G r o s s l o c a t i o n - b a s e d S c o p e 2 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 2,728 2,417 1,919 -21.0 % 0 G r o s s m a r k e t - b a s e d S c o p e 2 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 0 25 18 — % 0 -100% renewable origin Significant Scope 3 GHG emissions T o t a l g r o s s i n d i r e c t ( S c o p e 3 ) G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 5,700 4,880 3,915 -20.0 % 329052 -4.6 % Purchased goods and services Water 14 11 9 -15.0 % Paper 657 647 466 -28.0 % 381 -6.0 % Plastic 0 0 0 Waste generated in operations 13 4 4 -3.0 % Business travelling 855 1,020 724 -29.0 % 2,909 -6.0 %Employee commuting 4,161 3,197 2,711 -15.0 % Total GHG emissions T o t a l G H G e m i s s i o n s ( l o c a t i o n - b a s e d ) ( t C O ₂ e ) 9,838 8,396 6,714 -20.0 % T o t a l G H G e m i s s i o n s ( m a r k e t - b a s e d ) ( t C O ₂ e ) 7,110 6,004 4,813 -20.0 % Mexico53 Base year 2024 2025 % variation 2025 Annual target % Scope 1 GHG emissions G r o s s S c o p e 1 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 29 73 152.0 %54 % of Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated emission trading schemes 0 0 0 Scope 2 GHG emissions G r o s s l o c a t i o n - b a s e d S c o p e 2 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 161 201 25.0 % G r o s s m a r k e t - b a s e d S c o p e 2 G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 0 0 0 Significant Scope 3 GHG emissions T o t a l g r o s s i n d i r e c t ( S c o p e 3 ) G H G e m i s s i o n s ( t C O ₂ e ) 270 172 -36.0 % Purchased goods and services Water 4 2 -57.0 % Paper 0 1 — % Plastic 0 0 — % Waste generated in operations 0 0 — % Business travelling 265 169 -36.0 %55 Total GHG emissions T o t a l G H G e m i s s i o n s ( l o c a t i o n - b a s e d ) ( t C O ₂ e ) 460 446 -3.0 % T o t a l G H G e m i s s i o n s ( m a r k e t - b a s e d ) ( t C O ₂ e ) 299 245 -18.0 % Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 412 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 52 Target relates only to business travelling and employee commuting. 53 Mexico has not set any carbon footprint reduction targets, so no data is included in relation to the base year, target year or annualised % of target. 54 The increase compared to 2024 is due to the correction of mismatches in the recorded figures for fuel consumption by the fleet of vehicles controlled by the Institution. If the adjustments made in 2025 were applied to the recorded figures of the previous year, the recalculated footprint f o r g r o s s s c o p e 1 e m i s s i o n s i n 2 0 2 4 w o u l d b e 5 7 t C O ₂ e . 55 The reduction in the footprint associated with business travelling is due to the Institution’s annual efforts to optimise travel arrangements.
Page 415
Emissions of the financed portfolio Since 2021, Banco Sabadell Group has calculated the carbon footprint of its financed portfolio using the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) methodology. Emissions of the financed portfolio account for the largest share of the Group’s emissions. Therefore, since 2021, Banco Sabadell Group has calculated the carbon footprint of its financed portfolio using the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) methodology. PCAF is a global partnership of financial institutions that work together to develop and implement a global harmonised approach to measure and disclose the emissions associated with their loans and investments. As part of this partnership, 16 institutions established the design of the Global GHG Accounting and Reporting Standard for the Financial Industry, which aims to harmonise greenhouse gas emissions accounting. Banco Sabadell became a member of the PCAF in June 2022. The measurement of the financed portfolio’s emissions using this Standard is a key step for financial institutions to assess the transition risks associated with climate change, set targets aligned with the Paris Agreement and develop effective strategies to decarbonise the economy. As regards the PCAF methodology, Banco Sabadell Group has applied the methodology envisaged in the Standard mentioned above, which has been devised mainly for financial institutions wishing to measure and share their GHG emissions financed through their loans and investments, and which allows the following asset classes to be measured: — Business loans and unlisted equity. — Project finance. — Commercial Real Estate (CRE) mortgages. — Residential mortgages. — Motor vehicle loans. — Sovereign bonds (new category in 2023). It is worth mentioning that the PCAF has two methodological approaches for listed equity and corporate bonds. In this case, the Bank uses the same methodology that it does for business loans and unlisted equity, in which the attribution considers counterparties’ balance sheet data. The other approach, based on companies’ stock market valuations, is not applied in this case given the volatility that it generates for the attribution factor. The Group has calculated its carbon footprint (scope 1 and 2) as at 2025 year-end for approximately 97% of its financed portfolio. Based on this methodology, the Group has calculated its carbon footprint (scope 1 and 2) as at 2025 year-end for approximately 97% of its financed portfolio. The portfolios not calculated are those for which no calculation or estimation standards or methodologies exist as yet, such as the financing of consumer loan portfolios for purposes other than vehicle purchase or private banking, among others. It is worth noting that the Group has continued to upgrade its calculation model through a process of ongoing improvement, to obtain Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 413 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 416
more reliable and complete results. The following improvements are particularly worth mentioning: I) Calculation of the new Sovereign Bonds segment of the portfolio within the model used to calculate the carbon footprint, following the new methodology published by the PCAF. II) Inclusion of fixed-income contracts for corporate bonds in the business segment. III) Inclusion of new PCAF emission factors in the calculation of emissions stemming from the financed business portfolio. IV) Improved Data Quality (DQ), with actual emissions, surface areas and energy performance certificates, both actual and estimated by appraisal firms, as well as the value and type of vehicle. V) Updated emission factors for projects involving the generation of non-renewable energy in each geography based on official sources and updated PCAF factors. To ensure that the carbon footprint of the financed portfolio is monitored and supervised, since September 2022 the emissions stemming from the loan portfolio have been monitored on a quarterly basis and reported to the Sustainability Committee and to the Technical Risk Committee56. The absolute emissions of the Group’s financed portfolio in terms of scope 1 and 2 as at the end of 2025 came to 15.22557 m i l l i o n t C O ₂ e q , which, considering the emission intensity value calculated using the standard measurement in the sector, which is per million euros financed, r e p r e s e n t s a n e m i s s i o n i n t e n s i t y o f 7 4 . 8 t C O ₂ e q / € m w i t h a n a v e r a g e D Q of 3.13. To complement this, if one were to calculate the intensity of financed emissions based on net revenue58, this would be 3,110 t C O ₂ e q / €m. The segment that contributes the most to the footprint is the business portfolio (approximately 56%), which represents 36% of the credit exposure in the portfolio. Compared to the end of 2024, emissions have fallen slightly, which coupled with the increase in investment over that same period has led to a significant decrease in the emission intensity per euro financed of -3.8% in 2025. In addition, the average DQ has improved, reflecting the efforts made to incorporate counterparties’ actual emissions data, where they calculate and publish such information. This improvement has been possible thanks to the regular exercises carried out to obtain actual data for the various segments. The sectors that contribute the most to the financed portfolio’s footprint are Agriculture, forestry and fishing, Steel, Construction materials, and Industrial chemical production. It is worth noting that the segment that remains the second-biggest contributor in 2025 is the segment corresponding to the issuance of sovereign bonds, which includes the LULUCF59 factor. Details of the emissions of each PCAF segment are provided below: Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 414 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 56 Details of the attributions of management bodies in relation to climate-related matters are provided in chapter 1.3 “Governance”. 57 The previously reported data includes financed emissions and the emission intensity per million euros financed, as that is where the most significant emissions are found. 58 Estimates relate to the financed portfolio, as that is where the majority of a financial institution’s emissions are concentrated. As an indicator of net revenue, the main metric of a financial institution’s revenue, Gross Income, has been selected. That indicator includes the following items: net interest income, fee and commission income, profit or loss on financial operations, other operating income and expenses, and income and expenses on assets and liabilities under insurance contracts. 59 Land Use, Land-Use Change and Forestry. 15.225M Absolute emissions of the Group’s financed portfolio in terms of Scope 1 and 2. In millions t C O ₂ e q
Page 417
SEGMENT I N T E N S I T Y ( t C O ₂ / € m ) DQ Business loans and unlisted equity 118 3.50 Project finance 64 3.55 Commercial Real Estate (CRE) mortgages 42 4.08 Residential mortgages (includes TSB)60 16 3.34 Motor vehicle loans 199 3.60 Sovereign bonds (new category in 2023) 140 1.02 The Bank is focusing its efforts on setting decarbonisation targets for the most emissions-intensive sectors of its business portfolio (see section 2.1.1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation). Each sector’s emissions for 2024 can be found in the Bank’s latest Pillar 3 Disclosures report61. On the other hand, the Bank is focusing its efforts on project finance for renewable energies, in order to promote the transition to a sustainable e c o n o m y . T h e s e e f f o r t s a r e a l s o r e f l e c t e d i n t h e 1 . 9 3 m i l l i o n t C O ₂ e q o f emissions prevented as a result of financing these types of projects. To ensure that measurements of the financed portfolio’s carbon footprint are supervised, they are monitored on a quarterly basis and reported to the Bank’s Sustainability Committee and to the Technical Risk Committee62. In addition, the calculation of the financed portfolio’s carbon footprint is audited every year, with the participation of an independent third party, obtaining favourable results in the most recent audit. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 415 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 60 The data for coverage of emissions in TSB corresponds to 2023 year-end. 61 For more details about the emissions of the financed business portfolio, refer to the latest Pillar 3 Disclosures report, which contains the emissions breakdown of each carbon-intensive sector and is publicly available on Banco Sabadell’s corporate website. 62 Details of the attributions of management bodies in relation to climate-related matters are provided in chapter 1.3.1 Sustainability governance.
Page 418
Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 416 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 419
3. Social information 3.1 Own workforce Banco Sabadell has a committed and professional workforce that is dedicated to helping people and companies make the best financial decisions, creating long-term value for our shareholders, employees and society. We do this through responsible management and an unwavering commitment to the environment. The Bank has policies and procedures in place aimed at attracting and developing talent, promoting the commitment of its workforce, and fostering diversity and inclusion. Banco Sabadell’s culture hinges on “Being Sabadell”, a concept that is in the DNA of our Institution’s corporate culture and which reflects a way of doing things and of being that is unique to the Bank, in addition to being the basis for the Talent Management Model. It can be summed up in three pillars: mindset, acting with the customer and the Bank in mind; delivery, working with dedication and efficiency; and engagement, adopting a positive and collaborative attitude. “Being Sabadell” is the formula used by the Bank’s best professionals and it is what sets us apart from other banks. Banco Sabadell uses its internal policies and procedures to promote actions that allow the entire workforce to work in an environment in which fairness and equality are the strategic elements of the corporate culture. The Institution’s remuneration policies establish, as a core principle, the need to ensure a competitive and fair remuneration system (external competitiveness and internal fairness), which among other things involves aligning with market standards and being flexible in order to adapt to the needs and requirements of the environment and the sector. The gender pay gap is a priority focus area for Banco Sabadell’s workforce management. Its policies and procedures lay down mechanisms to prevent and mitigate unequal pay between men and women, along with the commitment to gradually reduce that gap and move ahead with the goal of supporting the economic and social transformation of the environment. In terms of equal pay, Banco Sabadell ensures that, for the same role with the same responsibility, there is no wage discrimination between genders, neither when recruiting staff nor during employees’ salary reviews, monitoring the impact of any salary- related actions. The identified gender pay gap is framed within cross-cutting structural factors. These factors relate to the uneven representation of women and men in certain positions, in a context influenced by historical patterns and the characteristics of the labour markets; it does not stem from circumstances of specific groups that require any additional measures. The People & Sustainability division remains firm in its commitment to ensure that Banco Sabadell has the necessary people at all times: people who are committed, motivated and work efficiently. This strategic priority is the driver of the Talent Management Model, which aims to provide those working at the Institution with the best place in which to develop their professional careers. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 417 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 420
The training proposal, always aligned with the needs of the business and with the regulatory framework, seeks to foster people’s professional development so that they can become the drivers of change, leading the transformation and innovation of the sector. In addition, the Group, aware that good working conditions are important for the health and safety of its people, follows a policy of prevention and continuous improvement of the working conditions and health of its teams. The Equality Plan, signed in February 2022 with workers’ legal representatives, aims to ensure that the workforce has a good work-life balance, and sets out work-life balance measures available to the entire workforce, in addition to establishing a framework for flexible working hours that can be used to improve the balance between personal and professional interests under equal terms for both men and women. The team of professionals at Banco Sabadell is capable of transforming itself and facing up to major challenges, as they bring their best selves to work, with the firm commitment of driving forward the economic and social transformation of the environment. Banco Sabadell Group showed its gratitude for the joint effort and devotion demonstrated during 2025, by recognising the entire workforce, in order to further strengthen their engagement with the organisation. Lastly, for all of the initiatives and measures mentioned later on, the Group has allocated the necessary resources (personal and economic) to ensure that material impacts are managed. All of these initiatives and measures are linked to material impacts, as no material risks or opportunities have been identified in connection with its own workforce. In conclusion, the practices of the Bank do not generate any material negative impacts on its own workforce. 3.1.1 Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees As at 31 December 2025, Banco Sabadell Group has a workforce with 18,736 people, distributed across the various geographies in which it operates. 99% of the workforce have a permanent contract, reflecting the Group’s commitment to job stability. The average age is 46 years and the average length of service in the organisation is 17 years, which is evidence of solid talent retention. Diversity is a key value in Banco Sabadell: in terms of its geographical distribution, 29% of the workforce operates outside of Spain and, in terms of gender, 54.7% are women, which contributes to the plurality and balance of the organisation. Over the past year, the Group’s workforce has remained broadly stable, with a drop of 0.2%, going from 18,769 to 18,736 staff. The sector and the Institution continue to outdo themselves, in a context of continuous transformation driven by digitalisation, the evolution of working models, and technological challenges, with the goal of anticipating and meeting the needs of the workforce, customers, and all stakeholders. In addition, as at December 2025, Banco Sabadell has 233 people who are not employees working on temporary contracts in Spain, hired through temporary employment agencies. These people have been hired in order to provide cover for short-term absences (of up to 90 days) and planned annual leave, always provided the service needs cannot be met through other means. 100% of these temporary staff members are located in the branch network. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 418 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 18,736 Employees 54.7% Women
Page 421
Banco Sabadell Group employees: Breakdown by gender, professional category, country and nationality63 Gender 2025 2024 Male 8,487 8,512 Female 10,249 10,257 Other Not applicable Not applicable Not reported Not applicable Not applicable Total 18,736 18,769 Group data as at 31/12/2025. 2025 2024 Professional category Men Women Total Men Women Total Senior management 589 324 913 569 297 866 Middle management 1,934 1,456 3,390 1,921 1,407 3,328 Specialist staff 5,424 7,183 12,607 5,467 7,215 12,682 Administrative staff 540 1,286 1,826 555 1,338 1,893 Total 8,487 10,249 18,736 8,512 10,257 18,769 Group data as at 31/12/2025. Country 2025 2024 Spain 13,252 13,156 United Kingdom 4,650 4,761 Mexico 509 526 Other geographies 325 326 Total 18,736 18,769 Group data as at 31/12/2025. Workforce in the United Kingdom includes employees at TSB and at Banco Sabadell’s London branch. Nationality 2025 2024 Spanish 69.5% 69.0% British 22.2% 23.0% Mexican 2.7% 2.7% United States 1.2% 1.2% Other nationalities 4.4% 4.1% Total 100% 100% Group data as at 31/12/2025. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 419 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 63 This information can also be found in “Note 33 – Administrative expenses” to the 2025 consolidated annual financial statements. In addition, the reported figures include the 11 workers from the Banco Sabadell Foundation.
Page 422
Breakdown of staff departures from the Group due to dismissal As at December 2025, a total of 157 staff departures had taken place, fewer than in 2024. This reduction is mainly due to a cost management programme that was implemented at TSB in 2024, which produced a significant reduction in the workforce. 2025 2024 Professional category Men Women Total Men Women Total Senior management 10 3 13 8 6 14 Middle management 16 10 26 39 26 65 Specialist staff 48 42 90 156 131 287 Administrative staff 11 17 28 54 180 234 Total 85 72 157 257 343 600 Group data as at 31/12/2025. 2025 2024 Age range Men Women Total Men Women Total Under 30 16 10 26 26 41 67 Between 30 and 50 51 40 91 144 173 317 Over 50 18 22 40 87 129 216 Total 85 72 157 257 343 600 Group data as at 31/12/2025. Voluntary turnover The Voluntary Turnover Rate (VTR64) of the Group (ex-TSB) in 2025 was 1.9%. In Spain, the voluntary turnover rate was 1.5%, remaining broadly stable compared to 2024. Among those below the age of 30, the rate dropped by 1.6 percentage points. Talent management has made it possible to maintain a loyal and devoted workforce. The turnover rate fell by 1.3 percentage points in the international perimeter, due to fewer voluntary departures taking place in Mexico. 2025 2024 Age range National International National International Under 30 8.9% 20.9% 10.5% 20.7% Between 30 and 50 1.5% 6.8% 1.2% 8.5% Over 50 0.1% 4.3% 0.2% 5.1% Total 1.5% 7.6% 1.5% 8.9% Voluntary turnover rate = ((annual voluntary leavers) / (average workforce)) * 100. Group (ex-TSB) data as at 31/12/2025. ‘International’ includes Mexico, foreign branches and representative offices. 2025 2024 Gender National International National International Men 2.2% 7.3% 2.0% 8.5% Women 0.9% 7.9% 1.0% 9.5% Total 1.5% 7.6% 1.5% 8.9% Voluntary turnover rate = ((annual voluntary leavers) / (average workforce)) * 100. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 420 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 64 Rate that measures those leaving the Group (ex-TSB) on a voluntary basis.
Page 423
Involuntary turnover The Involuntary Turnover Rate (ITR65) of the Group (ex-TSB) is 1.6%. In Spain, the involuntary turnover rate is 1.4%. In the international perimeter, the rate increased by 2.5 percentage points, mainly due to staff departures in Mexico. 2025 2024 Age range National International National International Under 30 3.3% 1.2% 2.4% 3.5% Between 30 and 50 1.1% 4.6% 0.7% 1.4% Over 50 1.6% 4.8% 1.6% 2.0% Total 1.4% 4.3% 1.1% 1.8% Involuntary turnover rate = ((annual involuntary leavers) / (average workforce)) * 100. Group (ex-TSB) data as at 31/12/2025. ‘International’ includes Mexico, foreign branches and representative offices. Includes those leaving due to dismissal and other involuntary reasons. Does not include those leaving due to restructuring processes. 2025 2024 Gender National International National International Men 1.5% 4.1% 1.3% 1.5% Women 1.3% 4.7% 0.9% 2.1% Total 1.4% 4.3% 1.1% 1.8% Involuntary turnover rate = ((annual involuntary leavers) / (average workforce)) * 100. Group (ex-TSB) data as at 31/12/2025. ‘International’ includes Mexico, foreign branches and representative offices. Includes those leaving due to dismissal and other involuntary reasons. Does not include those leaving due to restructuring processes. Overall staff turnover 2025 2024 Age range National International National International Under 30 12.2% 22.2% 12.9% 24.2% Between 30 and 50 2.6% 11.5% 1.9% 9.9% Over 50 1.7% 9.1% 1.8% 7.1% Total 2.9% 11.9% 2.6% 10.7% Total turnover rate = ((total annual leavers) / (average workforce)) * 100. Group (ex-TSB) data as at 31/12/2025. ‘International’ includes Mexico, foreign branches and representative offices. Includes those leaving due to dismissal and other involuntary reasons. Does not include those leaving due to restructuring processes. 2025 2024 Gender National International National International Men 3.8% 11.4% 3.3% 9.9% Women 2.1% 12.6% 1.9% 11.6% Total 2.9% 11.9% 2.6% 10.7% Total turnover rate = ((total annual leavers) / (average workforce)) * 100. Group (ex-TSB) data as at 31/12/2025. ‘International’ includes Mexico, foreign branches and representative offices. Includes those leaving due to dismissal and other involuntary reasons. Does not include those leaving due to restructuring processes. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 421 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 65 Rate that measures those leaving the Group (ex-TSB) on an involuntary basis.
Page 424
Types of contract in the Group Practically all Group employment contracts (99%) are permanent contracts, and only 254 are temporary. Employees, by type of contract and gender 2025 2024 Women Men Other Not disclosed Total Women Men Other Not disclosed Total Number of employees 10,249 8,487 - - 18,736 10,257 8,512 - - 18,769 Number of permanent employees 10,117 8,365 - - 18,482 10,162 8,419 - - 18,581 Number of temporary employees 132 122 - - 254 95 93 - - 188 Number of employees on zero-hour contracts - - - - - - - - - - Number of full-time employees 10236 8482 - - 18,718 10,247 8,502 - - 18,749 Number of part-time employees 13 5 - - 18 10 10 - - 20 Group data as at 31/12/2025. Employees, by type of contract and country 2025 2024 Spain United Kingdom Mexico Other Total Spain United Kingdom Mexico Other Total Number of employees 13,252 4,650 509 325 18,736 13,156 4,761 526 326 18,769 Number of permanent employees 13,090 4,558 509 325 18,482 13,006 4,723 526 326 18,581 Number of temporary employees 162 92 0 0 254 150 38 0 0 188 Number of employees on zero-hour contracts - - - - - - - - - - Number of full-time employees 13,234 4650 509 325 18,718 13,136 4,761 526 326 18,749 Number of part-time employees 18 0 0 0 18 20 0 0 0 20 Group data as at 31/12/2025. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 422 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 425
Number of contracts, by type: 2025 2024 Type of contract and Permanent Temporary Total Permanent Temporary Total professional category Senior management 909 4 913 865 1 866 Middle management 3,386 4 3,390 3,327 1 3,328 Specialist staff 12,428 179 12,607 12,520 162 12,682 Administrative staff 1,759 67 1,826 1,869 24 1,893 Total 18,482 254 18,736 18,581 188 18,769 Group data as at 31/12/2025. Number of contracts, by type: 2025 2024 Type of contract and Permanent Temporary Total Permanent Temporary Total age range Under 30 1,516 147 1,663 1,660 112 1,772 Between 30 and 50 10,481 90 10,571 11,018 67 11,085 Over 50 6,485 17 6,502 5,903 9 5,912 Total 18,482 254 18,736 18,581 188 18,769 Group data as at 31/12/2025. 3.1.2 Talent The Group aspires to provide people working at the Institution with an ideal place in which to develop their professional careers. To make this possible, the Group has a solid talent management model, a framework of professional opportunities within the Group (internal mobility, promotions and training) and the ability to attract the best external talent for profiles that cannot be found within the Group. Banco Sabadell’s talent management model seeks to manage and develop talent and foster employee loyalty, applying the principles of meritocracy, development of internal potential, and diversity. It requires suitable mechanisms to be in place to identify people’s talent and potential, offering them opportunities for career development and professional advancement in the Group. The Sabadell Talent Appraisal is the starting point for talent management. It is a key process aimed at all Banco Sabadell employees and designed to identify people’s talent and potential, give individual feedback and make decisions on career progression during processes such as internal mobility, training or salary reviews. 100% of the appraisals of staff meeting the appraisal criteria have been conducted66, 53% of them women and 47% men. Aligning the talent appraisal process with “Being Sabadell” is a determining factor for the Bank to be consistent in how talent is defined, identified, appraised and developed. It has therefore been structured around three elements (mindset, delivery and engagement), assessing Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 423 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 66 Criteria to undergo the Sabadell talent appraisal: staff who were active employees on 31 August and who had no union commitments on 31 August; in the case of employees currently on long-term paid leave, on leave due to long-term incapacity, on secondment, on leave to care for minors with serious illness, or on unpaid leave as at 31 August, these will be invited to undergo the appraisal where their situation began after 1 April.
Page 426
contribution and performance, skills and potential, and getting to know the professional aspirations of each employee. For those who manage teams, the key skills expected at each management level are defined based on the three elements of Being Sabadell (mindset, delivery and engagement). This way, those responsible for managing teams all have skills specific to each management level, thereby enriching the model and the appraisal. After this identification and self-reflection phase, the conversation with line managers is a key opportunity to share mutual feedback about what is expected of the employee, what they bring to their role, what strengths they have and where there is room to improve. The process ends with the creation of an individual development plan for each employee. This appraisal counts as 20% of the individual targets of employees receiving variable remuneration. It is important to note that many people take part in this appraisal, as it involves not only current line managers giving their opinions and reasons for their appraisal but also feedback from functional or additional managers (for example, previous managers during the year), as well as feedback from management teams where the participants are themselves managers. Lastly, the division’s perspective is used to supplement and validate the calibration. In other words, each employee receives at least once appraisal (from their line manager) and that appraisal is validated by someone at least one level up. The number of validations and cross- checks vary according to the size of the division, ranging from 1 to 5 levels. The appraisal components are broken down according to the three main aspects of Being Sabadell: — How do they convey their mindset? Do they always act with the Bank in mind, applying their expertise and thinking outside the box? — How do they deliver? Do they focus on the task at hand, working quickly and efficiently to deliver exceptional outcomes? Do they take into account the quality of that they deliver and the need to comply with regulations? — How do they engage with others? Do they have a positive attitude that creates a good work environment and do they encourage teamwork? The Bank’s talent recruitment model provides the Institution with the profiles it needs to operate and achieve its targets. One of the main aspects is to foster the professional development of all persons in the Institution. To that end, it prioritises internal recruitment over external recruitment, equal opportunities and process quality, and it is committed to the promotion of people with potential, offering opportunities for internal growth, thus creating professional careers that will be advanced thanks to encouragement and the initiative taken by those who form part of Banco Sabadell to grow and develop. The conversation between the manager and the employee is the key element to achieve personal and professional growth through feedback, as they agree on an individual development plan to take the necessary action to improve, develop and train. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 424 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 427
In addition to the Being Sabadell Talent Appraisal, processes take place that make it possible to enrich the overview of each person, providing additional perspectives: — Management Appraisal (180º): every year, employees give an appraisal of their managers. This process is visible to the line manager and is taken into account in their appraisal. The line manager is also given feedback about the results obtained, while the people manager keeps track of them. — Employee Appraisal Committees (EACs): these meet on annual basis as part of the talent workflow and they are the main forum in which objective, meritocratic and collective decisions are made about the employees in each general/ territorial division. The resulting talent maps are key components of internal talent management, which are based on strategic needs and meritocracy. The Employee Appraisal Committees make decisions on appointments and actions in relation to people, and they also share a strategic outlook of the key themes related to talent within each division, to ensure meritocracy is considered from an end-to-end perspective. Promotions to roles with greater responsibility are validated by internal collegiate bodies, with the support of the People & Sustainability division. In the case of appointments to management positions, following the Employee Appraisal Committee meetings, proposals are submitted to the Managerial Performance Evaluation Committee and the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee. — Key Function Holder Substitute Map (KFH Map): from the point of view of proactive talent management, those within the Institution who are capable of taking on these roles over different time scales are identified in the KFH Map. Different types of profiles are identified: — Emergency cover: people ready to take over the role immediately if needed. — Ready soon: people who could take over the role in less than one year. — Ready 2-3 years: people with high potential who are in the process of developing their skills to take over the role within 2-3 years. — Future ready: those identified as having capacity to grow in the long term and who are already on the talent radar. This exercise takes place on an annual basis with the involvement of the People & Sustainability division, the Head of Organisation and Resources of each division, and General Management. It is a robust process that ensures a medium- and long-term vision of talent that is shared with and contributed to by multiple people from across the organisation. — Managerial Performance Evaluation Committee (MPEC): this Committee meets on an annual basis with the Bank’s Management Committee in order to decide on changes to senior management staff, approving proposals for joiners and leavers in that group. Promotions to senior management take place taking into account as fundamental criteria the assessment of both the positions and talent, as well as the size of this group, which is in keeping with the structure and the established targets and commitments in relation to diversity. All actions stemming from these processes are monitored by the Heads of Organisation and Resources (Directores de Organización y Recursos, or DORs) and/or by the line managers, and also by Human Capital depending on the actions in question. Halfway through the year, a Mid-Year Review takes place, to check in on how much progress has been made on each action. The DORs have the tools needed to track these actions. In the following year’s meetings of the Divisional Employee Appraisal Committee (DEAC), they report on the level of completion of the previously agreed actions. Other geographies: In 2025, the subsidiary TSB has continued to strengthen the approach to performance, aligning talent management and performance processes and making succession plans even more robust. In Mexico, the talent management processes defined earlier for Spain also apply to the subsidiary, which carries out an Annual Appraisal of Performance and Potential and where the Employee Appraisal Committee and Managerial Performance Evaluation Committee meetings take place every year, as does the review of the Key Function Holder Substitute Map, to align it with the Group’s talent management model. In terms of attracting external talent, in Spain, as at the end of December 2025, staff with the following profiles joined the workforce: business development (30%), technology and digital specialists (29%), Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 425 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 428
financial and regulatory analysts (14%), data specialists (9%), cross- functional and operational experts (7%), and support and other staff (11%). Similarly, in relation to attracting talent, 330 vacancies were filled internally. Internally, the type of profile for which there were vacancies was varied, with 54% corresponding to business development, 14% to financial and regulatory analysts, 11% to cross-functional and operational experts, 4% to data specialists, 3% to technology and digital specialists, and 14% to support and other staff. New permanent hires in Banco Sabadell Group based on the breakdown by age and gender are shown below: 2025 2024 Age range National International National International Under 30 251 23 254 48 Between 30 and 50 207 60 194 116 Over 50 31 5 37 14 Total 489 88 485 178 Group (ex-TSB) data as at 31/12/2025. ‘International’ includes Mexico, foreign branches and representative offices. 2025 2024 Gender National International National International Men 280 44 263 113 Women 209 44 222 65 Total 489 88 485 178 Group (ex-TSB) data as at 31/12/2025. ‘International’ includes Mexico, foreign branches and representative offices. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 426 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 429
Furthermore, managers are the cornerstone of the Group’s development and they play a fundamental role. They guide people, generating environments of collaboration and agility, developing the business with the customer in mind. The Bank is evolving its culture and ways of working to be a more agile and exciting place to work, and for this to happen it leans on managers as a lever of change, covering all employees in the workforce irrespective of the type of contract they hold. — Corporate Management Programme (CMP): this programme is mainly aimed at people promoted to the role of director or unit head with direct reports and who have held that role for 1.5 years or less, and it contributes to managers’ training on skills, collaboration and values. The programme focuses on the culture of the Bank and on a development pathway for the manager in question, based on a meritocratic model that places the best people as leaders and drivers of change and innovation. For the current edition, taking place between October 2025 and March 2026, the programme is structured with a duration of 5 weeks spread out over a period of 5 months. As for the format, the launch took place online, while the remaining sessions and the final closing session took place in person. The itinerary will take approximately 70 hours to complete, shared between training sessions, tutorials and the time spent on the final project. A total of 146 people are enrolled to take part in the programme during this period, with female participation standing at 49.32%. — Career Acceleration Programme (CAP): the goal of this programme is to prepare employees who will lead and tackle the challenges of the future. 2025 marked the third edition of the CAP, with a total of 102 participants (61% of them women). The programme took place over 18 months, beginning in April 2024 and continuing until November 2025. The programme was designed with the aim of accelerating the career development of a group of employees considered to have high potential and who represent the values and attitudes that the Bank seeks to promote, making it easier to attain the necessary diversity that it is seeking to achieve among senior managers. Participants focused on five different areas: Self-awareness (360º questionnaire), Training (by completing four leadership development modules with partner ESADE), Banco Sabadell’s perspective - meetings with Senior Management, Mentoring, and New challenges. — Senior Manager Development Programme (SMDP): the programmes designed for senior managers continued to be held in 2025, including this Senior Manager Development Programme, which they complete upon attaining and being nominated for the position of Top Manager. The aim is to support these people as they transition into new roles and to prepare them for the changing business environment, focusing particularly on the specific challenges of their new position. The programme follows a ‘learning by doing’ approach and aims to build networks within senior management, offering networking opportunities and visibility. Participants are required to visibly take on more leadership than their current role requires them to, conveying the vision and values of the Institution. That is why the key challenges of the programme focus on how to head a team as a leader of managers. Key focus points of the programme: — Put decision-making into context from the broadest perspective possible, understanding and building relations with other corporate areas — Focus on how to head a team as a leader of managers and as the person fundamentally in charge of the workplace environment and employee commitment; — Create safe spaces within their area of responsibility, offer their teams feedback and work on employee development, prioritising this aspect. It includes a 360º appraisal process and various group coaching sessions, with groups of 5/6 people, to complement the training sessions. The 360º processes are carried out based on the skills previously identified by Banco Sabadell as being necessary for the performance of the managerial role. The partner working on the 360º tool is Korn Ferry International, a leading global partner for management solutions, while the provider of the global programme is Center for Creative Leadership (CCL), a standard-bearer for leadership on an international scale. In 2025, a new edition of the programme took place in 100% on-site format, in which 71 senior managers took part (39% of them women). — Management Leadership Programme (MLP): the fourth edition of this programme took place in October, with 38 enrolled managers appointed as Corporate Directors (37% of them women). This programme focuses on the challenges of the new management role as a transmitter of the Bank’s vision and an example to follow when it comes to putting our corporate values into practice. Their leadership is vital for the transformation of our Institution, in relation to the three levers of Being Sabadell: mindset, delivery and engagement. — Corporate Mentoring Programme: the third edition of the programme began in May 2025 and will continue until February 2026. There are 47 participants (79% of them women), including 24 women from the Female Leadership Programme, corresponding to business units. The programme is structured around seven meetings between each mentor and mentee, together with a target-setting guide. Both mentors and mentees receive training in their role so that they may get the most out of the programme, in addition to check-in workshops halfway through the programme. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 427 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 430
Other geographies: TSB continues to actively identify and develop talent, building solid and diverse talent pathways to ensure sustainability in the long term. — It continues to implement its Leadership Expectations programme (launched in 2022), which describes the behaviours expected from all persons holding a leadership position in the Institution, in order to expedite delivery on the strategic plans. This year, new resources were created to support those in leadership positions through times of change and in response to alterations in the approach to performance management in senior levels. — Use of the Leading Through Change suite of resources was expanded, in order to prepare, manage and optimise change with the teams, who leveraged its content and other performance resources contained in the new People Leadership Communities sessions designed for all leaders in Category F+ in 2025. — The People Leadership Communities sessions, based on workshops and designed for all Category F+ managers, evolved in 2025 and are now held in person at key locations, on a quarterly basis. Their content is based on the performance cycle and needs of managers, with the goal of integrating a more consistent performance management culture. — 80% of those holding a Category F+ manager position at TSB attended these sessions. In Banco Sabadell Mexico, the goal is to enhance leadership, seeking to align the culture and skills of those in leadership positions. To that end, the following programmes have been implemented: — You are the Manager (Eres Manager) Programme: aimed at all leaders in the organisation with direct reports and designed to provide them with the necessary tools for their professional growth, strengthen their skills for successful team management and align their leadership style with the culture that exists in the Bank. — Corporate Mentoring Programme: designed to enhance the professional development of employees by supporting and guiding the top leaders in the Bank. In addition to transferring knowledge and good practice, the aim of this programme is to inspire, guide and advise them to help them grow and advance their careers. — Coaching programmes: those taking part in these programmes are key leaders who receive personalised support to enhance their growth, by setting clear targets intended to help them adopt new mindsets and behaviours. — Training for new leaders: created for newly appointed leaders and partners who have taken on a role with direct reports, this training aims to provide them with key information pertaining to their new role to help them grasp the internal operating processes of the Bank. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 428 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 431
3.1.3 Training Banco Sabadell Group’s training model is built on the following pillars: — Offer training aligned with the business and needs, both the regulatory needs of the market and the needs of staff members of Banco Sabadell Group. — Improve the development of people, as drivers of change and transformation. — Streamline the Institution’s training budget so that more people can receive training and to achieve greater transformation. — Be a standard-bearer within the financial sector in terms of innovation in staff training. — Be exemplary when it comes to adjusting training schemes to the digital transformation of business lines. In 2025, the Group has continued to support the business in the challenges and targets that it has set itself, offering new specific training resources for strategic projects that are a matter of priority for Banco Sabadell Group, focusing on aspects such as specialisation programmes for commercial roles, financial current affairs and sustainability. Over the course of the year, the Bank has continued to provide all of the training included in the training pathways for the different business specialists. Some of these training activities include: PROEDE Programme – a programme for Business Banking Management Expertise (aimed at Business Banking Managers), LERNMI – Insurance Selling Skills (aimed at the branch network), and the Sectoral Financial Analysis Specialisation Programme (aimed at Sectoral Risk Analysts). Furthermore, regulatory training in Spain continued to be very intensive, accounting for 76% of the total training hours completed in 2025 (vs 82% as at the end of 2024). Satisfaction with training is measured through surveys. In addition to this mandatory training, annual ongoing training courses are also imparted in relation to the three certifications required to sell banking products (MiFID, IDD and LCCI (Spanish real estate credit law)), which are mandatory for most people in the Bank’s branch network. The time dedicated to accumulating training hours required for certification renewal represented more than 59% of the total regulatory training as at the end of 2025 (vs 76% as at the end of 2024). Furthermore, the most noteworthy projects include the following: — Being the Manager. A shared challenge – Recognition for Growth, which focuses on the importance of recognising achievements. — Being the Manager, now more than ever – The Power to Connect, which focuses on building genuine connections with our partners and on cultivating a sense of belonging and motivation to encourage performance and innovation. Similarly, in relation to sustainability, support continues to be provided to employees so that they may complete training on this topic, focusing on elements of environmental management, the energy crisis and other content for ongoing training in relation to sustainability. Introductory training courses remain in place, including “Introduction to Sustainability” and “Sustainable Borrowing”, which are available on the Campus training space, with independent learning courses. To date, 97.97% of employees have completed at least one course on this topic. The “Sustainable Finance Certification” scheme imparted by the Carlos III University in Madrid (UC3M) is also available. Its syllabus includes an introduction to sustainability and the ESG framework, the role of banks in sustainable investment, international initiatives, the EU sustainable finance standards, and ESG risk management. It also covers investment funds and sustainable pension plans, green, social and sustainability bonds, and the creation of sustainable investment Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 429 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 97.97% Employees completed Sustainability training
Page 432
portfolios. Further content includes impact investing, the carbon footprint and ESG risk assessment methodologies. The Annual Staff Training Plan is the basis for the development of Banco Sabadell’s human team. Staff education and training are very important to the Institution, which is why 97.0% of the Bank’s employees received training during 2025, completing a total of 695,488 hours of training at the Group level (equivalent to an average of 38.3 hours per person). In 2025, in Spain, 24% of the training received was voluntary, compared to 18% in 2024. Training received 2025 2024 Employees who received training (%) 97.0 % 97.9 % Active employees as at 31/12/2025. Training data refers to the entire Group. Average training expense 2025 2024 Average training expense per employee €599 €526 Active employees as at 31/12/2025. Training data refers to the entire Group. Total hours of training and average of each professional category 2025 2024 Hours of training Average hours Hours of training Average hours Senior management 32,937 38.0 35,785 42.8 Middle management 147,499 44.4 149,730 45.8 Specialist staff 466,227 38.2 508,188 41.1 Administrative staff 48,824 27.1 49,772 26.4 Total 695,488 38.3 743,474 40.5 Active employees as at 31/12/2025. Training data refers to the entire Group. Total hours of training and average of each age range 2025 2024 Hours of training Average hours Hours of training Average hours Under 30 86,443 53.1 91,421 52.6 Between 30 and 50 385,155 37.4 438,864 40.3 Over 50 223,889 35.8 213,189 37.1 Total 695,488 38.3 743,474 40.5 Active employees as at 31/12/2025. Training data refers to the entire Group. Total hours of training and average of each gender 2025 2024 Hours of training Average hours Hours of training Average hours Men 321,001 38.9 339,817 40.7 Women 374,486 37.7 403,658 40.3 Total 695,488 38.3 743,474 22.5 Active employees as at 31/12/2025. Training data refers to the entire Group. Lastly, since 2021 the Bank has had the following goals set for 2025 in the Spain perimeter to continue driving forward the development of talent: — Maintain overall level of satisfaction with training above 80%. The level of satisfaction was 84% in 2021 and 90% in 2025. — Keep employee training completion rate above 95%. In 2021, 98% of employees had received training during the year, while in 2025 this figure was 97%. In addition, the Bank is in the process of setting new goals for 2030. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 430 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 433
Other geographies: In the UK, in 2025 TSB has focused on implementing its Future Skills and Skills Based Organisation strategies through: — A specialist data analytics platform (Kubicle): TSB has partnered with Kubicle to create and roll out learning pathways specialising in data for 500 employees, adapted to the requirements of each role. In seven months, over 4,300 courses were completed through more than 4,900 hours of training. — Tech skills platform (Pluralsight): In 2025, 150 employees from the CIO unit were given access to Pluralsight, an IT and Cloud skills development platform. Thus far, a total of 859 hours of learning have been logged and 605 courses have been completed. — Apprenticeships for managers and employees: Two new cohorts began in 2025: one for Aspiring Data Technicians, with 21 employees, and the other for a Leadership Diploma aimed at 24 managers. To further strengthen its learning and development tools, TSB’s Skills Framework has been used to identify which technical skills are critical for the various roles in TSB through the new Skills Navigator tool, which helps employees to reflect on their own skills in their current role and explore career opportunities. In Banco Sabadell Mexico, the annual training plan includes all of the courses on regulatory content required by the regulator, which all staff are required to complete, and in some cases it also includes specialist courses for Identified Staff members on the operation and management of the various systems. The main goal is to ensure compliance and alignment with all of the Bank’s internal processes. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 431 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 434
3.1.4 Diversity The Group views diversity as a valuable source of corporate wealth and promotes actions to cultivate it. To that end, Banco Sabadell is committed to fostering workplace environments in which people are treated with respect and dignity, seeking to further the professional development of its workforce and ensuring equal opportunities in its candidate selection, staff training and promotion processes, offering a workplace environment that is free from any form of discrimination based on gender, age, sexual orientation, religion, ethnicity or any other personal or social circumstance. The distribution of Banco Sabadell Group employees by age is shown below. 2025 2024 Age range Men Women Total Men Women Total Under 30 869 794 1,663 913 859 1,772 Between 30 and 50 4,597 5,974 10,571 4,824 6,261 11,085 Over 50 3,021 3,481 6,502 2,775 3,137 5,912 Total 8,487 10,249 18,736 8,512 10,257 18,769 Group data as at 31/12/2025. In terms of gender diversity, the Bank’s workforce is diverse and balanced, with women accounting for 54.7% as at December 2025. The representation of women in management positions is the main action lever to reduce the gender pay gap. It consists of increasing female presence in all areas of the organisation, ensuring the absence of discrimination and guaranteeing equal opportunities. At present, the foundations of the strategy in terms of Diversity, Fairness and Inclusion are set out in the internal procedure on Diversity, Fairness and Inclusion, which is aligned with the Group Sustainability Policy, which in turn integrates the DFI strategy and establishes the management and control framework. We have a governance model that strengthens internal dialogue, coordination and control in the execution of processes, as well as information for decision-making. We also have an action plan with control measures that identifies initiatives and incorporates management KPIs to ensure commitment to all types of diversity in an all-encompassing way. In addition, we have the third Equality Plan, which was renewed in 2022 with the agreement of 100% of workers’ legal representatives, but the Institution has been treading this path since 2010, adapting to regulations and remaining at the forefront and ahead of the challenges posited by society in this field in order to report better results and strengthen the culture of ‘Being Sabadell’. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 432 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 435
Similarly, in 2025, Banco Sabadell has remained committed to the internal and external communication and dissemination of all the measures taken in terms of diversity: — Actions during Equality and Diversity Week, in order to recall the Bank’s commitment to creating an environment in which people can express themselves as they are and in which diversity is viewed as an indispensable requirement to be a more competitive and innovative organisation. — In May, the third edition of the Female Leadership Programme was launched, which promotes the professional development and career plan of women with high potential, in order to create a pool of female talent ready to take on more responsibility so as to foster women’s promotion to management positions. The edition includes a programme to develop one's Personal Brand, Management and Leadership skills, with support from mentors. — Activities have been carried out in which actions were aimed at all persons in the organisation and which took place both in-person and in blended format. Among other things, actions were taken to highlight internal resources that address the topics of equality and diversity, such as “I Am Remarkable” (workshops designed to motivate women to promote themselves, to question social perceptions of self-promotion and to reflect on the barriers that prevent professional achievements and aspirations from being voiced), training on diversity, fairness and inclusion, and the Equality and Diversity space. — Every year, to mark the World Day for Cultural Diversity, the Bank showcases the diversity of its workforce from a different angle: the diversity of cultures, origins and nationalities that make up the team, the diversity of languages in which staff interact, and the diversity of the customers whom it serves in different countries. — At an external level, Banco Sabadell is part of the steering group behind the Women in Banking (WIB) project, an initiative designed to share best practice among banks in Spain and promote a network of women within the banking industry. The aim of WIB is to lead and bring about a meaningful change in the way women are valued in decision- making roles within the Spanish banking industry. The initiative has the support of eight financial institutions present in Spain and of the Spanish Banking Association (Asociación Española de Banca, or AEB). — Banco Sabadell is also an active participant of external events, such as Empowering Women’s Talent, Diversity Day, and the Women’s Talent Day event, publicising the SWING initiative. — The Sabadell Women Inspiration Group (SWING), an initiative promoted by female senior managers at the Bank, aims to have women holding senior management positions mentor women aspiring to those positions. This programme has taken place throughout the year with monthly sessions. Its aim is to empower women at Banco Sabadell and raise awareness of the value of diversity and its benefits. The female senior managers that make up this group are standard-bearers for female talent and female leadership in Banco Sabadell. — In 2025, the Institution once again renewed the “Equality in the Workplace” (Igualdad en la Empresa) seal of distinction from the government of Spain, which it has had since 2017, awarded for its impressive and significant track record in the application of policies for equal treatment and opportunities among its workers, and in terms of gender diversity. Furthermore, the Chief Executive Officer, César González-Bueno, signed the “CEOs supporting diversity” (CEO por la diversidad) initiative launched by the Adecco Foundation and the Spanish Confederation of Employers’ Organisations (Confederación Española de Organizaciones Empresariales, CEOE). To ascertain the views of its own workforce, the results of the workplace environment survey are used. Responses can be broken down by gender, to show any differences in the scores given by women and men to the various categories (commitment to sustainability, meritocracy and consistency, management, ways of working, wellbeing, sustainability, equality and diversity, Banco Sabadell’s leadership and direction, promotion, work-life balance, and compensation). In general, there are no major differences between the scores given by each gender. They gave fairly similar scores to all categories. Diversity in the Board of Directors A total of 14 directors sit on the Bank’s Board of Directors. Specifically, as at 2025 year-end, there were six female directors, including five female Independent Directors out of a total of ten Independent Directors and one female Other External Director. At Banco Sabadell, in 2024, women accounted for 40% of all members of the Board of Directors, with a composition of 15 members. Now, with the 14 current members, this proportion has risen to 43%, attaining this percentage ahead of the timeframes provided in Organic Law 2/2024 on equal representation and balanced presence of women and men, and fulfilling the Bank’s commitment stated in the document Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 433 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 436
Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability for 2024, which it still fulfils in 2025. Women also account for 50% of Independent Directors on the Board, amply complying with the Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on improving the gender balance among directors of listed companies and related measures. In terms of presence of women on Board Committees, the Board Remuneration Committee is chaired by a female Independent Director, and the committee is composed entirely of women. These female Directors are present in all of the Board Committees: In the Board Audit and Control Committee, they account for an ample majority (75%), in the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee they account for 60% of the total, while in the Board Risk Committee the composition is evenly split between both genders and in the Delegated Credit Committee 20% of members are women. In the Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee, women account for 16.67% (on the Strategy side) and 20% (on the Sustainability side). Diversity in the Board of Directors 2025 2024 Men 8 9 Women 6 6 Total 14 15 Diversity in Senior Management (Management Committee) Diversity in Senior Management (Management Committee) 2025 2024 Men 9 9 Women 3 2 Percentage of Senior Management members (Management Committee) 2025 2024 Men 75.0% 81.8% Women 25.0% 18.2% Diversity in the senior management group At the Group level, women represent 35.5% of senior managers, increasing by 1.2 percentage points in 2025 and thus continuing with the trend of improvement of recent years. This commitment is fundamental for the Institution’s diversity strategy, which seeks to continue increasing gender diversity in management tiers. To achieve this priority objective, it is vital to improve diversity in middle management roles, 42.9% of which were held by women in 2025. In the case of Spain, the percentage of promotions given to women was 47.7% in 2025 (compared to 50% in 2024), which demonstrates the commitment to improving diversity and the results obtained with the measures put in place. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 434 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 35.5% Women in senior management 1.2 points Increase in 2025 42.9% Women in management positions 47.7% Promotions to women
Page 437
Percentage of women, by professional category 2025 2024 Senior management 35.5% 34.3% Middle management 42.9% 42.3% Specialist staff 57.0% 56.9% Administrative staff 70.4% 70.7% Women promoted vs total number of promotions during the year 47.7% 50.0% Group data as at 31/12/2025, with the exception of promotion figures, which relate to Spain only. Functional diversity The Group establishes measures for the adjustment of workstations where required by people with functional diversity, in line with the occupational medicine service’s protocols relating to particularly sensitive individuals. The Institution also assists employees with paperwork and formalities at the municipality, autonomous community and State level that help to improve these employees’ social welfare beyond a strictly professional sense. Pursuant to the General Disability Law (Ley General de Discapacidad), it implements alternative supported employment measures by hiring services and supplies from special employment centres. The number of people with functional diversity in the Group as at December 2025 was 280, meaning that employees with functional diversity represent 1.5% of the total. 2025 2024 Professional category Men Women Total Men Women Total Senior management 5 1 6 5 1 6 Middle management 16 12 28 16 8 24 Specialist staff 79 119 198 81 125 206 Administrative staff 10 38 48 11 40 51 Total 110 170 280 113 174 287 Group data as at 31/12/2025. LGBTI diversity Since June 2024, Banco Sabadell has had a Plan on Inclusion Measures for the LGBTI community, thereby complying with Law 4/2023 of 28 February for the real and effective equality of trans people and for the guarantee of the rights of LGBTI persons. This plan was implemented almost one year ahead of the deadline set by the regulation, thus reaffirming our commitment to diversity and inclusion. Thanks to the actions taken in recent years, in 2025 we were recognised by Spain’s corporate network for diversity and inclusion of the LGBTI community (Red Empresarial por la Diversidad e Inclusión LGBTI, or REDI) and by Actualidad Económica magazine as one of the top 25 most inclusive companies for the LGBTI community in Spain. Furthermore, the People & Sustainability division leads and promotes Banco Sabadell's strategy of Diversity, Fairness and Inclusion (DFI) in collaboration with its businesses and support units. Its functions encompass the implementation of specific initiatives and projects, the promotion of measures, and the oversight of the action plan’s objectives. Topics of interest are escalated to governing bodies on a recurring basis for information and monitoring. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 435 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 438
At present, the foundations of the DFI strategy are set out in the Equality Plan, which is aligned with the objectives of Banco Sabadell’s ESG strategy, which in turn are set out in the Institution’s Commitment to Sustainability, aspiring to keep moving forward in relation to diversity, gender equality and talent, and establishing specific goals that will transform the Institution, fostering the presence of the female gender in senior management positions and promoting actions with an impact on society. Some of the actions that the Institution takes to promote diversity in the Institution and in the Board of Directors are set out here below: — The Institution ensures and monitors, through the Board Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee, compliance with the required qualitative composition of the Board of Directors, assessing the balance in terms of diversity and promoting the presence of the under-represented sex. — Plan for Effective Equality between Women and Men and the creation of an Equality Representative to monitor and implement the Plan’s actions. — Selection procedures without discriminatory bias. — Monitoring of the promotion of women and of diversity in the workforce. — Promotion of the participation of women in professional development and leadership programmes. — Monitoring of the impact of any salary reviews on the evolution of the gender pay gap. — Introduction of the Banco Sabadell Group Diversity Procedure. In this respect, since 2021 the Bank has been pursuing the following targets for 2025 in relation to the Spain perimeter, in order to move forward with diversity in the Institution and to ensure the training and development of talent: — 40% female membership on the Board of Directors (this target was met in 2024 with the appointment of a new female director). In 2021, women represented 27% of Board members. — 33% of senior management roles held by women (this target was met in 2024 and as at the end of 2025 they held 35.1%). In 2021, women represented 29.1% of senior managers. — 41% of middle management roles held by women (this target was met in 2022 and as at the end of 2025 they held 43.4%). In 2021, women represented 38.8% of middle managers. — Continuous annual reduction of the pay gap. Since 2021, both the pay gap based on average total remuneration and the pay gap based on median total remuneration have been reduced in Spain, the United Kingdom and Mexico. — Equality in the Workplace Seal of Distinction, which was renewed in 2025 and first obtained in 2017. In 2025, Banco Sabadell reaffirmed its commitment to the management of female talent and the promotion of gender diversity across all areas of the organisation. The Institution has implemented a cross-cutting indicator oversight system, with specific metrics for each business unit, which has allowed it to monitor indicators on an individual basis according to the talent management needs of each perimeter, under a shared approach based on fairness and the removal of bias. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 436 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 439
This comprehensive approach has materialised in three strategic pillars: — The presence of women in selection and internal mobility processes to fill key roles and management positions, thereby ensuring equal opportunities to access jobs and professional mobility. — Equality in the development of potential and the talent pool in each perimeter, ensuring that specific actions are taken to foster the growth and visibility of female talent, as well as effective leadership programmes. — Frequent monitoring of the pay gap, as a leading indicator that ensures the maintenance of a fair remuneration system and enables steady progress to be made towards equal pay. These actions reflect Banco Sabadell’s firm resolve to move towards a more diverse, inclusive and equal organisation, focusing particularly on the continuous improvement of the percentage of strategic positions held by women and on the continued reduction of the pay gap. The Institution thereby upholds its commitment to spearhead change in the financial sector, promoting a corporate culture based on equal opportunities and the development of talent. Other geographies: TSB, aiming to develop a truly inclusive culture, continues to promote an intersectional inclusion network backed by executive sponsorship, such as TSB Ability, Ethnicity, Gender Balance, LGBTQ+ and Social Mobility. These networks foster diversity, raise awareness and celebrate individual identities, in an organisation in which 91% of employees believe that the workplace environment values individual differences. Sabadell Mexico, for its part, is a member of the Diversity and Inclusion Committee of the Association of Mexican Banks (Asociación de Bancos de México, or ABM). Since 2021, it has been certified as one of the Best Places to Work for LGBTQ. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 437 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 440
3.1.5 Remuneration policy Banco Sabadell’s remuneration models do not generate a pay gap, and one of the guiding principles of the Group’s Remuneration Policy is to ensure a competitive and fair remuneration system, in accordance with benchmark indices, that rewards professional experience and responsibility, irrespective of the employee’s gender. The policies are based on equal pay for male and female employees for equal work or work of equal value. Banco Sabadell’s corporate strategy fosters actions in relation to Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters, by incorporating sustainability indicators, weighted at 10%, into the corporate objectives linked to employees’ variable remuneration. The social lever establishes KPIs to improve female representation in the management group as a key mechanism to reduce the pay gap. This indicator has been part of its strategy since 2020. Similarly, people who form part of the Group’s Identified Staff have a sustainability indicator linked to their long-term remuneration weighted at 20%. The gender pay gap, with a material impact that affects the Bank’s workforce, is one of the priority focus areas of the management team, which launches recurrent mechanisms with the aim of gradually reducing that gap, in fulfilment of the premises of our remuneration models and the guiding principles of the Group’s Remuneration Policy. In addition to ensuring equal pay for equal work or work of equal value, equal opportunities are also guaranteed, as these are a prerequisite for long-term gender-neutral remuneration. This includes, among other things, recruitment policies, career development and succession plans, access to training and the ability to apply for internal vacancies. In recent years, the measures implemented have been effective, resulting in a gradual reduction of the Group’s pay gap: The monitoring and analysis of the factors and impacts associated with gender equality and equal pay are vital to ensure inclusive and fair working environments. The People & Sustainability division has internal processes for identifying and managing the impact of salary reviews in order to deliver on the corporate commitment of reducing the Institution’s gender pay gap. Continuous monitoring, along with frequent reports sent to the Institution’s decision-making bodies and annual reports sent to governing bodies for information and evaluation, is an essential prerequisite to achieve the established targets. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 438 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 441
In its goal of promoting gender equality among its employees, Banco Sabadell makes the gender pay gap a priority focus area for its workforce management, launching mechanisms and initiatives to gradually reduce that gap, in fulfilment of the premises of its remuneration models and the guiding principles of the Group’s Remuneration Policy. Pay gap based on average total remuneration* 2025 2024 Spain 20.31% 20.61% UK (TSB) 28.60% 29.98% Mexico 23.02% 20.51% Total 22.47% 23.02% Pay gap based on median total remuneration* 2025 2024 Spain 13.81% 13.89% UK (TSB) 28.68% 26.74% Mexico 11.36% 11.74% Total 17.48% 17.13% * The overall pay gap is calculated as the average pay gap of each country weighted according to the percentage that their workforce represents out of the total. The pay gap has been calculated without considering employees in foreign branches and representative offices, who account for 1.9% of the total workforce. As at the end of 2025, the gross (unadjusted) gender pay gap in Banco Sabadell Group was 22.47% (average) and 17.48% (median). This indicator is calculated in accordance with Royal Decree 902/2020, in which total remuneration is calculated in real terms (annualised fixed salary, variable remuneration and any salary/non-salary supplements actually received) and represents the difference between male and female salaries in average terms or in median terms in an organisation / professional category. The gross pay gap indicator does not provide a complete picture of differences in remuneration, nor can it be used to identify potential gender inequalities within the company. To do that, it is essential to employ statistical methods that permit the calculation of the portion of the gender pay gap that cannot be explained by other factors that might influence a person’s compensation, such as their individual characteristics and those related to their job. The portion of the pay gap that remains when comparing individuals with similar characteristics whose only difference is their gender is known as the adjusted pay gap. To address this, in 2023 Banco Sabadell worked in collaboration with the Economics and Business Department of the Pompeu Fabra University on the certification of an econometric model to determine the adjusted pay gap in Spain, with the following results: Adjusted pay gap in Spain 2025 2024 Pay gap based on average total remuneration 4.22% 4.80% Pay gap based on median total remuneration 2.28% 2.64% Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 439 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 442
If the effect of staff- and job-related characteristics on pay is removed from the basic pay gap, the adjusted pay gap becomes 4.22% based on the average and 2.28% based on the median. The introduction of additional factors, other than gender, that explain the remuneration reduces the pay gap. The inclusion of specific job- related characteristics goes a long way in explaining the observed pay gap. A more similar gender presence in the different categories and job functions would also contribute to reducing that gap. The main actions to remediate the gender pay gap are designed to reinforce the alignment and commitment of the entire workforce and to foster female representation in positions with a higher functional value. The main initiatives of 2025 are set out here below: — Diversity Programmes specific to divisions with less representation: — 2025 saw the launch of a new edition of the Female Leadership Programme, which aims to promote the professional development and career plan of women with high potential, in order to create a pool of female talent ready to take on more responsibility so as to foster women’s promotion to management positions. The participants in this edition were 24 women from Corporate & Investment Banking, Business Banking and Retail Banking. — Promotions given in 2025 through Banco Sabadell’s Managerial Performance Evaluation Committee, 35% of which were given to women. — Cumulative promotions as at 2025 year-end given to participants of the Career Acceleration Programme (CAP): 74% of the participants in the first edition were promoted, 64% of the participants in the second edition were promoted, and 28% of the participants in the third edition were promoted. As for Diversity, the percentage of women who received promotions from these three editions was 47.3%. — Monitoring of pay gap during salary reviews, analysing the impact of any salary reviews on that gap. The People & Sustainability division monitors calculations on an ongoing basis to make decisions that will gradually reduce the gender pay gap. The analysis and its conclusions are discussed at the People & Sustainability division’s top-level committee and escalated to the corresponding governing bodies on an annual basis. In 2025, Banco Sabadell did not receive any notifications about its workforce in relation to the pay gap. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 440 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 443
Remuneration of the Board of Directors With regard to average pay, all members of the Board of Directors, both male and female, are remunerated according to the same criterion, i.e. the number of Board or Board Committee meetings in which they participate or, if applicable, that they chair, without any variation among them for any other reason. Average remuneration of the Board of Directors67 2025 2024 Members Remuneration Members Remuneration Men 8 402,012 9 363,824 Women 4 210,130 5 196,411 Total 12 338,051 14 304,034 Average remuneration is calculated by considering Board members who have served as directors during the entire tax year, excluding Board members who have not served for the full year. Remuneration received for work carried out in the capacity of members of the Board of Directors is calculated excluding any amounts received for management functions and excluding any amounts received for work carried out as members of the Advisory Board. This remuneration includes, as it has done since 2021, additional remuneration for the Non-Executive Chairman for his functions as Chairman of the Institution, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Annual General Meeting, as well as his functions as the most senior representative of the Institution and all other functions attributed to him by law, the Articles of Association or the Board of Directors itself. In 2025, average remuneration for male members of the Board without considering the remuneration for the Non- Executive Chairman was 226,001 euros. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 441 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 67 For further information on the remuneration of members of the Board of Directors, see the Director Remuneration Policy, the Annual Report on Director Remuneration and the Annual Corporate Governance Report published on the corporate website of Banco Sabadell Group (www.grupbancsabadell.com). https://www.grupbancsabadell.com/corp/en/corporate-governance-and-remuneration-policy/director-remuneration-policy.html https://www.grupbancsabadell.com/corp/en/corporate-governance-and-remuneration-policy/annual-report-on-remuneration-of- directors.html https://www.grupbancsabadell.com/corp/en/corporate-governance-and-remuneration-policy/corporate-governance-annual-report.html
Page 444
Staff remuneration, by professional category, age and gender Information is given here below regarding the remuneration received for work carried out during the year, broken down by geographical region, and for each professional category and age range. The calculation of average total remuneration takes into account fixed remuneration as at year-end, variable remuneration, salary and non-salary supplements and benefits, as well as annualised remuneration and remuneration actually paid. This criterion has been applicable in all countries since 2021. Average total remuneration in Spain* 2025 2024 Professional category M W Total M W Total Senior management 198,056 149,142 180,889 182,477 140,196 168,149 Middle management 84,850 76,518 81,236 80,042 71,157 76,240 Specialist staff 55,858 52,058 53,639 52,203 48,391 49,975 Administrative staff 33,073 30,478 31,219 29,199 28,746 28,897 Total 75,150 59,888 66,931 69,649 55,291 61,922 Data as at 31/12/2025. Average remuneration in euros. 2025 2024 Age range M W Total M W Total Under 30 44,097 43,347 43,772 40,539 39,255 39,972 Between 30 and 50 69,203 58,127 62,910 64,429 53,887 58,441 Over 50 88,565 64,931 76,423 83,186 60,455 71,714 Total 75,150 59,888 66,931 69,649 55,291 61,922 Data as at 31/12/2025. Average remuneration in euros. *Remuneration has been calculated without considering employees in foreign branches and representative offices, who account for 1.9% of the total workforce. Average total remuneration in United Kingdom (TSB) 2025 2024 Professional category M W Total M W Total Senior management 343,459 364,477 352,440 359,566 321,269 344,049 Middle management 149,360 139,404 145,181 146,902 139,964 144,050 Specialist staff 74,493 61,297 67,363 71,348 60,043 65,289 Administrative staff 38,855 33,862 35,340 37,486 33,339 34,550 Total 81,008 57,842 67,291 79,729 55,828 65,603 Data as at 31/12/2025. Average remuneration in euros. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2025: GBP 0.8726 = EUR 1. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2024: GBP 0.82918 = EUR 1. Workforce figures only include TSB’s workforce; they do not include staff at Banco Sabadell’s foreign branch in the UK. ‘Senior management’ includes executive directors, senior management, general management, corporate directors and top management. ‘Middle management’ includes directors not included in the ‘Senior management’ category. 2025 2024 Age range M W Total M W Total Under 30 45,052 39,500 42,099 44,448 40,341 42,238 Between 30 and 50 83,550 62,478 71,231 82,031 60,610 69,554 Over 50 104,921 57,863 74,410 109,479 55,412 74,187 Total 81,008 57,842 67,291 79,729 55,828 65,603 Data as at 31/12/2025. Average remuneration in euros. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2025: GBP 0.8726 = EUR 1. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2024: GBP 0.82918 = EUR 1. Workforce figures only include TSB’s workforce; they do not include staff at Banco Sabadell’s foreign branch in the UK. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 442 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 445
Average total remuneration in Mexico 2025 2024 Professional category M W Total M W Total Senior management 254,631 171,837 229,497 237,443 167,483 214,525 Middle management 65,394 62,419 64,246 60,855 57,836 59,687 Specialist staff 28,613 25,476 27,366 26,517 24,032 25,529 Administrative staff 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 77,653 59,779 70,852 71,390 56,748 65,772 Data as at 31/12/2025. Remuneration in euros. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2025: MXN 21.118 = EUR 1. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2024: MXN 21.5504 = EUR 1. Remuneration figures do not include expatriated staff or staff at Sinia Capital, S.A. ‘Senior management’ includes executive directors, senior management, general management, corporate directors and top management. ‘Middle management’ includes directors not included in the ‘Senior management’ category. 2025 2024 Age range M W Total M W Total Under 30 38,330 32,409 36,062 31,718 28,819 30,680 Between 30 and 50 71,156 59,920 66,679 68,248 58,137 64,161 Over 50 141,929 93,370 129,789 142,575 96,491 129,774 Total 77,653 59,779 70,852 71,390 56,748 65,772 Data as at 31/12/2025. Remuneration in euros. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2025: MXN 21.118 = EUR 1. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2024: MXN 21.5504 = EUR 1. Remuneration figures do not include expatriated staff or staff at Sinia Capital, S.A. Average fixed remuneration is calculated considering fixed remuneration as at year-end. This criterion has been applicable in all countries since 2021. Average fixed remuneration in Spain* 2025 2024 Professional category M W Total M W Total Senior management 130,140 107,654 122,248 126,832 103,328 118,867 Middle management 62,476 56,297 59,795 59,512 53,341 56,871 Specialist staff 45,702 42,704 43,951 43,773 40,628 41,935 Administrative staff 28,601 27,094 27,524 26,711 26,726 26,721 Total 57,033 47,457 51,876 54,361 44,860 49,248 Data as at 31/12/2025. Average remuneration in euros. ‘Senior management’ includes executive directors, senior management, general management, corporate directors and top management. ‘Middle management’ includes directors not included in the ‘Senior management’ category. In Spain, roles classified as technical roles are included in the ‘Specialist staff’ category, in accordance with the Collective Bargaining Agreement for Banks. 2025 2024 Age range M W Total M W Total Under 30 37,728 36,964 37,397 35,922 34,845 35,446 Between 30 and 50 53,188 45,787 48,984 50,579 43,441 46,525 Over 50 65,558 51,524 58,348 63,639 49,120 56,311 Total 57,033 47,457 51,876 54,361 44,860 49,248 Data as at 31/12/2025. Average remuneration in euros. *Remuneration has been calculated without considering employees in foreign branches and representative offices, who account for 1.9% of the total workforce. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 443 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 446
Average fixed remuneration in United Kingdom (TSB) 2025 2024 Professional category M W Total M W Total Senior management 230,236 210,480 221,795 232,464 211,514 223,976 Middle management 114,204 105,940 110,735 115,506 109,244 112,932 Specialist staff 56,754 46,460 51,193 54,885 45,934 50,088 Administrative staff 29,682 25,523 26,754 29,235 25,492 26,585 Total 60,730 42,660 50,030 60,117 42,231 49,546 Data as at 31/12/2025. Average remuneration in euros. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2025: GBP 0.8726 = EUR 1. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2024: GBP 0.82918 = EUR 1. Workforce figures only include TSB’s workforce; they do not include staff at Banco Sabadell’s foreign branch in the UK. ‘Senior management’ includes executive directors, senior management, general management, corporate directors and top management. ‘Middle management’ includes directors not included in the ‘Senior management’ category. 2025 2024 Age range M W Total M W Total Under 30 35,192 30,586 32,742 35,255 31,424 33,193 Between 30 and 50 63,089 46,326 53,289 62,343 46,012 52,831 Over 50 76,199 41,391 53,630 79,319 40,982 54,295 Total 60,730 42,660 50,030 60,117 42,231 49,546 Data as at 31/12/2025. Average remuneration in euros. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2025: GBP 0.8726 = EUR 1. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2024: GBP 0.82918 = EUR 1. Workforce figures only include TSB’s workforce; they do not include staff at Banco Sabadell’s foreign branch in the UK. Average fixed remuneration in Mexico 2025 2024 Professional category M W Total M W Total Senior management 154,945 101,259 138,647 143,242 100,087 129,105 Middle management 43,475 41,628 42,762 41,365 39,182 40,521 Specialist staff 20,896 18,397 19,903 19,793 17,569 18,909 Administrative staff 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 50,411 39,151 46,127 46,872 37,604 43,316 Data as at 31/12/2025. Remuneration in euros. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2025: MXN 21.118 = EUR 1. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2024: MXN 21.5504 = EUR 1. Remuneration figures do not include expatriated staff or staff at Sinia Capital, S.A. ‘Senior management’ includes executive directors, senior management, general management, corporate directors and top management. ‘Middle management’ includes directors not included in the ‘Senior management’ category. 2025 2024 Age range M W Total M W Total Under 30 25,899 21,941 24,383 22,831 20,832 22,115 Between 30 and 50 46,851 39,397 43,881 45,415 38,541 42,637 Over 50 87,680 58,483 80,381 87,411 60,400 79,908 Total 50,411 39,151 46,127 46,872 37,604 43,316 Data as at 31/12/2025. Remuneration in euros. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2025: MXN 21.118 = EUR 1. Exchange rate as at 31/12/2024: MXN 21.5504 = EUR 1. Remuneration figures do not include expatriated staff or staff at Sinia Capital, S.A. Banco Sabadell calculates the annual total remuneration ratio as the ratio of total remuneration of the highest-paid individual (including Executive Directors from 2025 onwards) to the median/average annual total remuneration of all employees. Total remuneration is calculated according to the specifications of Royal Decree 902/2020, applicable in Spain, whose criteria have been extrapolated to other geographies, considering fixed remuneration in annualised terms and all other components based on the sum actually received in the past 12 months. This criterion is applied in a uniform way, both in the calculation of this ratio and in the indicators relating to the pay gap. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 444 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 447
Median/average annual total remuneration for all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is obtained by taking the weighted average of the median/average remuneration of each geography according to the weight of the workforce of each country, without applying correction factors linked to the cost of living. In 2025, the remuneration of the highest paid individual was 73.17 times higher than the median remuneration paid to all other employees, while in 2024, considering Executive Directors also, it would have been 48.51 times higher. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 445 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 448
3.1.6 Workplace environment and organisation 3.1.6.1 Work-life balance The Group’s workforce has at its disposal a series of work-life balance measures that are set out in the Equality Plan and in the Guide to Work-Life Balance Measures. These measures seek to ensure that the workforce has a good work-life balance and to establish a framework for flexible working hours that can be used to improve the balance between personal, familial and professional interests under equal terms for both women and men. All employees of the Bank have at their disposal the aforementioned Guide to Work-Life Balance Measures, which lists, clearly and simply, the various work-life balance measures that staff can access; it is published in the Equality and Diversity space of the corporate intranet. Some of these measures are the following: — Option to apply for extended leaves of absence or special permissions for unremunerated leave, improving on that provided in Article 36.2 of the Collective Bargaining Agreement for Banks (CBA). — Unremunerated reductions of working hours, as set out in Article 37.6 of the Workers’ Statute (WS) and Article 35 of the CBA, aimed at those who as legal guardians are directly responsible for a minor under the age of 12, for a disabled person, or for a family member who, due to their age or due to an accident or illness, cannot take care of themselves. — Remunerated reduction of working hours, of one hour per day over a two-month period, in order to care for a child under the age of 12 or who due to illness or a very serious accident requires hospitalisation. — Flexibility to adapt working hours (start and finish times) to meet the needs of those responsible for the care of children below 14 years of age, or who must care for family members up to second degree of kinship or by marriage who are disabled or above 65 years of age. — To contribute to the protection of maternity and paternity rights, leaves of absence for the birth and care of a child are guaranteed, as are leaves of absence to care for nursing children, offering the option to take this nursing leave through 15 working days of remunerated leave subsequent to any period of contractual suspension due to the birth, adoption, guardianship or foster care of a child. The duration of the leave of absence for the birth or care of a child will be equivalent to the duration of the leaves of absence taken in accordance with that provided in Articles 48.4, 5 and 6 of the Workers’ Statute, with a total of 19 weeks, 6 of which will be mandatory, uninterrupted and comprise full working days, to be taken immediately following the date of the birth; 11 weeks may be taken, in weekly periods, either in one single block or in separate blocks, during the 12 months following the date of the birth; the remaining 2 weeks can be taken at any time until the child turns 8. — Paid leave to attend medical appointments and diagnostic tests of the employee or their first-degree relatives, to join children actively undergoing cancer treatments, or to attend medical appointments and diagnostic tests of the employee where they are actively undergoing cancer treatments. 100% of employees had access to leave for family reasons68. The total number of people requesting such leave was 320, specifically 195 men and 125 women69. Banco Sabadell also offers its employees Individual Training Leave (ITL) to carry out training actions that are recognised by means of an official qualification or accreditation. The training must be aimed at developing or adapting the employee’s technical and professional qualifications or at promoting their personal development. Employees are entitled to a maximum of 200 paid working hours per academic or Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 446 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 68 Leave for family reasons includes leave for the birth or care of a child (which includes birth, adoption, guardianship with the intention to adopt, and foster care). 69 The figure is provided as a number rather than a percentage, as the percentage is not meaningful.
Page 449
calendar year for each individual training leave, depending on the duration of the training to be carried out. In addition, all employees have the right to receive a school allowance for their children, which is paid at the beginning of the academic year for each child in school between the ages of 0 and 23 years who is economically dependent on the employee in question. For those employees who have a child with a registered physical or mental disability of at least 33%, the maximum age is extended to 26 years. Employees also have a benefits system linked to the flexible compensation system which allows them to optimise their remuneration by applying for certain products through the payroll, such as “Flex Daycare”, which they may use to earmark part of their salary to pay for childcare whilst obtaining tax benefits. The corporate buildings at Sant Cugat del Vallés, Madrid and Sabadell have a lactation room available for use by female employees who choose to combine pumping breastmilk or breastfeeding with their work life. This lactation room can be freely accessed throughout the day. Banco Sabadell gives its workforce access to a tool called “My Workday” (Mi Jornada), in order to comply with the provisions of Royal Decree-Law 8/2019 on keeping daily records of working hours, and with the Agreement on Keeping Working Time Records at Banco Sabadell, signed on 27/02/2020, where each worker is required to keep a record of the start and finish times of their working day. The Bank also continues to promote measures to enhance flexibility, such as telework and flexitime arrangements. The workforce can change their effective working hours at their discretion and with flexibility in order to balance their needs for a work-life balance with the needs of the service. In corporate buildings, for areas covered by the Collective Bargaining Agreement for Banks, the blended model under which staff can work from home for a maximum of six days per month remains in place; uptake of that model is voluntary and not contractually regulated. Furthermore, when applying the 25th Collective Bargaining Agreement for Banks (2024-2026) and prevailing regulations (Workers’ Statute), the Institution ensures: — Maximum annual working hours: 1,700 hours — Daily records of working hours for control purposes — Limitation of overtime hours, in accordance with the Workers’ Statute (maximum of 80 hours/year) and the provisions set forth in the Collective Bargaining Agreement for Banks, as working overtime is considered to be an unadvisable practice, barring any exceptional circumstances in which this may be necessary for substantiated reasons of the business organisation, with any overtime requiring the Company’s prior authorisation. In any case, any overtime is done voluntarily at the discretion of the worker. — Paid annual leave: 31 business days, according to the agreement to improve company benefits in Banco Sabadell of 24 November 2023 (“Acuerdo de Mejora de Beneficios Sociales en Banco de Sabadell de 24 de noviembre de 2023”) signed with workers’ legal representatives. This agreement improves on that provided in prevailing regulations. — Advance notice of collective redundancies: Compliance with the periods and procedures established in prevailing regulations (Workers’ Statute and Royal Decree 1483/2012), including minimum consultation periods with workers’ legal representatives, guaranteeing transparency, social dialogue and compliance with legislation. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 447 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 450
3.1.6.2 Health and safety Banco Sabadell Group adopts a policy of prevention and continuous improvement of people’s working conditions and health that covers 100% of those working at Banco Sabadell Group. This preventive action is set in motion through the Prevention Plan, the aim of which is to ensure the integration of occupational hazard prevention in the structures of Banco Sabadell Group companies. The Plan is approved and reviewed by the State Health and Safety Committee (a collegial body with both representatives of the company and legal representatives of the workforce). In 2025, the Comprehensive Health and Wellbeing Plan was further developed, with the aim of expanding and optimising the availability of resources and benefits to integrate conduct that fosters healthy habits and to improve the experience of the workforce in terms of their mental and emotional wellbeing, so as to foster a workplace environment that is good for their mental balance. Based on the understanding of health as a state of complete physical, mental and social wellbeing, not just the absence of conditions or illnesses, all of the initiatives in this framework have been grouped together under Sabadell Life into four key pillars: physical wellbeing, mental and emotional wellbeing, financial wellbeing, and social wellbeing, all accessible from the corporate computer or corporate mobile phone. The main new feature worth mentioning is the implementation of a Health Ecosystem, which offers the workforce free and confidential access to new health resources 24/7 and 365 days a year: — Telemedicine service, accessible through a chat or video consultation, through which staff can receive a diagnosis and reports and obtain medical prescriptions, if necessary. — Mental health services, accessible through a chat or video consultation, where they can be linked to a specialised therapist and access mental health resources. — Telerehabilitation service, accessible through a chat with physical therapists and which can be used to design personalised exercise programmes to treat and prevent injuries. This resource complements other initiatives that are already available and are designed to comprehensively uphold health and safety, such as: — A space for mental and emotional health and wellbeing, which includes information about psychosocial risks, guidelines on how to identify and prevent them, as well as a training pathway on mental and emotional health and wellbeing. — Thematic webinars on mental health, which can be accessed through Sabadell Life, which cover key aspects for the management of wellbeing in a workplace environment. — Methodology to detect the impact of stress on our health, which is applied during the medical examination, in order to anticipate risks and enhance their prevention. In order to continue with the progress made, the Institution has designed a management system based on continuous improvement, thereby complying with Law 54/2003 on the reform of the regulatory framework on occupational hazard prevention. This management system regularly undergoes a specific external audit, the last of which took place in 2023. The results of that audit were fully satisfactory, detecting no Non- Conformities (not even minor ones) in any of the audited aspects. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 448 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 451
Monitoring absence from work As part of its management of health and safety, Banco Sabadell monitors absence from work through monthly reports, which include data on prevalence rates, severity rates, and frequency of absences. The data is grouped together by company, territory, age and gender, and makes it possible to detect trends and possible deviations according to the variables analysed. Depending on the results, preventive actions are identified and applied. General absence from work includes absence from work due to illness with Temporary Incapacity (TI) and without TI for common contingencies (common illnesses, non-work-related accidents) and professional contingencies, such as a Work-Related Accident (WRA) or a Work-Related Illness (WRI). The prevalence rate (number of employees who have been absent from work / total workforce) in 2025 stood at 5.34% of the workforce (vs 4.97% in 2024). The severity rate (number of days missed / total working days) in 2025 was 3.25% (vs 2.95% in 2024). Considering the composition of the workforce in terms of gender and age, values below 3.5% are considered to be very satisfactory. The number of new cases initiated during the month (frequency rate) was 311 cases in 2025 (vs 295 in 2024). At a sectoral level, according to the latest data available corresponding to 2024, absence from work due to illness stood at 2.95% in the Group compared with 3.32% across the financial sector and 7.91% in the services sector, even when considering that the information provided by mutual insurance companies (sector data) does not include data on illness without temporary incapacity, unlike the data supplied by Banco Sabadell, which does. Indicators of absence from work in Spain 2025 2024 Total hours (accidents and ill health) 780,370 697,689 Data as at 31/12/2025. Indicators of absence from work in TSB 2025 2024 Total hours (accidents and ill health) 325,681 331,788 Data as at 31/12/2025. In Mexico, indicators of absence from work are recorded and reported as general ill health. As at the end of December 2025, a total of 289 days off work had been recorded. Monitoring the accident rate One of the fundamental pillars of the management of occupational hazard prevention is the research into, and prevention of, work-related accidents. On becoming aware of an accident, the Joint Prevention Service collects the main data and deals with the official communication. An investigation into the accident is launched. The procedure varies depending on the severity and complexity of the event, determining, if necessary, the preventive and/or corrective actions that should be taken. All of these actions are designed to guarantee the care and subsequent recovery of the person concerned. In 2025, the number was 143 (vs 136 in 2024). No severe accidents were recorded during the period, nor were there any fatalities as a result of work-related accidents. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 449 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 452
Work-related accidents 2025 2024 Types of accident in Spain M W Total M W Total Work centre 9 32 41 8 36 44 Whilst commuting 32 46 78 26 40 66 Travel during workday 5 17 22 2 22 24 Other work centre 1 1 2 1 1 2 TOTAL 47 96 143 37 99 136 Data as at 31/12/2025. There were no occupational diseases in 2025 or in 2024. 2025 2024 Work-related accidents M W Total M W Total Work-related accidents with leave 22 37 59 16 46 62 Work-related accidents without leave 25 59 84 21 53 74 TOTAL 47 96 143 37 99 136 Data as at 31/12/2025. 2025 2024 Work-related accidents in Spain M W Total M W Total Total hours 6,334 13,078 19,413 5,584 14,667 20,251 Total days 1,360 2,808 4,168 1,199 3,149 4,348 Frequency rate70 0.47 1.7 1.11 0.28 1.97 1.17 Severity rate71 0.13 0.24 0.19 0.11 0.27 0.2 Data as at 31/12/2025. To ensure the comparability of the results, the figure corresponding to 2024 has been recalculated applying the same methodological criterion used for the 2025 figure. In the case of the frequency rate, the formula has been amended to consider only accidents that resulted in absence from work, without counting those occurring whilst commuting or the hours actually worked. Similarly, for the severity rate, the 2024 figure has been recalculated considering the number of days lost based on the hours actually worked. The accident rates (hours or working days lost) do not include three people currently off due to temporary incapacity as a result of the DANA flash floods. These leaves are considered exceptionally as a situation similar to a work-related accident, but only for the purpose of the corresponding economic benefit. Other geographies: In terms of subsidiaries, TSB, in compliance with UK legislation, does not keep a record of accidents, while Mexico did not record any accidents in 2025. Banco Sabadell Mexico received the ELSSA accolade given by Mexico’s social security institute, IMSS, to organisations with a safe and healthy workplace environment. It also received the Zero Accidents certificate from IMSS, granted to companies that have maintained or improved the safety conditions of their workplace. 3.1.6.3 Trade union rights and right of association Banco Sabadell Group guarantees the basic rights of all its employees in relation to freedom of association and collective bargaining. The Group’s Responsible Banking and Sustainability Policy considers it vital to observe standards, working conditions and rights of employees, such as their freedom of association and union representation, which are set out in standards, collective bargaining agreements and other agreements signed with the corresponding workers’ legal representatives. All this within the framework of consensus with trade unions, using dialogue and Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 450 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 70 (No. of accidents resulting in absence from work (not including those occurring whilst commuting) / Hours actually worked)* 1,000,000. 71 (No. of days lost due to accidents resulting in absence from work (not including those occurring whilst commuting) / Hours actually worked)* 1,000.
Page 453
negotiation to address all issues, differences and conflicts within the Group. Dialogue takes place on a continuous basis through the Labour Relations division, addressing topics informally so as to speed up the process. There are also other channels that can be used to contact workers’ union representatives, defined in the quarterly meetings held by the State Health and Safety Committee and the semi-annual meetings of the Equality Plan Monitoring and Assessment Committee. One of the main duties is to represent workers in occupational health and safety committees. Furthermore, the Group proactively promotes collective bargaining, together with the head of the Labour Relations division, who guarantees such collaboration, as generally speaking specific labour agreements are drawn up with workers’ legal representatives. The elected trade union representatives are allocated hours from their normal working hours to engage in their trade union activities. Workers’ representatives are voted in every four years, in accordance with the guidelines set forth in prevailing legislation and the implementing agreement enforced in the Spanish Banking Association (Asociación Española de Banca, or AEB), together with the most representative State union sections of the Spanish banking industry. The results of the union elections determine the composition of the various Works Councils, as well as staff delegates, who are the main points of contact representing the company and who take part in collective bargaining negotiations. The Bank has nine trade union sections in Spain, which represent at least one person for each union section, and which operate on a State- wide and autonomous community basis. Banco Sabadell maintains continued and fluid dialogue with workers’ legal representatives, in an environment that is conducive to dialogue and complete impartiality, so as to facilitate collective bargaining and resolve the issues identified in legislation, and to address any other matters that the company and union representatives consider to be material for its activity and the workplace environment. In Spain, 100% of workers are covered by the Collective Bargaining Agreement for Banks, while in all other countries, the prevailing legislation in each country is applied. In addition, in Spain, 100% of the workforce are represented by workers’ legal representatives. In the United Kingdom, TSB continues to maintain a fluid and direct relationship with trade unions, renewing its agreement with Accord and Unite in 2023, which establishes the collective bargaining agreements. The agreement was reached with 90% of the workforce represented. This relationship has allowed the management team to work in an open and collaborative manner to consult with trade union representatives on all issues affecting TSB’s relationship with its staff, and to assess possible initiatives to make improvements to the workforce and introduce organisational changes. In the subsidiary in Mexico, there is no relationship between people and union representatives. Collective bargaining coverage Social dialogue Coverage rate Employees – EEA Employees – non-EEA* Workplace representation (EEA only) 0-19% 20-39% 40-59% 60-79% 80-100% Spain United Kingdom Spain Note: European Economic Area (EEA) *Excludes Mexico as it represents less than 10% of total employees. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 451 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 454
There are no agreements with employees for representation by a European Works Council (EWC), a Societas Europaea (SE) Works Council, or a Societas Cooperativa Europaea (SCE) Works Council. 3.1.7 Dialogue with employees The Group has various mechanisms in place for communicating with staff and listening to their concerns, which are key to anticipating their needs and building a great place in which to develop a professional career. Assistance and Grievances Office: Banco Sabadell has an Assistance and Grievances Office (AGO), through which it aims to be more mindful of and closer to the entire workforce, attempting to resolve any doubts that may arise in connection with the processes and topics dealt with by the People & Sustainability division, which include: Management, Professional Career, Compensation, Diversity, Leadership Training, Work-Life Balance Consultant, Transfer Requests, My Benefits Portal, Occupational Hazard Prevention (work- related accidents, medical examinations, etc.), Labour Relations (leaves of absence and special permissions, pension plans, etc.) and Social Relations (assistance for school fees, loans, etc.). The Assistance and Grievances Office (AGO) is accessed through the internal portal available to the entire workforce. The office autonomously answers the questions submitted by employees, keeping the necessary records and following up on queries and complaints. Those that require additional specialised management are forwarded to a second management level of the People & Sustainability division according to the topic in question for resolution. This year, 45,165 queries were received, while maintaining a high level of quality of service, obtaining a satisfaction rating of 4.38 out of 5. FlashIN newsletter: In Spain, the FlashIN newsletter continues to be issued and sent to all employees once a week, providing information of interest to staff, as well as guidance and contextual information about the Institution and the sector. In addition, the internal news portal, IN Sabadell, is a crucial element of information and cohesion that provides key information on complex issues generated by the external environment, and on change processes that occur within the organisation itself. This portal, as well as the fortnightly “You are the Manager” (Eres Manager) publication, also includes flash surveys to raise a relevant topic and capture people’s thoughts about it. “The Bank we aim to be” survey: “The Bank we aim to be” (El Banco que queremos ser) is a survey that provides comprehensive information about the commitment of staff to the Institution’s current courses of action and future prospects. The results obtained from the survey remained steady and in line with the good financial performance during the year. Commitment and workplace environment are measured at two different times of the year, measuring the results of the blocks of questions relating to commitment, meritocracy Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 452 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 455
and consistency, management, ways of working, wellbeing, sustainability, equality and diversity, Banco Sabadell’s leadership and direction, promotion, work-life balance and compensation. The survey is sent out to the entire workforce and participation in the H1 2025 edition was 75%. In general, the survey’s results were very positive: there was an improvement across all categories, both in the branch network and in the corporate buildings. The commitment indicator was higher, with 78% responding favourably, thus surpassing the set target of 70%, which shows that the Institution’s staff identify more strongly with the company’s goals and targets and feel a proud sense of belonging. In Meritocracy and Consistency, it is worth noting the positive ratings given to equal opportunities and the level of internal transparency. As for Ways of working, there was an evident improvement in communication with the workforce. Moreover, there was a substantial improvement in the level of confidence in the decisions made by the Bank’s leadership and in the criteria for professional promotion. The question relating to wellbeing, This is a mentally and emotionally healthy place in which to work, also showed improvements compared to previous editions, as did the question on work-life balance. Participation in the H2 2025 edition climbed to 77%. In this second edition, the results were once again very favourable, with a general improvement across the board both in the branch network and in corporate buildings. The level of commitment, which is a key indicator, stood at 80%. The level of confidence in, and support for, Banco Sabadell’s leadership and direction was even higher. In terms of Ways of working, affirmative responses indicating agreement with the statement “This company is doing a good job at keeping its staff informed” represented over 80% of the total, a new record. The scores given to management of meritocracy and consistency and those agreeing with the statement “I can share my points of view with those above me” also improved. The scores given to Equal opportunities and Welfare management once again improved in the latest edition. As for Work-life balance and Equality and diversity, these continued to be scored just as highly as the first time they were measured in 2025. In addition, building on the approach to always listen to employees, brief surveys (pulse checks) are sent out to a representative sample of the workforce. Specifically, they are sent to a small random sample of employees in order to ascertain their work experience in the Bank at any given time. Whistleblowing channel: The Group has an Internal Reporting System for reporting, in general, actions or omissions that could entail a breach of prevailing legislation, of the Group’s Code of Conduct or of other internal regulations. Details of this channel can be found in section 4.1.5 Internal Reporting System - Whistleblowing channel. Similarly, reporting persons using the channel in good faith will have, among other things, the safeguards and protections laid down in the Banco Sabadell Group Policy on the Internal Reporting System and Protection of Reporting Persons, details of which are given in section 4.1.1 Code of Conduct, and in its implementing procedure, consisting of the absence of any retaliation against anyone who submits a report through the channel. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 453 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 456
3.2 Consumers and end-users Banco Sabadell contributes to the transition towards a more sustainable and cohesive society through ethical and responsible management. As a financial institution, the Bank is firmly committed to data privacy and cybersecurity. The main courses of action are the following: — Support customers in the transition to a sustainable economy: to that end, the Institution takes steps to establish decarbonisation pathways, support customers in the transition with specialised solutions for renewable energy, energy efficiency and sustainable mobility, and it also defines sectoral rules that limit controversial activities and/or activities with negative impacts on social and environmental development. — Offer investment opportunities that contribute to sustainability: in the investor ecosystem, the Bank focuses on increasing opportunities for savings and investment that contribute to sustainability, rolling out a wide range of social, ethical, green and sustainability bonds and funds, both its own and those of third parties. — Work together for a sustainable and cohesive society: in its commitment to society, the Institution believes that it is imperative to take an active role to improve financial education, drive forward inclusion, minimise vulnerabilities and ensure secure transactions and exchanges of information. In 2022, the Bank published Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability, a document that discloses the environmental, social and governance-related commitments. In this respect, the Bank set the following targets to support customers in the transition to a sustainable economy: — Mobilise €65bn in financial products and services in cumulative terms between 2021 and 2025 in sustainable finance solutions (including green and social loans, sustainability-linked loans, capital markets and social financing). In 2021, the reference value was €11bn. The Bank mobilised over €76bn over the 2021-2025 period, surpassing the established target by more than 17%. — Grant >€15bn of financing to micro-enterprises in cumulative terms between 2021 and 2025. In 2021, the reference value was €2.9bn. The Bank has granted financing to SMEs and micro-enterprises, mainly through loans and credit facilities, thereby supporting job retention and fostering the development and growth of the business and industrial fabric across each region, totalling more than 13.2 billion euros between 2021 and 2025. This means that over 88% of the target set for that period has been reached. The social loans target for 2021-2025 was initially defined based on criteria that have been narrowed in recent years to align with the Institution’s framework for the issuance of sustainability bonds, focusing on financing activities that promote new jobs, development, and the growth of the business fabric in the most disadvantaged regions, which has consequently influenced the achievement of the target for the period72. — Increase direct investments in innovative and high-impact startups (BStartup Green and BStartup Health programmes) through the BStartup10 vehicle. In 2025, the Bank continued to invest in startups, such as BStartup Green, and a call for proposals was launched for the eighth edition of BStartup Health. — Reach 10,000 annual recipients of financial education programmes including new sectors of the population (seniors, vulnerable groups, etc.). In 2021, the reference value was 6,300 annual recipients, with the total number of recipients in 2025 being 9,581. — Reach 2,000 participants in social impact projects. In 2021, the reference value was 1,300 participants, while in 2025, participants numbered a total of 3,100. — Continue to foster culture and talent by promoting education and research activities through the Banco Sabadell Foundation. In 2025, the Banco Sabadell Foundation continued to conduct initiatives to promote culture and the arts, as well as research and education, focusing particularly on promoting young talent. 72 Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 454 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 72 By way of example, in 2025 the adjustment to consider only financing in disadvantaged regions – those with below-average GDP or above-average unemployment rate – is estimated to have had an impact on the volume of financing of -55%.
Page 457
The Bank is also committed to data privacy and cybersecurity and it has set the following targets to be met in 2025: — Keep security controls aligned with best practices (ISO 27001 standard, NIST Cybersecurity Framework) and have them reviewed by an independent third party. In this regard, in 2025, the Bank continued to control the cybersecurity risks to which it is exposed. — Keep security training of employees and partners up to date. In 2025, annual training courses in relation to data protection and cybersecurity continued to be held, which are mandatory for all employees, as well as specific training programmes for the cybersecurity teams. The targets included in Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability were set in 2022, using 2021 as the base year. The setting of those targets involved all of the Institution’s teams, designing four pillars or action areas which are at the core of Sustainability in Banco Sabadell, setting various targets to be met in the short, medium and long term by developing the strategic pillars, with firm commitments and a well-defined roadmap. Once those targets had been established by the various areas, a formal validation of content was required, requesting approval of the commitments by the various areas involved at two levels. The Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee approved the content of Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability, as delegated by the Board of Directors. The Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee, through the Corporate Sustainability Report, a document that contains information about the overall ESG environment in the context of the macroeconomic and regulatory environment, about the Institution’s ESG outlook, and about the integration of ESG risks into management arrangements, monitors the priority indicators of Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability on an ongoing basis. The Group has allocated the necessary resources (staff and economic) to ensure that all material incidents are managed. 3.2.1 Customer experience and customer care Knowing customers at every stage of their relationship with Banco Sabadell is crucial. That is why new methodologies are continuously being developed that allow the Bank to listen to what customers are saying, to measure and determine the main reasons for customer satisfaction and dissatisfaction, and to ascertain how near or far it is from meeting customers’ expectations. This measurement involves understanding the market, consumers and customers, using a number of different qualitative and quantitative analytical methodologies to that end. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 455 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 458
More specifically, Banco Sabadell analyses its customers’ experience through ongoing quantitative surveys, such as: 1. Net Promoter Score (NPS). This survey asks customers how likely they are to recommend their main bank and the reasons for their response. To avoid confusion with the NPS measured by external sources, the term CXI (Customer Experience Indicator) is used to refer to internal NPS. In the case of the CXI, every day a survey is sent to Banco Sabadell customers who have had some form of contact or interaction with the Bank’s services or channels. In recent years, the CXI of retail customers has improved considerably. Specifically, in 2025 the survey was sent to more than 1.2 million retail customers (around 30% of the total), and the year-end CXI stood at +9%, 2 percentage points above the target (2025 target: +7%). The following chart shows how the internal CXI has changed in recent years: 2. Satisfaction surveys, conducted monthly. These cover the main points of contact with the Bank and therefore include products (application processes, among others) and channels (branches, relationship managers, digital banking, among others). 3. Branch quality surveys, which continuously evaluate the level of service provided to potential customers at branches, through the mystery shopping technique. 4. Studies of the financial behaviour of Retail Banking customers, Business Banking customers, small businesses and self-employed persons, conducted on an annual basis for Retail Banking customers and every other year for Business Banking customers. In addition, in order to better understand the environment and the customers within it, the Bank also carries out a qualitative analysis. Specifically, the Bank undertakes various qualitative studies and research projects using different methodologies. The aims pursued include: — Listening carefully, actively and constantly to what customers have to say, so as to ascertain how they experience their relationship with the Bank at different touchpoints. — Understanding the expectations, concerns, worries and attitudes of consumers and their current and future needs. — Identifying the more emotional and less obvious side of consumer decision-making. — Defining ad hoc value propositions for each type of customer. A variety of techniques are used, ranging from in-depth interviews and segment-specific focus groups to more innovative methodologies based on behavioural economics and the detection of the deepest emotions and motivations of consumers. Ultimately, the goal is to design courses of action that will improve the experience of all types and segments of customers and consumers and to bring the value proposition in line with the needs and expectations of consumers in general and of Sabadell’s customers in particular. The designed actions are scheduled and their implementation is monitored by the specific customer experience committees of the Business Banking and Retail Banking business divisions, which also receive the results of customer opinion surveys. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 456 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 459
Customer Care Service (Servicio de Atención al Cliente, or SAC) Banco Sabadell has a Customer Care Service (SAC), which is in charge of handling and resolving complaints and claims brought forward by users of financial services. In accordance with Order ECO 734/2004 of 11 March, Banco Sabadell has a Customer Care Service (SAC), which is in charge of handling and resolving complaints and claims brought forward by users of financial services. As per its Terms of Reference, the SAC’s scope of action includes both customers and users of financial services of Banco de Sabadell, S.A., as well as its associated entities: Sabadell Asset Management, S.A., S.G.I.I.C. Sociedad Unipersonal, Urquijo Gestión, S.G.I.I.C, S.A. and Sabadell Consumer Finance, S.A.U. The SAC and its head, who is appointed by the Board of Directors, to which reports are sent on at least a semi-annual basis, report directly to the Compliance division and are independent of the Bank’s business and operational lines. Its main function is to handle and resolve complaints and claims put forward by customers and users of the financial services of the Bank and its associated entities, under the principles of transparency, impartiality, effectiveness, coordination, speed and security. In addition, the SAC can issue recommendations or suggestions derived from the analysis of complaints and claims received. The operation of the SAC is governed by its own Terms of Reference and by the policy document, both of which are approved by the Board of Directors. To ensure accessibility and awareness of these resources, posters have been put up in all of the Bank’s branches containing information about the existence of the SAC, as well as its postal and electronic addresses. Access to the Terms of Reference is also provided, thereby ensuring compliance therewith. As a result of the entry into force, on 3 April, of Organic Law 1/2025 of 2 January on measures for the efficiency of the Public Justice Service, internal procedures have been adapted, as have the criteria for out-of- court resolutions applied when responding to customer complaints. Similarly, following the publication of Law 10/2025 of 26 December governing customer care services, an evaluation of how that Law will impact the SAC’s procedures is taking place, as those will have to be adapted within twelve months of it entering into force. Lodging and processing channels Customers and users of financial services may lodge complaints through various channels: either in person at branches, through the corresponding printed form, by completing an electronic form, by sending an email, or by posting a letter to the SAC. Once lodged, the complaint or claim is processed in accordance with the Terms of Reference and notice of its resolution is provided within the legally established timeframe. Resolutions sent by the SAC are binding on all units. Where the customer is not happy with the response received, or if no response is received within the legally established timeframe, they may contact the complaints services of the Bank of Spain or the National Securities Market Commission (CNMV), as appropriate. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 457 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 460
Innovation and improvement of the service Within the framework of the digital transformation strategy, data analytics and artificial intelligence have continued to be used to deal with incoming complaints, to make the process more cost-effective and improve the customer experience, understanding the correlations between the complaints and activities of the various segments. The role of the SAC in the internal control system The work of the SAC goes beyond merely handling complaints; it plays a fundamental role in relation to control within the Bank. The SAC continuously analyses data in connection with complaints handling, so as to identify and address any recurring or systemic problems, as well as legal, operational and conduct risks. It evaluates how the business and operational units interact with customers when they bring forward a complaint or claim, and it calls for the procedures concerned to be corrected, determining whether the causes for which complaints are being made might also affect other processes or products, even when no direct complaints have been received in connection therewith. Members of the SAC also take part in product committee meetings, contributing their experience and insights to the process for approving new products and services, in addition to writing regular reports for Management and governing bodies, including reports on the level of implementation of any recommendations set out in previous reports. Culture of continuous improvement Banco Sabadell fosters the continuing education of its staff in relation to aspects such as customer care, conflict resolution and the use of new technology, promoting an internal culture of actively listening to customers and learning from any complaints received. The suggestions and inputs received from customers are taken on board to improve the organisation, thus ensuring a constant improvement in the quality of service. SAC activity During 2025, the following complaints and claims were received and managed in accordance with Bank of Spain Circular 4/2021 of 25 November: Complaints received Volume Customer Care Service 62,203 Customer Ombudsman (*) 216 Bank of Spain 712 Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV) 33 Total complaints received 63,164 Complaints handled Volume Percentage Resolved in favour of the Institution 20,286 39.0 % Resolved in favour of the claimant 31,667 61.0 % Inadmissible due to application of Terms of Reference 10,834 (*) Customer Ombudsman (a position not designated by the Institution since 31 January 2025) Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 458 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 461
The drop in the number of complaints is largely explained by the 78.5% reduction in those related to appraisal fees and other arrangement fees, after an exceptionally large volume of these was recorded in 2024. The above data reflect the SAC’s commitment to efficient and transparent management of complaints, ensuring the protection of customer rights and the continuous improvement of internal processes in all of the Bank’s associated entities. In the case of the subsidiary TSB, in 2025 the number of recorded complaints was 64,657. The volume recorded during the same period in 2024 was 58,595 and, therefore, 2025 represents a 10% increase (6,062) on that figure. This increase is mainly explained by the additional complaints received in connection with processes linked to financial crime, which increased by 48% (7,517) year-on-year. Of the total number of complaints, claims and other communications received in 2025, a total of 63,146 (97.7%) were resolved before the end of the year, i.e. before 31 December 2025. Customer complaints can be sent to TSB through various channels, for example, by phone, by visiting branches, by completing an online form or on the mobile app. Complaints are logged and resolved by the agent who first receives them, where possible. Where that is not possible, they are relayed to the Customer Relations team. This team assigns a person to deal with the cases in question, who resolves complaints about payment services within a period of 15 days and all other complaints within 8 weeks, where possible, as per the guidelines of the Financial Conduct Authority. The complaint is either upheld or not upheld. If the customer is unhappy with the proposed resolution, they may contact the Financial Ombudsman for an independent review. With regard to Mexico, in accordance with applicable Mexican regulations, the Law on the Protection and Defence of Users of Financial Services (Ley de Protección y Defensa al Usuario de Servicios Financieros) and the Provision on Record-Keeping for disclosure to CONDUSEF (Disposición en Materia de Registros ante la CONDUSEF), CONDUSEF being the National Commission for the Protection and Defence of Users of Financial Services (Comisión Nacional para la Protección y Defensa de los Usuarios de Servicios Financieros), Banco Sabadell Mexico has its own customer service available to its customers and to users of its financial services, through the Customer Care Centre (Centro de Atención al Cliente, or CAC) and the Specialised User Assistance Unit (Unidad Especializada de Atención a Usuarios, or UNE). The UNE, which reports directly to the Compliance division and is separate from the Bank’s operational and business lines, and the CAC, which as the first point of contact supports the UNE, offer assistance to customers and users of financial services to resolve their queries, requests for clarification73, and complaints. Customers and end users may contact the Institution by telephone, by email, in person, or through the customer service offices and also through the website. There is also a section on the website called “asistencia” (meaning ‘help’), which lists useful contacts and the process that users should follow so that they may benefit from a fast and appropriate response. As at the end of December 2025, a total of 0 requests for clarification and 18 complaints had been received. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 459 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 73 Taking into account the definition of “clarification” in Mexico (as provided in Article 23 of the Law on Transparency and Regulation of Financial Services (Ley para la Transparencia y Ordenamiento de los Servicios Financieros)), which defines ‘requests for clarification’ as requests submitted by users using any of the available means of submission in order to obtain an explanation about the operations or services on offer or which they have acquired), requests for clarification are thought to be equivalent to what we call “complaints”.
Page 462
3.2.2 Information transparency One of Banco Sabadell Group’s priority goals is to meet the needs and expectations of its consumers and end-users. In this regard, the Institution promotes transparent information and responsible, straightforward and close communication with its customers. To that end, it acts in a socially responsible way in its commercial communications, undertaking to engage in lawful, proper, loyal, truthful, clear and transparent advertising, based on respect for people’s dignity and the recognition of the rights and interests of consumers, and aligning with the principles of fair competition in business, as established in the Commercial Communication Policy. Banco Sabadell’s Commercial Communication Policy establishes, as a general criterion regarding format and content, that when designing advertising campaigns and each of their constituent advertising components, it will be necessary to consider the nature and complexity of the product or service being offered, the characteristics of the distribution methods used, and the target audience. In this way, it complies with the various legal standards on the recognition and protection of the rights and interests of consumers. Banco Sabadell’s Board of Directors is responsible for approving the Commercial Communication Policy. This Policy is available to all employees both on the Bank’s corporate website and on the corporate intranet, and its scope of application is all marketing activity carried out by Banco Sabadell in the Spanish territory under any of its commercial brands, including all commercial communications and information aimed at the general public (customers, potential customers, investors, etc.). In addition, the Bank fosters transparency in the disclosure of information, at all times adopting responsible communication practices that prevent the tampering of data and protect the company’s integrity and honour, in accordance with the recommendations of the Good Governance Code of Listed Companies of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV). Furthermore, with the entry into force of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II (MiFID II) and the Insurance Distribution Directive (IDD) in 2018, Banco Sabadell prioritises the provision of advice as the service delivery model for the distribution of financial instruments. The Institution has a tool called “Sabadell Inversor”, which serves as a guide for relationship managers to recommend the products best suited to the characteristics and needs of customers, by analysing their experience, knowledge and preferences in relation to sustainability. The information provided to customers, following the guidelines of those directives, is always impartial, clear and unambiguous. Furthermore, since March 2021, Banco Sabadell has been complying with obligations on sustainability disclosures in relation to products affected by Regulation (EU) 2019/2088, also known as the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation (SFDR). Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 460 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 463
In accordance with its policies and procedures, the Bank has mechanisms in place to ensure that all information provided to customers is transparent and that all of the products and services which it offers are suited to their needs at all times. To this end, before marketing a new product or service, an internal workflow (“Product Workflow”) is followed, where the relevant areas of the Bank review the various aspects to ensure they conform to the established standards. The subsequent validation by the areas involved is ultimately ratified by a high-level committee, the Technical Product Committee. This validation process allows the Institution to identify the target audience at which the product should be aimed, in other words, the group of customers whose interests, objectives and characteristics fit with the conditions of the product, and to identify products that are aligned with their preferences regarding sustainability, as established in MiFID II and the IDD. Furthermore, every year, the various units responsible for the product offering perform an in-depth review of the conditions of the products and their impact on customers in order to ensure that those products remain suitable for the target audience defined originally. This review process falls within the obligations required by various customer and investor protection regulations, such as the Guidelines on Product Oversight and Governance Arrangements for Retail Banking Products and the MiFID II Directive. In the branch network, relationship managers have access to various items of information about products and services, which enable them to provide the necessary explanations so that customers and consumers may understand their characteristics and risks. This information is complemented with the corresponding pre- contractual information documents delivered to customers. It should be mentioned that, since 2010, the Bank has been a member of Autocontrol (independent advertising self-regulatory organisation in Spain) and has followed its codes of conduct. In this way, it takes on the commitment of offering responsible advertising to ensure that its commercial communications meet the ethical standards applicable to the basic principles of advertising, authenticity and the need for veracity, to advertising forms and techniques, and to the protection of children, adolescents and health. It also takes on the commitment of ensuring that its commercial communications comply with the specific regulations of the Bank of Spain on the advertising of bank products and services and those of Spain’s National Securities Market Commission regarding the advertising of investment products and services. Furthermore, to mitigate the risk of over-indebtedness, it is important to note that for new applications received from retail customers, Banco Sabadell has a Credit Risk Granting Procedure and tools for automated analysis. These are designed to evaluate the ability of customers to fulfil their payment obligations. In addition, in order to protect customers and prevent their over-indebtedness, any possible situations that could arise from an increase in their expenditure are taken into consideration. As for TSB, the UK subsidiary is committed to producing and publishing responsible advertising and promotional communications across the full range of propositions offered both as TSB and with its associated third-party suppliers. In this way, it meets the information needs of customers, ensuring that information is presented in a balanced, fair, clear and unambiguous way. TSB’s Customer Communications and Product Promotion Policy is a reflection of the UK and, where appropriate, EU regulatory environment. The Policy is the remit of the Chief Marketing Officer, who takes responsibility for its rollout and supervision. The Chief Customer Officer is the executive owner of the Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 461 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 464
Policy. This Policy is published on the corporate intranet and is available to all employees. The purpose of the Policy is to set out key processes, controls, and responsibilities enabling TSB to meet all relevant regulatory requirements, including in acting to deliver good outcomes when communicating to/with its customers, across all channels and customer communications, including financial promotions. TSB has no appetite for unfair customer outcomes and this Policy and its associated controls are designed to mitigate conduct risk and prevent the occurrence of customer harm arising from its communications or any other dealing they may have with TSB. Banco Sabadell Mexico, for its part, in accordance with Mexican banking regulations, is transparent in its publication of product-related information. For this reason, the official website of Banco Sabadell Mexico, in the section on financial products, indicates the products that are offered and includes standard-form agreements currently in effect and product information sheets, which specify the terms, conditions, application requirements and fees of the various products. The website also contains the costs and fees document, which sets out the costs, returns and fees of the products. The total annual rate of return (Ganancia Anual Total, GAT) on deposits is also shown, in accordance with the provisions of the Bank of Mexico. 3.2.3 Data protection To ensure that personal data is processed pursuant to applicable data protection regulations, the Institution has a mechanism that comprises three lines of defence, through which all members of the organisation, from all areas, in line with their authority and discretions, actively take part in the management, control and supervision of the Institution’s data processing activities. Banco Sabadell has a Data Protection Officer (DPO) who has been duly entered in the register of the Spanish Data Protection Agency (Agencia Española de Protección de Datos, or AEPD), and who advises the different areas of the Bank in order to ensure compliance with regulations. Every year, the DPO reports to the Board of Directors, providing relevant information about the existing data protection risks. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 462 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 465
Following the management model built around the three lines of defence, the Bank has the following action framework: First line of defence Centralised Operations: Unit responsible for designing and executing procedures concerning data subjects’ rights in relation to data protection. Defines the procedure for obtaining consent as a legitimate basis for data processing and traceability. Information Security Management: Designs security measures commensurate with the risks associated with personal data processing. Performs impact assessments of personal data processing activities. Keeps a record of security breaches and defines criteria and protocols for notifying data subjects and, where applicable, the Supervisory Authority. Data: Enters all data processing activities declared by accountable units in the Data Processing Activities Log. Keeps information about international data transfers and their publication on the appropriate channel, where applicable, up to date. Supplier Management: Ensures that management units wishing to engage the services of a third-party supplier adequately identify the associated personal data processing requirements and coordinates and manages the adaptation of contracts to prevailing legislation. Contract-Related Legal Advice: Writes clauses related to data protection for both contracts entered into with suppliers and those entered into with customers and data subjects. Assesses the regulatory impacts on the organisation of potential sector-specific regulations. Marketing/Product: Ensures that commercial data processing activities take place based on suitable legitimate grounds. Seeks the consent of data subjects and determines legitimate interest. Data controllers: Lead the design and implementation of training and awareness-raising plans on the topic of data protection, requiring the involvement of each accountable unit. Second line of defence Compliance: Determines the controls needed to ensure compliance with data protection legislation. Data Protection Officer (DPO): Liaises with the Supervisory Authority and represents the Institution in various data protection forums. Determines the need to give notice and, where applicable, gives notice of a security breach. Deals with queries and complaints submitted by data subjects. Provides information and advice to the data controllers and their employees regarding the obligations established in data protection legislation. Defines the data protection policy. Advises and oversees the correct implementation of the data protection regulation. Internal Control: Receives information from Compliance regarding the effectiveness of the controls implemented by the first line of defence to mitigate compliance risks and any instances of non- compliance, together with the corrective measures taken, in order to carry out a joint assessment to be submitted to the corresponding governing bodies, and to align the controls with the established risk tolerance levels. Third line of defence Internal Audit: Supervises the activities of the first and second lines of defence. Reviews the control environment. Reviews the fulfilment and effectiveness of policies and procedures. The aforementioned mechanisms are set out in Banco Sabadell’s Personal Data Protection and Privacy Policy, designed by the Institution as an internal organisational instrument to ensure the protection of natural persons in connection with personal data processing. This Policy is applicable to all personal data processing activities that take place in Banco de Sabadell, S.A., both automated and non- automated. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 463 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 466
The Personal Data Protection and Privacy Policy is published on the Bank’s work tool and is available to all employees; it is reviewed annually and approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, this Policy lays down the principles and arrangements in relation to personal data protection (Regulation 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016). When implementing the management model indicated in the previous table, in 2025 the Internal Audit team, as part of its duties as the third line of defence, conducted an analysis of the governance, management and control of the risk stemming for personal data processing, concluding that, generally speaking, the current framework is adequate, although it did point out several aspects for which a series of improvements need to be made, on which work is currently underway and which include the correction of the Data Protection and Privacy Policy, specifically in relation to the annual approval of the Data Protection Oversight and Control Plan as well as the correct designation of the Chair and Secretary of the Privacy Committee, which meets on a quarterly basis. All of the Bank’s employees complete, as mandatory training, a course on personal data protection and, depending on the professional duties of each employee, they also receive specific training imparted by the Data Protection Officer (DPO). In addition, through the Bank’s various communication channels, employees receive ‘brief training capsules’, written in a friendly and visually appealing way, which are used to convey short and direct messages to remind employees of their obligations in relation to data protection. The Bank publishes information relating to its “privacy policy” and “privacy notice” on its website, in the section on customer information. This document, called “Annex of detailed information on personal data protection”74, which contains mandatory information about the various personal data processing activities carried out by the Institution, is published in all of Spain’s official languages and also in French, English and German. This document, which is available to anyone who may be interested and which is frequently updated, indicating the review date and the changes made with respect to the previous version, includes all new data processing activities launched by the Institution. The Personal Data Protection and Privacy Policy also applies to the engagement of third- party suppliers and the instructions that those suppliers receive are in line with the Bank’s own Privacy Policy. The Institution has a procedure for analysing and evaluating security incidents to determine whether an incident concerns personal data and should therefore be considered a security breach. These security breach assessments are carried out by the Data Protection Officer and are duly documented and made available to the Supervisory Authority. The assessments take place when the DPO is notified. The findings of the security breach assessment may require the Supervisory Authority to be notified within 72 hours and may even require the data subjects themselves to be notified in cases where the rights and freedoms of the data subjects could be at risk. 28 security incidents were recorded in 2025, without it being necessary to inform either the Supervisory Authority or the data subjects. On the other hand, disciplinary actions stemming from possible breaches are dealt with by the Labour Relations division, in accordance with the prevailing employment-related provisions (Workers’ Statute, Collective Bargaining Agreement for Banks, and the Institution’s internal regulations). These actions ensure that labour rights are upheld and that corrective and/or disciplinary measures are proportionally applied. In the United Kingdom, TSB has a Data Privacy Policy that requires personal data to be processed correctly and lawfully and used only for Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 464 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 74https://www.bancsabadell.com/cs/Satellite/SabAtl/Customer-information/GBS_Generico_FA/1183016790073/1191332198208/en// > Other relevant information > Annex - Detailed information on personal data protection.
Page 467
specific purposes. Where data is transferred to or processed by a third party, that data will be subject to a suitable due diligence process and transferred only for legitimate operational or commercial purposes. This Policy is published on the corporate intranet and is available to all employees. It has been approved by TSB’s Executive Policy Owner. The subsidiary has its own Data Protection Officer (DPO). Responsibility for complying with the Data Privacy Policy lies with the first line’s business areas and the heads of each business area take on the agreed responsibilities. TSB carries out annual training dedicated to privacy and data protection, which all employees are required to complete on an annual basis. TSB’s DPO reviews the content to verify that it addresses all the required topics before approving it. In addition, there are several central controls that business areas are required to adopt. The Data Privacy Office tests the design and operational effectiveness of the controls on an annual basis. Reports are also submitted on a regular basis to risk committees and other governance forums. As for Banco Sabadell Mexico, in accordance with Mexican personal data protection legislation, this subsidiary has and complies with a Personal Data Privacy Manual, to which all employees have access through a SharePoint community. The aim of the manual is to establish and define policies and procedures in relation to personal data protection and privacy so that staff authorised to process personal data may engage in legitimate, controlled, informed and appropriate processing of the personal data of customers, users, suppliers and partners, whether through physical or electronic means. This involves considering legal and regulatory factors, as established in the Law on Credit Institutions, in commercial legislation, recommended banking-related and commercial uses and practices, in local and federal civil legislation, and in the various secondary laws and standards governing the Institution, linked to its operation, obligations and responsibilities. The executive division for Regulatory Control and Regulatory Management is the company’s top level in charge of applying the manual. There is also a process for upholding rights of access, rectification, objection and erasure/right to be forgotten. The aim of this process is to establish and provide regulatory and legislative guidelines so that the Bank may accommodate requests to exercise those rights and deal with any complaints or non-conformities in relation to its processing of customers’ and users’ personal data. The document is aimed at the Data Protection Officer and at those collaborating with the Bank that are subject to the procedure and whose functions require them to take certain actions in relation therewith. Together, they are responsible for dealing with requests to exercise the above rights, as well as any claims, complaints and non-conformities put forward by customers and users. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 465 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 468
3.2.4 Cybersecurity In 2025, the volume and sophistication of cyberthreats has continued to rise. The Institution has adjusted its controls, increasing its capabilities to prevent, detect and respond to major cyberthreats. Banco Sabadell Group, in line with its internal security control framework, continuously monitors the cybersecurity risks to which it is exposed, in order to protect its information systems and corporate information, as well as information pertaining to customers, employees and other stakeholders. This control framework, which is updated and expanded on a regular basis, includes the updated Information Systems Security Policy, the definition of cybersecurity responsibilities across the three lines of defence and in governing bodies, the control standards required to ensure the protection of information systems, and the continuous evaluation of the effectiveness of the cyberdefences. This control framework is aligned with the regulations applicable to the financial sector and with good cybersecurity practices, such as the NIST Cybersecurity Framework, the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) and Standard ISO 27001. The Information Security function, led by its corresponding Chief Information Security Officers (CISOs), sends semi-annual cybersecurity status reports to governing bodies, such as the Management Committee, the Board Strategy and Sustainability Committee and the Board of Directors, which are the bodies responsible for overseeing the Institution’s cybersecurity, along with the Board Risk Committee, which oversees ICT risks. In addition, the Board of Directors is the body responsible for approving the Information Systems Security Policy. This Policy applies at the Banco Sabadell Group level, so it includes information that covers the entire banking business perimeter, taking into account the Banco Sabadell brands that operate in Spain; TSB, which operates in the United Kingdom; and Banco Sabadell Mexico. Banco Sabadell Group’s in-house cybersecurity team is formed of over 100 specialist staff dedicated to ensuring that protection measures are appropriate to the existing cybersecurity risks. To that end, the following activities are carried out at least once a year: — Analysis of new cyberthreats and their development, enhancement of controls, and risk assessments. — Review and performance of ongoing checks on information systems and security controls, including certifications carried out by external auditors. — Preparation for incidents, through training, drills and simulated cyberattacks. — Training and awareness-raising campaigns for staff and partners, which include awareness-raising communications and regular drills. These communications include instructions that internal and external staff should follow to report potential security incidents, specifying the corresponding workflows to contact the cybersecurity team depending on the case at hand. — Awareness-raising communications regarding cybersecurity risks and digital fraud for customers, which can be distributed by email, using digital channels or ATMs, or through social media campaigns. — Annual training courses in relation to data protection and cybersecurity, which are mandatory for all employees, as well as specific training programmes for the cybersecurity teams. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 466 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 469
Through the Information Security function, Banco Sabadell Group entities establish measures for the protection of information systems, which are set out in policies and procedures, to guarantee secure access to systems and to deal with new cyberthreats. These measures include: — Role-based access control and regular recertification of these permissions. — Robust authentication of remote access by employees and suppliers. — Advanced malware protection systems. — Systems for monitoring and correlating security events. — Systems to collect and analyse cyber-intelligence data. — Security incident response team, available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, which is in contact with other Security Operations Centres (SOCs). With these capabilities for protection, detection and response to cyberthreats, the Institution has not suffered any major cybersecurity incidents in 2025, adequately mitigating any cyber-related incidents affecting suppliers. Banco Sabadell Group engages third-party specialists to run advanced cybersecurity tests, which evaluate the effectiveness of its key controls by simulating realistic cyberattacks. These verifications, which consider commonly used cyberattack techniques, prepare and train teams responsible for cyber defence, thus improving the levels of protection. These tests also use well-renowned automated verification tools that simulate multiple cyberattacks. The Group’s various entities also pay attention to the main external ratings that measure cybersecurity (Bitsight, RiskRecon, Security Scorecard). Banco Sabadell Group has secured positions in the top spots of these ratings in comparative terms with the rest of Spain’s banking industry. The various Banco Sabadell Group entities also endeavour to ensure the resilience of their infrastructures, making sure they have redundant components and regularly tested recovery procedures in order to guarantee the continuity of technological services in the event an incident occurs, such as a disaster affecting the facilities or a cyberattack. In addition, every quarter, Banco Sabadell Group carries out drills that simulate cyber incidents, training the Institution’s teams to detect and contain cybersecurity events and to recover operating services to minimise potential impacts. Its financial statements are also subject to annual statutory audits and an external audit takes place, focusing on the design, implementation and operational effectiveness of its cybersecurity controls, carried out following the main information security standards. Internal audits are also scheduled and carried out to ensure the continuous improvement of, and compliance with, the established controls. In addition, Banco Sabadell Group’s cybersecurity specialists participate in digital transformation initiatives and technological projects, assisting with the assessment of security risks, defining the security controls and measures to be incorporated and carrying out technical security tests to check that no vulnerabilities are introduced. Among the digital transformation initiatives designed and rolled out securely with the participation of the cybersecurity team, it is worth highlighting new financial products and services, such as those detailed in the “Digital transformation and customer experience” section of the consolidated Directors’ Report. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 467 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 470
3.2.5 Financial inclusion and access to products and services 3.2.5.1 Vulnerable customers The Bank is monitoring the evolution of its vulnerable customers on a State-wide basis mainly in three areas: financial, digital and regional vulnerability. The Bank is currently monitoring the evolution of its vulnerable customers on a State-wide basis (understood as customers who, due to personal, economic, educational or social needs or circumstances, are in a situation of special dependency, defencelessness or lack of protection that prevents them from exercising their rights on an equal footing), mainly in three areas: financial, digital and regional vulnerability. Financial vulnerability: The first area is financial vulnerability, i.e. low-income customers. During 2025, the Institution has continued with its identification of financially vulnerable customers to ensure they are managed appropriately, and it has also maintained its protection measures in relation to borrowing, to ease customers’ financial burden and prevent over-indebtedness. The Institution has continued to impart training to teams specialising in debt recovery to enable them to offer customers the option to request application of the Code of Good Practice, given the impact of the new mortgage code and the new amendments made in light of the urgent measures put in place for those affected by the DANA flash floods. Digital vulnerability and regional vulnerability: The second area is digital vulnerability, i.e. customers who experience difficulties accessing and using online/digital banking services or who have difficulty using ATMs. The third area relates to customers with regional vulnerability, i.e. customers located far away from the Institution’s infrastructures and who have difficulties in accessing cash. In these two areas, the following actions taken during 2025 are worth mentioning: — Banco Sabadell has five mobile branch vehicles operating on different routes, three of them in Asturias, one in Galicia and one new route in the province of Leon (since September 2023). The routes in Asturias serve customers in 17 different towns, while those in Galicia and Leon cover 5 and 4 locations, respectively. — The Correos Cash service represents a strategic innovation in the service delivery model. Following its implementation in Banco Sabadell at the end of 2024 and its consolidation throughout 2025, the Bank’s customers can withdraw cash from any Correos office or through its network of rural postal operatives, thereby giving them easier access to cash and improving financial inclusion across the territory. Also in 2025, progress continued to be made on the development and evolution of protocols such as the strategic protocol to strengthen the banking sector’s commitment to society and sustainability (Protocolo Estratégico para Reforzar el Compromiso Social y Sostenible de la Banca), in relation to measures to foster financial inclusion. Follow-up reports on the aforesaid protocol were also published and meetings took place between the banking industry and the Ministry of Economy to assess the level of implementation of the protocol and explore possible improvements. Accessibility Commitment to accessibility and inclusion Our way of interacting with customers is based on proximity, specialisation and continuous improvement. That is why we continue to work to offer them the best possible care, with the commitment to build a Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 468 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 471
more accessible and inclusive bank. This commitment entails assuring that products and services are accessible to all, particularly those with some form of disability, and ensuring that the way in which we communicate is straightforward and clear, so as to come closer to meeting the needs of all of our customers. This is reflected in different areas of our activity: Digital channels and telephone helplines We are starting to implement a universal design for our digital services (business website and mobile app), following the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG 2.2, level AA). We are working to improve usability and the navigation experience by collaborating with renowned specialists. The Bank remains determined to improve accessibility so as to remove obstacles in its digital channels. For any queries or issues when using digital channels, the Bank has set up a free telephone helpline exclusively for accessibility aspects. In addition, it has set up a video-call service with Spanish sign-language interpreters (ILSE) operating both remotely and in branches. Branches and offices In terms of our brick-and-mortar locations, we have adapted our branches and offices, observing the established timeframes and the measures stipulated in the new regulations. The available services have been expanded to ensure suitable circulation routes and to provide an adapted customer service model, for example, offering the option to request documentation in Braille or to book a video-call appointment in which a sign-language interpreter can be present. With a view to enhancing customer service and experience, a specific training initiative was introduced for branch staff. This training course is provided by a partner specialising in accessibility, with the aim of offering a more inclusive and higher quality service. Products and services In relation to payment services, major improvements have been made with accessibility in mind. In the case of cards, all newly issued cards come with a notch to allow them to be identified by touch. Customers with visual impairment can also request cards in Braille format. In the case of ATMs, the current fleet is being upgraded to introduce accessibility elements. This includes the renewal of obsolete ATMs so that they meet assistive hardware criteria, with measures such as the adjustment of their height in the case of newly installed machines, as well as software updates, paying particular attention to their usability by different groups of people. In point-of-sale devices, their software has been adapted, focusing on their main features, such as usability and operability, following the best practices of the market, and progress continues to be made to introduce new accessibility functions to make the payment services used by businesses and merchants more inclusive. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 469 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 472
3.2.5.2 Sogeviso In Spain, Banco Sabadell manages social housing through Sogeviso (a wholly-owned subsidiary created by the Bank in 2015) in order to responsibly tackle the social exclusion of its vulnerable mortgage customers and the loss of their primary residence. In its ten years of activity, Sogeviso has managed around 23,000 contracts for social or affordable rent and it has helped some 8,500 families improve their social and economic situation through its programmes designed to offer social support and improve employment prospects (JoBS). Of these 8,500 participants of the social support programme, 4,929 families improved their social and economic situation. As at 31 December 2025, Sogeviso managed 1,953 properties under social and affordable rent arrangements specifically aimed at these vulnerable customers. In 10% of these cases the Social Contract remained in place. Rental contracts are arranged for the length of time (term) indicated in the urban letting act (Ley de Arrendamientos Urbanos, or LAU) at the time they are signed (3, 5 or 7 years). In some cases, it is possible that some contracts may have been signed for terms longer than those stipulated by the LAU at the time. Contracts are renewed for the same term for which the original contract was signed. Lastly, depending on the specifics of the case, it is also possible to opt for an automatic one-year extension. In relation to the Social Contract (support programme), this has a maximum duration of 36 months, which can be extended by a further 6 months in very exceptional circumstances. The Social Contract is an innovative model for managing vulnerable customers. It is a service for customers with a means-tested social rental arrangement that offers specific support provided by a social manager based on three independent lines of approach: connect these customers with public services, offer them training on personal finances, and facilitate access to public aid and the JoBS programme. The JoBS programme is a job placement service that aims to provide customers with skills and tools to enable them to access the labour market, as well as market research to match profiles with existing job offers. Since the launch of the Social Contract in 2016, a total of 2,410 people have found work thanks to the JoBS programme. As at the end of December 2025, the Social Contract has helped 193 families, and 13 people have been actively searching for employment through JoBS. In addition, Banco Sabadell has assigned 79 properties to 37 non- profit institutions and/or foundations, aimed at supporting the most disadvantaged social groups, and since 2013 it has been a member of the Social Housing Fund (Fondo Social de la Vivienda, or FSV), contributing 416 homes intended mainly for customers and acquired through deeds in lieu and repossessions. Of the FSV housing stock, 96% is let out under social rental agreements currently in effect. Furthermore, as per the General Data Protection Regulation, the documents signed by tenants and members of the family unit upon opting in to the Social Support programme and JoBS, respectively, specify the channels through which they may exercise their rights in relation to their personal data and indicate where they should send any queries or concerns that they may have in relation therewith. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 470 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 23,000 Contracts for social or affordable rent 8,500 Families
Page 473
In addition to the telephony and email channels, the vulnerable families helped by Sogeviso may contact the company through service providers engaged by Sogeviso to manage social contracts and JoBS. They can also contact the company by telephone or email, as well as in person by requesting onsite visits to the properties that they occupy. The channels are subject to the General Data Protection Regulation. In the same way, there are alerts that are triggered if any personal data is sent via email. If an alert of this kind is triggered, Sogeviso’s Corporate Services division contacts the person/unit that triggered the alert in order to ascertain the reason behind the event and to find solutions for the secure sending of data where necessary. Information is sent to Operational Risk on a monthly basis regarding the monitoring of incidents related to any outgoing personal data. All suppliers and service providers act legitimately through contracts with Sogeviso, with clauses on personal data processing worded by Banco Sabadell’s Contracts division. Every year, personal data processing activities and the associated DPIAs are reviewed. The relevant unit monitors suppliers and service providers to ensure they receive consent to personal data processing by the various business lines. In the case of the data processing itself, it ensures that customers are aware of the channels they can use to exercise their rights, as these are set out in writing in the documents that they sign. On the other hand, in relation to the telephony channel, all outgoing calls to customers with a social or affordable rent agreement are recorded for quality purposes, and they are assessed on a quarterly basis, based on a random sample, keeping a record of the assessment results based on various parameters. Sogeviso’s management processes ensure not only compliance with regulations concerning vulnerable customers, both State-wide and specific to autonomous communities, but also fulfilment of the Institution’s social responsibilities. Thus, all processes envisage the collection of information and documentation to verify the social and economic situation of the family unit, as well as individual decision-making, for each situation. In addition, tenants or mortgage debtors whose properties have been repossessed by the Bank may contact Sogeviso to manage and search for solutions to their situation (such as, for example, the inability to keep up with rent payments due to a reduced level of income). Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 471 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 474
3.2.5.3 Code of Good Practice Banco Sabadell adheres to the Code of Good Practice (Código de Buenas Prácticas, or CBP) enacted by Royal Decree Law (RDL) 6/201275 of 9 March and to its subsequent modifications, the latest of which was introduced by RDL 19/202276, extended by the Council of Ministers Agreement of 22 November 2022, whose main objective is to arrange for the viable restructuring of mortgage debt for primary residences, which is aimed both at families struggling to keep up with their mortgage payments because they are on the ‘exclusion threshold’ and at persons in vulnerable situations. On 16 December 2022, Banco Sabadell also voluntarily signed up to the new Code of Good Practice introduced by Royal Decree Law 19/2022, amended by a Council of Ministers Agreement dated 27 December 2023 and by Royal Decree-Law 7/2024 of 11 November 2024. As at the end of December 2025, it had arranged 140 debt restructuring transactions under the two aforesaid codes. Customers in Spain are made aware that the Bank follows the CBP, either by their branch manager or through the landing page of the Bank’s website, which explains what this debt restructuring plan consists of and the necessary requirements to request its application. In addition, all of the communications sent to customers who hold a mortgage on their usual residence and who are experiencing payment difficulties contain information about the service. Interaction with customers always takes place through an external agency, regardless of the way in which the customer has expressed interest in benefiting from the CBP. Within 24 hours following the customer’s call or application, they are contacted in order to request the relevant documents needed to analyse the operation. The actions taken by the agency are governed by an action protocol put together by the CBP department in accordance with the procedure and timeframes established in regulations. The process for dealing with applications for the CBP has control mechanisms to ensure that it takes place in accordance with the corresponding action protocols and regulations. Specifically, the various departments taking part in the application process undergo regular checks and controls. Those controls include verifying that the process is completed and communicated within the timeframes laid down by regulations and that each case is analysed correctly (calculation of affordability, economic data about the family unit, etc.) and that the letters sent to inform customers of the outcome of the analysis are in line with that established. They also include verifying that the formalisation phase has been conducted correctly, from the moment the application process for a notary’s signature begins until the signature is added to the system. This monitoring exercise takes place on a weekly basis and a comprehensive verification exercise is carried out on the various departments involved, to ensure that the application of the measures is not delayed once the customer has been informed that they are eligible to benefit from the debt restructuring plan provided by the CBP. Banco Sabadell’s processes ensure that customers are offered the possibility of applying to benefit from the CBP and that their applications are processed in line with prevailing regulations. Customers are also offered help to put together the necessary documents, if necessary. All applications are analysed on a case-by-case basis, being particularly mindful of the specific circumstances of each case. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 472 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 75 There is no fixed time limit; it will remain in force for as long as the Institution continues to adhere to it. 76 The time limit is until 31 December 2025, with the exception of those affected by the DANA flash floods, in which case the time limit is until the end of May 2026. 140 Debt restructuring transactions
Page 475
3.2.5.4 Social and volunteering activities Banco Sabadell Group articulates its commitment to society mainly through the Banco Sabadell Private Foundation (hereinafter, Banco Sabadell Foundation) with a view to driving forward the progress and social welfare of individuals, by promoting culture and the arts, as well as research and education, with particular interest in fostering young talent. In 2025, the Banco Sabadell Foundation received an endowment of 5.42 million euros from Banco Sabadell, earmarked for implementation of the annual Action Plan, of which 4,231,819 euros had been allocated as at the end of the year for collaborations with other institutions. Under the 2025 action plan for Banco Sabadell’s Commitment to Sustainability, specifically under the pillar entitled “Work together for a sustainable and cohesive society”, the Group undertook to promote culture and talent, fostering education and research through the Banco Sabadell Foundation. In this context, the Banco Sabadell Foundation has achieved its established objectives: firstly, the number of people benefiting from talent programmes has exceeded 74,600, far more than the predicted 57,000. Secondly, the endowment put towards these collaborations in 2025, as indicated, was 5.42 million euros, 20.64% more than in 2021, exceeding the target set out in the plan to increase this sum by 18%. These results reinforce the commitment of the Banco Sabadell Foundation, and of the Group, to fostering creativity, innovation and excellence as pillars from which to build a more inclusive, dynamic and cohesive society, cementing the commitment to educational, scientific and cultural development. To monitor the institutions and projects with which it collaborates, a supporting document is requested both at the start and at the end of the collaboration, in order to verify that the funds have been correctly allocated and that the activity has taken place as agreed. Both at the start and at the end of the activity, the projects are evaluated based on indicators that make it possible to measure the suitability of the project, analysing the medium- and long-term results, to decide whether to continue to support it. In addition, an evaluation matrix has been developed that very few third-sector entities have, which makes it possible to be completely objective and transparent when distributing resources, allocating them efficiently according to the needs of each entity and project. The Banco Sabadell Foundation categorises its activity into two main action areas: “Research and education”, and “Culture and the arts”. Research and education By supporting research and education, the Banco Sabadell Foundation invests in society’s future and in its ability to find solutions to the most complex and urgent challenges, contributes to boosting the economic, social and cultural growth of the nation, by increasing productivity and innovation, creates learning opportunities, and fosters people’s talent to make it easier for them to access the job market. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 473 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 476
Culture and the arts By promoting culture and the arts, the Banco Sabadell Foundation fosters creativity and innovation, provides opportunities and resources to young artists to help them develop their skills, and advocates for a more equitable and diverse society. In addition, it contributes to the cultural enrichment of society and turbocharges transformation. Promotion of alliances The Banco Sabadell Foundation promotes the creation of alliances between institutions that seek to raise the profile of culture, the arts, research and education in order to build avenues for collaboration and a more critical, fair and inclusive society. It supports the institutions with which it collaborates by providing its knowledge and networks, and by boosting synergies between institutions and projects to facilitate collaboration. The Banco Sabadell Foundation supports trailblazing cultural schemes organised by some of our country’s top institutions, such as the Círculo de Bellas Artes cultural centre, the Teatro de la Maestranza Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 474 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 477
theatre, the Fundació del Gran Teatre del Liceu theatre foundation, the Palau de la Música concert hall, the Museu d’Art Contemporani de Barcelona (MACBA) art museum, the Fundació Òpera Catalunya opera foundation, the Fundación Amigos del Museo del Prado museum foundation, the Fundación Museo Guggenheim museum foundation, the Institut Valencià d’Art Modern (IVAM) modern art institute, the Fundación Centro Cultural Internacional Oscar Niemeyer cultural foundation, and the Fundación José Ortega y Gasset – Gregorio Marañón foundation, among others. In addition, in 2025, the Banco Sabadell Foundation put together a Steering Group formed of directors of leading entities of our country’s cultural sector to use social innovation methodologies to reflect on the challenges and opportunities of the cultural industry. This work is complemented with the opinions collected at previous meetings from other contrast groups formed of entities with which the Banco Sabadell Foundation collaborates across the country, as well as prominent young creators. This work also revealed the need to strengthen the leadership of the cultural sector, and a programme was devised and created to that end, which will be unveiled in 2026. Commitment to young talent The Banco Sabadell Foundation demonstrates its commitment to young talent by supporting leading universities, research centres and educational institutions, as well as by contributing to research excellence through awards, residencies and support programmes. The most noteworthy activities in this area are: — Its own awards, such as the twentieth edition of the Biomedical Research Award, the nineteenth edition of the Economic Research Award, the ninth edition of the Science and Engineering Award, and the fourth edition of the Marine Sustainability Award. — Awards to recognise young talent, such as the ANFACO Design Award, the Joan Guinjoan International Award for Young Composers of the Escola Superior de Música de Catalunya (ESMUC) school of music, the Maria Canals International Music Competition for piano performers, the International Award for Young Cellists of the Fundació Pau Casals foundation, and the Mirna Lacambra Competition for the professional training of young opera singers. — Collaborations with leading universities and academic centres with awards and bursaries to promote young talent and employability at the University of Leon (Ralbar bursaries), the University of Alicante and the Miguel Hernández University (internship programme), the University of Deusto (Project 3R), the University of Oviedo (Hackathon TalentUO, organised by the Asociación TFCoop association), the University of Vigo (Foro Fundamental of the Fundación Mentor foundation), the University of San Jorge (research grants), the Jaume I University (Estudia e Investiga programme), the University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria (advanced university course on digital skills), the bursaries offered by Escuela de Empresarios de la Comunidad Valenciana (EDEM), ESADE and the Barcelona Education in Science and Technology (BEST) Foundation, and the doctorate programme in artificial intelligence of the ELLIS Alicante Unit. — Programmes of bursaries, courses and residencies in art centres, such as the bursaries offered by the Fundació Comunitat Valenciana - Auditorium of the Provincial Council of Alicante (ADDA) foundation, Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 475 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 478
by the Reina Sofia School of Music and by the Conservatori del Liceu; the summer course offered by the Museo Nacional del Prado museum; the contemporary dance residencies of the Consorci Mercat de les Flors; the European early music programme EEEmerging, hosted by Joventuts Musicals de Torroella; the Bivac Festival organised by the Centre de Cultura Contemporània de Barcelona cultural centre; and the call for applications for the Ayudas a la Creación bursaries offered by the Fundación Antonio Gala foundation. — Training programmes for emerging artists with the Teatro Real theatre (Crescendo and Ciclo Jóvenes Talentos), the Fundació Miró foundation (Espai 13), La Casa Encendida (Generaciones), the Fundación Cidade da Cultura de Galicia foundation (Encontro Artistas Novos), the Associació Franz Schubert association (Lied the Future), the Garnati Orchestra (Asociación Aulós association), the Consorci de l’Auditori i l’Orquestra consortium (Festival Emergents and Sampler Series cycle), the Gran Teatre del Liceu theatre (Oh! pera programme), the Fundació Ópera Catalunya foundation (Escuela de ópera and Jove Orquestra Simfònica del Vallès), and the Talent Lab programme for young film-makers offered as part of the Atlántida Mallorca Film Fest. — The young talent training programme offered by the Asociación Celera association (Academias de Potencial), the awards and grants of the Talent Global programme for CIDOB, the seminars organised by the ASPEN Foundation and the Lab Thyssen programme organised by the Fundación Museo Thyssen-Bornemisza foundation. Culture as a tool for social transformation The Banco Sabadell Foundation’s mission is to bring culture closer to society by co-promoting, together with flagship cultural centres, transformative proposals that contribute to the training, development, readiness and employability of young people through various artistic disciplines: — Educational and professional guidance projects aimed at young people in socially vulnerable situations, organised by the Exit Foundation (Coach programme), the Fundación Empieza por Educar foundation (Sabadell EduTalento), as well as teacher training with the Fundació La Ciutat Invisible foundation (Seminario Docentes seminars) and the Fundació Princesa de Girona foundation (Generación Docentes programme). — Projects for cultural transformation through the arts, organised by Madrid Destino (Dentro Cine), the Fundació La Ciutat Invisible foundation (A Tempo), Teatro Joven (Entrenamientos creativos), and L’Arc Taller de Música (Zona Jove Xamfrà) — Social inclusion projects put together by the SHIP2B (B-Value) Foundation, the Fundación Grupo SIFU foundation (SuperArte bursaries), the Reina Sofia School of Music (Entrepreneurship programme), the Fundación Dádoris foundation (bursaries for promising youths at risk of social exclusion), the Fundación María José Jove foundation (Arte y Salud programme), the Supercapacidades project (co-created by Fundación Grupo SIFU, ESMUC, and the Maria Canals International Music Competition), and the Ànima Lliure programme held by the Teatre Lliure theatre for people with functional disabilities. — Programmes that bring culture to rural areas, such as the initiatives organised by the Fundación Valdés-Salas foundation; several music festivals, such as the Schubertíada at Valdegovía (Associació Franz Schubert association), Festival Bal y Gay in the region of A Mariña Lucense, Festival Atrio in Cáceres, Festival Jordi Savall in Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 476 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 479
Tarragona, Raimat Arts Festival in Lleida, Festival Espurnes Barroques in central Catalonia, the Quincena Musical musical fortnight in the Basque Country, Ciclo Las Piedras Cantan organised by the Fundación Santa María La Real foundation in Palencia; and community mediation schemes such as the art intervention in the Baiona pier (Baiona Town Hall). Medical research and health In addition to the Banco Sabadell Foundation’s four awards for Biomedical Research, Economic Research, Science and Engineering, and Marine Sustainability, the Banco Sabadell Foundation also supports scientific research through programmes organised by leading entities in the sector, forming part of the Board of Trustees of the Barcelona Institute of Science and Technology (BIST) and supporting its BIST Catalyzers programme designed to promote entrepreneurship and innovative thinking within the BIST community, supporting the Programa de Intensificación de Investigadores intensive research programme organised by Consorci Parc Taulí, the programme of alumni research grants of the San Jorge University, the pre-PhD grant offered by the Fundación para la Investigación e Innovación Biosanitaria del Principado de Asturias (FINBA) foundation, and the annual activities of the Fundació Pasqual Maragall foundation and the Degén Institute of the Fundación Española de Ayuda a la Investigación en Parkinson (Spanish foundation for research into Parkinson’s disease), the Caring for Smiles, Changing Lives programme organised by the Universitat Internacional de Catalunya (UIC) university, and also supporting the multi-purpose cardiovascular intervention room of the Fundació Althaia foundation. Financial education Banco Sabadell continues to promote and take part in a number of financial education initiatives. By engaging in this type of activity, the Institution aims not only to meet the training requirements of society in general, but also to be by their side to help them develop skills and decision-making abilities. Some of the initiatives undertaken include: — The Educación Financiera en las Escuelas de Cataluña (EFEC) programme for financial education in schools: Banco Sabadell continues to participate in this programme, having done so for twelve consecutive years and ever since its inception. Thanks to the corporate volunteers of the participating institutions, a total of 239,810 students have received training in basic finance. In this edition, which continued to take place in hybrid format combining face-to-face and virtual workshops, the programme has been taught in 505 educational centres. With the participation of 86 volunteers who ran a total of 714 workshops, Banco Sabadell, together with all of the collaborating institutions, provided training for 25,917 young people aged 15-16. In terms of its version for adults, 24 of the Bank’s volunteers held 84 workshops in adult schools and correctional facilities. — ‘Your finances, Your future’ (Tus Finanzas, Tu futuro) initiative promoted by the Spanish Banking Association (Asociación Española de Banca, or AEB) and the Junior Achievement (JA) Foundation. In this year’s online edition, 103 volunteers from the Bank took part in 58 programmes delivered to 46 educational centres and 1,281 students. In 2025, the programme, which is nationwide in scope, was delivered to 192 centres and 2,147 students. — ‘What do we know about economics’ (Qué sabemos de economía) programme, organised by the Colegio de Economistas de Asturias school of economists and the Oviedo City Council to teach basic concepts about economics and financial education to students aged Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 477 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 239,810 Students trained in basic finance
Page 480
11-12. 11 volunteers from Banco Sabadell took part, holding a total of 22 workshops that benefitted 822 students. — The ONCE Foundation, in partnership with the AEB, promotes financial inclusion through the ‘Inclusive Finance’ (Finanzas Inclusivas) project, designed to offer financial education training to people with intellectual disabilities and learning difficulties. The aim is to give them more autonomy and improve their opportunities for social inclusion and employability, offering them essential tools to manage their money and savings. 16 volunteers from Banco Sabadell took part in the first edition of this project, contributing to the training of 363 beneficiaries. During 2025, a total of 9,581 people took part in the workshops led by Banco Sabadell volunteers as part of these programmes. Business support and training — ‘Export to Grow’ (Exportar para crecer) programme: as part of its commitment to provide training in internationalisation to small and medium-sized enterprises, Banco Sabadell, in collaboration with AENOR, AMEC, Arola, CESCE, Cofides, ESADE and Garrigues, has been promoting the ‘Export to Grow’ programme since 2012. This programme supports SMEs in their internationalisation process, through online tools, specialised information services and the organisation of roundtables throughout the country. Under this programme, international business events (Jornadas de Negocio International) have taken place in both online and hybrid (in-person + online) format, including one on the impact of the geopolitical landscape on Spain’s exports sector, attended by members from around 1,600 companies, and a special series of talks on the United States, with 500 companies taking part. — Sabadell International Business Program: the Institution held the eighth edition of this university-certified training programme on the provision of advice for business customers, which has already attracted the participation of some 700 companies engaging in international business. — Financial Advisor Course for Religious and Third-Sector Institutions: organised in partnership with the post-graduate school of the Universidad Francisco de Vitoria university, this course aims to provide a solid foundation for the day-to-day tasks of officers and trustees. This university certification offers complete and rigorous training to professionals and collaborators in the sector, with the aim of reinforcing the specialised knowledge of these institutions and helping to provide their officers with knowledge and tools. This training is open to professionals from all sectors and offers a range of scholarships covering up to 80% of the enrolment fee. This edition ended with a total of 97 enrolled students (22 of them Banco Sabadell employees). Bridging the digital divide In 2025, Banco Sabadell promoted the following programmes and initiatives, upholding its commitment to education and digitalisation: — The ‘Technological autonomy and digitalisation’ (Autonomía tecnológica y digitalización) programme, to bridge the digital divide between older people, in collaboration with the Fundación Vivo Fácil foundation, an organisation specialised in improving the quality of life of older people and other vulnerable groups. The aim of its training activities is to provide those taking part with information about and access to the possibilities that ICT has to offer, improving not only Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 478 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 9,581 Annual recipients of financial education programmes
Page 481
their autonomy and quality of life but also their sense of connection and companionship. In 2025, 36 four-hour workshops were organised, with an average of 12 people in attendance. The workshops were taught by a specialised technician from Fundación Vivo Fácil and a volunteer from Banco Sabadell. 64 volunteers took part and this programme reached a total of 1,728 individuals. The Banco Sabadell Foundation carried out the following programmes: — The university expert course on digital skills of the Fundación Universitaria Las Palmas (FULP) university foundation, which seeks to prepare recent graduates of further education for a digitalised and ever-changing job market. Corporate Volunteering Programme This year, once again, the people who form part of Banco Sabadell demonstrated their commitment to society, going above and beyond their professional duties, devoting their time and expertise to help people and organisations in need of them. More than 3,100 volunteers took part in social initiatives promoted by the Bank, its Foundation and other collaborating organisations, through the Bank’s Corporate Volunteering Programme. In addition to the educational programmes indicated above, the cooperation initiatives and charitable programmes carried out by the Bank include, most notably: — Support for third-sector institutions that participate in the B-Value social innovation programme, the aim of which is to professionalise the value proposition and to work on the sustainability of projects of non-profit social institutions throughout Spain. Since the first edition of B-Value in 2017, the Banco Sabadell Foundation and other organisations that promote the programme have given out different awards to finalists from among the 40 participating entities. These awards help them to take their projects forward and give visibility to the causes that they support, putting the spotlight on talent and innovation. One of the keys to the programme’s success is the participation of the Bank’s employees as volunteer mentors. This year, 40 employees from different areas of the Bank and in pre- managerial roles and 10 employees from Sabadell Zurich supported these organisations in developing their social impact projects. — With regard to programmes that leverage the knowledge and experience of the Bank’s employees and that concern vulnerable sectors of society and/or those at risk of social exclusion, it is worth mentioning the Leader Coach Project and the Career Guidance Programme aimed at socially vulnerable young people run by the Exit Foundation, in which the Banco Sabadell Foundation is involved. It is a corporate volunteering initiative that seeks to improve the future employability of young people who have had an unsuccessful academic experience. This year, 14 volunteers from the Bank took part and dedicated 206 hours of their time to 14 young people, to keep them in training. — In line with the goal of promoting and supporting young talent, the mentoring and talent management programme provided by the University of Alicante and Banco Sabadell’s tech skills centre in Alicante (Centro de Competencias Tecnológicas de Alicante, or CCTA) is worthy of mention. In 2025, the fifth edition of the programme was held, in which 32 professionals from the CCTA guided students from the University of Alicante through the resolution of a challenge, so that they could develop key skills for their professional future. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 479 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 3,100 Volunteers
Page 482
— Women also benefit from the following programmes: ‘Ace your job interview’ (Triunfa en tu entrevista de trabajo), ‘Job search 2.0’ (Búsqueda de empleo 2.0), ‘Ready and able’ (Capaces) and ‘Emotional intelligence for the workplace’ (Inteligencia emocional para el empleo), in which the Bank has been collaborating with the Fundación Quiero Trabajo foundation since 2019. The aim is to empower people, particularly women at risk of social exclusion, by enhancing their aptitudes and attitudes, and by giving them the tools to successfully navigate the selection process and job interviews. This year, a total of 102 volunteers from the Bank mentored the participants of these programmes. In 2025, in collaboration with Fundación Quiero Trabajo, the Bank accompanied other vulnerable groups, such as young inmates at the Quatre Camins prison, members of the LGBTIQ+ community and people with intellectual disabilities. — Each year, to coincide with the Christmas festivities and in collaboration with Fundación Magone - Salesianos Acción Social, through its corporate volunteering programme, the Bank runs the ‘Be one of the Wise Men’ (Conviértete en Rey Mago) programme, in which volunteers deliver gifts in response to letters written by children under the care of the foundation. On the eve of Epiphany, the volunteers distribute the gifts. In 2025, 586 volunteers from Banco Sabadell took part in this project. In addition, in collaboration with Cáritas Molina de Segura, 75 volunteers distributed the same number of gifts to children in the local community. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 480 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 483
Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 481 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 484
4. Governance information 4.1 Business conduct 4.1.1 Code of Conduct One of the fundamental elements for consolidating a robust corporate culture is the existence of a set of regulations that reflects the firm commitment of all units to comply with legislation, starting with the Management Body. In this regard, the policies in place at the Bank for managing business conduct matters are indicated here below. In addition, both the Code of Conduct and the policies are published on the Bank’s corporate website and on the corporate intranet available to all employees. Banco Sabadell Group Code of Conduct The Board of Directors approved Banco Sabadell Group’s Code of Conduct in order to set out the catalogue of principles, obligations and duties that should govern the actions of all those within the Group. The Code of Conduct is reviewed regularly and updated as required. All internal obligations with ethical content are included in the Group’s Code of Conduct, which thus groups them all together in a single regulatory compendium under the direct supervision and approval of the Corporate Ethics Committee and the Board of Directors. The aim of the Code is to define the criteria that should be followed for ethical and responsible behaviour, both in relationships within the Group itself and in those entered into with customers, suppliers, shareholders, investors and other stakeholders. Those subject to the Code are people who form part of governing bodies, people with employment links, external suppliers and business partners. It is applicable in all jurisdictions and territories in which the Group carries out its activities, so they are required to formally adopt it. The principles that underpin the corporate culture and serve as a framework of reference for the Code are the will to serve, proximity, adaptability, commercial approach, innovation, professionalism, ethical conduct, sustainability, austerity, prudence, teamwork, compliance with prevailing legislation and any internally established regulations that may be applicable, transparency, and respect for the privacy and intimacy of the various data subjects whose personal data is subject to processing. All staff must formally declare their commitment to the Code through a personal and tailored adoption process. They are given an initial deadline to complete this task, which is monitored on a weekly basis. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 482 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 485
Banco Sabadell Group Corporate Crime Prevention Policy The purpose of Banco Sabadell Group’s Corporate Crime Prevention Policy is to establish the applicable principles, critical management parameters, governance structure, roles and responsibilities, procedures, tools and controls relating to the prevention of corporate crime, and to ratify the firm commitment of the Group to abide by those rules as well as ethical standards and, in particular, its resolve to implement rules and controls to minimise the commission of crimes and to confirm the complete and absolute intolerance of any inappropriate behaviour and, especially, any conduct that may constitute a criminal offence. All this forms the Corporate Crime Risk and Anti-Corruption Management and Organisation Model. Ultimate responsibility for it lies with the Board of Directors, while the CEC is responsible for overseeing the functioning, observance and execution of that model, in accordance with the stipulations of the Policy. The unit responsible for the Group Policy is the Compliance division, which also takes responsibility for defining general guidelines relating to the prevention of corporate crime and for supervising their appropriate implementation. The Policy is applicable to the activity carried out by Banco Sabadell Group through its companies in the various territories in which it operates. Its subjective scope of application extends to the Group’s directors, legal representatives and employees and to all natural or legal persons providing services to or in the Group, as well as all collaborating partners, professionals or firms subcontracted by the same. In 2022, AENOR Internacional S.A.U. conducted a full audit of the Corporate Crime Risk and Anti-Corruption Management and Organisation Model, with a view to ascertaining and certifying that Banco de Sabadell S.A.’s model complied with the requirements set forth by standards UNE 19601 on crime compliance management systems and ISO 37001 on anti-bribery management systems, obtaining both certifications in early 2023 and retaining them in 2024 and in 2025, upon satisfactory completion of the follow-up audits carried out by AENOR, with no model non-conformities identified during the exercise. Having completed the first three-year model certification cycle, at the end of 2025, AENOR Confía S.A.U. carried out another full model audit, certifying once again that the model complies with the requirements set forth in the aforesaid standards, UNE 19601 and ISO 37001, with no non- conformities identified on this occasion either. As part of the commitment to the corporate crime prevention and anti-corruption model, and with a culture of ethics and compliance, all of the Bank’s workforce is required, on a regular basis and whenever significant changes take place in the main policies on which it is based, to personally and individually undertake to follow Banco Sabadell Group’s Corporate Crime Prevention Policy. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 483 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 486
Banco Sabadell Group General Policy on Conflicts of Interest The ultimate and fundamental goal of the Banco Sabadell Group General Policy on Conflicts of Interest is to ensure that all those subject to that Policy act in accordance with the ethical standards and principles that govern the Group’s activities, creating a culture of compliance and an action model based on honesty, professional accountability and impartiality and on the basis of the following guidelines: — Measures should be in place to prevent conflicts of interest. — If conflicts of interest occur or could potentially occur, measures should be in place that enable these to be detected, recorded and promptly dealt with. — If any conflicts of interest do occur, they should be eliminated or, where that is not possible, the nature and origin of the conflict should be revealed to the customer or to the competent decision-making bodies in each case, so that they may make the necessary decisions. This Policy is the responsibility of the Compliance division. In addition, the Board of Directors of the Group’s parent company is responsible for approving this Policy and it delegates its supervision and control to the Corporate Ethics Committee. The Policy is applicable to all Group companies and, consequently, to their directors, managers, employees and partners and to any individual directly or indirectly related to them, as envisaged by the regulations applicable to the area in which the potential conflict of interest arises. Banco Sabadell Group Policy on the Internal Reporting System and Protection of Reporting Persons The purpose of the Policy is to comply with that provided in Law 2/2023, which transposes Directive 2019/1937, and specifically with the duty to have a policy that sets out the general principles of the Internal Reporting System and the Protection of Reporting Persons, covering the internal communication system and its corresponding channels. According to the Code of Conduct, the Group must carry out its business activity in compliance with the law and in an ethical, honest and transparent manner and showing the utmost respect for its people. Therefore, the Group has placed the necessary means at the disposal of its stakeholders, both internal (shareholders, directors, managers or existing and former employees) and external (subcontractors, partners, suppliers, etc.), so that they may report any issue or sign of a breach of the Code of Conduct, of internal and/or external regulations, and/or of the possible commission of a crime of which they become aware as part of their work or professional activity, without fear of any kind of retaliation when used in good faith. The commitment to a culture of ethics and compliance is demonstrated by the availability of pathways to report irregular situations or conduct, as well as by the adoption of adequate measures in the event of potential breaches or, where appropriate, rectification of their consequences to prevent the damage from recurring in the future. The Policy is applicable to the whole of Banco Sabadell Group in all matters that do not conflict with the applicable legislation in the corresponding jurisdiction. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 484 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 487
The Internal Reporting System is generally the preferred means to report actions or omissions that may involve a breach of the law, of Banco Sabadell Group’s Code of Conduct, or of the other internal regulations of the Group. Queries or questions may also be put forward in that respect. The Bank’s Board of Directors, as the Institution’s most senior decision-making body, is responsible for implementing an Internal Reporting System and for appointing someone to be responsible for its management and for approving the Policy. The Compliance division is responsible for the Policy and is in charge of its development and wording, proposing the necessary amendments and/or updates. 4.1.2 Corruption and bribery As part of its activities, Banco Sabadell Group undertakes to safeguard integrity and promote a culture of zero tolerance of corruption, expressly prohibiting any and all actions of this kind. The Group undertakes to uphold the commitment undertaken as signatory of the United Nations Global Compact, with regard to compliance with the ten principles established therein, among them that of working against corruption in all its forms, including extortion and bribery. In keeping with this, the Anti-Corruption Policy has been developed considering, among other reference documents, the UN Global Compact’s Guide for Anti-Corruption Risk Assessment. The purpose of the Anti-Corruption Policy is to establish the applicable principles, critical management parameters, governance structure, roles and responsibilities, procedures, tools and controls relating to anti-corruption, and to ratify the firm commitment of the Group to abide by these rules as well as ethical standards and, in particular, its firm commitment to fight against corruption and to confirm the complete and absolute intolerance of any inappropriate behaviour. All this forms the Corporate Crime Risk and Anti-Corruption Management and Organisation Model. Ultimate responsibility for it lies with the Board of Directors, while the CEC is responsible for overseeing the functioning, observance and execution of that model, in accordance with the stipulations of the Policy and of the Corporate Crime Prevention Policy. The unit responsible for this Policy is the Compliance division, which also undertakes responsibility for defining general guidelines relating to anti-corruption and for supervising their appropriate implementation. The Policy is applicable to the activity carried out by Banco Sabadell Group through its companies in the various territories in which it operates. Its subjective scope of application extends to the Group’s directors, legal representatives and employees and to all natural or legal persons providing services to or in the Group, as well as all collaborating partners, professionals or firms subcontracted by the same. As part of the commitment to the corporate crime prevention and anti-corruption model, and with a culture of ethics and compliance, all of the Bank’s workforce is required, on a regular basis and whenever significant changes take place in the main policies on which it is based, to personally and individually undertake to follow the Anti-Corruption Policy. The Group’s Anti-Corruption Policy defines all acts that would qualify as corruption, as well as actions related to the topic that are not permitted. It is available to the entire workforce on the corporate intranet Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 485 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 488
and also to business partners, as it is also published on the corporate website. As for the identification and control of risks related to corruption, it should be pointed out that a Corporate Crime Risk and Anti-Corruption Management and Organisation Model is in place, which is re-evaluated annually and has its own specific section on the fight against corruption. As a result of the activities carried out as part of the aforesaid model and the management of the whistleblowing channel, described above, no risks related to corruption materialised in 2025, or in 2024, 2023, 2022 or 2021. The Institution carries out continuous monitoring of the effectiveness of its model through a variety of activities. These include monitoring the percentage of employees adhered to the Group’s Code of Conduct, monitoring staff adherence to the Statement of Compliance with the Corporate Crime Risk and Anti-Corruption Management and Organisation Model, annual implementation of the Corporate Crime Prevention and Anti-Corruption Control Plan, and the attainment and annual maintenance of the relevant external certifications, including AENOR, UNE 19601 and ISO 37001. The whistleblowing channel has a specific area dedicated to submitting reports of ‘corruption / bribery’, through which those covered by the personal scope of application may submit reports, which will be covered by the safeguards and dealt with and investigated in an independent and impartial manner, according to that provided in the Banco Sabadell Group Policy on the Internal Reporting System and Protection of Reporting Persons and its implementing procedure. Particular importance is also attached to the oversight of loans and accounts held by political parties, by following a very rigorous customer onboarding protocol, and to the controls over donations and contributions received from third parties. Similarly, the Bank does not make contributions of any kind to political parties, politically exposed persons or related institutions. Likewise, in terms of transparency, all donations to NGOs and foundations are analysed and assessed by the Foundation’s Board of Trustees. In relation to the Bank’s sponsorship commitments, internal regulations are available containing criteria for their final approval or rejection. In relation to incidents of corruption and bribery, it is important to note that in 2025: — There have been no convictions or fines for breaches of anti- corruption and bribery laws. — There have been no confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery in the Institution, with no employee having been dismissed or penalised internally for incidents related to this topic, and with no contract with business partners having been terminated or not renewed due to infractions related to corruption and bribery. — At present, there have been no public legal cases regarding corruption or bribery brought against the undertaking and its own workers during the reporting period or during previous years. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 486 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 489
Annual contribution: associations, groups and organisations Categories 2022 2023 2024 2025 Lobbying, representation of interests or similar 0 0 0 0 Tax-exempt commercial associations or groups (for example, think tanks)* €2,151,699 €2,098,368 €2,134,530 €2,649,568 Other (for example, expenses related to electoral efforts or referendums) 0 0 0 0 *In 2025, some of the largest sector contributions went to the Spanish Banking Association (€859,659), the Spanish Chamber of Commerce (€110,000), the Foundation for Applied Economic Studies (Fundación de Estudios de Economía Aplicada, or FEDEA) (€90,000), the Institute of International Finance (IIF) (€79,079) and the Foundation for Financial Studies (Fundación de Estudios Financieros, or FEF) (€30,000). 4.1.3 Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing (hereinafter, ML/TF) are severe crimes that damage the global economy and represent a threat to worldwide social and financial stability. Banco Sabadell Group is firmly committed to Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism (hereinafter, AML/CFT), which is a key element of its fight against financial crime. It is essential to detect and prevent this type of illicit activity to protect and promote the integrity and trust of the markets and financial stability on a global scale. For that reason, AML/CFT is a key pillar of the Institution’s control framework. This model is applied in all entities of the Group, incorporating local regulations of the jurisdictions in which it is present, best practices of the international financial sector on this topic and the recommendations issued by international bodies, such as the guidelines issued by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), the Wolfsberg Group, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) and Spain’s Commission for the Prevention of Money Laundering and Monetary Offences (Comisión de Prevención del Blanqueo de Capitales e Infracciones Monetarias). Banco Sabadell Group has an Anti-Money Laundering and Counter- Terrorist Financing Policy in place, approved by the Board of Directors, which establishes the basic principles, critical management parameters, governance structure, roles and responsibilities, procedures, tools and controls applicable in relation to AML/CFT and which describes the main procedures through which ML/TF risks should be identified and managed at all levels of the Group. This Policy is published on the Group’s corporate website and on the corporate intranet available to all employees. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 487 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 490
The Group defines roles and responsibilities on the basis of the model of three lines of defence: a. 1st line of defence, formed of business and management units; b. 2nd line of defence, which includes Compliance and Internal Control; and c. 3rd line of defence, comprising Internal Audit. The Group’s AML/CFT units are integrated in the second line of defence and their goal is to ensure the fulfilment of legal obligations in relation to AML/CFT. The function comprises one Group unit as well as local units in each of the obliged parties, led by designated officers in each of the geographies in which Banco Sabadell operates. In this respect, the Group’s international presence means that it is subject to supervision by different regulators, requiring it to comply with a variety of regulatory requirements, which in turn requires it to have a global and cross-cutting risk management and control model. It also has an Internal Control Body (hereinafter, ICB), which meets on a regular basis and whose mission is to oversee the implementation and effective fulfilment of its policies and procedures, thereby ensuring that ML/TF risk is appropriately managed in the Group. The Group seeks to develop and continuously improve its ML/TF risk management model, which in accordance with Spanish regulations is reviewed annually by independent experts. In 2024, the external expert in question noted that Banco Sabadell Group has adequate control and detection systems in place designed to comply with anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing regulations. In terms of training, each Group entity has an annual training plan. This plan outlines the training actions stipulated for the current year and the mandatory AML/CFT courses of each function, for both new recruits and existing staff. Employees are required to complete all AML/CFT training sessions assigned to them, so that they may prevent, avoid and/ or detect any instances of money laundering and/or terrorist financing in the course of their professional activities. Completion of all training actions is duly validated and the level of completion of the annual training plan is documented. 4.1.4 Business conduct training In order for the workforce to have a detailed understanding of the content of the Code of Conduct, including the identification, reporting and management of conflicts of interest, thus enabling them to effortlessly comply with it, and in order to promote familiarity with the main aspects of the criminal liability of legal persons, the risks in relation to corruption and bribery, types of corruption, prohibited actions and their consequences, and the existence, operation and safeguards of the whistleblowing channel, all employees are required to complete mandatory specific training courses on each of those subjects, which are reviewed regularly and updated as required. In addition, employees are required to complete training on the Internal Code of Conduct in relation to the Securities Market (Reglamento Interno de Conducta, or RIC). The aim of the course is to explain what that code consists of, whom it affects and what restrictions it imposes. It also covers all circumstances in which an employee is required to comply with the RIC and the associated obligations. In addition, it teaches how to use the RIC portal, indicating the information that is available there and how it works. It also covers breaches, penalties and the role of the Corporate Ethics Committee. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 488 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 491
The courses that employees are required to complete in relation to business conduct, along with the percentage completion of those courses, is shown here below: Course % completion Code of Conduct 98.9% Internal Code of Conduct relating to the securities market (RIC) 97.0% Anti-Corruption 99.5% Corporate Crime Prevention 99.5% Whistleblowing channel and protection of reporting persons 98.8% In addition, in order to facilitate continuous and voluntary learning with new and interesting formats, such as infographics, short videos, comic strips, posts, etc., the Bank’s workforce is given access to the training space known as the ‘Regulatory School’. This space has different sections called ‘classrooms’ dedicated to specific topics such as anti- money laundering and counter-terrorist financing, data protection, and ethics and conduct. In the last of these classrooms, staff have access to content related to corporate crime, so that they may learn what it consists of and become familiar with risks of corruption and bribery, conflicts of interest, how to identify them, how to manage them and where to report them, and with the whistleblowing channel, specifically how it works, the safeguards that it provides and how to access it. In addition, in the section dedicated to ‘Conduct’, they can find the relevant materials, related information and the Group’s own Code of Conduct as well as the Suppliers’ Code of Conduct. On a regular basis, Banco Sabadell’s Board of Directors also receives training in relation to corporate crime prevention, the prevention of corruption, and on the corporate crime and anti-corruption organisation and management model. 4.1.5 Internal Reporting System - Whistleblowing channel As part of its commitment to a culture of ethics and compliance, the Group has an Internal Reporting System for reporting, in general, actions or omissions that could entail a breach of prevailing legislation, of the Group’s Code of Conduct or of other internal regulations. The Group has a whistleblowing channel available to its stakeholders and subsidiaries. Banco de Sabadell, S.A., as the Group’s parent company, has a whistleblowing channel available to its stakeholders and subsidiaries (except those in Mexico and the UK, which have their own channels), as a formal whistleblowing mechanism, one of the guiding principles of which is the protection of the reporting person. As mentioned previously, the Institution has a Policy and Procedure for the Internal Reporting System and Protection of Reporting Persons that describe the principles and safeguards of the Internal Reporting System and the process and main stages of the management of whistleblowing reports. The CEC is responsible for the Group’s Internal Reporting System in the case of the Bank and subsidiaries, except those in Mexico and the Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 489 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 492
United Kingdom, where their respective Boards of Directors have assigned responsibility for taking action to the Audit Committee in the case of Banco Sabadell, Institución de Banca Múltiple in Mexico, and to the person designated as Whistleblower Champion in the case of TSB. In this respect, the CEC is responsible for managing the Group’s Internal Reporting System and also the whistleblowing channel, as one of its components. The CEC, as a collegial body, delegates to its Secretary, who is a CEC member and the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO), the role of managing the whistleblowing channel and processing whistleblowing reports, within the scope that may be determined, at any time, in the CEC’s Rules of Procedure. The CEC and, by delegation, the CCO, shall carry out the role of Head of the Reporting System independently and autonomously of the administrative or governance bodies, committees or staff of the Institution and its Group, provided this is so envisaged in the prevailing legislation, without taking instructions of any kind in the performance of their duties, and they shall have access to all human and material resources necessary to carry out their role. Thus, the CEC, and by delegation the CCO, shall have at their disposal the human resources assigned to Compliance to carry out their role, and may request support from the staff of that function and, within it, the Corporate Crime Prevention and Code of Conduct Management unit. The channel is hosted on a platform that can be accessed through the Banco Sabadell Group website (https:// canaldenunciasgrupo.bancsabadell.com) and it is the main method used to report, detect and manage potential irregularities that could undermine the aforesaid commitment or that could constitute the commission of a crime. Any Group employee or related person (subcontractors, partners, suppliers, etc.) must report any information or sign of a breach of the Code of Conduct or of the commission of a potential crime of which they become aware. As for the regular reporting on the activity and operation of the Internal Reporting System, the CEC prepares a quarterly report on its activity, and the Board Audit and Control Committee and the Board of Directors are informed on a semi-annual basis of the number of reports received during the corresponding period, the channel of origin, the type of report, the type of reporting person (named or anonymous) and the outcome of the investigation, together with the possible application of the internal penalties regime stemming from the reports filed or other corrective measures agreed, and their date of application. Those same reports also include information relating to the reports managed through the internal systems of TSB and Banco Sabadell Mexico. In order to become familiar with the operation and safeguards of the internal whistleblowing channel, the workforce is required to complete a mandatory course on the channel and on the protection of reporting persons, which includes all of the new content related to Law 2/2023. Similarly, in the ‘Regulatory School’, the workforce has access to a space dedicated to ‘Corporate Crime and Anti-Corruption’, within the ‘Ethics and Conduct’ classroom, which contains specific content about the whistleblowing channel, specifically what it is, who it is for, how to use it, how to access it, the details that must be indicated in any reports, the safeguards that it offers and its ultimate goal. Staff from the Corporate Crime Prevention & Code of Conduct Management unit have the necessary training to adequately perform their duties of managing the whistleblowing channel and dealing with any reports submitted. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 490 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 493
In accordance with the Procedure for the Internal Reporting System and Protection of Reporting Persons, staff that file a report are protected in accordance with that set forth in Directive (EU) 2019/1937, which was transposed into Spanish law through Law 2/2013, specifically: — Ensuring anonymity and confidentiality. Staff may submit reports on a named or, if they prefer, anonymous basis, in which case the Institution will not attempt (and will ensure that the rest of the Group does not attempt) to uncover their identity. If they do decide to identify themselves, their identity and that of any other person concerned is guaranteed to be kept in the strictest confidence, as is any information that they provide and their personal data. — Ensuring the absence of any retaliation against reporting persons acting in good faith, declaring any acts that constitute retaliation or threats, or any attempted retaliation or threats, to be invalid. To that end, the requisite measures will be adopted to prevent and avoid retaliation against the reporting person. Similarly, where appropriate and possible, Banco Sabadell will check in with the reporting person on a regular basis, in accordance with that provided in the Internal Non-Retaliation Protocol. All reports submitted through the channel have been duly investigated and processed. The Procedure for the Internal Reporting System and Protection of Reporting Persons sets out all stages involved in dealing with reports submitted through the channel, such as: — Receipt, acknowledgement of receipt to the reporting person, record-keeping and decision-making regarding the report’s admissibility or inadmissibility. — Information provided to the parties: reporting person and reported person. — Opening of the case file and appointment of the investigator. — Issuance of the internal investigation report and proposed resolution (archiving or adoption of corrective measures/application of the internal penalties regime) and closure of the case file. A total of 113 reports had been received as at 31 December 2025. The types of reports that received the highest number of communications were those related to alleged breaches of the code of conduct and internal regulations (18), privacy and/or data processing issues (14), cases of internal fraud (11), and workplace harassment/sexual harassment/discrimination cases (11). Other less frequently reported cases were those related to alleged breaches of regulations concerning money laundering, terrorist financing and/or international sanctions, and cases related to conflicts of interest, which received 3 and 2 reports, respectively. No reports were received during the period related to any breach of banking regulations with regard to market abuse or securities market manipulation. Of the total number of reports received, 17 were accepted for processing and investigation; of those investigated, 5 are currently ongoing and 12 have been completed. Of the completed cases, a breach was found to have occurred in just 5 cases, with disciplinary measures taken on 2 occasions and corrective measures applied in the other 3 cases. No disciplinary dismissals have taken place. None of the reports investigated resulted in the confirmation of cases related to corruption or bribery, or to human rights violations in Banco Sabadell Group. In accordance with that set forth in the Equality Plan, any report aimed at exposing a possible act of discrimination, workplace and/or sexual harassment or gender-based harassment is channelled through the whistleblowing channel. Once the report has been admitted for processing, the Harassment Prevention Committee will run point and lead the investigation. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 491 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 494
Through the whistleblowing channel, a person within the personal scope of application may report cases related, among other things, to corruption/bribery, human rights violations, or to breaches of bank regulations, the Code of Conduct, or internal regulations. In accordance with that provided in the Anti-Corruption Policy, no distinction is made between areas that may have greater or lesser exposure to risks of corruption and bribery. That Policy is applicable to the directors, legal representatives and employees of the Group and to all natural and legal persons providing their services in the Group, as well as collaborating partners, professionals or entities subcontracted by the same. As part of the commitment to the corporate crime prevention and anti-corruption model, and with a culture of ethics and compliance, all of the workforce of Banco de Sabadell, S.A. and its domestic subsidiaries is required, on a regular basis and whenever significant changes take place in the main policies on which it is based, to personally and individually undertake to follow Banco Sabadell Group’s Corporate Crime Prevention Policy and the Anti-Corruption Policy. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 492 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 495
4.2 Management of relationships with suppliers To achieve the strategic objectives defined by Banco Sabadell Group in a competitive and continually changing environment, it is imperative to ensure proper management of relationships with third parties who, instead of being mere suppliers of goods and services, become partners and collaborators who are aligned in the achievement of the Group’s objectives, placing their tools, resources and expertise at the disposal of Banco Sabadell Group. Banco Sabadell Group also undertakes to fulfil its objectives and commitments related to sustainability (including its environmental, social and governance components), extending them to its entire supply chain. In order to establish this long-term cooperation, it is also necessary to understand the needs and goals of suppliers, maintaining a willingness to honour their commitments and making them compatible with Banco Sabadell Group’s requirements and vision. Under this premise, to meet its objectives related to the management of relationships with suppliers, Banco Sabadell Group extends its commitment to socially responsible practices to the supply chain, expressly including the defence of human rights, labour rights, freedom of association and environmental rights, among others, throughout the entire supplier management process, from supplier accreditation and procurement, to the provision of services and their control and management. In this respect, Banco Sabadell Group has a Procurement Policy (which includes outsourcing as a subtype of procurement), as well as various related procedures, which establish the mechanisms and controls for proper management of the actual and potential impacts of any engagement of third parties, in the interests of effective management of the risk arising from third-party relationships. These policies and procedures establish observance of the following principles related to the management of relationships with suppliers: a. Cost-benefit analysis: any purchase of goods or engagement of services must be made with the intention of obtaining a greater benefit relative to the cost incurred and considering the associated risk. Specific analyses might be necessary in cases where this may be less evident. b. Lack of resources: needs requiring a solution must be met. c. Competition guarantee: fair competition and equal opportunities among suppliers must be ensured, always provided they meet the minimum requirements, including obligations in relation to social responsibility. d. Retention of capabilities and responsibilities: procurement should not diminish the ability of Banco Sabadell Group to provide services to its customers. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 493 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 496
e. Control: on no account does external procurement prevent or limit effective on-site or remote supervision, nor does it contravene any restriction on services and activities imposed by the supervisory body, thus permitting ongoing control of the outsourced processes. f. Sustainability: Banco Sabadell Group must encourage the selection of suppliers that apply best practice in terms of ethics, social and environmental aspects, as well as good corporate governance; suppliers that respect fundamental human and labour rights when conducting their activities and are working towards applying the same throughout their value chains. g. Restrictions on outsourcing: for procurement items affected by the EBA Guidelines on outsourcing arrangements (EBA/GL/2019/02), no outsourcing entailing the delegation of the responsibility of either the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell or the management bodies of the subsidiaries that alters their relationship with and obligations to their customers, violates the conditions of their authorisation or modifies any of the conditions that enabled the granting of the above-mentioned authorisation is permitted. The supplier engagement process comprises various phases: Identification of need Banco Sabadell Group’s business units identify a need and take the decision to formally request the procurement of goods or services that address that need. Categorisation and identification of impacts Following the request, and as a result of the provisions set forth in DORA (Regulation (EU) 2022/2554) and the EBA Guidelines (EBA/GL/2019/02), the regulatory impacts are analysed and the services are arranged in categories, classified according to how important or essential they are: essential ICT, basic ICT, essential outsourcing, non-essential outsourcing. Other services are categorised as critical or non-critical to business continuity. Analysis and management of associated risks Banco Sabadell Group has a systematic process to assess and manage risks associated with the procurement of goods and services from third parties, in accordance with their materiality or relevance. Banco Sabadell Group carries out a risk assessment before entering into a new agreement, or when a service undergoes any material change or when the existing risk assessment is outdated. In all cases, it performs a new risk assessment each year for essential services and once every three years for non-essential services. In addition, in relation to information security and the protection of data owned by Banco Sabadell Group and to which suppliers have access, an analysis is carried out prior to engaging their services that are sensitive in this regard, and specific monitoring exercises are carried out depending on the supplier’s inherent risk. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 494 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 497
Selection of the engagement strategy The procurement function ensures the suitability of the supplier during the selection and negotiation process, by assessing the supplier’s good professional reputation, appropriate and sufficient capabilities, technical knowledge, competence, resources (human, technological and financial), organisational structure and, if applicable, the required authorisation(s) or registration(s). The ESG score is a decisive factor in the supplier selection process and, in the event of equal offers, the supplier with the best score will be selected. The Group also has mechanisms to monitor for conflicts of interest and to prevent corruption risks in the supplier management process. The Procurement Management team proposes the best negotiation strategy according to the nature, scale and complexity of the goods or services to be acquired. Open competitive tendering is a frequent method of procurement. The principle of fair and equitable competition shall ensure that Banco Sabadell Group benefits from the best value for money by requesting the participation of several qualified suppliers. The principle of equality requires Banco Sabadell Group to avoid discriminating against any supplier to the detriment or benefit of other suppliers. Furthermore, exceptions to the competitive bidding process (also called direct purchases) must be fully justified and approved in accordance with the procedure established by the procurement function of each subsidiary. Regulatory and legislative impacts of the procurement process are identified, thereafter deciding on the most suitable purchase process (e.g. tender process led by the Purchasing division, tender process delegated to the unit that put forward the request, bilateral negotiation captained by the Purchasing division). Accreditation The accreditation process, a prerequisite for a supplier to be awarded a contract to provide goods or services, ensures that suppliers meet the standards set out in Banco Sabadell Group’s various policies and comply with the Supplier Code of Conduct, which all suppliers must expressly adhere to in the absence of their own code containing equivalent principles and values, and which comprises: — Adherence to the United Nations Global Compact, whose ten principles include the protection of human rights, the elimination of forced labour and child labour, freedom of association, the eradication of discriminatory practices, environmental responsibility and the fight against corruption. — Compliance with the International Labour Organization (ILO) conventions, particularly those related to child labour, forced labour, remuneration and equal opportunities, and freedom of association. Furthermore, in order to proceed with the accreditation process, suppliers must provide, among other documentation, their legal documentation, financial information, quality certificates, tax clearance certificates proving they are up to date with their social security payments and tax obligations (or similar certificates to that effect depending on the geography), as well as their policy on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and aspects related to sustainability. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 495 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 498
Supplier engagement The agreement to procure goods or services sets out all information generated at each of the aforementioned stages of the procurement process in the contract signed between the parties. The agreement must therefore include at least the following information: — A clear description of the goods or services to be procured — The start and end date, as appropriate, of the agreement and notice periods — The governing law of the agreement. In this respect, for procurement items categorised as ICT or Outsourcing, the agreement should include all the requirements specified in the DORA and EBA regulations, respectively — The financial obligations of the parties — The right of the institution requesting the procurement to monitor the provider’s performance on an ongoing basis — The location or locations (that is, regions or countries) in which the goods will be procured or the service will be provided or where the corresponding data will be kept and processed — The service levels agreed (if applicable) — Other obligations of the supplier, such as, whether the supplier needs to take out mandatory insurance against certain risks In addition, the standard contract with suppliers includes clauses concerning the respect of human rights and the observance of the ten principles of the United Nations Global Compact in that regard, also including labour rights, the fight against corruption, restrictions on lending and investment in activities in the arms industry, and the equality plan. Banco Sabadell Group ensures compliance with the laws and regulations applicable at any given time, with contracts stipulating the ability to require suppliers to adapt their activities and service level agreements to those regulations. Supplier engagement in the international network is decentralised, hiring mostly local suppliers and affecting only products for sole use by the relevant subsidiary in its day-to-day activities. The hiring of local suppliers (those whose tax identification number coincides with the country of the company receiving the goods or services) contributes to the economic and social development of the regions in which Banco Sabadell Group operates. Monitoring Banco Sabadell Group applies capacity, prudence and due diligence in the monitoring and management of procurement agreements for goods or services, ensuring that appropriate levels of performance and quality are met, paying particular attention to aspects related to the availability and integrity of services, the security of information, personal data, and occupational hazard prevention. In this respect, Banco Sabadell Group monitors its suppliers with regular oversight of the agreed service levels, as well as regular checks on their compliance with the contractual obligations and resilience metrics. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 496 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 499
Audits Internal Audit has periodically performed assessments of procurement processes in general, and specifically of suppliers associated with outsourced processes (EBA/GL/2019/02 criteria) and information and communication technology services (DORA - Regulation (EU) 2022/2554). It should also be noted that 11 audits based on ESG criteria were carried out in 2025, of which only one requires major improvements. The results of the audits did not raise any critical recommendations and the non-critical recommendations made will be corrected in accordance with the implementation plan. Information about suppliers As at the end of December 2025, the top 20 suppliers represented 46% of all supplier invoicing. In Spain, the top 20 suppliers represented 38.2%. Other noteworthy aspects are included in the following table: 2023 2024 2025 Total number of suppliers who had invoiced more than 100,000 euros as at year-end (1) 845 742 788 Percentage of suppliers of critical services (out of total suppliers) 7.7 % 8.9 % 12.1 % Total number of accredited suppliers (2) 2,303 2,270 1,899 Proportion of invoicing from suppliers with ESG assessment in categories A+, A or B (3) N/A N/A 93.1 % Amount invoiced by Special Employment Centres €3.1m €2.9m €3.4m These figures exclude those relating to brokerage, securities firms, subsidiaries, duties and taxes, pension funds, homeowners’ associations, SOCIMIs (REITs) and rental of premises. (1) Full year 2025 includes 561 suppliers in Spain, 138 suppliers in TSB, 46 suppliers in Mexico, and 43 suppliers in foreign branches, including 34 in Miami, 3 in London, 2 in Paris, 2 in Morocco and 2 in Lisbon. (2) Full year 2025 includes 1,041 suppliers in Spain, 324 in Mexico, 491 in TSB and 43 in foreign branches with billing of > €100,000. The reduced number of accredited suppliers reflects an exercise carried out to update suppliers who did not have an assigned contract and have been removed from the calculation. (3) The ESG assessment of suppliers ranks them in 5 categories: A+ (platinum), A (gold), B (silver), C and D. Policy to prevent delays in payments to suppliers To prevent delayed payments, Banco Sabadell has an internally developed platform that serves as an in-tray for invoices, in which suppliers upload their own invoices, thus preventing them from being lost. This platform serves not only as a channel for receiving and approving invoices, but also as a documentation repository. Once submitted by suppliers, invoices undergo an approval workflow in which managers approve their respective invoices and, once approved by all corresponding levels, they are relayed to the Invoices Management unit so that each invoice may be formally and fiscally validated and entered in the accounts. The time available for validation and account entry is four days (two for validation and two for accounting), although usually the entire process is completed within two to three days at most. In addition, the Bank’s regulations state that on the 10th and 25th of every month, payments should be launched to all suppliers; however, since March 2020 (due to the pandemic) to date, payments have been launched on a weekly basis. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 497 and Sustainability Disclosures Report
Page 500
4.3 T ax responsibility Banco Sabadell Group’s commitment to sustainability is reflected in the promotion and development of responsible tax management, fully aligned with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) approved by the United Nations. Consequently, the action principles followed for tax matters are geared towards compliance with the SDGs, particularly those related to fostering a fairer, more respectful, sustainable and cohesive society (e.g. “No poverty”, “Reduced inequalities”), SDG 8 “Decent work and economic growth” being one of the priority goals for the Group according to the Group’s Sustainability Policy77, which is closely related to tax affairs. Tax strategy The principles of the Group’s fiscal activity are set out in the tax strategy, which is defined and approved by the Board of Directors78. Thus, the Tax Strategy is the reference framework for the Group’s activities in relation to tax and, as such, it is designed to be stable and permanent. In any event, the tax division revises the Tax Strategy at least once a year and brings any relevant updates to the attention of the Board of Directors, ensuring alignment with any developments in the Group’s tax commitments, regulatory changes, and any other developments that may have taken place in this environment79. The Tax Strategy must be complied with by all companies controlled by the Group, regardless of their geographical location, without prejudice to any adaptations required to meet the specific regulations of each jurisdiction, as is the case in the United Kingdom. These transpositions must observe the principles, values and common action guidelines set out in the aforesaid Tax Strategy. Furthermore, the Group advocates that investments controlled jointly with partners outside the Group, or those that involve significant shareholdings, adopt principles of action in tax matters that are aligned with the aforesaid tax strategy. The principles and guidelines for implementing the Tax Strategy are defined in consonance with the Group’s mission, values and business strategy, based on ethical and responsible management. This commitment drives the activity to generate a positive impact on society as a whole. In the same vein, the business strategy is directed towards profitable growth that generates value for shareholders, maintaining a conservative risk profile, as part of the framework of ethical and professional codes, considering the expectations of the different stakeholders. To that end, the Group has a set of policies, internal rules and codes of conduct in place that guarantee ethical and responsible behaviour throughout the organisation and in all of its activities. In this respect, the Group’s Code of Conduct establishes the fulfilment of tax obligations in accordance with the principles set out in the Tax Strategy and adherence to the Code of Good Tax Practices – Código de Buenas Prácticas Tributarias, or CBPT – (in which the principles of transparency, good faith and mutual trust stand out in particular) as fundamental elements involved in fulfilling its commitment to the Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 498 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 77 The Sustainability Policy can be viewed on the corporate website: Policies, codes and rules. 78 The Tax Strategy can be viewed on the corporate website: Tax responsibility. 79 The most recent update of the Tax Strategy was approved by the Board of Directors of Banco Sabadell in 2023.
Page 501
economic development of societies in all jurisdictions in which it operates80. In order to detect and manage anything that could compromise the aforesaid ethical and responsible conduct, the Group has a whistleblowing channel that enables the reporting of any concerns related to these practices in any field, including tax, and that represents an additional channel for participation and dialogue with different stakeholders, consistent with the interaction framework promoted by maintaining a cooperative relationship with the tax authorities and an ongoing dialogue with other stakeholders in forums, associations and in spaces for sectoral and academic collaboration. General principles of the Tax Strategy The principles set forth in the aforesaid Tax Strategy are the principles of efficiency, prudence, transparency and minimisation of tax risk, which aim to ensure compliance with current tax legislation by promoting responsible and transparent actions with regard to tax, in accordance with the requirements of customers, shareholders, tax authorities and other stakeholders. These principles are the following: — Guarantee and ensure compliance with and observance of the tax-related laws and regulations in effect in each and every one of the countries and territories in which the Group's companies operate and/or are present, as well as the international guidelines and principles stipulated in tax matters by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), by means of a reasonable interpretation of the regulations that takes into account both their literal meaning and their spirit and purpose. — Establish tax criteria on a sound legal basis, grounded in existing doctrinal and jurisprudential criteria, as well as international guidelines and standards. — Verify that transactions are carried out only where there are sound commercial and business reasons, whilst ensuring that tax efficiency is not prejudiced in the achievement of such an objective. — Conduct the prior analysis of the tax implications of transactions with the aim of minimising tax risks, including reputational risk. — Design and market banking products, assessing all their tax implications, which will be clearly and transparently communicated to customers. — Value related-party transactions, as legally defined at all times, on the basis of the arm's length principle in the terms established by the OECD, taking into account the functions, assets and risks of the parties involved, and observing the recommendations approved by this body. — Avoid structures or entities of an opaque nature or resident in territories classified as tax havens / non-cooperative jurisdictions whose purpose would be to reduce the tax burden of Banco Sabadell Group. In the event of a presence or transactions in these territories, it shall be for economic and business reasons. — Encourage constructive and collaborative relations with tax authorities on a reciprocal basis of good faith and transparency, guided by institutional respect and seeking mutually agreed solutions in case of divergent views. As an example of these initiatives, Banco Sabadell has adhered to the CBPT of the Spanish Tax Authority, acting collaboratively and in line with the recommendations set out in that text. In addition, the Tax Strategy establishes that the Group shall disclose relevant tax information in a direct, clear and transparent manner to its customers and shareholders, tax authorities and other stakeholders, taking their expectations into account. In this way, the Tax Strategy is aimed at ensuring responsible and transparent tax management, aligned with the Group’s mission, values, business strategy and commitment to sustainability, which in turn fosters trust among its stakeholders. The Group has an all-encompassing understanding of responsible tax management, perceiving it as a concept that combines the goals stemming from the principles and guidelines set out in the Tax Strategy, namely: (i) regulatory compliance in order to generate stable and predictable environments that favour legal certainty and reduced litigation, (ii) promotion of a cooperative relationship with the tax Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 499 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 80 Banco Sabadell Group's Code of Conduct can be viewed on the website: Internal regulations.
Page 502
authorities, based on transparency, good faith and mutual trust, or (iii) application of the principle of transparency in the disclosure of tax information so as to meet stakeholders’ expectations. All these elements are integrated in the concept of responsible tax management, under a dynamic approach, to enable continuous progress by adopting and adapting best practices in this area, in line with the development of stakeholders’ expectations. This approach is reflected in the Group’s commitment to sustainability, which incorporates a specific target related to responsible and transparent taxation81. Compliance with the Tax Strategy: Management and Control Framework The attainment of the objectives set out in the Tax Strategy and compliance with the fundamental principles that govern it are ensured through the establishment of a tax risk management and control system, which is embedded in Banco Sabadell Group’s Global Risk Framework. In this respect, the Group’s Tax Risk Policy, which is reviewed and updated annually, develops the action framework established in the Tax Strategy. The Policy aims to ensure that any tax risks that could affect the Tax Strategy are identified, assessed and managed in a systematic way. This is done through their categorisation – risks arising from differences of interpretation or the application of tax regulations, or from legislative changes or modification of administrative and case law criteria, and compliance risks or operational risks, among others - and their proactive management, in order to anticipate, detect and respond to possible risk situations in an appropriate and timely manner. It also establishes a governance structure in charge of tax risk management and control, which ensures compliance with the Tax Strategy, as well as integration into the organisation of the fiscal approach, which operates under a framework that does not provide incentives, nor does it incorporate remuneration targets, linked to obtaining tax savings. The core principle of this structure is the direct involvement of the entity's governing and management bodies within a corporate model based on three lines of defence, with a clear assignment of roles and responsibilities and an adequate level of separation and independence to avoid compromising the effectiveness of this model. In terms of the roles and responsibilities of the model of three lines of defence: — The first line of defence includes (i) the business and support units responsible for complying with Banco Sabadell's obligations in tax matters, and for managing the corporate and operational processes that produce the information and data necessary for the correct calculation of taxes and for the reports submitted to public authorities, and (ii) Tax Advice, which ensures the proper application and due compliance with the principles governing the Tax Strategy by establishing fiscal criteria applicable to tax-related matters and promoting actions aimed at increasing the level of knowledge and awareness about tax risk in the Group. An example of such actions is the effort to keep on top of the ever-changing tax regulations and standards in relation to tax responsibility; these tasks are carried out through recurrent reviews by the experts dedicated to this topic, who prepare the corresponding communications that are then supplemented with the necessary explanations and training content aimed at the units affected by any tax- related amendments, generating a process of fluid and continuous communication. — The second line of defence includes Internal Control which, in general terms, must ensure that the first line of defence is well-designed and performs its assigned duties, with a view to its continuous improvement. — Finally, the role of supervision performed by the third line of defence is carried out by Internal Audit, whose mission consists of helping the Group to achieve its objectives by providing a systematic, disciplined approach to assess the sufficiency and effectiveness of the organisation’s governance processes and its risk management and internal control activities. Consolidated Non-Financial Disclosures 500 and Sustainability Disclosures Report 81 The Commitment to Sustainability is published on the corporate website and can be found using the following link: Commitment to Sustainability.